info/mirror-textfiles.com
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/opsxcq/mirror-textfiles.com.git synced 2025-08-06 12:16:54 +02:00
Code Issues Releases Wiki Activity

update

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
OPSXCQ
2018-03-12 06:38:18 -03:00
parent 7d1ec4c084
commit b31aa73890
372 changed files with 98391 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

134
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2186.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
SUBJECT: W. VA. NEWSLETTER FILE: UFO2186
The following is taken from:
The SOUTHWEST VIRGINIA UFO GROUP newsletter, VOL. XII, December 1989.
Danny Gordon - P.O. Box 834 - Wytheville, VA. 24382 - Phone 703-228-7890.
...............................................................................
HOLIDAY GREETINGS TO YOU ALL! AS 1989 COMES TO A VERY QUICK END, IT HAS BEEN A
YEAR OF COUNTLESS SURPRISES AND FLAPS INVOLVING UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS
AROUND THE WORLD. AND THE COMING YEAR WILL PROBABLY PROVIDE MORE OF THE SAME,
ALONG WITH SOME UNFORESEEN DEVELOPMENTS. THE BIGGEST RECENT DEVELOPMENT IN THE
UFO FIELD INVOLVES THE WORK OF TONY GONZALES IN REGARD TO THE B-2 BOMBER, "THE
AMERICAN MADE UFO."
AS AN END TO THE 1989 VERSION OF THE SOUTHWEST VIRGINIA UFO GROUP NEWSLETTER,
I AM PROVIDING SOME EXCERTS FROM GANZALES' MOST RECENT PAPER. IT INCLUDES SOME
MOST REVEALING COMMENTS FROM A CONVERSTAION HE HAD RECENTLY WITH WALT ANDRUS,
THE INTERNATIONAL DIRECTOR FOR THE MUTUAL UFO NETWORK.
THE B-2, THE REAL STORY
Tony Gonsalves, East Providence, RI.
I have ALWAYS believed we got the technology from RECOVERED UFOs THAT HAVE
CRASHED! More specifically, I have believed all along that the ROSWELL, NEW
MEXICO UFO was the primary source of the technology. This crash (and subse-
quent recovery by the military) is the one most famous and well known to the
most UFO investigators. It is one case where numerous key people have come for-
ward with their testimony that they themselves participated in the recovery
(and subsequent cover-up) of this particular UFO. These events occured in 1947.
Also, I have believed all along the way that there was a DIRECT LINK be-
tween the YB-49 Flying Wing of 1948-1952 and the Roswell UFO. Coming this dir-
ection in time, I have believed there exists a DIRECT LINK between the YB-49
and the B-2 Bomber (Hudson Valley version). In order, the sequence went:
Roswell UFO, YB-49, HUDSON VALLEY UFO/B-2.
My thoughts seemed to flow, at least according to what little information
I had to go on, in a way that seemed consistently logical. I felt that the
YB-49 was a `radical' departure in aircraft design that followed closely a
`radical' event (the Roswell recovery). Also, I couldn't help but notice, that
geographically, they BOTH occured pretty close to one another! Then, I found
it STRANGE that in 1952 the Air Force ordered ALL YB-49's destroyed because,
they claimed, the aircraft was unsafe. That seemed to be a VERY radical order!
My experience has taught me that the military just DOESN'T do things like that-
not normally. What they usually do is park the experimental planes behind some
hangar or put them in moth balls or even air museums-but NOT order them ALL
destroyed! Their thinking, usually, is that they may want to retrieve parts for
`other' experimental planes, or wan the planes for future study, or even to re-
activate the program at a later date. But NO, in the case of the YB-49, ALL THE
PLANES WERE ORDERED DESTROYED!
I got to thinking, "Why would they do this?" Then I came across an `uncanny'
coincidence-one too remarkable to dismiss! I noticed that the YB-49 had the
IDENTICAL WINGSPAN as the B-2 STEALTH BOMBER-AND BOTH WERE FLYING WINGS! It was
at this time, many months agao, that I created a possible scenario that had a
logical and smooth continuity (at least in my way of thinking). I figured that
the YB-49 was a `test plane' for the recovered Roswell UFO technology. This
seemed to be supported by the fact that during the life-span of the YB-49
(1948-1952) there were numerous west coast reports of `boomerang shaped' UFO's.
I felt certain we acquired the `gross' technology (as a friend recently put it)
back then, but lacked the `computer' technology to literally `fly' the sys-
tem. In other words, our computers, at that time, were far too big to ever con-
sider getting them aboard a plane. Surely, it seemed, the necessary computer
could possibly exceed the YB-49 (in size) by as much as ten-fold. So then it
seemed the Air Force probably HAD to fly their new found technology `by the
seat of their pants' with NO computers! Thus they found the YB-49 to be `UN-
SAFE'! The next logical conclusion I came to was that, in the 1970's, computer
technology had not only become very sophisticated, but also the computers be-
came compacted into small enough sizes to fit planes with NO difficulty at all.
This, I hypothesized, caused the Air Force to reactivate their `flying wing'-
but THIS time with the benefit of `refined' computer technology. It seemed that
OUR technology had `caught-up' with the UFO TECHNOLOGY! THUS THE HUDSON VALLEY
B-2/UFO WAS BORN-PROBABLY IN THE MID 1970'S!
I telephoned Mr. Andrus (Walt Andrus is the director of the Texas based
Mutual UFO Network aka MUFON.- BB) to bring him up to date on this project and
some of my tentative plans for the upcoming months. Things have been happening
so fast that I felt a phone call was the fastest way to get the information to
him.
I started to tell him about the `new evidence' that I had concerneing a
`direct link' between the Hudson Valley UFO and the B-2 Stealth Bomber. He in-
terrupted me to tell me that "he was CERTAIN THAT THE HUDSON VALLEY UFO WAS
NOT A B-2 BOMBER because the B-2 has JET ENGINES and it is NOT a UFO! I tried
desperately to get him to understand that I wasn't trying to say the Hudson
Valley UFO was `jet' powered-but that I was trying to say IT IS IN FACT, A B-2
OF A DIFFERENT KIND-WITH SOME OTHER KIND OF POWER! He countered with his CER-
TAINTY that it is NOT ANY KIND OF B-2 THAT EYEWITNESSES HAVE BEEN SEEING-THAT
I8T WAS IMPOSSIBLE! He then asked me what I thought the Hudson Valley UFO had
for power. I told him I DID NOT KNOW AND DID NOT CARE TO SPECULATE-that I would
leave that for other to determine-perhaps from his organization. I mentioned
that whatever powered the Roswell New Mexico UFO was probably the same as what-
ever THIS one has for power. AGAIN he voiced his REFUSAL TO TAKE SERIOUS WHAT
HE CALLED A `CRAZY' NOTION LIKE THAT!
I sighted the numerous eye-witnesses that are ALL claiming that they are
SEEING FIRST HAND what they are CERTAIN IS A B-2 - BUT NOT A JET POWERED B-2!
I sighted what my most recent caller - a woman - had reported seeing 6 weeks
ago. He then said something that put me in shock! Mr. Andrus said, "YOU'RE
HEARING ALL THIS B-2 NONSENSE FROM A WOMAN AND WHAT DO WOMEN KNOW ABOUT AIR-
PLANES?"
I then said, "Walt, there are THOUSANDS of people seeing this thing and
describing EXACTLY what a B-2 looks like. Surely you can't ignore all these
people-especially when NEARLY ALL eye-witnesses (since the introduction of
the B-2) are claiming they are CERTAIN they are seeing a B-2!" He asked me to
give hime examples as to where and by whom. I then sighted western Connecticut,
Hudson Valley, Wytheville, Virginia and Ohio. I sighted Mr. Dan Gordon the News
& Sports Director for station WYVE in Wytheville who was recently written up in
OMNI Magazine for his belief that he, and about 3,000 other people in his area
have seen what they believe to be a B-2 (not jet powered) flying around there
for the past few years. Mr. Andrus then made another statement I feel is down-
right despicable. He said, "THEY'RE A BUNCH OF HICKS AND FARMERS IN WYTHEVILLE,
WHAT COULD THEY POSSIBLY KNOW ABOUT WHAT AN AIRPLANE IS SUPPOSED TO LOOK LIKE!"
I sighted to Mr. Andrus that another organization, The J. Allen Hynek Cen-
ter for UFO Studies,(CUFOS - Chicago, IL.- BB) was starting, becuase of mount-
ing evidence, to lean toward my position and asked why HIS organization could-
not at least take an OPEN position on the matter. He said to me, "WHO IN THAT
ORGANIZATION KNOWS ANYTHING ABOUT UFOS?" My response to Mr. Andrus was that I
would not allow him to draw me into `organizational politics'.
I tried desperately to get Mr. Andrus to listen to reason and to at least
have an open mind to this matter because I had spoken directly to many of these
people and that THEY ARE NOT BLIND OR CRAZY!"
End of Gonsalves report.
THAT'S ALL FOLKS. THE 1989 EDITION OF THE SOUTHWEST VIRGINIA UFO GROUP NEWS-
LETTER IS HISTORY. I THANK YOU FOR YOUR HELP IN CONTINUING MY EFFORTS TO GET
TO THE TRUTH IN THE UFO MYSTERY AND LOOK FORWARD TO PROVIDING MORE INFORMATION
ON THE SUBJECT IN 1990. - DG
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

0
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2186.ufo:ON Normal file
View File

68
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2187.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
SUBJECT: W. VA. NEWSLETTER FILE: UFO2187
CONTRIBUTOR:
SOUTHWEST VIRGINIA UFO GROUP / P.O. Box 834 / Wytheville, VA. 24382
Editor/Publisher: Danny Gordon
Published Monthly - $15.00 year - 4 pages - 11x14 - Investigative.
*******************************************************************************
Southwest Virginia UFO Group / Volume III, March 1990 part 1
GREETING EARTHLINGS! IT'S BEEN A VERY BUSY THIRTY DAYS IN WYTHEVILLE. I HAVE
DECIDED RATHER THAN THROW MY OPINIONS TO YOU THIS MONTH ABOUT RECENT OCCURENCES
HERE I WOULD INCLUDE CLIPPINGS FROM OTHER NEWS MEDIA WHICH PERTAIN DIRECTLY TO
THE WYTHE COUNTY UFOs. THE FIRST CLIPPINGS INVOLVE THE VISIT OF A RHODE ISLAND
MAN TO WYTHEVILLE ON FEB. 10th:
**************************
UFO SIGHTINGS ATTRIBUTED TO SECRET PLANE by Paul Dellinger
WYTHEVILLE - Several people who viewed a pattern of lights hoovering above
their heads in a darkened Wytheville Community College room agreed that it
looked liked an unidentified flying object they had seen in the skies of
Southwest Virginia.
They were not seeing a flying saucer containing little green men, but a
model of the radar-eluding Stealth B-2 bomber that Rhode Island businessman
Tony Gonsalves had constructed.
Gonsalves, 47, visited Wythe County earlier this month because it had been
a hotbed of UFO sightings in recent years. He said similiar sightings have been
reported in Hudson Valley, NY and Fyffe, Ala.
"I believe there's a secret government aircraft flying around that the pub-
lic hasn't been advised about," he said.
Gonsalves is not talking about the Stealth aircraft that was rolled out for
public view in 1988, one of six that reportedly have been built. Those would
make noise, he said, and the boomerang-shaped aircraft spotted across the
country in recent years have been silent.
Referring to a recent debate on what happened to $22 billion of the money
allocated to developing an airplane that can avoid radar detection, he said:
"I don't think it (the money) disappeared at all. I think they built some air-
planes."
He suggests that the money went into Stealth craft powered by "UFO technol-
ogy" - in his view, some sort of antigravity field generated by nuclear energy.
"Now where did they get it (the technology)? That's another story, but in
my opinion, they have it." he said.
One possible source, he said, would be a crashed saucer that the government
recovered and kept secret.
"I am a firm believer that this planet is being visited by aliens. I think
they've been coming here for a long time," he said.
Whether they agreed with him on that, at least five of about 75 people at-
tending his talk at Wytheville Community College agreed that the Stealth shape
is what they saw.
What convinced the group was a quarter-sized model of the aircraft, built by
Gonsalves, based on what data has been released about the secret plane.
Using his experience as a jet mechanic on U.S. Navy aircraft carriers, Gon-
salves said he placed lights on his 4 foot model in a pattern that would be
logical for landing purposes or illuminate the ground for a low flying, slow-
moving plane.
Gonsalves said he came to Wytheville to talk with people who might have seen
an experimental Stealth aircraft. He is compiling information for a book.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

94
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2188.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
SUBJECT: W. VA. NEWSLETTER FILE: UFO2188
SOUTHWEST VIRGINIA UFO GROUP / P.O. BOX 834 / Wytheville, VA. 24382
Editor/Publisher: Danny Gordon
Published monthly. $25.00/year. 4 pages 11x14. Investigative.
********************************************************
UFOS MAY HAVE BEEN B-2 STEALTH BOMBERS by Michael Hawks News Editor
(No credit given to newspaper)
Tony Gonsalves lacked one point of being certified a genius by Mensa, but
he more than made up for that one point with creativity as he proposed a so-
lution for somew of the UFOs that have been seen in Wythe County starting in
the fall of 1988. Gonsalves, a Rhode Island businessman and former Navy jet
mechanic with an interest in parapsychology, addressed a UFO conference at
Wytheville Community College Saturday night.
Gonsalves thinks some of the sightings were of a B-2 stealth bomber, but
not the jet powered stealth bomber the military has unveiled.
First he connected the sightings in Wythe County with the sighting of a fly-
ing wing, or boomerang, seen regularly hoovering over Hudson Valley, N.Y. for
about eigth and a half years now.
Then he differentiated between these crafts and traditional UFOs, which Gon-
salves believes have been visiting earth regularly. Traditional UFOs are small
circular, oval, triangular or cigar-shaped objects. There are landing traces
such as a burnt spots or dents on the ground. The cockpits or control areas are
lighted and visible. Moreover, traditional UFOs are high performance craft,
capable of incredible speed, stopping abruptly and turning at right angles.
They also avoid contact with large groups of humans.
The craft over Hudson Valley, N. Y. broke all theese rules. It was big,
wing-shaped and slow. There wqere not traces of it landing and no one reported
seeing a cockpit. It was also seen on a regular basis by several eyewitnesses
with the most sightings being reported on Thursday.
Then Gonsalves went on to describe the B-2 stealth bomber as it was unveiled
in the late 1988. It was a 180-ton aircraft measuring 69 feet from nose to tail
and having a 172-foot wingspan.
It is a boomerang-shaped palne with a small fuselage and large wings power-
ed by four jets capable of producing 19,00 pounds of thrust. It is made of car-
bon fiber composite that doesn't reflect radar waves, thereby rendering it hard
to detect by radar.
When the stealth bomber was unveiled, there were somethings that bothered
Gonsalves about the plane, given his knowledge of aircraft as a jet mechanic.
First and foremost was the absence of a vertical stabilizer, which performs
like a feather on the back of an arrow to keep forward-flying aircraft fyling
straight. Gonsalves said some people had speculated that the plane was stabi-
lized by continuous thrusts of air, but he thought this was going to a lot of
trouble to eliminate vertical stabilizers, which have never been a problem in
the first place.
A second thing that bothered Gonsalves was the lack of stealthiness of the
aircraft unveiled by the military. Even though the stealth bomber is hard to
detect by radar, a jet engine capable of 19,000 pounds of thrust emits a lot
of noise, heat and exhaust, all things that give away the position of the air-
craft. When some people speculated there was a special method of cooling the
exhaust, Gonsalves said he could not understand how this could be done since
heat is an integral part of the equation that drives jet engines.
The only way that Gonsalves could reconcile these doubts was to come up with
an alternative aircraft, an aircraft that is not a jet but is instead powered
by some other power source, possibly by an atomic reactor; an aircraft that has
been in existence for at least eight and a half years.
He thinks this power source may have been discovered when a UFO reportedly
crashed near Roswell, N.M. in the 1940s, but only recently have computers be-
come sophisticated enough to adequately control this power source and allow the
military to implement it on aircraft. To support this theory, he said the use
of the code word "Blue" which has traditionally been used by the military to
describe matters concerning UFOs, is used frequently in the development of
stealth aircraft. The stealth fighter program was code named "Have Blue" and
one of the models of the stealth bomber was called "Tacit Blue."
Several eyewitnesses have noticed "dents" on the underside of the crafts, a
larger dent situated in front of a smaller one. Gonsalves speculated that the
larger dent was the main power plant that kept the craft aloft and the smaller
one was the power plant that propelled the craft in different directions.
This theory would explain the behavior of the craft, its ability to hoover
and pivot in any direction. It also explains the absence of a vertical stabi-
lizer on a hoovering aircraft would cause the craft either to spin around like
a weathervane or go nose up into the wind. This theory also accounts for the
silence of the craft.
Gonsalves also demonstrated with a model the lights that such a craft would
need around its leading edge and on its underbelly to operate and how it might
appear like something out of "Encounters of The Third Kind" when all its lights
are on.
Gonsalves speculated the reason that the military unveiled the jet stealth
bomber was to ostensibly bring the project out into the open so Congress would
fund the program while keeping the real stealth bomber, the one having the al-
ternate power source, under wraps.
END
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

50
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2189.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
SUBJECT: HAVE YOU BEEN ABDUCTED ? FILE: UFO2189
Space aliens often erase the memories of people they abduct. But you can
still determine if you've been taken aboard a starship or examined by
extraterrestrials with tips from two of the world's leading experts.
All you have to do is check for the tell-tale signs of alien abduction,
including memory loss, sudden illness, unusual dreams or strange marks on
your body.
These symptoms almost certainly indicate that you've been abducted by
space aliens.
"Many people have been abducted by space aliens but can't remember
anything about their abductions," declared Brad Steiger, author of the best
selling book 'The UFO Abductors.' UFO abductees often find they have have black
spots in their memories. In some cases it is simply a tantalizing sensation
that there is something they are trying to remember but can't recall."
Hayden Hewes, executive director of the International UFO Bureau, said:
"Abductess frequently have recurring dreams or daytime visions about alien
beings, spacecraft or extraterrestrial realms. They often discover unexplained
wounds or scars. Or they mysterioussly begin to suffer from physical problems."
According to Steiger and Hewes, the warning signs of alien abduction are:
The mysterious onset of illness, including insomnia, loss of app-
etite, nausea, headaches, a rash or fatigue.
The nagging sensation of having "lost" a period out of your life.
Complete memory loss.
The mysterious apperance of scars, bruises, puncture marks, burns or
missing hair suggestive of medical examination by aliens.
Recurring dreams dreams. Some common images include extraterrestrail
worlds or landscapes and srystal sities.
Recurring daytime images. Common ones are space aliens, UFO's or
extraterrestrail scenes.
If you have experienced on or more of these symptoms, Steiger and Hewes
advise you look in your phone phone book and contact the UFO organization
nearest you. They should be able to put you in touch with someone who can
hypnotize and regress you to the time of the abduction so you can remember
it completely, the experts say.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

42
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2190.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
SUBJECT: CLASSIFICATIONS ON RECENT UFO CASES FILE: UFO2190
The following are the classifications and ParaNet/Hynek Ratings on some famous
and/or recent UFO cases. For details on the classification and rating methods,
choose the appropriate selection on the DATABANK Menu
Case Year Classification Rating
Kenneth Arnold, WA 1947 DD S4/P4
Roswell Incident, NM 1947 C/R S5/P5
Capt. Mantell, KY 1948 DD S2/P5
George Adamski, CA 1950 CE-IV or V S5/P1
Washington, DC "Invasion" 1952 NL-R/V S4/P5
Lubbock Lights, TX 1952 NL S4/P5
Betty & Barney Hill, NH 1961 CE-V S5/P5
Incident at Exeter, NH 1965 CE-I S4/P4
Levelland, TX Car Stoppings 1967 CE-II S5/P5
Delphos, KS 1972 CE-II-LT >S4/P4
Mansfield Army Helicopter,OH 1973 CE-II-EM S5/P5
Travis Walton, AZ 1975 CE-V >S5/P5
SAC Base Overflights 1975 NL-R/V S4/P5
Billy Meier, SWITZERLAND 1975 CE-IV S5/P1
Christs Church, NZ 1978 NL S3/P3
Cash/Landrum, TX 1979 CE-II >S5/P5
Bentwaters, UK 1979 CE-III S5/P4
Hudson Valley, NY 1983-86 CE-I (V?) S5/P5
JAL Flight 1628, AK 1986 CE-I >S4/P4
MJ-12 Documents 1987 Documents S5/P1
Nullabor Plain, AUS 1988 CE-II <S4/P3
Gulf Breeze, FL 1987-88 CE-III <S5/P1
Fyffe, AL 1988 CE-I S5/P5
Voronezh, USSR 1989 CE-III >S5/P2
Tokyo, Japan 1989 CE-II-VIDEO S5/P5
"Alien in Window", SC 1989 CE-II-VIDEO S3/P3
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

77
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2191.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
SUBJECT: THE PARANET/HYNEK RATING SYSTEM FILE: UFO2191
The ParaNet/Hynek Rating System was developed in order to provide
investigators and other interested parties with a point of departure, a
thumbnail sketch of how "good" or how "important" a particular report is, and
how it relates to other reports in the database.
It is a simple system, based on a matrix first proposed by Dr. J. Allen Hynek
of Northwestern University, founder of the Center for UFO Studies (CUFOS). The
rating plots the strangeness of a case against its overall credibility, or the
"probability" that the event happened basically as described.
The strangeness of a case, or the degree of its departure from known
principles, is assigned a rating of from 1 to 5. The higher the rating, the
greater the departure.
Rating Meaning Examples
------ -------- --------
S1 Explained or explainable Meteor; Venus; Airplane; Balloon
S2 Probably explainable with more High altitude nocturnal light,
data little observed course deviation
S3 Possibly explainable, but with Same nocturnal light, but sudden
elements of strangeness zig-zag, then return to course.
S4 Strange; does not conform to Disk-shaped object seen in
known principles daylight.
S5 Highly strange; indicative of Daylight disk seen close-up;
intelligent guidance anomalous motion; entities
The "P" factor, or probability rating, is much harder to gauge. Witness
credibility is only a part of the picture. Quantity and quality of supporting
evidence, such as independent witnesses, photographs, etc. must also be taken
into account. Basically the "P" factor is an overall estimation, or averaging
of these factors. It, too, is calibrated from 1 to 5 as follows:
Rating Meaning Examples
------ ------- --------
P1 Not credible or sound; hoax String found in photo; known UFO
hoaxer or "flake"
P2 Suspicious; probable hoax Prodigious photos by lone witness;
no evidence where there should be
P3 Somewhat credible or indeterminate lone witness, no supporting
evidence; low-quality photo
P4 Credible; Sound multiple independent witnesses;
high-quality analyzed photo
P5 Highly credible; leaving almost Witness of high repute and/or ex-
no doubt pertise; live TV; quality video
It is tempting to rate one in terms of the other; that is, a high strangeness
case is, by nature, hard to believe, and therefore one is tempted to give it a
low "P" rating. The scientific method demands, however, that the data itself
should dictate the rating, despite our propensity to mistrust stories of
90-degree turns and 3-foot-tall grey men.
Hynek pointed out that 90% of all reports should fall in the range closest to
the two axes. High strangeness cases DO usually turn out to be of low quality
or even hoaxes; multiple reports of bright night-time objects seen over
hundreds of miles most often turn out to be low-strangeness bolides or
re-entering rockets. Obviously, it is the S4/P4's and above that are of
concern to us. These are the cases we point to when we speak of the UFO
phenomenon in the strict sense. It is these that science must answer for.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

70
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2192.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
SUBJECT: A UFO CLASS FILE: UFO2192
Contrary to popular opinion, UFOlogists do not study UFOs. They study UFO
reports. Which makes a lot of sense when you figure that no one (except
possibly Uncle Sam) has a real live UFO to study.
The first step in studying any anomaly is to classify the data in as many ways
as possible, so that correlations can be drawn and priorities set. The most
frequently used system for classifying UFO reports is the system developed by
J. Allen Hynek of Northwestern University, a famous astronomer and UFO
debunker for the Air Force, who later became a believer and founded the Center
for UFO Studies in Chicago. His system, which later gave rise to a famous
movie title, is summarized below.
***
UFO reports are divided into two major groups: Long-Range Sightings (LRS),
which occur at 500' or more from the witness, and Close Encounters (CE), which
occur at a range of less than 500'.
Long Range Sightings are further broken down as follows:
Nocturnal Lights (LRS-NL). By far the most common type of sighting. Basically
lights in the sky, most can be explained as bright planets or aircraft with
unfamiliar lighting arrangements. Most.
Daylight Disks (LRS-DD), which may or may not be disk shaped. This category
includes any sighting in which an object's rough shape can be made out, such
as cigars, triangles, teardrops, etc.
In addition, there are the Radar/Visuals, in which an object seen by a ground
or air observer is independently tracked on ATC or military radar.
***
Close Encounters are further broken down as follows:
Close Encounters of the First Kind (CE-I). Mere sighting of Object.
Close Encounters of the Second Kind (CE-II). Object interacts with environment
in some manner. This can include ground traces such as scorch marks and
circular depressions, radiation anomalies, animal excitement, photographs, and
the intriguing electromagnetic (EM) effects.
Close Encounters of the Third Kind (CE-III). Sighting of entities associated
with object.
Close Encounters of the Fourth Kind (CE-IV). This category was added after
Hynek's death, to include instances of contact between percipient and entity,
whether physical, verbal, telepathic, or otherwise. The most perplexing CE-IVs
are the so-called "abductions," in which the percipient claims to have been
forcibly brought on board the craft, sometimes being subjected to medical
examinations.
***
In addition to LRSs and CEs are cases that involve Crash/Retrievals, such as
the Roswell Incident, and documents, such as the MJ-12 brouhaha. All these
different types of cases are categorized in ParaNet files, and given a rating
according to the quality of the evidence and their departure from the norm.
This rating system is discussed under the entry for "ParaNet/Hynek Rating
System," under the DataBank menu.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

175
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2193.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
SUBJECT: THE TRUTH ABOUT ALTERNATIVE 3 ? FILE: UFO2193
During the 1970s the BBC, on their SCIENCE show, screened a film
called Alternative 3.
This film was about a small team of researchers who initially
decided to interview some of the British scientists who took up
residence and work overseas during the great "Brain Drain".
They found to their surprise that many of the scientists had
'disappeared'. Relatives in the UK were still recieving mail, but from
non-existent addresses.
A remarkable series of events led to a team of researchers to
uncover a massive conspiracy - one involving an elite cabal of
behind-the-scenes power brokers, and the use of a technology which
would seem science fiction to us.
The resources available to this elite group appeared to be
unlimited, and the brain drain obviously gave them access to top
scientists needed on secret projects.
This group had discovered that the Earth was about to overheat
through what was termed "The Greenhouse Effect", and they sort
solutions to the problem.
Their first idea was to punch 'holes' in the atmosphere layers at
strategic spots, so as to let the 'heat' out.
The second idea was to create a super-underground city, where the
chosen few could live out the Earth's transition above, in the safety
of being miles underground.
Finally, they decided on the third alternative, hence the name
"Alternative Three".
This was to set up a whole new civilisation on another planet. By
this stage the secret cabal had perfected anti-gravity and
faster-than-light technology, so there wasn't much stopping them.
Mars was the chosen planet, with the dark side of the Moon being
their base for the project.
Large numbers of people were literally kidnapped, and through the
use of mind control technology were made into mindless 'zombie'
workers if they did not co-operate willingly.
Thus we have a secret base on the dark side of the moon, an elite
group of conspirators manipulating the world governments to their
whim, the use of super hi-tech technology, a greenhouse effect, mind
control technology and an eager team of gallant researchers piecing it
together.
The minor detail of Mars not having an atmosphere was overcome by
detonating a series of nuclear bombs over the surface of the planet.
This liberated the gasses trapped in the soil, which in turn formed a
breathable atmosphere.
The film winds up after showing this, with the crucial evidence: a
piece of video tape smuggled out of the moon base, which showed
Russian and US astronauts first testing the newly breathable Martian
atmosphere. The date announced on the secret video tape was May 22,
1965.
The reaction from the British public to 'Alternative 3' was
enormous!
Many people believed it outright and demanded it to be re-run, and
many thought it outright rubbish.
The book, 'Alternative 3', was published by Sphere Books, UK, in
1978, and also proved to be extremely popular.
For some reason there were few, if any, reprints , which is
suprising considering the pre-publicity.
Today the book is out of print, and a few pirate copies, albeit
shoddy quality, of the original 'Science Report' programme pop up from
time to time.
This following article was taken from the 'Windwords' newsletter
(address not available).
*In our June issue, we told you about the controversial book
'Alternative 3', by author Leslie Watkins. In our attempt to find out
if the shocking theories in the book were true , we called Avon Books,
the American publisher; they said the book was out of prints in the
States.
*We called Penguin Books in London and found that it was listed on
their non-fiction list. A senior editor there told us that it was
officially classified as FICTION BASED ON FACT.
*The author's agent told us it was most definately fiction.
*We wrote to the author himself to try to get the real story, and
here is the letter he sent us:
"Dear Ms Dittrich,
Thank you for your letter, which reached me today. Naturally, I
am delighted by your interest in 'Alternative 3' and by the fact that
you plan to sell it in the Windwords bookstore. I will certainly
cooperate in any way I can.
The correct description of 'Alternative 3' was given by the
representative from Penguin Books. The book is based on fact, but uses
that fact as a launch pad for a HIGH DIVE INTO FICTION.
In answer to your specific questions:
(1) There is no Astronaut named Grodin.
(2) There is no Sceptre Television, and the reported Benson is also
fictional.
(3) There is no Dr Gerstein.
(4) Yes, a 'documentary' was televised in June 1977 on Anglia
Television, which went out to the entire national network in
Britain. It was called 'Alternative 3' and was written by David
Ambrose and produced by Christopher Miles (whose names were on
the book for contractual reasons). This original TV version,
which I EXPANDED IMMENSELY for the book,was ACTUALLY A HOAX which
had been scheduled for transmission on April Fools' Day. Because
of certain problems finding the right network slot, the
transmission was delayed.
The TV program did cause a tremendous uproar because viewers
refused to believe it was fiction! I initially took the view that the
basic premise was so way out, particularly the way I aimed to present
it in the book, that no one would regard it as non-fiction.
Immediately after publication, I realised I was totally wrong. In
fact, the amazing mountains of letters from virtually all parts of the
world - including vast numbers from highly intelligent people in
positions of responsibility - convinced me that I had ACCIDENTALLY
trespassed into a range of top-secret truths.
Documentary evidence provided by many of these correspondents
decided me to write a serious and COMPLETELY NON - FICTION sequel.
Unfortunately, a chest containing the bulk of the letters was among
the items which were mysteriously LOST IN TRANSIT some four years ago
when I moved from London, England, to Sydney, Australia, before I
moved on to settle in New Zealand.
For some time after 'Alternative 3' was originally published, I
have reason to suppose that my home telephone was being tapped and my
contacts, who were experienced in such matters, were convinced that
certain intelligence agencies considered that I probably knew too
much.
So, summing up, the book is FICTION BASED ON FACT. But I now feel
that I inadvertently got VERY CLOSE TO A SECRET TRUTH. I hope this is
of some help to you and I look forward to hearing from you again.
With best wishes
Leslie Watkins "
(Source: Placed in the public domain from VANGARD SCIENCES archives on
October 28, 1989. Their mailing address is PO BOX 1031, Mesquite, TX
75150.)
"I think it the phrase rhymes with clucking bell." - Edmund Blackadder
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

710
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2194.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,710 @@
SUBJECT: UFOs TONITE RADIO SHOW FILE: UFO2194
--- Greetings Fellow UFO Guys and Gals ---
The following is a partial transcript from
Don Eckers' weekly talk show titled "UFOs Tonite." Dons' featured
guest for this show was actor Dwight Schultz. Don and Dwight had
quite an experience recently while doing some field investigation
down in Roswell, New Mexico.
The show "UFOs Tonite" is broadcast by the "Cable Radio Network"
every Saturday night at 9pm PST. "UFOs Tonite" is available on
many cable systems across the country. Contact your local cable
company for further information on how to pick up the "Cable Radio
Network." "UFOs Tonite" can also be picked up by satellite dish
owners on SATCOM C3, transponder 23, audio 7.23mhz narrowband.
All back shows of "UFOs Tonite" can be obtained on cassette tape
by contacting "UFO Magazine" at 818-951-1250.
I hope you enjoy this post. Any comments will be welcomed.
--Bill Ralls--
*********************************************************************
Don: And we're back! That's right, here you are Saturday night with
me and me of course being Don Ecker. The show is "UFOs Tonite" and
you are listening to the "Cable Radio Network." Well, every week as
you know, we talk about one of mankinds' most misunderstood yet
mysterious phenomenon ever and that of course is UFOs. Well, you
know, a couple of months ago I was privileged to have an individual
in here join us for the first time, and he spoke for the very first
time publicly anywhere about his fascination, interest and study of
this subject. And if you were tuning in you probably heard that pro-
gram and it was a delight, and of course I'm talking about Mr. Dwight
Schultz, star of screen and television. Starring in such programs as
the "A Team", "Star Trek the Next Generation" and just a whole list
of too many to go on. Well, tonight Dwight is once again joining us
in studio, and we are going to be talking about something that we
haven't done a lot of as far as I'm concerned. You know, each week I
talk about and with people that are some of the top researchers, the
best known researchers anywhere available today, especially here in
the United States. Well, I haven't too often talked about my person-
al research and of course that's one of the things that I do do, and
recently on two out of state trips here Dwight was involved with this
research with me. And Dwight, I want to thank you for joining us in
studio, and not only are we going to be talking about the research
that we were involved in...[laughs] But one of the most well known
UFO cases around...Roswell. And ladies and gentlemen, he's had us
cracking up in here for fifteen minutes before the show. [Dwight is
snoring in the background] Dwight, are you awake? Hello!
Dwight:[JOKINGLY-French accent> What? I'm sorry. I'm Valerie LeMont.
I'm a PHD in Vanilla. I'm here to check your pants. Who is this?
Come now is this a joke?] Don, you said, "do do."
[Don and Dwight are cracking up]
Don: Did I say do do?
Dwight: Yes you did. You said, "do do" Don.
Don: [still cracking up] And if you'd like to join tonights conversa-
tion...
Dwight: [laughs] Thank you, Don.
Don: You can reach us by calling 818-352-7152 or 1-800-336-2225.
Dwight: I have to say hello to my wife Wendy and my daughter Ava.
Don: Are they out there listening?
Dwight: Yes, and I know my daughter is going to be going to bed to
bed here in a few minutes. So I just wanted to say hello and good
night sweetheart, to you too my darling wife, but I don't want you to
go to sleep until the show is over.
Don: Well, this is a family show, you know?
Dwight: Yes, it is, it certainly is, in my house it is. We wear
large fluorescent bulbs on our heads, sit around in the dark and lis-
ten to the show every Saturday night. That's practically the truth,
ladies and gentlemen. I am addicted to this show.
Don: You would not believe how many people have told me how upset
they are because I ruined their Saturday nights.
Dwight: Well, it's true, it used to be Sunday.
Don: Yeah, it used to be Sunday nights, of course nobody cared be-
cause they had to go to work Monday, but now they can't go out and
party like they used to.
Dwight: That's exactly right.
Don: Roswell, what a case. And we were talking about that before the
show tonight. We were talking about aspects of the Roswell case, and
our trip that we took down there recently.
Dwight: Yes, indeed. We both went the same time. First time in our
lives. First time for you, right?
Don: Yeah, it was the first time.
Dwight: First time for me and it was quite an experience. We could-
n't get out because of the airline. They take you in there, and they
fly you in a beanie with a propeller on it. [laughs]
Don: [laughs] That's true, that's true! Two days we were stuck there,
two days we were stuck there.
Dwight: I have to get closer to the microphone. I've just been given
the note.
Don: [laughs] Well, let me say the airline too, that we flew in on
and then flew out...Mesa. Promised, I was gonna give them a heck of
a plug. If you ever have to go to New Mexico, hitch hike don't fly,
don't fly.
Dwight: Yes, but it was, it was an extraordinary experience and is
the word synchronizity(sp) or serendipity, things happened there that
neither Don nor myself expected to happen.
Don: Was this the first time that you were ever involved in an actual
field investigation?
Dwight: Yes, this was my very first time. This is the first time
that I went with any, went with anybody who knew anything about this
to actually investigate some strange phenomenon.
Don: And that was a current ongoing flap that's still going on down
there.
Dwight: Yes, Jose Escamilla. And I was baptized with Mr.Ecker.
Don: [laughs-clears throat] Yes, in more ways than one, I might add.
Dwight: Yes, in more ways than one.
Don: If you by any chance you caught the "Hardcopy" program, there
was a segment on...well, a week ago Friday about this particular...
some of this footage. This guy who originally had been living here
in the Los Angeles area, originally from Roswell, moved back after
the earthquake, but they have had a ongoing series of sightings of
unusual objects, they aren't the only people. And while this is all
going on there is also at this point a huge air force operation that
is ongoing called "Operation Rolling Sand." And now whether these
"unidentifieds" are a part of the military operation, that's always
possible knowing, you know, or having at least some kind of idea of
what todays technology is, but whether it may be that or perhaps the
phenomenon is there because the military is there. Roswell, fifty
years ago of course, that area, I shouldn't say Roswell itself, but
that area of New Mexico there was a tremendous amount going on in the
military, the sciences. That's the general location where the "A
bomb" was developed and tested. The military had brought back a lot
of captured German "V2 rockets" that they were testing. There was
"experimental radar testing" going on, and that's of course when the
incident, the 1947 incident happened.
Dwight: Well, it's more than that to. It is the sense of history can
be very imposing when you arrive there and you realize that some-
thing was supposed to have taken place almost fifty years ago. Some-
thing that maybe changed the world, maybe didn't, we don't know, the
government supposedly knows. You don't know what's going to happen.
You somehow, you somehow feel like you're a part of something, but
everyone in that town talks about it. It's still alive there and it
isn't just a question of well, you know, we're telling, we're telling
tales here for the tourists because it is not a tourist town.
Don : No, you've got to work to get there.
Dwight: You've got to work very hard to get there. It's very iso-
lated and a lot of people will tell you how difficult it is to even
get food there. But everyone talks about this incident and everyone
has a story to tell and they all seem to be in the direction of it
really happened, it's not a joke. People don't laugh about it, they
don't joke about it, they kind of look...And sometimes you'll find
people not interested, they don't really want to come out and talk
about it, but they will. No one laughs at this, this is not a joke,
it's real, and it's a very strange feeling down there.
Don: It permeates our entire culture now. Not only is there the film
coming out the end of this summer sometime between July and August,
at this point that's what we hear. Even last night on Fox television
program "X-Files"...Roswell, the Roswell incident was mentioned. You
know, tonight what I would really like to do because I really want to
go into this case in some depth. I would love to hear from all of
you skeptics, the skeptical side that is out there. Now, I'm not
talking about mindless debunking, although we can deal with that too,
but I'm talking about people that genuinely are skeptical about the
idea of unidentified flying objects number one, and number two what
in fact these objects may be or represent. You know, when we talk
about UFOs we're talking about "not spaceships" as many people auto-
matically assume. We're talking about something that is uniden-
tified, apparently is manufactured and is flying around demonstrat-
ing physics we don't normally attribute.
Dwight: But Don, I do want to say one thing here to. To make it very
clear that we went to Roswell to investigate current phenomenon.
Something that is going on down there at this particular moment, but
what happened was that we were drawn into an event that...the event
that took place almost fifty years ago in an almost unbelievable
series of coincidences, and that is where I understood the madness of
UFO investigators because you seem to be chasing the magic tail of
the rabbit that you just see behind every corner and as you reach for
the tail it's gone and around another corner.
Don: And that's something that we're going to be discussing tonight
also. An unbelievable incident that happened that...it seemed to
come out of the "Twilight Zone."
Dwight: It certainly was...
Don: Rod Sterling would have been right at home there.
Dwight: Yes indeed.
Don: My guest this evening joining me in studio is Mr. Dwight Schultz
a very good personal friend of mine and a star of screen and stage,
and a gentleman that for the very first time right here at "UFOs
Tonite" just several months ago broached his very deep interest in
this subject publicly for the first time, which took a lot of courage
because there are many people out there that don't look kindly on
people with this interest and that's something else I would like to
address tonight later about the "new religion" that we are dealing
with. The new religion of course being "science" and their very
rigid ways of looking at certain things in our culture. It's some-
thing that we have to deal with and it's something that we should
address.
Don: Dwight, let's talk about the history of this to begin with. When
we're talking about Roswell, a lot of people think that this is where
it all started...Roswell, New Mexico, that's not true. The phenomenon
goes back many thousands of years, but as far as contemporary times
it started in the second world war.
Dwight: "Foo Fighters."
Don: Foo fighters. Now you weren't around then, I wasn't around then,
but...
Dwight: Almost, not quite.
Don: Did...when you were growing up did you hear anything about that
as you were a young man?
Dwight: No, I didn't hear anything about...about the real sightings
of unidentified flying objects. I didn't even...I think it was '52
that was the big flap in DC?
Don: Yes.
Dwight: Yes, I didn't even hear anything about that. It was motion
pictures that brought me to UFOs. I think the first film that I re-
member was "The Day The Earth Stood Still."
Don: Oh, Robert Wise(sp)...tremendous film.
Dwight: Yes, Michael Reny(sp) and "Gort the Robot" but yes I was not
aware of the truth, it was all a fiction. It wasn't until I actually
started to read and I would read in the newspaper accounts when I was
in grade school of people really seeing these things, and periodical-
ly there would be a radio program.
Don: Well, now you have told me you heard many of these programs back
in those days, and I unfortunately did not.
Dwight: Yes, I saw the "Armstrong Circle Theatre" 'cause my parents
watched. I saw the "Keyhoe" program and I wish that I could remember
it, but I have a vague vague memory of it as a child back in '58, and
I remembered the sound going off, and my father talking about it, and
the "big hubbub" the following day and what was...that there was a
government coverup. So, that is in my psyche from 1958. And...
Don: That's not something we heard a lot of in those days, is it...
coverups?
Dwight: No, no not at all, but it was in the papers the following day
after that show.
Don: And that of course was when Major Donald Keyhoe was censored on
the air live when he was trying to break away from the script that he
was following to basically say that there were people in the congress
that was interested in holding hearings on UFOs.
Dwight: Yes, and I have a vague memory of him being trashed for the
next seven, eight, nine, ten years because I wasn't actively involved
in this field. I just remember him vaguely being trashed. Then as I
started to, started to go to high school. I was the proud owner of a
seven transistor Japanese radio. I think it actually was American,
it was an RCA, and at night I would get the AM transmissions from New
York city. At night the signals would come in very strong from the
fifty thousand watt power houses..."WOR" in particular, and I'd lis-
ten to Barry Farber(sp) and Long John Nebel(sp) And these gentlemen,
Barry Farber, I remember...Ivan Sanderson(sp) frequently would cover
the subject of unidentified flying objects and the United States gov-
ernment and it's involvement in the subject, and Long John Nebel who
frequently had people with, with interest in the subject of UFOs on
his program and I would fall asleep. I don't think my parents knew,
but I would fall asleep late in the night. Sometimes I would stay up
until three o'clock, four o'clock in the morning 'cause his show was
from midnight, I believe until five. And that is where I developed
my interests, and that's where I also learned about the Vietnam war.
Don: On Long John Nebel?
Dwight: And Barry Farber in particular, listening to the debates on
those programs during the sixties, moving right along. So, I'm radio
educated, I listen to more radio than watch TV.
Don: You know that's one of the wonderful things about this particu-
lar CRN network because not only is it a radio signal, but it's spe-
cifically for television. You know, where you can get them both to-
gether. We have many people around the country that are in fact
tuning in on satellite, it comes right in on their...well, as a mat-
ter of fact, you told me that you heard the show first on satellite.
[satcom C3, transponder 23, 7.23mhz narrow]
Dwight: Yes, I had a dish in central California and I heard the show.
Don: Well, during all these times Long John Nebel and Keyhoe made a
number of appearances on that and of course there were many others...
Frank Edwards(sp) was covering the UFO beat. Many of you people may
not recognize the name of Frank Edwards, but he was an extremely pop-
ular very well respected radio broadcaster in the 50s and 60s who had
written two books on UFOs...UFOs, I believe it was "Serious Business"
and I'm trying to think of...or "Flying Saucers Serious Business" and
I'm trying to think of the other book, but Edwards and all these
people...Edwards, Keyhoe none of them ever mentioned Roswell. And if
they talked about crashed UFOs they were talking about basically
Frank Sculley's(sp) book which was published...
Dwight: About the Aztec...
Don: No, 1950..."Behind The Flying Saucers" I believe...it's been too
long ago, but that book has been pretty much roundly trashed, but not
many heard of Roswell. What do you attribute that to? A successful
coverup? Because it was...it made world wide news just at the time
it happened.
Dwight: Well, it certainly is...yes, I mean, I think this is the
great thing about libraries. You can go back and...I think that's...
wasn't the front page of the Roswell...wasn't that picked up in the
library?
Don: Yes, the Roswell Daily News.
Dwight: This story was very quickly killed, and I think now when you
look back and you see the history it's very clear that the government
was quick to step in and take this story right off the airwaves, and
consequently very few people knew about it, but with time the truth
does sort of leak out, and when people say that the government can't
keep a secret...well, to an extent they can continue to lie and say
no it didn't happen, but over three hundred people have come forward
to say it's not a secret anymore. So, in a sense they're right, they
can't keep a secret, and it's only been since the 70s that I've heard
the name that I've actually seen material written about it, and I...
and of course with the recent book of Randle and Schmitt's, "The
Truth About The UFO Crash At Roswell", it's all in perspective now,
and it's not a trashy book, it's not a silly book, it's not a stupid
book, it's a very well documented book that ties some very strange
stories together, and if we are to believe human beings, our com-
patriots, I think there's something here to be studied.
Don: Roswell, when we were down there still a relatively small rural
town. No interstate highways close by. One small little airport
where the airplanes work sometimes and sometimes they don't.
Dwight: No radar.
Don: I wanted to mention that. Not one bit of commercial radar in
that area. We talked to several people about that too, and the citi-
zens down there want to know why they don't have radar at their air-
port, but the military in fact had radar.
Dwight: But you have to say, it was the most incredible site because
when landed in this little plane, and there right next to the tower
was...were the camouflaged trucks and a few soldiers all wearing
their fatigues, and this little radar spining at the end, all mili-
tary.
Don: And a lot of high tech jet aircraft flying around.
Dwight: We saw stealth aircraft, we saw stealth aircraft...what are
they? I mean...we saw an amazing number...
Don: Well, there were F16, F111-B tactical bombers, the F117 stealth.
Dwight: We saw these flying not just...
Don: Yes, yeah, yeah they were flying around, and of course the
flashes of light which were moving incredibly fast. Later checking
the videotape some of these appeared to be unidentified objects when
we slowed the tape down...
Dwight: Well, your jumping ahead here. We went to the site where the
gentleman Jose Escamilla had said that he had taken these shots of
UFOs. We'd saw some videotape that had been given to Don by
"Hardcopy" and it was some amazing footage, and when you go down
there you don't know what to expect, and suddenly you jump into the
back of a car and this fellow is taking you to the spot and it's the
most...it's the strangest experience because it's a little dirt...
[laughs]
Don: [laughs] Well, it's midway, it's midway between Roswell and some
other town.
Dwight: And it's this little tiny...you don't want to call it a mini
mall ,but it could be called a mini mall in New Mexico, but it was
dusty and the people were very ordinary individuals and they just...
[hispanic accent> "Yeah, they're up there man, look at this!"] And
you want to say, I'm not really doing this, these people, this is a
joke. [Hispanic accent> "Just put your camera up there, just put your
camera up there man and you'll get 'em."] And your saying to your-
self, Oh please! I have been fooled, this is silly. [Hispanic accent>
"Just focus, focus on a plane, focus on anything that's up there and
they'll come, they'll come."] So, you really think you are being
silly and that's what happened, and sure enough suddenly there were
these flashes. I did not see them, but Don saw them, and I must tell
you I couldn't see the actual airplanes that were flying...I mean, my
eyes are not that good, but saw planes and I'm looking and looking
and I'm not seeing...
Don: But you were looking through the viewfinder of the camcorder.
Dwight: Yes, but they finally did come into view, so they really were
there, but these flashes that Don saw while the videotape was rolling
were real, and when we went back and checked the tape later concur-
rent with his scream, there's a flash, I see it. Were these...and
there's something flying around the planes very quickly, inexplic-
able...whether it was intelligently piloted craft, I can't tell you,
but I never seen anything quite like...So, there was something, some-
thing there going on, and we were only there for about two and a half
hours and there were...
Don: Right, but at that time Jose Escamilla already had over a solid
one hundred hours of videotape that he and his brother had already
stood out there and shot.
Dwight: And Hardcopy had also captured on their cameras inexplicable
objects, but at any rate you went there, we were there for two and
one half hours, and we caught something in that two and one half
hours. I don't know what it is. There's a lot of military activity,
these flashes of light, these objects "little globes" is what they
look like moving around changing directions at incredible speeds. I
don't know. I would love for someone to tell me what it was.
Don: Well, Hardcopy only showed the most minute amount of that
videotape. You know, some of the things that we saw Dwight. One
where the white object that appears to have a dome on it...
Dwight: Yes.
Don: was hovering and something dropped down through the frame, that
gray blob or whatever the heck it was. Another one where a rod was
flying from cloud to cloud. There was another sequence where he had
what appeared to be a rod shaped craft and it looked like it had
several...
Dwight: Globes on the bottom of it.
Don: Right, globes on the bottom of it. What in the world that was
is anybodies, anybodies guess.
Dwight: But again it's the difficult nature of this business. You're
sitting around saying, what is that, what is that? I don't know, I
don't know, I don't know, I haven't seen anything like that before
and so what you end up with is something that you don't know. But
it's not explainable, maybe it is, but no one in a position to ex-
plain it is taking anytime to explain it.
Don: Well, you know, unlike the very recent Michigan sightings. The
Michigan sightings which were verified on their civilian commercial
radar. Roswell doesn't have that luxury.
Dwight: That's right.
Don: And that's the one thing that just really amazed me. Why did
they not have radar? I mean, they've had an airfield there since the
second world war at least.
Dwight: Well, I don't know. I can't...we do know that they're trying
to get radar there. And you can being sufficiently paranoid as I am,
one can begin to think of reasons why they don't have radar, but
there maybe some explanation for it...why there's no civilian radar,
but there's certainly military radar.
Don: And they also have two UFO museums.
Dwight: Yes, this is the second part of the story folks. Don tell
'em.
Don: Two UFO museums.
Don: But you know, Dwight, speaking about Roswell, let's go back to
Roswell for just a moment. We were there. We were out at the sight
where the strange things were being seen. Then we decided to check
out the folks that are working in the UFO_biz there if you will at
the museums and low and behold as we walk in...
Dwight: This was the UFO Enigma Museum.
Don: The UFO Enigma Museum, which is run by Mr. John Price and their
research director is Clifford Stone, former guest of this program and
guy I have a lot of respect and fondness for. We go in there and
somebody that we'll call "Manny", because we can't use his real name
now, but ladies and gentlemen it was the most strange occurrence I
think that I've had happen to me personally in many years. John come
running out....
Dwight: Well, first of all you have to set the stage here. We have
gone into this museum, and we went there...it was empty. There was
nobody in it but the proprietor, we got there as soon as it opened.
As I said, it's not a tourist town, and all that you can see in this
other room, there's another room to the museum, and all I could see
were these legs and boots and a table and somebody was looking at a
big book, and that was the only other person in the museum. Go ahead.
Don: Well, John Price the owner came running out, he saw me, recog-
nized me and we shook hands, I introduced Dwight, and the words out
of his mouth and I didn't know quite what to make of it, but he said,
Don, he said, "This gentleman just came in just before you guys got
here, I'm sitting back, I'm talking to him, I think you need to talk
to him". And I said, well why would I need to talk to him John? He
said, "Well, this old fellow claims that he was one of the MPs that
was here at the old Walker Air Base, the Roswell Army Air Base, and
he was one of the people guarding the crash site when this happened".
And I was stunned, I didn't know, and I said, well you know, has any-
body ever talked to this guy before? He said, "No, he literally came
in out of the blue". So, Dwight... we walk in, sit down, meet the
gentleman... we'll call him "Manny" for now, and what was your first
impressions?
Dwight: [laughs] Well, he said something that was extraordinary, and
that was... and Jonathan Price said this under his breath to Don. I
was sitting off...I mean, I'm not an expert, I'm just trailing along
here having the experience, gritty experience of an UFO investigator
and Mr. Price walked up to Don and said, [whispering> "We got a gen-
tleman in here and he says he's got a piece of it, [Don laughs] says
he's got a piece of the saucer".] And of course I...[laughs] I mean,
who in fifty years has said they have a piece of it? I mean, I
haven't...I mean, I've heard tell that there is a piece of it. I
haven't actually...no one has yet formally come forward and said, hey
I've got a piece of it. And he was looking, the gentleman was look-
ing at what you would call a yearbook that the museum had put to-
gether.....
Don: It was a unit history book.
Dwight: Yes, a unit history book. And he was having trouble finding
himself. And I said, [skeptically> Ah, well there you go...here's
somebody who's come here for a little notoriety or whatever, he can't
find himself in the book, he's going to say that he was there, but he
just can't happen to find himself.] So, the gentleman wore glasses,
he was elderly, and he was various going from page to page, and he
said, "I can't find myself". And Don came in, Don sat down and
started talking to him, and then I started looking through the book.
And I just started looking for Manny's name and there it was, he had
missed it, he was there.
Don: And not only was he there, but when he had gone down to this
museum, he had gone down thinking that there was going to be a re-
union of all his old buddies from the 509th at this particular time,
which didn't make any sense to us.
Dwight: He said, "Reunion, I came here for a reunion, I saw it on the
TV, they were having a reunion, and they asked people to come". And
suddenly it became clear that "Showtime" had been publicizing...well,
first of all Randle and Schmitt held a press conference...
Don: Right, in Roswell.
Dwight: for their book, and Showtime had been publicizing their
movie, and the movie...the premise of the film is a reunion. And the
old man saw some PR for the book, heard the press release for the
book and the people promoting it saying, anybody who has any informa-
tion please come forward, and then he saw the promo for the movie
about a reunion, and he thought that that's what was going to occur.
Don: And it wasn't...he was wrong, but he came up anyway, and as we
found out the story even gets stranger.
Don: So, we're down there, here's this old fellow we're calling
Manny. We find his...you find his photograph in the book, and he
brought along some...his marriage certificate to prove that he had
been married at the 509th by a certain officer, which we have copies
of that stuff, and then tell them what he said about his "little
men." This was one of the most fan...and it just literally came out
of nowhere.
Dwight: Well, first he described everything that happened, that he
was there, that he saw it, and basically he retold the story in basic
terms that's been told many times now. And he said he carved the
"little men", he called them his "little men" he carved them and then
he said, with a glint in his eye, "Why would I do that, why would I
do that?"...he did say that. I said,[joking> For about twenty five
thousand dollars and a stint on a TV show, is that right?...no. He
said, "Why would I do that?" And he carved these "little men" and he
said his daughter and his son saw it and he had a piece of the
saucer. He said, he got the biggest piece and he took it out and he
said that his son knew where it was, it was in the attic. He said,
he put it there, and he told the story of how he was sent away from
Roswell to an island immediately after the retrieval and that they
never saw... anybody that was involved in the retrieval no one saw
each other again, they were all sent to different places and then he
was...it caused a disturbance in his family and that his wife peti-
tioned the base because she said she was going to kill herself and
kill her children if they didn't send him back and he eventually did
come back and then he went off to the Korean war.
Don: And we saw his military records because we took a trip to where
this gentleman lives, which I'm not going to identify, but we took...
Dwight: But he is legit...
Don: The man is...
Dwight: But he disappeared, first the story is he disappeared, he got
up and walked...he said "I'm leaving." He got up and walked out and
Don being very pensive and paranoid just kept saying, "Dwight, we
should have followed him, we should have taken him home with us, we
should have taken him back, we should have, we shoulda, shoulda,
woulda, coulda. And we didn't, we couldn't, weren't there for that
purpose, but yes, this is what happens you're taken, you're taken in
some other direction.
Don: Well, you're in such a weird space. Do we believe this, do we
don't believe this? I mean...
Dwight: But his picture was in the book, he was there! this man was
there and he was telling a story that personally effected him and his
family and he told of his son and his daughter. Well, we left and
came back to Los Angeles, and low and behold Don tries to get in con-
tact with this gentleman and finds out that the old man is missing,
and is talking to his daughter and his daughter says, "that he had
been missing for a week" and she was crying. And to make a long
story short, we directed them to where he might be, they found him,
they took him back. We talked to his son and his daughter and they
corroborated his story...that the old man had said he had a piece of
it, they called it the "rock", it just looked like a dull piece of
metal, but they called it the "rock" and old man had had it for years
and they just thought that his was a crazy old man, but many...they
all corroborated this, they all corroborated the story and everything
that he had said about being sent away and they just thought he was
an old man telling stories. And he... they made fun of him in fact
they laughed at him and now they...
Don: But they were very pensive after we spoke to them, very pensive.
Dwight: This is true ladies and gentlemen that the family felt sorry.
I mean, they were in a little bit of pain about how they had treated
their father all these years because they didn't believe him and now
there is... basically when his wife died all of his belongings were
somewhere left in this house somewhere, sold somewhere, crated away
and now there is a mad rush to look for this rock that they all saw
and now that they know is valuable and maybe important. So it's...
Don: Perhaps.
Dwight: It's a very very bizarre situation. How can you get so close
as to have somebody say I saw it and then to meet a family and say,
"yeah, we didn't believe it, we threw it out, it was a paperweight,
it was sitting on the TV." They're looking through photos of the TV,
looking for a picture of this thing, a paperweight which was a piece
perhaps, perhaps from a flying saucer or as I told Don, maybe it's a
'46 Chrysler, but we've got to find out.
Don: Yes, it could be a 1946 Chrysler, think about that.
Don: You saw what I got in the mail this week from Manny?
Dwight: Yes, I did see that.
Don: The fellow that we were talking about turned around and carved
several more of his little men to show us exactly what it was that he
carved back in '47, '48.
Dwight: And it's right on the button folks. Not only that, he also
corroborated some other things which we have heard which have not
been published or not... I don't think they have been verified, but
he says that "they came back" and that "they came back looking for
the crashed saucer", and we actually heard that while we were down
there from someone else who is very knowledgeable. I mean, there is
no way of verifying that, but we had just heard this story prior to
the old man telling it and it also sent chills up my spine to hear
that because you were hearing another military, someone else in the
military telling part of the story that you hadn't heard before be-
cause he was one of the MPs who was guarding the site, and it was a
very strange experience.
Don: If somebody would have told me that this was going to happen. I
would have said, the only way this could have happened is if it was
orchestrated, but yet this wasn't.
Dwight: No, it was truly serendipitous and we were there and the
story may not be over yet, but if it is for this gentleman, he's
another verification, another eye witness to an incident that bog-
gles the mind.
*********************** End of Transcript ***************************
... Keep your eyes to the skies!!!
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

265
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2195.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
SUBJECT: STARSHIP ENGINES FILE: UFO2195
Starship Engines
By: Anthra Andromda
Starship engines come in two flavors; for strictly interstellar
propulsion, and for combined interstellar/planetary travel and
atmospheric use. This paper will treat the latter of these. The
engine described here is suitable for either interstellar or
atmospheric travel.
This engine is of a dual-mode design; it will optionally produce
either gravitons or tachyons.
ENGINE DESIGN
The engine or propulsion unit proper consists of six discrete
elements (see fig. 1).
1) the shield coil - required to protect the crew/inhabitants
of the ship from any harmful radiation. The shield
itself is a high-power electromagnet operating in a
steady state (DC).
2) the exciter coil is in reality an auto-transformer,
operating much like a 'Tesla coil', but at much higher
power levels, voltages, and frequency. Its purpose is
to excite the atomic structure of the core material
into production of either tachyons or gravitons (these
two events occur at different power levels and
frequencies).
3) This element is the 'pump', its operation is much like a
magnetic shock-tube. It will start and maintain
movement of particles from the core in the direction of
the exhaust.
Page 1
4) The focusing element. Here the responsibility is to shape
the particle stream into something useful. This is the
element that can either make the basic unit an engine
or a weapon.
5) The core, is a stack of particle producers separated by
some insulating material. In a dual mode engine the
material for one kind of particle acts as an insulator
for the other.
6) Not shown in the figure is the control system, this is
normally a collection of high speed computers and high
energy power control circuits.
+--------------------------------------------+
| a |
| +-----------+-----+-----------------+-----+
| | b | c | | d |
| +-----------+-----+-----------------+-----+
| | e |
| +-----------+-----+-----------------+-----+
| | | | | |
| +-----------+-----+-----------------+-----+
| |
+--------------------------------------------+
fig. 1
a. Shield coil.
b. Exciter coil.
c. Pump
d. Focus coil/yoke
e. Quartz/niobium core.
+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+
| Q | N | Q | N | Q | N | Q | N | Q | N |
+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+
fig. 2
ENGINE SHIELDING
The shield coil surrounding the 'engine unit' is of a design that
will allow for the development of high magnetic fields. This field
is required especially in interstellar propulsion; tachyons can be
very ionizing and therefore destructive.
The magnetic shield can me made by using large gauge wire (low gauge
numbers) and winding many turns.
The gage of the wire is important here, as it will determine the
amount of electrical current that the magnet can handle.
If it is at all possible, the use of small diameter, insulated
copper tubing may be used. By pumping coolant through the magnet
larger fields may be generated.
Page 2
On the outside of the shield magnet a material such as 'mu-metal' or
some other magnetic shielding should be used, so as to further
shield the operators from the engine.
This sub-system is probably the most difficult to build. While the
construction of the magnet itself is not difficult, the power supply
may be another matter.
Electromagnets, by their nature, develop a field that is
proportional to the amount of current (amperes) flowing through
them. Thus it is important to build a power source that can not only
develop a sufficiently high voltage, but it must also supply the
required current. This power should be as close to 'pure' DC (direct
current) as possible.
EXCITER COIL
The exciter of the system is very much like the 'Tesla coil' or
auto-transformer. As an example of an auto-transformer, I submit the
television 'flyback' transformer.
While these examples are by comparison crude, they will serve in the
construction of a model. As in the auto-transformer, the 'turns
ratio' is important. The higher the ratio the greater the voltage
that may be developed.
Another important factor here is the impedance of the sub-system.
Since this will be working at high frequencies (several megahertz
for graviton production, and 10 to 100 times higher for tachyons)
the AC resistance or impedance must be taken into account, this
impedance must be kept to a
minimum.
This part of the system, like the shield, does its job by the
magnetic field it generates, therefore, the current flow through the
exciter must be as high as possible, though not as high as the
shield.
Again the power supply is important, it should be able to provide
the necessary voltage (several hundred volts) at moderately high
current levels (up to 30 amps).
THE PUMP
This element functions much like a 'magnetic shock tube' but again
at high frequencies (megahertz). While the power levels here are
somewhat reduced, it is still important to have enough power to do
the job.
The function of the pump is to 'pull' quanta of either gravitons or
tachyons from the 'stack' and send them down the length of the
engine.
This is done by setting up a traveling magnetic wave, see fig. 3 for
a crude schematic of this pump. It is again important to consider
the impedance of this component.
Page 3
multiple turns on coil
+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+------>
| | | | | | | | |
= = = = = = = = = pulsed
capacitors-> = = = = = = = = = DC input.
| | | | | | | | |
--------------------------------------->
It will be noticed that the input to this element is pulsed DC, and
that the element is referred to as an AC element.
The nature of this such that it functions in the following manner.
When power is applied the capacitors charge in turn creating the
effect of many smaller electromagnets stacked end to end, when the
last capacitor in the chain is charged, power is removed, thus
allowing the capacitors to discharge
(high voltage/current diodes across each magnet element
will allow for proper discharge of the capacitors).
When the capacitors are discharged power is once again applied.
Because of the nature of the pulsed DC and the current requirements,
high speed switching electronics are called for to control this
element.
FOCUSING ELEMENT
The focusing element used here would be much like the 'yoke' used in
television. The purpose here is to create a beam of particles and to
'bend' that beam in the desired direction.
The requirements for the focusing coils are greatly relaxed, but,
the need for high power still exists.
CONTROL SYSTEM
If this system were to be used only as a 'steady state demo' the
requirements here would be small.
Simple power supplies and switching circuits would be the only
requirement. However, if the system were to be used in a starship
the requirements would change.
In a flight situation the dynamic control of 'exhaust' and power
levels would exist. If used in a planetary mode, one could probably
'get away' with using something like a personal computer (I
personally would recommend at least a '386' based machine).
However if used in interstellar flight then the use of something
like a 'Cray' would be more in order (though I would doubt that even
the fastest of machines known here on earth would suit).
In an interplanetary mode, where one is not traveling 'faster than
light', again a PC (486) would probably work.
So that's basically it. A suitable air/space frame for a ship and
Page 4
three of these engines and one could go 'star-hopping'. Though I
would warn against 'faster than light' travel due to the 'unknown'
factors involved.
It has been said that when one attempts to travel faster than light
it must be done 'smartly', i.e. the "jump to light speed". It is
said that to merely accelerate through the light 'limit' is
dangerous.
If there are any questions or comments, I can be reached through Jim
Stewart at the BBS known as ORDO ARGENTUM ASTRUM (fidonode 1:346/13)
or on the UFO echo.
--------------------------------------------------------------------
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

35
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2196.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
SUBJECT: ANOTHER BELGIUM SIGHTING FILE: UFO2196
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In light of the recent UFO sightings in Belgium, I'm posting a 12-9-89 newpaper
story on the same subject:
BRUSSELS, Belgium - The air force and police are investigating numerous UFO
sightings near the border with the Netherlands and West Germany, officials said
yesterday.
Since Nov. 29, dozens of people and police officials in the northeastern Liege
province said they've seen luminous objects in the sky, with some of them
describing a flying platform scanning the surface with three huge searchlights,
while others talk of dancing lights.
During the same period, air traffic controllers "found radar blips on the
screens that could not be immediately explained," said Defense Ministry
spokesman Col. Michael Mandel.
At the time of the sightings there were no authorized low-level filghts in the
region. "We are looking for a rational explanation," he said.
Although Mandel cast doubts on several witness accounts, the Belgian Society
for the Study of Space Phenomenon said yesterday it would send members to the
German-speaking region in Liege and across the border in the Netherlands and
West Germany this weekend. AP (89/12/9) DCS
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

3754
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2197.ufo Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

820
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2198.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,820 @@
SUBJECT: THE GREY MEN TAPE (1) FILE: UFO2198
Here is an excerpt from one of the Phoenix Journals. It is included in both
'Space-Gate--The Veil Removed' and in 'Spiral to Economic Disaster' from
America West Publ. I ask you to note the date of writing for this document.
The scribe who receives the radio frequencies from Hatonnis 'Dharma.' Also,
when Hatonn seems to "predict" in this writing, he is guessing based on
probabilities. You must remember that humans are in control of these plans, so
these humans have the ability to change of the probabilities. The Pleiadians
speak of two types of 'grey men.' One is our familiar little grey aliens, the
other is a reference to International Bankers. Any highlighting is Hatonn's,
not mine. Enjoy. Read it slowly and carefully, and read it again.--------------
For verification of some aspects of this information, I recommend the following
excerpts from Editorial Research Reports (A publication of our Congress)
available at your public library. OPEC: 10 years after the Arab oil boycott.
Sept. 23, 1983.
World Debt Crisis. Jan. 21, 1983. and the following from the Congressional
Record, December 5, 1979; pages 34793-4: An account of the Connection between
Rockefeller, Carter, Kissinger, Chase Manhattan Bank, and how the Shah's money
was removed from Iran. December 20, 1979; pages 37630-2, 37640-2: Accounts of
Sen. George Hansen's trip to Iran to negotiate with Iranians for the release of
the hostages. It is up to you to decide whether our Congress is a more
credible source of information than a Pleiadian is. - Greg
THE GREY MEN TAPE
This is an e
dited transcription of a lecture taped April 23, 1988.The information is valid
and, if anything, more easily recognizedtoday--Hatonn.I will be utilizing this
information again when speak of economics,but for now, I will modify from the
audio tape to
save time and repetition.Let us call the group which has elaborate, and
successful, plans to ruleyour nation and your world, the Internationalists.
When I refer to theInternationalists I am referring to a very elite group of
about twelveto thirteen '
families'. These "families" hold your "purse strings"--zipperand lock, to all
the bags of money in your world. Sound impossible?Nay, it is not only possible,
it is extremely easy to visualize afterI have explained it to you.As I move
along, I will gi
ve you some names and places whereby you cancheck it out on an individual
basis. I wish never to place any humanat risk, however, so in all instances I
will only refer to thosealready having come forth with 'public' statements or
information.I will a
lso have to explain a few terms used to have any sense ofcontinuity. Therefore,
as we move along, forgive me of any digression inattempt to give definition,
i.e., 'fractional banking'.First, you must fully come into understanding that
there truly ARE
theelite few, with plans well foundationed and functioning, who control
boththe world financial markets and ultimately will control all peoples ofthe
world. Do not err in your thoughts by thinking I am speaking of'someone else in
the world', I speak
more for the United States ofAmerica than I do of the remainder of your
world.As I pull portions of the puzzle together for this documentI shall again
be referring to such groups as Trilateral Commission,the Council of Foreign
Relations, and the Bil
derburgers. Forgive meif I am repetitious. I may need to be repetitious in
order to fit thepieces in proper perspective.You must know that there are
certain families (literally) that controlthe hard currency. The countries
wherein these families abid
e are knownas hard currency countries. These thirteen families have control of
the policymaking and the decision making of the central banks of those
countries.They are owners, these families, of the majority of the stock of the
regionalbanks of the
Federal Reserve System. 'Federal Reserve' would indicate to themore uninformed,
that this is a Federal Government Branch. This is untrue,the Federal Reserve
System is NOT a branch of your federal government.Just as these families
control the regional
banks of the Federal ReserveSystem, they also control the currencies that are
not allowed to fluctuate. Note here that the American dollar is the standard
against whichall other currency is measured. All other nations are affected
accordingto the ch
anging values of the dollar. Not only do these families controlthe currencies,
but they likewise control the banks. This, friends,is in all the leading
nations of your world.For ease of understanding, let us just consider the
industrializednations at
this point. I will also need to explain fractional banking toyou, because
without understanding the lending system you cannot get thepicture properly.
All of the banks under control of these familiespractice fractional banking--
and beyond--(sometime
s there is no hardmoney present at all). But, let us explain by example on a
personal level. FRACTIONAL BANKINGThis is actually referred to as
fractional 'reserve' banking. Lendersare allowed to loan a maximum of up to 20
to one. This is
perfectlylegal, practiced by every lending institution in America and
elsewhere.Example: Mr. A goes to his friendly banker, Mr. B, and deposits
onethousand dollars ($1000) into Mr. B's bank. Mr. B's bank is a Savings and
Loan so Mr. puts the $1000 i
nto his own savings account. The Savingsand Loan is required by your laws, to
keep only 5% in reserve. The areallowed to loan out 95% of the money invested
or 95% of that which isplaced into savings accounts. This means of $1000 there
is $950 whichis
available to be loaned out. In turn the Savings and Loan takes the$950 and
loans it to Mr. C to do some home repairs, let us say. This gentleman takes his
borrowed $950 and goes to the local hardware/lumbercompany and purchases
supplies, lumber, nai
ls, etc.The lumber company carries on regular banking and therefore, hegoes to
his bank with the $950 for deposit, to Band D. Bank D is nowrequired to keep 5%
but can loan out 95% which would be $902.50.Bank D now loans that to Mr. X who
in turn filt
ers it back into theeconomy, let us suppose, through the grocery store and
otherbusiness stores. He spends it and now we have that money end up inBank Z.
Bank Z is required keep 5%. That means that Bank Z can loanout $857.37. It is
again loaned and f
iltered back in to the economy.This is continued right down to zero. With your
$1000 deposit those bankersusing fractional reserve banking are now allowed to
loan out $20,229.60.This is practiced by EVERY lending institution in America
and elsewhere.
The amounts above do not include 'interest' on the money borrowed, onlythe
principle amount.You must now keep it in mind that this results in an increase
in themoney supply through the Federal Reserve System. Your 'big boys'
simplyturn up the speed o
f your money presses and run them a little fasterand faster in order to pump
more in to the economy just to boost up thefractional reserve banking. Let me
remind you to keep in mind that thethirteen families control all of the hard
currencies of the
world and areallowed to practice this fractional reserve banking--this will be
importantas we move along. THE OIL CRISISWe will now talk
about something referred to, on your planet, as'System 2000', which is a Global
Creditors Unila
teral plan. This plan wentinto effect somewhere about the early 1970s. At that
time a pentagonofficial and several other officials visited Nigeria. They went
to the PrimeMinister and paid him fifty million dollars ($50 million) to raise
the priceof h
is oil to more than double. Nigerian oil is 'light crude' of qualitysuch that
it is almost pure enough to burn immediately, without distillation,in
automobiles. This type of oil sets the price of oil for the entire world.The
$50 million was cash acro
ss the board with no repayment requirementsif Nigeria would double the price of
light crude.We will refer to this as light oil. There are only two locationsin
the world that have this light oil and, of course, it is the most valuableoil
in your world
, therefore, it is the standard against which all other oilin the world is
measured. So, whoever controlled the price of the lightoil at that time
controlled the price of all of the oil in the world.At this point, let us bring
the Arabs into this sce
nario.This will also bringin the Trilateral Commission--that also includes Mr.
Bush. It was now time tobring pressure and persuasion to OPEC. What most of you
Americans do notremember is that the United States of America IS A MEMBER OF
OPEC. It iskep
t most low profile.At that time a 'deal was cut' with the Middle Eastern Oil
Producers andthis is how it went; all buyers were prepared to pay significantly
higherprices for the oil--PROVIDED--all Middle Eastern nations supported
theUnited States of
America, BY INVESTING THE REVENUES INTO THE BIG BANKS INAMERICA.To make this
picture clear, you must remember that the Arabs, who arewealthy sheiks today,
had been wandering around on camelback in a verybig desert. They were nomads
and they were cert
ainly most unsophisticatedin business affairs. Years earlier when the
international bankers foundout that there was oil in their countries, they went
forth and persuadedthe Arabs to allow them to produce the oil by financing the
oil fields,drilling,
rigging--all supplies including expertise.After the bankers financed the oil
fields they then charged the Arabsusury fees for building the supply systems--
along with refineries.The usury was quickly repaid because the Arabs became
very rich,very quic
kly. (Way back then you were only paying about 30 centsper gallon in your
gasoline stations.) Let us now take it further, you goto Nigeria and pay them
to double the price of light crude. Unbeknownstto the Arabs, those ones who had
become wealthy ove
rnight and didn'tknow zero about business, much less international finance;
then the camelnomads; you call them together and say, 'We will take the price
ofcrude just as high as you want it to go--IF--you will deposit anestablished
portion of the fun
ds that you get from this NEW PROFIT RISEIN 30 YEAR TIME CERTIFICATES IN
CERTAIN MAJOR U.S. BANKS.Perhaps you ones can now understand the problems you
experienced in yourearly 1970s. Remember the gas lines and the prices of oil
skyrocketing?It was be
cause the international bankers, who hold the purses of the world, knewthat the
increase in the price of oil that was going to the Arabs wouldcome rushing
right back to their bank in 30 year time certificates of deposit.Turn now to
the 30 year time d
eposits and let us examine the banker's plans.Back in the late 70's and early
80's Sheik Ymani and his bunch had noidea that there was a connection between
those banks, or that they were thesame people that had the controlling interest
of the major o
il companies.Do yousee what has been woven here? After all, how could the camel
riding nomadsrealize the international bankers were 'having them' hook, line
and upto the fishing pole? How could they possibly know that what was
happeningthrough these
oil companies, was that the monies were being cycled right backinto the
selected, no exceptions, banking system? They couldn't and theydidn't!
THE CONTROLLING TRUSTGoing a long ways back now; in the 1870's the Rockefellers
set up someth
ingcalled a Joint Stock Trust. Here I will add, this was just a brief periodof
time before the American Government declared these trusts illegal. BUT,YOU SEE,
THESE ONES COULD FUNCTION FOREVER UNDER WHAT YOU CALL A 'GRANDFATHER'CLAUSE.
THAT BROTHERS,
IS THE ULTIMATE CONTROLLING FACTOR IN AMERICA OFTHE PRIME BANKS AND THE
FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD. That 'trust' is in the control of the Rockefeller
Foundation, and, in turn controls the FederalReserve Bank and is the method
whereby the Internationalist
s are able to gaincontrol of the currency of the U.S.A.Does it begin to become
reasonable that those New York banks are showingall time record earnings? Yet,
all around the rest of your country of theU.S., banks and Savings and Loans are
going broke
and failing. THAT, FRIENDS,MEANS YOU ARE BEING MANIPULATED RIGHT ALONG WITH THE
ARABS AND EQUALLY ASBLINDLY--WITH NO RECOURSE.Let us come back now, and speak
of the deal which 'was cut' (Your ones inpower love that term) with the Saudi
Arabians and o
nes of the Middle East.These ones were required to put their money into the
prime banks; keep inmind that they did not know that the prime banks were able
to lend inamounts of twenty to one. (20 to 1 was quite a while ago, it is
higherat present.) Al
l they were receiving was the interest on the money they haddeposited. Worse
for them, in some of these countries it is unacceptableto receive interest for
religious reasons so they might wait thirtyyears to get any money from their
certificates of d
eposit. In other words,they did not know that this fractional type of banking
could be done,but through this, the bankers of the world were able to gain
control of themoney of the Arab world, and in turn the Arab world only received
back partof the i
nterest from the money that they placed into the International BankingSystem--
UNDER THESE 30 YEAR TIME DEPOSIT CERTIFICATES.Through the money gained from the
Arabs through the manipulation of theprice of oil, and taking the price of
gasoline from, le
t us say, 30 centsa gallon to $1.25 a gallon--there is a lot of money being
made. Now, withthat money returning into the international banks at 20 to 1, I
think you cansee the staggering profits. Let us face facts, friends, that money
originallycame
from YOU. Because the bankers had locked in the deposits they were then,in
turn, able to make loans to third world nations. ENTER THIRD WORLD
NATIONSThink back fifteen or twenty years ago when the International Bankers
startedinvesting in
third world country loans. LOOK VERY CLOSELY AT THE COUNTRIESWHICH ARE GOING
BANKRUPT (COMPLETELY BROKE) TODAY. IT WAS FULLY INTENDEDTHAT THOSE COUNTRIES GO
BROKE AND I WILL EXPLAIN THAT IN A LITTLE BIT.You might wonder how I know so
much. Well, I h
ave the best computer systemin the universe and all I have to do is key it up
and it is spread out beforeme. My computers rarely reflect errors; only changes
in 'probabilities' andperturbations in human action and reactions.I am sorry,
friends, your
friendly bankers set it up deliberately so that thethird world countries would
go broke.You have to pay attention to history andlook back to the time when
those third world countries were beginning to gainindependence and setting up
independent gover
nments.It was at such times thatthese bankers loaned the upstarts great sums of
money which actually had cometo them through the Arabs, basically.The
international bankers not only wanted, but insured, that theseborrowing
countries would misuse the f
undings. It was fully intendedthat the funds could be be mismanaged through
greed and simply be squandered.You must remember that the leaders of these
countries had never governedanything or anybody. They knew nothing about
government. They had beenc
olonies under the governorship of other larger countries.The international
bankers knew that the leaders were bound to squander thefunds. It was known
they would have no way to know what to do with them(and they were massive) and
so the cycle goes. T
hey were actually squanderingmoney taken from you through the Arabs through
high oil prices, etc. Let usnow follow it on through. PUNISHING
TEXASI will hereby digress to a story from Dharma's earth home state--Texas--
mostof you have he
ard of it. Let us go back some years (not too many) to jogsome memories. Do you
remember someone named John Connelly, who wasgovernor of Texas? Do you recall
that he was also in the vehicle and wasinjured during John Kennedy's
assassination? Well, Mr
. Connelly was alsoUnder Secretary of the Treasurer--he was a lot of things and
titles. Theseones with Mr. Connelly did a most fascinating thing--they planned
toimplement a new currency for the State of Texas. You see, Texas is a partof
the Union onl
y through a renewable 'treaty'. The treaty is automaticallyrenewed every year,
but it isn't necessary that it be renewed. That means,friends, that the U.S.
only has a treaty with Texas to keep it in the unionof states. It was not voted
in as were you
r other states.Texas was at one time--I believe you term might be 'filthy
rich'. The statewas wealthy and there were many very, very wealthy individuals.
Richindividuals such as the Hunt brothers, who actually had nothing
originally,but became extrem
ely wealthy, overnight, by OIL. That was all the way backwhen oil was first
struck and became so popular.I am truly going to tie all this together but you
must bear with me for thereare so many facets. I must make it clear what I am
going to say. I w
illexplain to you why, if you don't already know, it was so very important
toones of 'the opposition', and why there was an assassination attempt
againstMr. Connelly's life as well as Kennedy's.Why are those men 'broken'
today and a state in severe f
inancial trouble?It is because the Internationalists learned of what the Hunt
brothers andMr. Connelly were trying to do. Texas, a state by treaty, can
legallysecede from your union. The Hunt brothers and Mr. Connelly knew
thatTexas had the ability t
o set up their own country and have their owncurrency. That is why they could
be solvent and not be under the dictatesof the Federal Reserve System. Or,
simply stated, under the control ofthe international bankers.At about the same
time they were in
the process of gaining a corner on thesilver of the world. This was in order to
finance a process whereby theycould overcome the international bankers and it
was at that point the Huntbrothers were smashed. John Connelly was almost
killed, and Texas,
whichcould have been the only state in the union to fulfill breaking out of
the trap,has been punished with some extremely major problems. Today, portions
ofDallas and Fort Worth, Houston and other wealthy, wealthy cities have goneon
to resemble gho
st towns in your Old West. Ones who had grown rich in theoil industry have been
severely punished, the Hunts and Connelly are bankrupt.The Internationalists
became so incensed, so angry, at what these Texans haddone that they broke the
back of the oi
l industry, and the major oil producersof Texas. It was a well designed plan
and executed in perfection.When ones attempt to interfere with the plans of the
international bankers,you can see what the results can be.The Hunt brothers
were working dire
ctlywith the Shah of Iran, on the above plan. Immediately thereafter one of
theTexas bankers was killed, the Shah of Iran deposed, and the Hunt
brotherswere forced into bankruptcy.There are many ways the international
bankers can get revenge on ones
whoattempt interference with their overall plan;through murder, or you might
wellbe placed into a mental institution and locked away permanently, or you
canhave trumped up charges brought against you whereby you are locked
awayindefinitely in prison.
This latter has also happened to numerous ones in the'UFO' investigation
circles who find and bring forth truth. It is exactlywhat happened to Colonel
Wendelle Stevens. Colonel Stevens probably hasinvestigated more UFO incidents
than any other one i
ndividual. Further,an assassination plot was arranged and attempted while
Colonel Stevenswas incarcerated. Strangely, the perpetrator, who dressed as a
religiousleader, was caught in the act, turned over to the FBI, and has never
beenheard from again
. So be it. THE SHAH'S DEATHIf you will recall, the Shah of Iran
was in perfect health when he wasdeposed and departed Iran. He was only
declared to be sick after he reachedthe United States. You were told he was
being held in 'protecti
ve' custodyat a military base. There, you were also told, he was being treated
for hisillness--which was not present at the time of his arrival. He died
anyway,didn't he? Face it--his death was planned and the murder executed.In
your present months t
here is an international uproar over the use the ofchemical and germ warfare
utilized Iran and Iraq. Some of the viruses cannotbe traced--nor, in such above
instances, would anyone dare to pursue it.Who would question a man becoming
ill, being treate
d and then expiringunexpectedly? Certainly no one in the United States would
question it.You were uncomfortable enough just having the man in your country.
Deathcan most effectively be brought about in any number of non-traceable
ways;one of which is
through micro-dots and variations of vibration frequencies,as well through
viruses. (This is exactly what happened to Dharma, inher own dwelling--causing
cardiac arrest. We just happen to have her underconstant monitoring for she is
a receiver of se
veral of us in this higherfrequency dimension; therefore, we can catch these
attempts and counterthem. Doesn't do much for the mental relaxation of the
victim, however.) THE HOSTAGE STORYYou can get verification of these
little stories from Sen
ator John Hansenof you own government. I am going to speak of Iran and your
people who weretaken hostage. I doubt many of you have heard the truth of the
matter.Senator Hansen was in the House of Representatives in Washington, D.C.
Heknew what was ha
ppening in Iran and requested permission to go to Iran andinvestigate. Congress
refused. Mr. Hansen then purchased his own privateairline ticket and proceeded
to Iran anyway.When Senator Hansen arrived, the one Khomeni proffered an
audience. Guesswha
t Khomeni said? He said, 'We don't want these hostages, certainly not anymore
than you want us to have them'. 'As a matter of fact," Khomeni continued;'I'd
like to give you these hostages, at least half of them anyway, and youcan take
them home with
you tomorrow morning. That is, Mr. Hansen, if you willpromise to begin an
investigation into the relationship between the Shah ofIran, Chase Manhatten
Bank, Mr. Henry Kissinger and your President Carter.'At this point, Senator
Hansen was most delight
ed. He rushed to call backto the U.S. to someone who could give authorization
and said 'Hey, I canbring half of the hostages home tomorrow. How shall I
arrange it?' Theperson on the other end of the line said, 'Well, I will call
you backtomorrow and
let you know.' Now please guess what happened on the followingmorning? When the
call was placed back to Mr. Hansen, he was told the following, 'Get yourself on
the next airplane coming to America. Come homeimmediately. Do not bring
hostages. Do not d
o any negotiating. You have noright to speak the part of the Congress of the
United States of Americaeven if you are a congressman. Get home immediately
with no furtherdiscourse.'Here is what he found upon his return to Washington--
that the incident
wasentered into the Congressional record. Further he found that PresidentCarter
knew the hostages were going to be taken and further--knew that theywere there
for a reason and he was not to interfere. Now, you ones get yourselfready for a
bomb if you
have not already had access to this expose. Therelease of the hostages in Iran
was negotiated by a negotiator of ChaseManhattan Bank in New York, U.S.A. All
outside overt and covert attempts togain release was a facade. Ask any marine
who was involv
ed in the militaryefforts thereof.Is it really any wonder to you ones that Iran
is all ticked off at you today?Those hostages, and America, were held in terror
while bankers got the Shah'smoney safely into their banks before the Shah was
killed and t
hen, in turn,got much of the money belonging to Iran. A pretty wicked way to
get Iran'smoney into the Chase Manhattan Bank to it could remain solvent and be
oneof the wealthiest institutions in the entire world. SLEIGHT OF
HANDThe intern
ational banks formed bank 'holding companies' so that they couldnot be held
responsible. The Chase Manhattan, Chemical Bank and J.P. Morgan'sbank were the
predominant banks for money deposited by the Arabs. Theholding companies were
formed in order t
o loan out money to the third worldcountries while knowing full well that the
third world countries were goingto go broke.After the Shah had been destroyed
and the money was safely in the banks, therewere massive amounts of money
loaned to third worl
d countries. These noteswere shifted from the banks to the bank holding
companies in anticipationof the eventual bankruptcy of the borrowing
countries.One holding company was for the purpose of loaning money to the third
worldcountries. The purpose o
f the second holding company was to borrow moneyfrom the international bank in
order to purchase agricultural lands. Thatmeans you farms and also certain
corporations in the United States. Thefarms and businesses will probably
continue to make some m
oney, but the thirdworld countries are destined to go down. This is ongoing,
dear ones, not apassing fancy. WATCH THE HANDSWe are going to now
consider currency on a world basis. We will also pointout why some of the
monetary plans and mon
ey making formats are valid andviable.Let us speak a bit about Mr. Marcos who
was recently deposed from thePhillipines. This is most typical, friends, so
watch the hands closely.A representative of the international bankers' bank
went to those ones a
ndsaid, 'Mr. Marcos, we will forgive all of your loans. You cannot pay
themback, you cannot pay back the interest, you can't pay back the
principle,but, we would like to make you a bargain. We will just forgive the
loans.'Digress time: remember, who
did that money belong to that they loaned outto these third world places? It
was not the bankers'. Well, of course,it was all that Arab money, because of
the higher prices that the people allover the world had paid. So, back to what
the bankers say,
'We'll justforgive your loans, the principle and the interest and you never
haveto pay it back--IF (ALWAYS THE IF)--. The 'if' goes about as follows:You
have to do away with your national currency, whatever it is. The dollarwill be
your currency basi
s of value. You will be set up with a type ofdebit card system instead of the
usual currency system. Then, too, youmust give us perpetual rights to all of
the natural resources in yourcountry.Interestingly enough, it was right after
that little gift
gesture; thatfriendly little suggestion, that Mr. Marcos was deposed. Why do
yousuppose that happened? Well, Mr. Marcos was pretty feisty and he told
theinternational bankers where they could go right after they got
immediatelyout of his country. He
had no intention of giving them sovereigntyover his country and look what
happened.Everyone in that country found that suddenly their social security
numberwas synonymous with their credit number; further, their central bankwas
to act as a wholesaler
for credit, which in turn, was extended to it bythe new super bank which was
announced by your Mr. Paul Volker in the fallof 1985. That was ratified
immediately by President Reagan. Just a funaside for you who love to play with
numbers and speculate
aboutcoincidence--the names and numbers, the digits, added up to six. Lots
ofthings around Mr. Reagan add up to sixes--even his retirement home address.I
take very little stock in these things, but many of you seem to like thegame.
Also, because a P
resident is not reelected does not mean he isvanquished from the fray.A further
contingent condition of the benevolent gift, if you will, of theInternational
Monetary Fund, was that in order to help the economy ofthose countries the IMF
was going to
nominate external, nondomesticcorporations to properly engineer, exploit and
excavate the minerals ofthose said countries who had just put those same
mineral resources up ascollateral. This would all, thereby, supposedly bring
prosperity to thosestri
ving nations.Mr. Marcos was a bit sharper up front, however, and he pinpointed
on theword PERPETUAL in the contract. He realized that quite obviously he would
besigning away the sovereignty of his nation.I make no comment or judgement
regarding Mr. M
arcos as a person, nor doI make comment about any individual--those ones are of
human format, notmine. I am just telling you the way it is and how some things
happened.In the case of the Marcoses, it was only a matter of weeks before
thebankers broug
ht down the guillotine blade. Riots were financed by, andoriginated through,
ones of the international bankers' groups. It is neverhumanly wise to cross
these ones; you see Mr. and Mrs. Marcos wereexploiting the people well enough
on their own and di
d not wish to share. WHERE DID THE MONEY GO?Ah, let us not forget
those holding companies of which I spoke. Rememberholding companies one and
holding companies two? The secondgroup was receiving credit from the first
group of holding com
panies topurchase assets and liabilities from the 'prime' banks. The only
liabilitiesthey would purchase were liabilities represented by Certificates of
Depositsof the Arab nations. The assets they were buying were loans made to
thedebtor nations. Re
member, it was designed that third world countries woulddefault on the loans
which would bankrupt the holding companies whichhad purchased the Arab's CD's
from the banks.At such a point, the international bankers say to the Arabs, 'OK
fellows,sorry,
but all those billions of dollars in 30 year term deposits thatyou have been
depositing all these years are gone.They were sold to a holdingcompany,
unattached to us, which loaned the money to third world countrieswhich are
bankrupt--broke--gone kapu
t. Sorry, Mr. Arab, but as of todayyou are bankrupt. Just like that--all
gone!'You might ask, 'Is it possible for the Arab world to go bankrupt?
Reallynow, the richest people in the world with all that oil?' It is a
littlebit shocking isn't it? Poor
souls, they didn't even know those CD's hadbeen 'sold' to those holding
companies. They had deposited the money rightinto the New York bank as
required. How could they possibly know they weretransferred out and into
bankruptcy destined companies? How
could theyunderstand the inner manipulations of international financiers? They
werenomads, they didn't know anything about business. One cannot even
considerthem foolish. How much of this intrigue do you know, much less
understand?The Arabs could no
t know what they were up against. But now let us look atwhat has happened.
Before the end of 1986 the Arab world became a bit awareof what was happening
to them. The word went out that before May 1st, 1987millions and millions had
to be transferred o
ut of the Arab world intoAmerica, to start preparing for doomsday. Money was to
be shifted into anykind of securities that were even half way decent. Why do
you think thiswas so? It was so that when the Arab sheiks came to the point
ofbankruptcy they
could be sure the people under them, those millions ofpeople of the Arab
countries who have literally been 'kept' by give-awayprograms, could not get at
them. They would have a place to run to and,hopefully, hide. Well, when this
all comes down that
these Arab countrieshave literally been sold out, innocently or
knowingly,there will be uprisingsturmoil and literally, massacres abounding. It
is going to happen, friends,right in the Arab nations.This is why they have
purchased, and set in place,
silkworm type missilesfrom China. Long range, nuclear capable, and they have
the nuclear devicesto arm them. Could it be they will be needed against their
own peoples?The people are going to be quite irritated when the are no longer
receivinganything
from the oil revenues, that their own country is bankrupt and thatfurther,
they were sold out by their own leaders. At that point there willbe mass
migration of sheiks headed for America where they have alreadytransferred the
most of their assets.Th
e Arabs were trying to make the big purchases by May of 1988; it isnow a year
and a half later. Do you not think things might be startingto come down pretty
soon? Could it be relatively correlated in timing toSavings and Loan problems
and private pen
sion plan troubles and failingeconomy and - and -?I continue to see problems as
I look on my scanners. The probability of youmaking it into your 1990 before a
major depression is not reflected there.I see no way for you to make it past
your fall seas
on.You only need a couple more countries to default and your monetary
systemwill collapse. You sit on the target for several methods of pulling
youdown into collapse. Well, back to the original story.We are talking of
holding companies in trouble. Th
e international bankershave removed responsibility from themselves. They passed
the notes, etc.on to the holding companies who in turn made the bad loans. All
that moneybelonging to the Arabs has been passed into the holding companies.
Allthe interna
tional bankers have to do is say to the Arabs, 'You are broke.As of today--all
gone!' When the Arabs demand payment of the 30 year termnotes, the holding
companies are insolvent--simple as that, no funds--broke.Do you see now, that
this group 'made'
people some years back and nowthey can 'break' them with equal speed and
efficiency without beingaccountable?I fear, friends, it is not very different
from what is being doneunto you dear ones. BUT, that is another story. Here
things began to happen
rapidly and with sleight of hand. There havefollowed myriads of liquidations,
foreclosures and bankruptcies which wereeffected by the FDIC and FSLIC which
are under the total control of theFederal Reserve Board. Literally dozens of
banks all over Ame
rica quicklywere, and are, being bought up. But the big question is by whom?
Who hasthe money in sufficient amounts to make such purchases? The great sums
comefrom the higher oil price money that goes to the Arabs, thedeposited into
the international
bankers' banks. The banks being purchasedare then intentionally closed. Some
of those banks are still solvent.They are also buying up farm land throughout
America through the farmers whoare now being put into bankruptcy because of the
high American
dollar (in relation-ship to foreign currency). At least this is the way it was
up to a year or soago--it is fluctuating somewhat at the present time for other
heinous thingsare under way which are the next step in the plan. I shall not go
into thoset
hings in this document for I intend to do a document relative to youreconomies.
First, let us consider what is happening now and has been, foryour past few
years--a lot of things are being done now through the Orientalcommunities. Ah
so?
WHAT HAPPENS NEXT?What happens next after this point in insolvency and
negotiations, is thatthe assets would have to be liquidated. The Arabs now have
to liquidate.They bought farmland, for instance, all over America. Likewise
theybought stocks in a
lot of corporations as well as a lot of bonds and someother kinds of real
estate. In fact, they have controlled a large portionof the New York Stock
Exchange. Keep in mind the Japanese control a largeportion, also.Let us look at
the morning followin
g the notice of bankruptcy. The Arabswill dump their stocks onto the New York
Stock Exchange and what is going to happen when billions of dollars worth of
their stock comes on the market?I am talking billions and billions of dollars
and, suddenly, th
ere itall is to be sold!What happens to farmland that is already depressed? In
1987 prime farmlandthat had been worth $3,000 an acre was less than $700 per
acre becauseof deflation and the inability to repay farm loans. Now you have
addeddrought and
all sorts of other bad dreams. By the way, this deflation wasbrought about by
your Federal Reserve System. Well, the Arabs don't wantthat farmland, they have
all the problems they can handle. What happensto the price of farmland? It is
going right to
the floor isn't it?Brothers, when that happens with the value what does it
mean? It meansit has no collateral value any longer. With no collateral value,
how cana farmer borrow money next year for his crops? In turn, what happensto
the crops? Who is
going to feed the people? What is going to happenin the grocery markets? The
results, of course, equates to hunger andscarce supply. Sad, brothers, but it
is a well laid plan working toperfection.It all boils down to CONTROL and how
do you ever reco
ver. Further, let uslook at your stock situation. What is going to happen when
thesemultitudes of stocks are dumped on the stock market? Chaos. Whatwill be
the result of catastrophic chaos? IT HAS BEEN DESIGNEDTO THROW THE AMERICAN
STOCK EXCHANGES, P
RIVATE CORPORATIONS, PRIVATEBUSINESS, AMERICAN REAL ESTATE AND QUITE FRANKLY,
THE PEOPLE IN GENERAL,INTO A STATE OF TOTAL CONFUSION. TO THE RESCUE! Let me
finish theplan for you. At the time of total confusion and inability to
function,those benevole
nt bankers are going to come through with a 'save the worldproposal'. They are
going to be prepared to eliminatecash because of its collapse. Secondarily,
they must then stop drugtrafficking. Then, they must also push to stop tax
cheating. Now, whats
elf respecting American citizen can possibly be against such noble efforts?They
(the bankers) have set up and orchestrated all of these programs and nowwill
pretend to stop them.What will the average American do when your television
says, 'Look atwha
t those dirty Arabs have done to you?' What would you do? You aregoing to
believe what they tell you, aren't you? You are going to be rightup there in
front saying 'Sure they did it to us. Those Arabs want tocontrol the world.'
Pretty soon it will be
, 'Those Japanese want to controlthe whole world,' and then, 'The Chinese want
to control the whole world."You will join the chant that says, 'Look they
bought up all this major partof America. Look at all the money we have given
them, and see what t
hey havedone. They have collapsed our stock market, et cetera and so on'.Ah ha,
but here come your benevolent bankers and they are going to say to you,'You
have got to have a new currency and then the next thing we will dois use that
new currency to
stop this dope trafficking. You know, that whichis coming in from Central
America and those other countries. Then, ofcourse, we are also going to have to
have a debit card to stop people fromtax cheating because, after all, Mr.
Public, if we don't do
this we willnever get ourselves back on our feet. So, brothers, if you'll just
turneverything over to us benevolent bankers we will take care of everythingand
straighten out the whole mess.' You know what, brethren? You willhop on that
bandwagon and
agree to your imprisonment like babes to candy.You will not only agree to it;
you will demand it. For you will forget tohear the big IF. 'YOU WILL GET ALL
THIS DONE FOR YOU IF YOU WILL JUST TAKEA DEBIT CARD FOR YOU INDIVIDUALLY WITH
OUR LITTLE OLD N
UMBER ON IT!'YOU WILL HAVE JUST FALLEN FOR THE OLD IDENTIFICATION CARD
SCHEME.HOW CAN THIS HAPPEN TO YOU? BECAUSE YOU HAVE NEVER BEEN TOLD THE
TRUTH,FRIENDS, AND WILL YOU BELIEVE IT NOW AS I GIVE IT TO YOU? NO, MOST OF
YOUWILL DISCOUNT ME AS A FIGMEN
T OF SOME NUT'S (GBL's?) WILD IMAGINATION.SO BE IT FOR I AM GREATLY SADDENED
FOR YOU AS A SPECIES. THE NEW CURRENCYThis has been a scenario
about the Middle East. Where do you think you aretoday and what do you think
you will be when you
have this new currency?It will only devaluate the old 'dollar' to zero. It is
planned already andnamed already; the Phoenix. A little prior to this, there is
a plan to bringforth an international credit card ID. Let us refer to it as
agovernment ID
card with your social security number on it which wouldbe, and get this because
the next is important, satellite linked throughthe Star Wars system. Does any
of this sound familiar to you? Thisprogram of Star Wars is at least 60% geared
towards this
very purposeand only 40% for the claimed defense systems, etc.This major space
linkup will facilitate the transmission of bankinginformation throughout the
world instantly. This would be a debit cardwith a number which would be
required for you to do
business, and friends,if you know anything at all about your Biblical
prophecies, God hasalready told you it will be, it will take place. Further, it
will bedone in such a clever way that you 'Christians' who say you will
NEVERsign up nor participat
e will never see it hit you and you will havejoined the program without even
realizing it. How else are you going tosurvive? Let us not be foolish in our
claims for you are dealing with themost clever planners who have out thought
you completely up t
o this date.Now, I hope you will believe me when I tell you that the 'Star
Wars'program of satellite systems is in place. Satellites are up there,friends.
We of other planets are allowed to stop nuclear warheads--we are notpermitted
to touch satellit
es which are not geared to some type ofnuclear detonation.Well, all those
wonder filled bits of technology called eyes in the skyand spy satellites 'for
you security' are really forthe purpose of transfer of the very banking and
income information wh
ichI have just been describing. It can set up immediate transfer of funds
fromall over the entire world, from the debit card, that the
internationalistswill see to it are established with every living person. You
will be on thesystem whether you know
it or not. In fact, you who are old enough to readthese words--and every
child--is already entered therein.All information will be entered into a
central computer and from that placethe world will come under instant financial
control. So, dear Ameri
cans,you have just paid you hard earned money to finance that program
toinitiate the bankers' international credit card system and number systemthat
will be implemented whether or not you choose of it. IT IS DONE,BROTHERS, IT IS
PLACE--DONE! DON'T TE
LL ME YOU WILL NOT PARTICIPATE--YOU ARE ALREADY A PARTICIPANT, DEAR LITTLE
ONES.Oh yes, what of your defense system? Doesn't look too good does it?Well,
we are not going to let those nuclear warheads out here in outspace past one
hundred fifty miles
anyway. That is our prerogativeand we stop them or dismantle them.
HEAR MEDo you not see, brothers, that this is the way the prophecies are
cominginto your focus? It is happening all about you but you don't seem toknow
what it is you lo
ok for.Please, all I want you to do at present is HEAR ME. There is naught
youcan do about it to any great extent as it stands.You who will hear me and
mine own groups, hear me. You must utilize allof the remaining time to its
maximum efficiency for
we will have to continueto work under the new systems. Our projects will never
be less thanexcellent investments and they must, and will, be funded. It needs
to bedone rapidly, however, before we are caught up in the total collapse of
themonetary sys
tem. We can work through depression if we have fundings--monetarycollapse shuts
us down for all practical purposes, until the system can beput on track and
functioning.It can work and will work, for in these confused, rushed and
harassed daysthere is
great madness to shift money and make money on money and etc.Countries such as
China, Japan--all non hard currency countries are desperateto convert to
dollars.I will further tell you that your governments know we are here. They
alsoknow we are not
here to interfere. We are here to walk our people througha transition and we
plan nothing subversive. We do plan good businessventures and welcome all who
wish to participate. We have no communes,all work for fair reward. We plan good
business with t
otal integrityand latest technology. We are here to help, not overthrow. We are
hereonly to walk our brothers through, for it will all come down just as
theprophecies are given. There will be some very bad times ahead mostsurely if
plans are not made
for those days of tribulation.Let me speak a bit more regarding 'timing'. I
know that what Ihave said is truth.It was confirmed by top sources in
Switzerland that by October of last yearthere were twelve debtor nations who
had agreed to the proposal
of debtforgiveness in exchange for perpetual consignment of natural
resources.There only need to be one or two more that give enough leverage to
announcethe Arabs bankrupt. As of now, all the top leaders in the Arab world
knowthe story and they are
scared to death about it. They don't know what theyare going to do about it;
there is actually nothing they can do about it.They certainly do not know how
to announce it to their populace. Theredoesn't seem to be any way to get the
information out to
the people.Further, no one knows how to announce all this to the American
people.It has been attempted by some and fallen on deaf ears. I hope that bythe
time many of you have read this document, there will be recognitionof our
presence in your spac
e. What I tell you is truth. IN SUMMARYI would like now, to sum up
this scenario.Because the 20 to 1 debt to asset banking ratio also operates in
reverse(that's how it is with leverage), it only takes about five percentof the
the third wo
rld nations to declare bankruptcy and when they do,and they accept the plan of
the international bankers, then the bankers candeclare the bank holding
companies bankrupt. Because of the reverseleverage of the loans, only 5% of the
third world countri
es couldbasically declare the world bankrupt and the ownership of all falls to
theinternational bankers.When this program is initiated and in place, it will
wind up with the international bankers owning all mortgages and all properties.
Whatis that g
oing to do to your country? What about the world? What controlwill they have
when they initiate the debit card? It will be an automaticnumber which will be
given and would be required because the countryis devastated.It would then
result that the int
ernational bankers, who are made up ofall these secret and complex committees I
have previously discussed,would now own the majority of the United States and
most other countries(for all will fall in short order), would control the Arab
world andther
efore, by about a thirty year plan of manipulation, will havebrought the
peoples of the world under control.Two years ago, your Senator George Hansen
said you had only about a yearto get this under control, to get the information
out and do something
about it. Well, your year has passed into two and a half. How much haveyou
heard about it? I doubt very much. Brothers, this is how men makeslaves of
their fellow men.It has, however, been prophesied since the beginning of your
world that thesethings
would come to pass. This statement is not to give you negativefeelings. This
is to tell you that you are IN the time of evolution ofyour planet where these
things are now coming to be.I go through all this that you might recognize the
signs which ar
e allaround you. The time, in your perception of time, is fleeting. The
'time'we call sequence of events--is fleeting. We have much to do and weare
here ad available to assist you one of God and the children ofyou planet called
Earth Terra. You are a
sister planet to we of thePleiades. Many of our ones walk among you. There are
many duties and jobsthat must now be finished.The story, the work, will go out
for that is God's promise to man. Hispromise is to allow man to hear and to
see, followed b
y proof. He willsend these things through us of the space brotherhood.These
things shall be documented and sent forth to man so that man can seewhat he
wishes to do--what choices he wishes to make regarding his divinity.I am going
to leave this porti
on now, that you ones can ponder these things.We come in love and we can see
farther than you. We have access to allrecords, so we can see and know. We can
give assistance if we are sopetitioned. And you might ask, 'Why would you ones
do that?' Becau
seFather God the Totality, the Light which is your Source and My Sourceloved
you enough to send forth His Celestial Son, before us. We now servethat same
'Son' who is our Commander and act in His service.Further, for you who are our
brothers, we will
not leave you stranded onthat place. Ye who do not yet know me, will come to
understanding of ourpresence. I leave mine seal and my blessings on this
portion, which I fearis quite lengthy. Please ponder it several times until you
haveunderstanding f
or it is most important.Go Dharma, it has been such a terribly long session for
you. Turn thepapers over to the others that you may get some rest.Salu, Salu,
Salu Hatonn moving to stand-by. <The End - Grey Men Tape>-----------------
-------------
--------------------------------------------[ Don's Note: If this *sounds*
outlandish..then consider that sincethe timeframe in which this was
transcribed, of mid 1989, that wehave heard revelations of "Where was George
Bush" in his part regardingthe
OCTOBER SURPRISE topic, with regard to the American hostages thatwere held in
Iran and they were "automagically" let go a mere 30 minsas soon as Ronald
Raygun took office....also the ongoing revelationswith regard to the
ramifications of the Savings
and Loan "crisis"...also the FACT that the recent Supreme Court rulings,
released in earlyJuly of 1991 have done much to further erode the Bill of
Rights...theBrady Bill that passed, the Supreme Court rulings on McNeil vs
Wisconsin,Wilson vs Seiter,
Florida vs Bostick, Coleman vs Thompson and Ylst vsNunnemaker. ]For further
investigation, I would recomend the following:- "A Nation Betrayed" by Bo
Gritz- Illiminatus Trilogy by Neal Wilgus and Robert Anton Wilson- Illiminatus
OUTLINE by Robert An
ton Wilson- "Echoes of Conspiracy" text files on the JFK assassination-
GEMSTONE and OPAL text files- "The Delicate Balance" by John Zajac- "The Club
of Rome, The Enemy of Mankind" by John Coleman- Any publications from/about
the Bilderbergers,Tri-L
ateral Commission and the Council on Foreign Relations.- A review of the Iran
Contra hearings with regard to Ollie North's statements to the "off the shelf,
self-sustaining parallel Govt".- A review of the extant data with regard to WHO
armed Sadd
amn Hussein- Article: "At CitiCorp, a glimpse of the Future," U.S. News and
World Report, page 54 (July 9, 1984)- Article: "Big Brother's Tools Are Ready,
But ....," U.S. News and World Report, page 88 (January 2, 1984)- "666 Is
Here" , (Today in B
ible Prophecy, Inc., Huntington Beach, Calif) The "Phoenix Journals" , from
which Greg Lush transcribed this textfrom are available at:American West
Publishers,IncP.O. Box 986Techachapi, Calif 935811-800-729-4131----------------
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

234
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2199.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
SUBJECT: Pentagon asked to re-evaluate security FILE: UFO2199
By DAVID TORTORANO
PENSACOLA, Fla. (UPI) -- The Pentagon was asked Monday to re-evaluate the
way personnel is screened for security clearance because of the soldiers who
allegedly deserted a unit in West Germany to go on a quest involving UFOs and
the anti-Christ. In a letter to Secretary of Defense Dick Cheny, Rep. Earl
Hutto, D-Fla., said he was concerned over "possible deficiencies in the
Pentagon's review process of candidates for security clearance." The letter
noted the bizarre incident that began in West Germany.
One female and five male soldiers, members of the 701st Military
Intelligence Brigade in Augsburg, West Germany, were arrested in Gulf Breeze,
a suburb of Pensacola, July 14 and 15 after being reported absent without
authorization.
All were transferred to Fort Bragg, Ga., for questioning. The Army
launched a routine counter-intelligence investigation, and very quickly said
there did not appear to be any espionage involved in the desertions.
The soldiers were transferred last Friday to Fort Knox, Ky., after being
charged with desertion. It has not yet been determined whether they will be
punished, officials said.
Published reports, citing friends and family members, have said the group
came to the Panhandle in a bid to uncover a supposed UFO coverup, to be on
hand for the Rapture or to find and destroy the anti-Christ, Jesus Christ's
Biblical nemisis.
A theological consultant to groups interested in UFOs said they may have
believed in a doctrine that claims UFOs are demons, and their presence ushers
in the end of the world.
Hutto's letter said they were "involved with a cult called End of the
World." However, the Army has said since last week that the cult did not
appear to be an outside organization, but rather a "clique" involving just
the six.
Hutto, however, said "their desertion was in some way associated with this
group and their search for unidentified flying objects." The letter went on to
say the incident "has raised serious questions about the military's screening
and character evaluation for personnel in highly sensitive posts."
Hutto, chairman of the House Armed Services Readiness Subcommittee, said
he was interested in finding out if it was an isolated incident "or if a
problem with personnel background checks exists throughout the military."
"I also wish to learn the fault in the system which allows Army personnel
with ties to the occult to be assigned to intelligence-gathering positions,"
the letter said.
Last week, when asked how someone with possible bizarre religious beliefs
could get into an Army intelligence unit, a military officer who asked not to
be identified said, "They may not have been that way when they went in. You
have to be an intelligent dude to get in it. And these were all good soldiers.
... There were no disciplinary problems prior to this."
The six have been identified as Michael Hueckstaedt, 19, Farson, Wyo.; Kris
Perlock, 20, Osceola, Wis.; Kenneth Beason, 26, Jefferson City, Tenn.; William
Setterberg, 20, Pittsburg; Vance Davis, 25, Vallye Center, Kan., and Annette
Eccleston, 22, whose hometown is not available.
JULY 25, 1990
AWOL Mystery Copyright, 1990.
The Associated Press. All rights reserved.
FORT KNOX, Ky. (AP) -- Six soldiers charged with going AWOL from their
intelligence unit for what a friend described as a rendezvous with UFOs could
lose pay and rank under disciplinary terms offered Wednesday by the Army.
The six were reported missing from their units in Augsberg, West Germany,
on July 9 and arrested in Gulf Breeze, Fla., four days later.
They were offered the "non-judicial punishment" after an investigation
failed to find evidence of espionage, said Major Ron Mazzia, a spokesman for
Fort Knox, where they were being held.
The soldiers were given three days to consider the proposed disciplinary
action and could later be discharged, Mazzia said.
It was still unclear why the six, all from the 701st Military Intelligence
Brigade in Augsberg, traveled to Florida.
Stan Johnson of Bybee, Tenn., said the oldest member of the group,
Specialist Kenneth G. Beason, 26, told him they had been "chosen by ... divine
intervention to help prepare for the end of the world, which was supposed to
occur in about eight years from now.
"They were going to Florida to kick off preparations," said Johnson, a
friend of Beason's for several years who picked him up at the Knoxville,
Tenn., airport on arrival from Germany.
"The real interesting part of this," Johnson said, "was that when the
second coming of Christ occurred, Jesus Christ was going to arrive in a
spaceship."
Gulf Breeze, a beach town near Pensacola where Beason and others in the
group received training, has been the site of many reported UFO sightings.
Besides Beason, those charged were identified as Pfc. Michael Hueckstaedt,
19, of Farson, Wyo.; Pfc. Kris Perlock, 20, of Osceola, Wis.; Pfc. William
Setterberg, 20, of Pittsburgh; Specialist Vance Davis, 25, of Valley Center,
Kan.; and Sgt. Annette Eccleston, 22, of Hartford, Conn.
Capt. Kenneth Hicks of the Gulf Breeze police said that when he questioned
Hueckstaedt and Eccleston, neither spoke of religion or UFOs.
"Really the only thing they said is they were heading out West and they
were just going to kind of live out in the woods -- kind of like a survivalist
group," Hicks said. They mentioned Santa Fe, N.M., and Texas, he said.
Mazzia said the soldiers were AWOL for varying amounts of time, but the
longest was seven days.
The specific terms of the punishment, if they accept it, will be
determined by an officer acting almost as a sentencing judge. The soldiers
could lose pay or rank or both, and could be fined or given extra duty, Mazzia
said.
As they have lost their top-security clearances, the soldiers would have
to be retrained for other Army assignments, Mazzia said.
Instead, they could be discharged from the Army. But no discharge
recommendation could be made until after the disciplinary action over the AWOL
charges is complete, he said.
JULY 26, 1990
AWOL Mystery Copyright, 1990.
The Associated Press. All rights reserved.
By CHRISTOPHER SULLIVAN Associated Press Writer
Six U.S. soldiers who went AWOL from intelligence posts in West Germany
and were arrested at a Florida beach known for UFO reports won't be
court-martialed. But many other questions about the bizarre case remain.
Were the six -- five men and a woman -- acting on "psychic input" from
biblical figures and preparing for the world's end, as a friend of one
suggested?
Did they plan to move to the West and live "like a survivalist group," as
a police captain said he was told by two in the group?
Or was there another explanation of the events that began unfolding when
the six, who held top-secret security clearances, left the 701st Military
Intelligence Brigade in Augsburg, West Germany, early this month?
"Don't judge them yet. They have a right to defend themselves," said Anna
Foster, at whose Gulf Breeze, Fla., home four of the six were arrested July
14. Ms. Foster, a civilian described by authorities as a psychic, is not
charged in the case and said she could not elaborate.
The Army offered the six "non-judicial punishment" -- no trial by
court-martial -- after an investigation by the Army Intelligence and Security
Command found no evidence of espionage, officials said Wednesday.
At Fort Knox, Ky., where the six were being held, Maj. Ron Mazzia said
they could receive reductions in pay or rank, or both, and could be fined.
Specific terms will be determined by an officer acting as a sentencing judge.
Having lost their security clearances, the six might be discharged, Mazzia
said.
They were reported missing in West Germany on July 9. On Friday the 13th,
Pfc. Michael Hueckstaedt was stopped in Gulf Breeze for driving a van with
non-working taillights. A computer check found him listed as absent without
leave.
Army information and a search of the van revealed the whereabouts of the
five other soldiers, Gulf Breeze police Capt. Kenneth Hicks said.
Besides Hueckstaedt, 19, of Farson, Wyo., they are Pfc. Kris Perlock, 20,
of Osceola, Wis.; Pfc. William Setterberg, 20, of Pittsburgh; Spc. Vance Davis,
25, of Valley Center, Kan.; Spc. Kenneth Beason, 26, of Jefferson City, Tenn.,
and Sgt. Annette Eccleston, 22, of Hartford, Conn.
Hicks said Ms. Eccleston and Hueckstaedt said little when questioned by
him and the FBI.
"Really the only thing they said is they were heading out west and they
were just going to kind of live out in the woods, kind of like a survivalist
group," Hicks said. He said they mentioned Santa Fe, N.M., and Texas.
As the six were moved first to Fort Benning, Ga., and then to Fort Knox,
another story emerged. It focused on Beason, doing his second hitch in the
Army.
Beason had trained in Pensacola and dated and corresponded with Ms. Foster.
He always was interested in science fiction. Beason created miniature
spaceship models and other artwork and was trying to write a book, friends
said.
"He can draw or make anything, as long as it's not real," said Beason's
brother-in-law, Charles Reed.
Four or five years ago, Beason hired commercial photographer Stan Johnson
of Bybee, Tenn., to photograph some of his creations. Johnson and his wife,
Vivian, a former English teacher, helped him with his writing. They're in
their 50s and said they became a kind of second family for Beason.
During a two-week visit last Christmas, Beason seemed his usual self, but
in a few phone calls since May, he took a different turn.
"He just reeled and rambled and ranted," said Mrs. Johnson, describing one
call.
She said he thought "the disciples and some of the other spirits have
talked to him or else one of the other people in that group, the group that
was arrested -- and told them the Rapture is near and for them to prepare for
it."
Some fundamentalist Christians believe that during the Rapture, believers
will be swept to heaven before the world ends. Some relatives who helped raise
Beason after his parents divorced were fundamentalists, friends said.
Mrs. Johnson said Beason wouldn't be swayed when she questioned his
statements.
"He'd say, `You just don't understand. I am a chosen. ... I've been told
to do this,"' she said.
Do what, specifically?
Beason said he and the others would go to Florida on "a missionary project"
o prepare for the end, Stan Johnson said. "The real interesting part of this
was that, when the second coming of Christ occurred, Jesus Christ was going to
arrive in a spaceship."
Reed added: "He thinks he's doing ... what God wants him to."
Beason and Hueckstaedt found a used Volkswagen van after they flew from
West Germany to Tennessee and apparently picked up the other AWOL soldiers for
a drive to Gulf Breeze, a Florida Panhandle town whose claim to fame is the
number of reported sightings of unidentified flying objects.
A symposium of the Mutual UFO Network concluded there July 8, police said.
Lee Perlock, the mother of Kris Perlock, said her family was close and
their religious practices were mainstream. Other relatives of the soldiers
said the same thing about their religious backgrounds but were reluctant to
discuss details of discussions with them after the arrests.
Notified of the Army's disciplinary decision, Mrs. Perlock's husband, Ron,
reacted with relief. "This has been going on for so long, not knowing."
They hope to see their son soon. In the meantime, Mrs. Perlock said
softly, there are "a lot of unanswered questions."
JULY 27, 1990
Army discharges 6 `deserters'
WASHINGTON (UPI) -- Six U.S. soldiers who were arrested in Florida for
leaving their military intelligence post in West Germany and who told friends
they were going to rendezvous with UFOs were discharged from the Army Friday.
"They have been released from their military obligation and they are
civilians again," an Army spokesman, Maj. Joseph Allred said.
The six soldiers -- five men and a Connecticut woman -- deserted their
post at the 701st Military Intelligence Brigade in Augsburg, West Germany, on
July 9 and were arrested in Gulf Breeze, Fla., near Pensacola, four days later.
The six, all cryptographers trained to break enemy codes, were
automatically charged with desertion because of their high security clearances
and were jailed at Fort Knox, Ky.
An Army counter-intelligence investigation did not turn up any evidence
that the soldiers were involved in espionage. As a result, they were offered
the opportunity to accept an "Article 15," which is a non-judicial punishment
process handled by the commander of the base.
The six soldiers accepted the offer, and the charges of desertion were
dropped down to the lesser Absent Without Leave, or AWOL. They were also
charged with possession of forged leave papers.
As sole punishment, Allred said, the six received a general discharge from
the Army, which falls between an honorable discharge and a dishonorable one.
During the course of their arrest and detention, friends of the six
soldiers said the six told them they left their military post to go to the
Pensacola area for religious reasons.
The six, according to their friends, believed the end of the world was
near and that Jesus Christ was going to arrive on a Pensacola beach on a UFO
to take believers up to heaven. They also said they were out to destroy the
"anti-Christ" who planned to sneak aboard.
The six are Kenneth G. Beason, 26, of Jefferson City, Tenn.; Michael
Hueckstaedt, 19, of Farson, Wyo.; Kris Perlock, 20, Osceola, Wis., William
Setterberg, 20, Pittsburgh; Vance Davis, 25, Valley Center, Kan.; and Annette
Eccleston, 22, Hartford, Conn.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

67
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2200.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
SUBJECT: SIX SOLDIERS AWOL FROM INTELLIGENCE UNIT FILE: UFO2200
This was from the Tampa Tribune for Thursday, 26 July 1990:
-----------------------------------------------------------
FORT KNOX, Ky. (AP) - Six soldiers charged with going AWOL
from their intelligence unit for what a friend described as a
rendezvous with UFOs could lose pay and rank under disciplinary
terms offered Wed-nesday by the Army.
The six were reported missing from their units in Augsberg,
West Germany, on July 9 and arrested in Gulf Breeze, Fla., four
days later.
They were offered the "non-judicial punishment" after an in-
vestigation failed to find evidence of espionage, said Major Ron
Mazzia, a spokesman at Fort Knox, where they were being held.
The soldiers were given three days to consider the proposed
disciplinary action and could later be discharged, Mazzia said.
It was still unclear why the six, all from the 701st Military
Intelligence Brigade, traveled to Florida.
Stan Johnson of Bybee, Tenn., said the oldest member of the
group, Specialist Kenneth G, Beason, 26, told him they had been
"chosen by ... divine intervention to help prepare for the end of
the world, which was supposed to occur in about eight years from
now. ...
"They were going to Florida to kick off preparations," said
Johnson, a friend of Beason's for several years who picked him up
at the Knoxville, Tenn., airport upon arrival from Germany.
"The real interesting part of this," Johnson said, "was that
when the second coming of Christ occurred, Jesus Christ was going
to arrive in a spaceship."
Gulf Breeze, a beach town near Pensacola where Beason and
others in the group received training, has been the site of many
reported UFO sightings.
Besides Beason, those charged were identified as Pfc. Michael
Hueckstaedt, 19, of Farson, Wyo.; Pfc. Kris Perlock, 20, of
Osceola, Wis.; Pfc. William Setterberg, 20, of Pittsburgh;
specialist Vance Davis, 25, of Valley Center, Kan.; and Sgt.
Annette Eccleston, 22, of Hartford, Conn.
Capt. Kenneth Hicks of the Gulf Breeze Police Department said
that when he questioned Hueckstaedt and Eccleston, neither spoke of
religion or UFOs.
"Really, the only thing they said is they were heading out
West and they were just going to kind of live out in the woods -
kind of like a survivalist group," Hicks said. They mentioned Santa
Fe, N.M., and Texas.
Mazzia said the soldiers were AWOL for varying amounts of
time, but the longest was seven days.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

55
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2201.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
SUBJECT: DESERTERS FILE: UFO2201
Well folks don't let it be said that you didn't hear it first here...
Recently I have been in contact with a gentleman by the name of Clifford
Stone. Clifford, for those of you who aren't up on recent UFOlogical
investigative history, is a former Sergeant in the United States Army, and
who has been encountering all kinds of difficulties with regards to obtaining
document through the FOIA. Because of his efforts he has been subjected to
all kinds of problems and dirty tricks, the least of which was the army
trying to get his wife, a former Vietnamees national, deported from the
country. As a result of this last effort Clifford retired from the Army this
past Feburary, and currently is still fighting the Army for some of the
things that they tried to pull on him.
Just prior to his retirement Clifford was sent on a hardship tour to...you
guessed it...the 103rd Intelligence Battalion of the 701st Intelligence
Brigade, in Augsburg, Germany. During his tour over there he became
intimately aquainted with three of the deserters recently arrested in Gulf
Breeze, Florida. Clifford told me that on more than one occassion the three
would come to his quarters after duty hours and discuss with him the subject
of UFOs and occassionally they would call him over to the tunnels at brigade
headquarters and show him bits and pieces of information that they had
gathered during the course of their duties that dealt specifically with UFOs.
Clifford knew these people intimately for over a year. It is his contention
that the story that is being publicised about them being a cult group who
went AWOL to come to Gulf Breeze and meet the Anti-Christ on August the 6th
and kill him, is a bunch of crap. He has further stated that the three people
were professionals in every sense of the word. Another point that he brought
out that I find interesting is that they (the deserters) are being held at
Fort Benning, Georgia. He as well as I find this extremely interesting since
there are other military installations much closer and just as suited to
incarcerate them.
As it has been pointed out by various other people, it would seem that
something is afoot and the army is trying to cover it up. Either the
individuals in question came accross something that made them take the action
that they did, or the government sent them there and are covering the reason
why.
Another interesting point to consider is that civilian lawyers were refused
access to the 6, being told that they do not need civilian legal counsel as
the military will provide counsel to them. It's been my experience that if
the defendant, even in a military trial, wants to hire a lawyer outside of
the military, feeling that the military counsel will not provide an adequate
defence, then it is allowed. Even when it involves classified information.
It is my feeling that it is going to get extremely sticky. Perhaps an
investigator from Paranet, UFINET, MUFON, or even CUFOS should be in Gulf
Breeze on August the 6th, just in case.
Bill English
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

73
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2202.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
SUBJECT: DELTA FORCE RAIDED A ALIENS BASE FILE: UFO2202
I got a long letter from Paul Bennewitz in which he wanted
me to put this onto bbd. I am copying verbatim what he says:
--1) The Archeleta Base was raided by a Delta Force, and of the
The Aliens within were killed outright. I can not vouch for
some of this although I have absolute proof that it was. It is
said that a General, a U.S. officer; he apparently got into an
argument in that they, the Alien, were making Cocaine, instead
of making humanoids. Supposedly there was 16 Tons of piled
in one room. One of them, apparently, one he was talking to
used a Blaze Gun, which is similar to a minature flame thrower
and burned him severly. He sent his Aide to call for help and
the Delta Force was there in a very short time. When they saw
what happened, knowing the General had one leg near burned off,
attacked in a frenzy and killed at least 120 of them. Some of
the Delta Force were also burned badly, and some were lost due
to shock etc.,. They were apparently making the stuff so that
they could sell it on the street. In the final count, later,
apparently 8 Tons of the stuff was missing. There was a covert
landing strip just North of Archeleta and they were flying
it out of there. The troups blew the whole operation to hell
bringing down all entrances and totally destroyed the so call-
plastic worms, killing those within. All instrumentation was
destroyed. The whole area was closed and all people were bared
from the mountain; it is now administrated by the Drug Admin-
istration (U.S.), so it is finished. The air strip was plowed
and barricaded.
--2) About 80 escaped taking their ships with them; some were
out on patrol and thus they got away. 40 some odd established
thenselves in caves at Bear Mountain, in New Mexico. The rest
went to what is called, THE DOME, and are still at large.
--3) I have contacted the Secretary of Defense, and a Senator;
also General Jaco and the new Administrator at Kirtland. Some
is attached to give the Coordinates which are fairly accurate.
--4) Those that are in Bear Mountain, N.W. of Magdelena are raiding
raiding and attempting to gain entrance. The prime and important
point is that a humanoid who is in charge by the name CARAUCHE is
using a beam over the four hills area where I live and are hitting
people in the nerve endings that control the stomach's Hcl, or
hydrocloric acid causing the acid to come up the esophagus. Thus
causing one to either throw up or become badly burned in the mouth
and esophagus area. They hit at night and hit me last night.
Fortunately, I had some anti acid Mallox so it reduced the pain.
The odds are if they do it in this area, they will start elsewhere.
They are beginning to take victims and they have no processing
area yet, they are trying to sell them to other bases that still
exist.
They have been threatening me constantly trying to take
out the computers and continue all day. It appears that they
have also discovered that with a small beam that they can intrude
on a person's thought WITHOUT AN IMPLANT. They started to attack
me right after the raid which occurred about 2 years ago;
thinking that I was the one that instigated it. That was obviously
not true. They triggered the onslaught by shooting the General.
They also were very angry when I turned my back on them and threw
ALIEN DATA away. My reason? I just did not have a desire to study
IGNORANCE of humanoids, and intend never to do any more of it.
It's over with.
I am sending this to you in hopes that others may be
aware of what they should be on the guard for. Other than that
I am finished with them. ----- Paul Bennewitz
Postscript note: Ken Willoughby. When you study Paul's material,
you are left with a doubt who got to him.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

180
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2203.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
SUBJECT: INFORMATION ON ACRONYMS - 1986 FILE: UFO2203
<20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
INFORMATION ON ACRONYMS -1986
A2 - Air Force Intelligence
AAC - Alasken Air Command
AAF - Army Air Force
ACOM - Asian Communist - One of NSA's 4 major
operational divisions
ADC - Aerospace Defense Command
ADLA - Assistant Director for legal & Legislative
Affairs - (NSA)
ADPL - Assistant Director for Policy & Liaisons -
(NSA)
ADPR - Assistant Director for Plans / Resources -
(NSA)
ADT - Assistant Director for Training
ADVA - Advance Soviet - One of 4 major operational
divisions of NSA's production organizations:
Combined with GENS into a group
AEC - Atomic Energy Commission
AFB - Air Force Base
AFESC - Air Force Electronic Security Command
AFGWC - Air Force Global Weather Control
AFIS - Air force Intelligence Service
AFOC - Air Force Operations Center
AFR - Air Force Regulation
AFSA - Armed Forces Security Agency
AFSAC - Armed Forces Security Council
AFSS - Air Force Security Service
ALF - Alien Life Form
ALLO - All Others - One of the 4 Major Operational
Divisions of NSA's Production Organization-
Now known as G Group
ALP - Advanced Language Program
AMB - Ambassador
ANCIB - Army-Navy Communications Intelligence Board
ANCICC - Army-Navy Communications Intelligence
Coordinating Committee
ANG - Air National Guard
APRO - Aerial Phenomena Research Organization
ARC - Ad Hoc Requirements
ARDF - Airborne Radio Directional Finding
ARFCOS - Armed Forces Courier service
ARPA - Advance Research Projects Agency
ASA - Army Security Agency
ASD - Applied Science Division
ASEAN - Association of East Asian Nations
AST - Atlantic Standard Time
AWACS - Airborne Warning and Control System
ATIC - Air Technical Intelligence Center (Air Force)
UFORC - UFO Reporting Center
BMW - Bomb Wing
UFOIS - UFO Information Service
CAUS - Citizens Against UFO Secrecy
CFS - Canadian Forces Station
CGS - Coast Guard Station
CIA - Central Intelligence Agency
CIC - Counter Intelligence Corps
CINC - Commander in Charge
CUFOS - Center for UFO Studies
COMINT - Communication Intelligence (NSA)
CP - Command Post
CSC - Central Security Control (USAF)
DATT - Defense Attache (US EMBASSY)
DCD - Domestic Collection Division (CIA)
DCI - Director of Central Intelligence
DCSOPS - Deputy Chief of Staff for Operations and
Plans (USAF)
DDO - Deputy Director for Operations (USAF)
DIA - Defense Intelligence Agency
DMZ - Demilitarized Zone (VIETNAM)
DO - Duty Officer
DREAM - - Unclassified nickname for a Military Research area
LAND in South-Central Nevada
FAA - Federal Aviation Agency
FBI - Federal Bureau of Investigation
FISA - Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act
FOIA - Freedom of Information Act
G2 - Army Intelligence
GAO - Government Accounting Office
GCCS - Government Code and Crypto School
GCHQ - Government Communications Headquarters
GCI - Ground Control Intercept
GENS - General Soviet - One of the 4 Major
Operational Divisions of NSA's Production
Organizations Combined With ADVA into
(A Group)
GG - Government Grade - Used in place of GS1 to
GS18 - ONLY FOR GOV'T EMPLOYEES SUCH AS NSA
EMPLOYEES
GMT - Greenwich Mean Time
GSW - Ground Saucer Watch
HAWC - High Technology Aerospace Weapons Center
(AREA-51)
HFDF - High Frequency Direction Finder
HUAC - House of Unamerican Activities Committee
HUMINT - Human Intelligence
ICI - Inter-agency Committee on Intelligence
IDA-CRD - Institute for Defense Analysis -
Communications Research Division
IDP - Intercept Deployment Plan
IEC - Intelligence Evaluation Committee
INSCOM - U.S. Army Intelligence and Security Command
INTELPOST- international Electronic Post
INTELSAT- International Telecommunications Satellite
INYSA - Assistant Chief of Staff Intelligence, USAF,
Science and Technology Branch, Directorate
of Response Management
INZ - Aerospace Intelligence Division (AFIS)
INZA - Editing, Debriefing, and Continuity Branch
(AFIS)
IPB - Intercept Priorities Board
JACL - Judge Advocate General, Litigation Division
JANAP - Joint Army Navy Air Force Publication
JCS - Joint Chief of Staffs
JOSAF - Joint Operations Support Activity - Frankfurt
JRC - Joint Reconnaissance Center
JSPC - Joint Sobe Processing Center
JTLS - Joint Technical Language Service
KGB - Komitet Gosudrstvennoy Bezopasnosti
(Committee for State Security) USSR
KISR - Kuwatt Institute for Scientific Research
KM - Kilometer
LASP - Low Altitude Surveillance Platform
LCF - Launch Control Facility
LOB - Raymond E. Linn Operations Building
LPMEDLEY- CIA Cryptonym For an Operation in Support of
the NSA
LRTS - Long Range Technical Support
MAJI - Majestic Agency for Joint Intelligence
MAJIC - MAJIC is the Highest Security Classification
in the Nation
MI-8 - Military Intelligence Section 8 - Codes and
Ciphers Search
MIB'S - Men in Black
MID - Military Intelligence Division
M5 - NSA Office of Security
MIT - Massachusetts Institute of Technology
MPRO - Machine Processing Section of NSA's Production
Organization
MUFON - Mutual UFO Network
NAVASPASUR- Naval Space Surveillance Systems
NCOC - National Combat Operations Center
NEPA - Nuclear Energy for the Propulsion of Aircraft
NICAP - National Investigations Committee on Aerial
Phenomena
NM - Nautical Mile
NMCC - National Military Command Center
NORAD - North American Aerospace Defense Command
NPIC - National Photographic Interpretation Center
NRL - Naval Research Laboratory
NSA - National Security Agency
NSF - National Science Foundation
OAM - Operation Animal Mutilation
ONI - Office of Naval Intelligence
OSI - Office of Special Investigations (USAF)
OSS - Office of Strategic Services
PSAPR - Puget Sound Aerial Phenomena Research INC.
RAPCOM - Radar Approach Communications
RAPCON - Radar Approach Control
RCMP - Royal Canadian Mounted Police
SA - Special Agent
SAC - Strategic Air Command
SAC/HO - Strategic Air Command Office of History
SAFIO - Secretary of the Air Force Office of
Information
SAO - Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory
SAT - Security Alert Team
SBI - Special Background Investigation
UFO/IAC - Unidentified Flying Object/Identified Alien Craft
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

36
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2204.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
SUBJECT: CELESTIAL CONTACTS NEWSLETTER FILE: UFO2204
From: Stan Friedman
FYI:
CELESTIAL CONTACTS NEWSLETTER
- First Published March 1994
Publisher's statement:
"Over the years, my life, like many of your lives, has been affected by Extraterrestrial Intelligence (ETI) phenomena and contacts. As a result of this, I have great anticipation that in the very near future, peaceful and cooperative communication will become established between us and our celestial neighbors.
Many of you know me as the former Executive Assistant as well as the Internal Communications Co-Chair for CSETI. In that effort, tremendous contact experiences occurred, and they were initiated by a relative few. However, not only was CSETI getting results, but we noticed that organizations all over the world were actively engaging ETI as well by using a wide variety of initiative techniques.
It was also apparent that there was a need for communication and networking between all of these groups and individuals. There was so much to share and so much to research, but knowing who else was out there doing the same thing was a quandary.
For this reason, Steve Dean (former CSETI Chair of Working Group Operations) and I felt the need for an 'Open and Supportive Newtwork' of individuals and groups who are striving to create their own contact reality. A reality that is mutually peaceful and productive...not only between us and Extraterrestrial Intelligences, but also between each other.
A forum is needed in which any and all techniques implemented in attempting contact with ETI can be explored and shared. Total flexibility allows broader exploration, and freedom of choice stimulates creativity.
Likewise, all findings of any group or individual are valuable and helpful. Contactees can enjoy sharing openly as well as exploring the implications of those experiences. This would open up tremendous resources and a wonderful, ongoing opportunity to network with each other.
In an effort to unite 'contact explorers' (you and I), we have created CELESTIAL CONTACTS, in the hopes that networking, sharing, and supporting one another will bring us closer to an understanding and fellowship with our celestial neighbors. We invide each and every one of you to join us in this pioneering journey...within ourselves and beyond the stars"
Bobbie Ammons, Publisher.
"Aurora Productions"
P.O. Box 1231
Mars Hill, NC 28754
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

310
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2205.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
SUBJECT: MY SYNOPSIS OF ALTERNATIVE 3, WITH A NOD TO MR. COOPER
FILE: UFO2205
I threw this little text file together in order to clear up
some confusion, and to start a discussion. For those of you
who have been through any of Uncle Sugar's more esoterical
schools it's pretty obvious there's a major propaganda push
going on now. The only question that needs to be answered is
"Why now?" Maybe this little nugget will point the way to an
answer.....
In the text file concerning the lecture given by one Milton
William Cooper on November 17,1989 at the "Whole Life Expo"
in Los Angeles he expounds on the usual EBE's and alien
technology retroengineering. However things took an
incredible turn when he fielded questions from the audience.
Let me give credit now to David E. Stewart who transcribed
the lecture by Mr. Cooper. Whenever feasible direct quotes
from sources will be used.
After expounding on the JFK assassination the transcript
reads, "Regrettably the next question was totally
unintelligble, but thankfully Mr. Cooper had a good pulic
address system to amplify his reply, The first moon landing
was May 22, 1962... or excuse me that was the first landing
on Mars. I'm sorry that was the winged probe that used a
hydrozine propeller (hydrazine propellant?) flew around
approximately three orbits and landed on May 22, 1962 it aws
a joint United States/Russian endeavor. The first time that
we landed on the moon was sometime during the ... probably
middle 50's, because at the time when President Kennedy
stated that he wanted a man to set foot on the moon by the
end of the decade we already had a base there."
"What about Mars?" came another quick question.
"We have a base on Mars also", Cooper calmly replied. "When
did that happen?" addressed someone. "I don't know the exact
date but I know the projrct's name, it was Adam and Eve."
The questions went off another tangent and then things got
curiouser and curiouser. As the transcript reads," On an
unrelated note an older gentleman asked, "Does that mean
that Alternative-3 is true?"
"Alternative-3 is absolutely true and so is Alternative-2."
In Mr. Stewart's after action report or synopsis of the
lecture he states, "The Alternative-2 and Alternative-3 that
were referred to briefly are [just guessing now] two
government contingency plans to 1) Declare martial law and
invalidate the Constitiution on the premise that a terrorist
group had entered the country with a nuclear weapon with
plans to detonate it in a major city. All dissidents would
then be rounded up and placed in concentration camps and the
press and media would be nationalized. All this if the
information becomes public they want it to or if the aliens
attempt a takeover, and 2) Another contingency plan to
contain or delay the release of this information, the
details of which I am probably wrong about anyway."
Well Mr. Stewart you certainly were wrong this time in your
analysis of Alternative-2 and Alternative-3. I will now
attempt to explain the Alternatives. To do so I will be
drawing upon the extensive research done nearly 20 years ago
by an independent television show crew. There is an Avon
paperback titled, "Alternative 003" the book is based upon
the original research and interviews conducted in 1977. This
explains the dual copyrights for the book. The copyrights
are: "original television script copyright 1977 by David
Ambrose & Christopher Miles
book version copyright 1978 by Leslie Watkins. The first
Avon printing was in June 1979. An investigative reporter
for an ITC affiliate decided to do a segment on "the brain
drain." For those of you who don't know your current history
the "brain drain" was the name given to the phenomenon of
the better scientists, engineers, mathematicians, and
physicians leaving hte U.K. in droves in the 60's and 70's.
There were two main reasons for this mass emigration: 1) The
British tax structure{ up to 90% income tax } and 2) The
infamous British Government Beauracracy. Things were so bad
the Beatles and the Rolling Stones (among others) changed
their citizenship for tax purposes.While gathering
background for the story the reporter found 3 individuals
who were leaving England,they were a senior lecturer in
Mathematics named Robert Patterson,a research scientist
specializing in Solar Energy named Dr. Ann Clark
and a former RAF electronics wizard named Brian Pendlebury.
A preliminary interview was done with Dr. Clark by the film
crew and more were scheduled. During the initial interview
she had been an excellent subject. She was articulate and
felt it important to explain to people why exactly
scientists were flocking away from Britain. However shortly
after the first visit by the film crew in January of 1976
she was visited by "a strange American."
He had made no appointment and just turned up, everyone
assumed he was connected with her new job. The American
talked to her privately for a long time afterwards friends
and co-workers said she seemed upset. She refused to say
anything whatsoever about what he wanted or what they
discussed. That American went to her flat that night and
stayed for three hour. After that evening her attitude to
those around her and to the Sceptre Television people
changed remarkably. She did her work as well as ever but
became "oddly" withdrawn. It was as if she had pulled a
curtain around herself. One of her colleagues, an elderly
man, said: " I started noticing that she was sometimes
looking at me - and at others - with a funny sort of
expression in her eyes. It aws almost as if for some reason
or other, she felt sorry for us. All a bit odd..."
Dr. Ann Clark left Norwich in a rented car on February 22,
1976. She left without working out her notice because as she
explained the Americans were in a hurry to have her. So she
became part of the Brain Drain. But she has never shown up
at the company in California she said was hiring her.
Brian Pendlebury was thirty three when he became part of the
Brain Drain in July 1974.Before vanishing he had acquired a
taste for travel when after getting a degree in electronics,
he had become a special projects officer with the RAF.
Five months after leaving the service he applied for a job
with a major electronics firm in Sydney Australia. He
promoised to write to his parents regularly and send lots of
photographs. For five months his parents got a letter a week
and lots of pictures. Pictures of Brian surfing, with
friends at a nightclub, even a picture of Brian in front of
Sydney Harbour bridge. Everything was fine except for a few
disconcerting facts...
Brian Pendlebury did not live at the address shown on his
letters. The company for which he claimed to be working
insist they have never heard of him. As far as anyone could
discover Pendlebury never got to Australia.
Forty two year old Robert Patterson had a favorite hate
subject and that was Britain's tax scale. His friends at the
University of St. Andrews where he was a senior lecturer had
heard it all many times. As he was fond of saying, " In
Germany the most a man has to pay in taxes is only 56% And
in America it was only 50% But here in Britain it's 83%!!
Most people at the university were actually relieved when he
announced he and his wife Eileen were going to America and
taking their two children off for a fresh start in America.
All he would say about his new job was that he had been,
"invited on an interesting project."It seemed he had landed
a real choice gig. Most of his colleagues weren't really
suprised as he was recognized as on of the most brilliant
mathematicians in Britain. It was just a pity he was such a
bore.
Patterson announced his news at the beginning of February of
1976 and a paragraph appeared in the Guardian. A researcher
at Sceptre Televisionsaw the paragraph and called Patterson
up. Eventually he convinced him to do an interview at his
home the following tuesday morning at eleven o'clock.
That tuesday morning Colin Benson who was the television
reporter sent ot do the interview found the house locked and
obviously empty. The Patterson's according to their
neighbors had driven off in a hurry at lunchtime on that
saturday. The family's car was found abandoned in London.
The Patterson's Robert, Eileen, sixteen year old Julian and
fourteen year old Kate have not been seen since.
Now for the weirdness... Ann Clark's rented car was found
and filmed as part of the television documentary at the car
park on number three Heathrow Airport. There was another
abandoned car nearby in the same lot. A blue LandRover. It
belonged to Robert Patterson however this was discovered
months later and would have never have been discovered if
not for the weirdness surrounding Brian Pendlebury.
As was stated earlier Brian Pendlebury was the third subject
for the television show. Colin Benson was interviewing
Brian's parents he recorded the whole conversation with
their permission.
------------------------------------------------------------
The Pendlebury's were together on the sofa, facing colin
over tea. "So we were a bit disappointed of course when he
stopped writing but we didn't give it much thought at
first," said Mr. Pendlebury. He re-lit his pipe and took a
few puffs. "Our Brian never was much of one for writing."
"So how did you find out?" asked Benson. "I mean about him
not being there..."
"It was Mrs. Prescott over there at number nine," said
Pendlebury. "She was the one who found out. Her daughter
Beryl emigrated out there... what would it be... five years
ago now?"
"Six years said Mrs. Pendlebury. "Seven come September."
------------------------------------------------------------
To sum up the gist of the conversation, not only had they
discovered the address given them by their son was false
they had the original note in their son's handwriting giving
them the address. They also had a letter from the head of
personnel at the electronics firm stating that they had
never heard of him. While on the train Colin studied the
pictures of Brian given him by the Pendleburys. Upon
returning to the studios he had a photographer make copy
negatives of the outdoor photographs and then had them
reprinted as large blowups. When the blowups were done it
was obvious! In every picture including the one of Brian
Pendlebury surfing and the one of him by the Sydney Harbor
Bridge-there were three birds in the sky. Those birds were
identical in every picture and so were their positions.
There was sometrhing else he saw. The pattern formations of
the wispy clouds were exactly the same in each picture.
That was when they started digging........
Here are a few of the things they uncovered: it seems that
in this television show they were given a videotape which
they aired . They describe it so.....
"All that could be seen at first was a haze of colours and
uncertain shapes. There was a whirling blur of confusion
multi-coloured dust dervishes glimpsed crazily through a
tumbling kaleidoscope-and nothing nothing more.
Then the picture cleared and the camera seemed to be
skimming low over a wild and barren landscape. No vegetation
no suggestion of life. Just mile after mile of wilderness
and brown-red desolation.
Sounds of static. Then faintly, of men cheering and finally
there were the American voices-from the Space Control Room
at NASA:
FIRST VOICE: Okay...try to scan.
SECOND VOICE:Scanning now.
FIRST VOICE:The readings...where are the readings?
At that moment, superimposed over the scanning of the alien
landscape viewers saw the printed word temperature. Almost
instantaneously, that word was duplicated in Russian. Now
there was a great outburst of Russian voices. Excited,
jubilant then once again the
SECOND VOICE:Wait for it...w-a-i-t for it... Come on baby
don't fail now... not after all this way...
Digits appeared alongside the words on the screen. The
temperature they showed was four degrees Centigrade. More
printed words- Windspeed-in American and then Russian.
The first American voice was shouting triumphantly: It's
okay ...it's good, it's good! A Russian voice equally
ecstatic carried the same message.
Then the screen started giving the most vital information of
all-information in English and Russian, about the atmosphere
of that strange and distant territory.
The words were coming painfully incredibly slowly. Then
later from the screen come the shrieks and whoops of joy.
The first American voice could be heard shouting over the
din: On the nose! Hallelujah! We got air boys...we're home!
Jesus...we've done it...we got air!
His yells of excitement and similar ones from his Russian
counterpart were drowned by the crescendo of cheering.
During a lull in that cheering the second American voice
could be heard saying:That's it! We got it...we got it! Boy
if they ever take the wraps off this thing, it's going to be
the biggest date in history! May 22,1962. We're on the
planet Mars-and we have air!"
So what does all this have to do with the Alternative Three
question? Welllll......... According to various sources
including one of the astronauts who landed on the moon,
there is a permanent base near the western border of the
Mare Imbrium named Archimedes Base. There is also a colony
on Mars. This is most likely the Project Adam and Eve Mr.
Cooper is referring to. All of this was done in response to
a conference held in Huntsville Alabama in 1957.
A Dr. Gerstein claimed that he had delivered a briefing to
CIA (among others) representatives which proved the climatic
changes indicated that there was a greenhouse effect.
Remember this is 1957. He then went on to brief them on The
Alternatives.
As it had been determined that Earth would in fact become
uninhabitable in a finite time a way had to be found to
insure the survival of the human race. Three solutions had
been found : Alternative 1 was to punch a hole in the
atmosphere thereby releasing the carbon dioxide and some of
the thermal energy. This was to be done with "strategically
placed thermonuclear devices" in the upper atmosphere. This
would be followed with a drastic restructuring of day to day
life. Of course all carbon dioxide emissions would be
banned. Private ownership of any internal combustion engine
would be outlawed. open flames, etc etc etc
Alternative 2 was to move selected individuals to
underground areas. It seems that there is extensive evidence
of underground cities and interconnecting tunnel systems
discovered under South America, China, Russia, America, and
all over Eurasia.
Alternative 3 was to move some humans to another world.
Russia and The U.S. have been cooperating since the 50's on
the real Space program since.One of the major reasons for
keeping Alt.3 secret is the use of altered human beings for
the grunt work. There are five workers for every "designated
mover." People are sugically and chemically adjusted to
follow orders. They have an average life expectancy of
fifteen years.
If anyone doubts the ability to do this to people against
their will, I refer you to Project MK Ultra. MK Ultra was
responsible for the LSD testing of the 50's and 60's as well
as other forms of mind control (lobotomies, ECT, and
RHIC-EDOM, et al).
Well I'm getting crosseyed from the Jolt Colas so I'll stop
typing now. Read the book I found my copy in a used
paperback store. Another book that dovetails with
Alternative 003 is a Dell paperback entitled Operation Mind
Control by W.H.Bowart with an intro by Richard Condon
copyright 1978. If anyone can find out how to purchase a
copy of the videotape of the Sceptre Television Documantary
on Alternative Three leave a message on this BBS for Lamont
Cranston.
Please read Alternative 003 there are so many pieces of
supporting evidence that seem to link together with other
sources that it is either the truth or an amazingly
consistent dis-information campaign that's been going on for
over 25 years. If you think the claims I've listed are
fantastic the book will blow you away!
------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------
------------ June 30 1994 by Lamont Cranston
------------------------------------------------------------
-
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

37
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2206.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
SUBJECT: RESPONSE TO THE KRILL REPORT FILE: UFO2206
The Krill Report made for interesting reading, and I'd like to relate a
story that has some remarkable similarities.
In the mid 1980's I was with a friend sight seeing on the middle span
of the Golden Gate Bridge in San Francisco. It was a beautiful sunny
afternoon.
We were taking in the view looking toward the city (east side walkway), when
I suddenly noticed a large shadow pass over us, painting it's shadow across
the roadway heading due west (toward the sea). The strange thing was that
there was nothing overhead. I vividly remember that the shadow looked like
what a large airplane would cast if flying overhead at a low altitude, and
slow speed. Could this be associated with the Krill Report of ships with
wings, from Dulce, NM?
Another similarity with the Krill Report was that a helicopter suddenly
appeared after the shadow past, following it's path. Could this be
associated with the "Mysterious Chopper" incidents? The helicopter got just
above the midsection of the bridge, where we were, then turned back toward
the bay, as if it were escorting the shadow out to sea.
I know that this sounds strange, and I don't know if this is related, but
prior to this incident, and sometime after, there were some unusual fatal
military aircraft crashes in the San Francisco Bay, on and near the Bay
Bridge.
So this raises some important questions, like: What's going on out there?
And, is the Krill Report factual?
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

719
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2207.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,719 @@
SUBJECT: INFO. ON FOO-FIGHTERS WW II UFOs, ETC. FILE: UFO2207
(word processor parameters LM=1, RM=70, TM=2, BM=2)
Taken from KeelyNet BBS
Sponsored by Vangard Sciences
PO BOX 1031
Mesquite, TX 75150
Foo Fighters and the Kugleblitz
by
Al Pinto
taken from ParaNet
additional material by Vangard
We, because of the infinitesimal size of the Universe, can
quite easily say that the probability of the Earth being the only
planet inhabited by intelligent beings is not logical. However,
while there is research going on today in order to prove the
existence of extraterrestrial intelligence (SETI) by listening in
on the radio waves of space, I wonder; have we been contacted
already? Is there something in the UFO phenomenon that proves
the existence of extraterrestrials? Let's look at the facts.
Thousands of people from all around the world report the
sightings of strange aerial phenomenon every year. It has been
going on for many years, but not as much as from 1947 to present.
Due to the fact that so many people have seen objects in the sky
that they can't identify, we could at least admit that there is
sufficient reason to believe that UFO's exist. We can't
scientifically prove their existence just based on that fact but
we can't ignore it either. So our next logical step would be to
get more data.
Is the origin of all UFO's extraterrestrial? Is there a
possibiliy that at least some may come from Earth and Earth
technology? The answer to that question is yes, some are Earth
originated. People can easily mistake a plane or helicopter
flying at night as a UFO and have already. Some even thought that
Venus was one. However, while most UFO's could be explained,
there are an astonishing number of reports that cannot. They
include reports from people such as police chiefs, scientists,
pilots, and most interestingly, astronauts. There is plenty of
information publically available that is reputable about details
of their encounters.
Our next step should be to concentrate on these unexplainable
sightings. Out of these, is it still possible that the objects
could come from Earth? Dr. Renato Vesco thought so. In his book
"Intercept UFO," he writes about his experience and information
with Nazi Germany. I am going to include a paper written by him
but first let me tell you his credentials.
Renato Vesco is a fully liscensed aircraft engineer and a
specialist in aerospace and ramjet developements. He attended
the University of Rome and, before WWII, studied at the German
Institute for Aerial Developement. During the war, Vesco worked
with the Germans at the Fiat Lake Garda secret installations in
Italy. In the 1960's, he worked for the Italian Air Ministry of
Defense as an undercover technical agent, investigating the UFO
mystery.
Page 1
He writes:
"On November 27, 1944, a B-27 of the United States Air Force,
returning from a raid on Speyer, West Germany, encountered a
huge, orange colored light moving upward at an estimated speed
of 500 MPH. When the pilots reported, sector radar had
reported negatively, because nothing had registered on the
screen.
But the object seen by the returning bomber was only the first of
numerous others spotted by American pilots over wartime Germany
and promptly baptized 'foo-fighters.'
Fighter pilots Falls and Backer, of the 415th Squadron,
reported such an encounter a month later forcing the Air Force to
admit that such objects might exist. Later encounters with foo
fighters led experts to assume they were German inventions of a
new order employed to baffle radar.
How close they came to the truth, they learned only when the
war was over and Allied Intelligence teams moved into the secret
Nazi plants. The foo-fighters seen by American pilots were only a
minor demonstration, a fraction of a vast variety of methods used
to confuse radar and interrupt electro magnetic currents.
Work on the German anti-radar Feurball, or fireball, had been
speeded up during the fall of 1944 at a Luftwaffe experimental
center near Oberammergau, Bavaria. There, and at the aeronautical
establishment at Weiner Neustadt, the first fireballs were
produced. Later, when the Russians moved closer to Austria, the
workshops producing the fireballs were moved to the Black Forest.
Fast and remote controlled, the fireballs, equipped with
klystron tubes operating on the same frequency as Allied radar,
which could eliminate the blips from radar screens. This allowed
them to remain practically invisible to ground control.
The Nazi Feurball failed to interfere with the Allied air
offensive. The foo fighters had been launched too late and could
no longer change the course of events, but in themselves they were
significant not only because they were the outcome of a technical
evolution which could have led to more dangerous weapons, but also
because they showed that Nazi technology had moved in a direction
far beyond anything expected by Allied Intelligence.
As the fall of Germany approached, the Nazi Leaders reverted
to an ambitious project created by Gauleiter Franz Hofer who had
become high commissioner for the Italian Tyrol and the Southern
Alps. The project foresaw setting up an incredible fortress in
the mountains, including parts of Italy, Austria and Bavaria.
Hofer submitted his plan to Hitler's aide, Martin Bormann in
November 1944, having prepared for this moment back in 1938 when
Nazi agents carefully mapped all mountain passes, caves, bridges,
highways, and located sights for underground factories, munitions
dumps, arms and food caches. To complete work on this fortress,
Hofer demanded a slave labor force of a quarter of a million, to
be composed of 70% Austrian workers and 30% men of the Tyrolese
home guard.
Page 2
So-called U-Plants were to be set up underground as gigantic
workshops and launching pads for the secret weapons which were to
turn the tide of the war in favor of the Nazis.
Among these were some 74 tunnels along Lake Garda, in
Northern Italy, which were to be adapted and transformed into a
vast assembly plant by FIAT of Turin in close collaboration with
the department of Minister Albert Speer. Seven other tunnels
along Lake Garda, near Limone, were to produce several weapons
tested at the Hermann Goering Institute of Riva del Garda.
According to the archives of the German High Command and of
the Allied Combined Intelligence Objectives Sub-Committee, other
plants in vital areas of Central Germany, code named M-Werke, were
to produce powerful missles such as the giant A.9/A.10 destined to
destroy New York and Washington. But most important was the
Alpine area, for it was from there that the supreme weapons were
to come.
This report, never released by the Allies, was made by a
French diplomat. It was forwarded to Free French Intelligence
Headquarters at Algiers. The top secret report reffered to the
blue clouds as something approaching anti-aircraft projectiles
based on the grisou (fire damp) gas found in mines, and which had
been succesfully tried against other bombers over Lake Garda.
The French report was intercepted by Italian agents and
deciphered at SID (Italian Counter-Intelligence) Headquarters at
Castiglione della Stiviere. The message was later captured by a
military intelligence team operating for the eighth Army in Italy.
The contents of the message was no novelty to the Allies.
Already, some time ago, shortly after the bombing of Dresden,
British and American intelligence had obtained a brief account
concerning the use of some such weapon used against a group of
twelve American bombers.
That message, which came from an agent in Switzerland
attached to Allen Dulle's team, also stated the attacker had been
"a strange hemispherical object which flew at fantastic speeds
and destroyed the bombers without using firearms.'
Then, after the German surrender in May, 1945, a team of
British agents, investigating the files of some of the underground
factories in the Black Forest, discovered that a large number of
documents concerned 'important experiments made with LIQUID OXYGEN
for new turbine engines capable of developing extraordinary
power.'
Other documents described the use of 'gaseous explosives'
which had been originally tested in Austria in 1936. Their
existence was later confirmed by the ALSOS Mission and by Dr. Hans
Friedrich Gold, of the Laboratory for Aeronautical Research at
Volkenrode. The ejection of gas explosives had been part of the
program tackled by researchers on Lake Garda and later tested with
success by the circular flying object against Allied bombers. This
object, in German military files, already had an operational name:
'Round Lightning' (Kugelblitz).
Page 3
Long and close observation between the special Air Research
Corps of the SS, Austrian research centers in Vienna, the Hermann
Goering Works and the vast complex of underground G-Works had
previously produced amazing improvement on the fireball or foo-
fighter which, despite it's anti-radar effectiveness, remained
comparatively harmless. But by combining the principle of the
aircraft with a round, symmetrical plane with direct gyroscopic
stabilization, employing an ejector-gun using grisou and a
gelatinous organic/mettalic fuel for a total reaction turbine,
adding remote control, vehicle take off, infrared seeking
equipment and electrostatic firing systems, the harmless fireball
became the lethal Kugelblitz!
Believe me, I can prove what I say (Vesco). The Kugelblitz,
to be on the safe side, employed, in addition to it's
electrostatic firing system, a similar system based on short waves
and built by the Patent Verwertungs Gesselschaft of Salzburg,
Austria. The whole thing formed one compact, round mass which had
absolutely nothing in common with any flying object ever produced
before.
In documents found by British Intelligence teams and
submitted to the British Intelligence Objectives Sub-Committee -
documents which I have been able to study - these and many other
details are known. They can be found in the Sub-Committee's
Final Report Number 61 on the 'Weapons Section of the L.F.A.,
Volkenrode.'
Kugelblitz, together with it's "younger brothers of the
fireball, lens-shaped bomb and other weapons, began the real
history of the UFO's. In itself, it was a second generation
fireball.
The 'round lightning' weapon, the incredibly fast and
mysterious disk-shaped craft that had been rumored and sighted in
action, was used only once. As the Allied forces crossed the
Rhine, the only craft of it's type was destroyed by the SS on
instructions from Berlin, to prevent it's capture. But ever
since, due to the severe censorship imposed by 'T' force of the
British Army in Germany, and later, thanks to the complete
blackout imposed by London, nothing more was heard of "Round
Lightning."
I know that agents of the 'T' force camp at Bad Gandersheim
closely examined the documents found in the G-Works, documents
which had been elaborated by the technical general staff of the SS
and by technical control of the Henshel and Zeppelin works. These
documents concern the propulsion unit of the Kugelblitz prototype
built by the Kreislaufbetrieb Motor D.W. in 1943 for the F.F.K.F.
(Forschungsinstitut for Kraftfhart and Fahzeugmotoren) at
Stuttgart-Untertuerkheim and perfected by Professors Kamm and
Ernst.
The British called this motor an 'oxygen recycle system.' It
was later abandoned in favor of the Walter turbine, powered by
hydrogen peroxide. The documents found discussed the possibility
of using both systems in a compound-type propulsion unit.
To these basic facts, I must add: A mass of documents and
equipment were taken by British 'T' teams to Bedford and then to
Canada and Australia.
Page 4
In a certain sense, the British were more intelligent than
the Americans, for they permitted German scientists to complete
their work in Germany on the sight where they had worked all
through the war - only, of course, under close supervision. This
happened at Darmstadt and Goettingen.
Later on, these installations were dismantled and shipped to
Britain. The Transport Service of the British Ministry of
Aviation discreetly shipped the scientists and documents to
Britain, Canada and Australia, in successive phases. Lists of
the scientists to be sent overseas had been compiled in the spring
of 1944 by the B.I.O.S. and formed separate and specialized
teams.
One such team, composed of Proffessor Ben Lockspeiser and
W.J. Richards, Dr. S.H . Hollingdale and C aptain A.D. Green,
handled 'advanced projects, missles, jet and turbine craft.'
Another, including T.A. Taylor and M.A. Wheeler, investigated
German advances in the field of Thermo-refraction. Another team,
which obtained the services of Dr. Ernst Westermann, former
director of the F.D.R.P. Institutes of Speyer and Saarbrucken,
concentrated on the fireball projects.
The then Ministry of Aircraft Production, similar to the
German wartime Jaegerstab, ceased to exist officially on March 31,
1946, and became part of the Ministry of Supply.
In the years that followed, these teams, and especially the
experts headed by Professor Lockspeiser, worked on a multitude of
German projects, adapting these to their own experiments in the
field of 'suction' wings and on the work of two German scientists
during the war, Professors Prandtl and Busemann, to develop a high
speed fighter in which the air intake along the wings was
discharged through a half-moon-shaped crescent along the fuselage
in order to both drive and support the vehicle at high speeds.
This research comes to mind when one remembers the incident
of January 3, 1956. A Cessna, employed on a job of aerial
photography near Pasadena, encountered three circular flying
objects which circled it at a speed of 1600 mph and at a distance
of two miles. One of these objects, in suddenly breaking away
from the formation, gave off a long, vaporous trail as it sped
through a cumulous cloud, cutting the cloud in two. 'Exactly as
if it had sucked up the cloud., ' the Cessna pilot exclaimed
later.
Back in 1946, the British Broadcasting Corporation announced
that Britain 'would soon have aircraft capable of speeds well over
1000 mph, that, according to some experts, such craft had already
been built and that, in the near future, they could circumnavigate
the globe several times because they needed only fuel for take off
and landing..'
Other British sources mentioned aircraft capable of speeds of
several thousand miles an hour.
More than twenty years have passed since the otherwise so-
eminently-careful BBC boasted of 'Britain's planes of the future,'
and officially these aircraft still remain little more than a
dream. And yet, did not Ben Lockspeiser, the man who was in
Page 5
charge of the most responsible 'T' teams, declare that 'such craft
would need no fuel?' Did he not imply that such craft would gain
their own propellant from the atmosphere by suction and expulsion?
On June 26, 1953, an intensely luminous flying object
majestically crossed the night sky of Albacete, Spain, at an
altitude of 60 miles.
In Britain, scientific papers produced by members of the 'T'
teams showed suggestive titles such as 'Boundary Layer Flow Over a
Permeable Surface Through Which Suction is Applied' (J.H.
Preston), 'The Aerodynamics of Porous Sheets' by G.J. Taylor, and
Pankhurst's Aerofoil Catalogue.
In 1959, aeronautical engineer N.S. Currey wrote: 'Canada
today must be counted among the most advanced aeronautical powers
in the world', and added cautiously, 'This refers above all to the
field of jet propulsion.'
The Canadian Department of Mines and the Technical Surveys
Mapping Branch reserved a vast area - 125,000 square miles - for
production of experimental aircraft. This was one of the
decisions reached by the committees of the Commonwealth Conference
on Aeronautical Research. This desolate, heavily woooded and
mountainous region between British Columbia and Alberta, with the
Peace River district as it's Northern frontier and Washington
State to the South, was an ideal location - few and easily
controlled roads, few settlements, few railroads, but good
communications in the north and the south via the trunk line from
Prince George to Edmonton and that from Vancouver to the United
States border, and only one major highway, to Alaska.
Britain already had considerable wartime experiance in this
sort of enterprise. In 1942, at the height of the German raids,
the RAF had set up five secret airports in the very heart of the
New Forest, in Hampshire.
The big thing about these installations was the fact that
they included complete industrial plants, decentralizing major
groups essential for war production. They were called 'shade
workshops.' The Germans, too, had much experience in this field.
One of their major plants at Volkenrode resisted all attempts at
aerial identification throughout the war.
Neither the British nor the Americans, on an official level,
saw eye to eye in scientific matters at the close of the war
against Germany and afterward.
The United States' refusal to share atomic secrets with
Britain was never quite forgotten in Whitehall, and Britain set
out to prove, with Canada, that she was well able to produce her
own fission bomb. If Congress steadfastly accused the British of
giving little or nothing in return for information, the British
felt they had been mistrusted and severely neglected. They
preferred to go ahead with their plans in Canada.
The fact that the area has been photographed again and again
by high altitude reconnaissance planes, both U.S. and Russian,
does not perturb the Canadian or British authorities. The plants
and saucer ports are underground, hidden in primeval forests of
Columbia.
Page 6
The question immediately arises: Why have not Britain and
Canada made such craft available to their other partners in the
North Atlantic Treaty Organization?
I (Vesco) believe there may be many answers to such a
question, but one of the main points is this: Lack of confidence
and fear of being exploited remain rife among the nations, as they
are among people. And why should not Britain and her Commonwealth
partner retain one major trump card which, one day, may become
invaluable? The pooling of scientific secrets is rarely entirely
sincere.
All the evidence, all the knowhow of British scientists
before and during the last war, combined with the astounding
progress in propulsion and the discoveries in suction aircraft of
the Germans, based on 18 years of research into the most secret
documents of the past war, have convinced me of one thing :
The flying saucers do not come from space.
They come from a few hundred miles outside the United States.
They mean no harm, and Washington knows this.
Hence the long standing order to all U.S. Air Force pilots:
Intercept--but do not fire upon."
This article, which appeared in Argosy Magazine in August,
1969, is reprinted above in it's entirety. It is important
because it is one of the few reports that goes into detail about
the revolutionary technical advancements made by the Nazi's in the
field of aeronautical research.
Unfortunately, Vesco doesn't offer any real substantiation
for the existence of the Kugelblitz, which is the crux of his
subject. However, in his book "Intercept, UFO," he tells us that
the Kugelblitz was indeed tested some time in February, 1945 over
the great underground complex at Kahla, in Thuringia. Both the
Kugelblitz and the Feurball were then destroyed by the retreating
S.S.
So, could this story be considered fact? We have to take into
consideration a number of issues. First and foremost, there is
the Nazi's. Could they have been developing craft of such
advancement?
History has it that not only were they at war, which required
much in the way of manpower, but they took on incredible projects
such as constructing huge underground complexes at Nordhausen in
the Harz mountains, Pennemunde and others. They also had their
Naval Vessals provide support for a very detailed study of the
Antartic in which they were alleged to have been building
underground bases there as well.
General Heinrich Himmler, the Reichsfuhrer as his S.S. men
would call him, was quite frankly, a madman. He believed in
obediance, controlled breeding and vivisection of humans. He
believed in biological mutation and what could be produced with
it. He used the slaves for his work force, as well as specimens
for research.
Page 7
Let's discuss this possibility more in the message boards in
Paranet and the UFO echos. I am starting to get quite tired of
the theory that UFO's and related matters, are extraterrestrial.
It is being shoved down our throats by figures like "Falcon"
and "Condor" as well as articles in Paranet like MUGGER.DOC and
PICNIC2.DOC. As a matter of fact, that is about all I hear
anymore. It seems that since we want to hear about EBE's, the
so-called, Intelligence Community, is giving us just what we want
to hear.
I call on each and every person in the UFO community to
research, in depth, HUMAN history. In particular, great scientists
such as, Tesla and his experiments; Einstein's theories; Germany's
secret weapons of the Second World War by R. Lusar; the
Philadelphia Exp eriment; Admiral Byrd's Project Highjump; books
and periodicals about Nazi Germany and their interest in
Antartica; then tell me that the possibility of technology (Earth
Technology) could not possibly exist that could explain UFO's and
the reason why it is above top secret.
------------------------------------------------------------------
This above fascinating document was obtained from Paranet
and courteously furnished to Vangard by A.J. McDonald.
------------------------------------------------------------------
Vangard Sciences includes the following material to assist
in further research and understanding of this phenomenon.
01/26/90
------------------------------------------------------------------
There is much available material which can be related
to the above referrences to the Kugleblitz.
Among these, we can include plasma/ion field drive systems as
developed from the Searle disc, the implosion/impansion effect of
Viktor Schauberger, the German secret weapon referred to as the
"whirlwind cannon", Tesla's "Mechanical Oscillator" and additional
UFO reports over the past two decades.
We will deal with these individually in order to delineate a
specific relationship for those who might not be familiar with
such topics.
------------------------------------------------------------------
Plasm/ion field drive systems
Many sightings, especially those at night, report glowing or
lighted objects which move at high speed. The Searle effect was
produced by the spinning of a metal disc at very high speed which
levitated momentarily, then took off under its' own power. The
principle is directly related to the Biefeld/Brown effect and
electrostatic replusion. Voltages beginning at 50 KV and up when
applied to two plates acting as capacitors will produce a thrust
away from the planet. This thrust is due to an attractive force
Page 8
from the positive plate and a repellent force from the negative.
If the force is of sufficient electrical potential, a plasma
(cloud of ionized gases) will be formed.
In the Searle case, it was believed that "free electrons"
were centrifugally thrown towards the outside rim to accumulate
the necessary potential for the lift.
The mention of the klystron in the early "Foo fighters" is
again interesting in that it provides a clue to a superior means
of creating the plasma levitation field locally. Klystrons and
magnetrons are used in microwave ovens to generate the intense,
focussed local microwave field for cooking. This indicates that
application to an appropriate surface at a specific frequency,
might excite the surrounding air sufficiently to generate the
plasma.
------------------------------------------------------------------
Implosion/Impansion
Viktor Schauberger discovered that all Nature operates with a
dual principle, centripetence and centrifugence. Centripetence
was called by Schauberger "Implosion or Impansion" to indicate a
vortex action which condensed and cooled in the process.
Experiments carried out by Schauberger included a levitating
effect which could be acheived with the use of water or air.
There are reports that during WWII, Schauberger actually assisted
in the construction of a levitation craft under orders of the
German military.
From "German Weapons and Secret Weapons of the 2nd WW and their
Further Development" by Rudolf Lusar :
"The development, (relating to flying saucers) which had cost
millions, was almost complete by the end of the war. No
doubt the existing models were destroyed, although the plant
in Breslau, where Miethe worked, fell into the hands of the
Russians, who removed all the material and technical
personnel to Siberia, where further work on these "flying
saucers" has been carried on with much success. Schriever
just managed to get out of Prague in time, Habermohl, on the
other hand, must be in the Soviet Union.
The former German designer Miethe is in the USA and, as far
as can be determined, is designing "flying saucers" for A.V.
Roe & Co. The machines, which have been observed to date,
have diameters in the order of 16, 42, 45 and 75 metres and
they are supposed to develop a speed of up to 7,000 km/hour.
Already in 1952 "flying saucers" had been indisputably
recognised over Korea and according to press reports, were
also observed and reported during NATO manoeuvres in Alsace
in the spring of 1954."
In a letter written by Schauberger to a friend, he gives further
information from his direct experience with the German military :
"The "flying saucer" which was flight-tested on the 19th
February 1945 near Prague and which attained a height of
Page 9
15,000 metres in 3 minutes and a horizontal speed of 2,200
km/hours, was constructed according to a Model 1 built at
Mauthausen concentration camp in collaboration with the
first-class engineers and stress-analysts ASSIGNED TO ME from
the prisoners there.
It was only after the end of the war that I came to hear,
through one of the workers UNDER MY DIRECTION, a Czech, THAT
FURTHER INTENSIVE DEVELOPMENT WAS IN PROGRESS: however, there
was no answer to my enquiry.
From what I understand, just before the end of the war, the
machine is SUPPOSED TO HAVE BEEN DESTROYED on Keitel's
orders. That's the last I heard of it.
In this affair, several armament specialists were also
involved who appeared at the works in Prague, shortly before
my return to Vienna, and asked that I DEMONSTRATE the
fundamental basis of it: The CREATION OF AN ATOMIC LOW-
PRESSURE ZONE, which DEVELOPS IN SECONDS when either AIR or
WATER IS CAUSED TO MOVE RADIALLY AND AXIALLY under conditions
of a FALLING TEMPERATURE GRADIENT."
This principle is without doubt to my mind, the "suction
craft" referred in the previous Vesco article.
------------------------------------------------------------------
The "Whirlwind Cannon"
There are reports of another fantastic secret weapon which
was constructed and used during WWII. This weapon was said to use
air as its "bullet" and could knock down a brick wall at a range
of several miles. On the KeelyNet board (214) 324-3501, there is
a file VORTXGUN.ZIP (or .ASC if using a non-IBM system) which
gives a short description of work done in the US on vortex
principles. Personal discussions I have had with various informed
researchers indicates that a plasma weapon using vortex principles
is currently in research if not already here.
------------------------------------------------------------------
Tesla's Mechanical Oscillator
Another device invented by Tesla was the Mechanical
Oscillator which compressed air until the oxygen became a liquid.
It was built in the form of an air cylinder and contained several
chambers, each of which successively cools the air until it
becomes liquid. Tesla stated that the device was highly efficient
and could be used as a power generating system if magnets were
attached to the oscillating pistons.
Refer to the above comments about "oxygen recycle system" and
'important experiments made with LIQUID OXYGEN for new turbine
engines capable of developing extraordinary power.'
------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 10
UFO Reports
Speed measurements of UFO's made with the use of radar have
been reported up to 5,000 MPH. Others move so fast that speeds
can only be calculated by using time over distance between related
sightings indicates speeds up to 12,000 MPH.
Glowing spheres, cylinders and lens-shaped objects (most
frequent) are the forms which UFO's tend to take. The use of
Plasma as a propulsion method would obviates aerodynamic
requirements up to certain speeds since the plasma would cut
through the atmosphere like a hot knife through butter.
However, above certain critical speeds, dependent on the
shape of the craft, the plasma would not fully protect against
wind resistance. This would justify the use of the "frisbee" lens
shape most commonly seen. In addition, gyroscopic stabilization
would further assist navigation.
------------------------------------------------------------------
As you can see, the Vesco article opens many cans of worms.
If the Germans combined the Schauberger Implosion principle
(vortex "whirlwind") with the grisou (fire damp gas) and added the
Klystron exciter for the plasma drive system, then the Kugleblitz
is indeed possible.
In addition, another type of drive could be achieved by using
Tesla principles (available years before WWII) for such Tesla
turbines driven by liquid oxygen produced by Tesla Mechanical
Oscillators.
------------------------------------------------------------------
We of Vangard Sciences and KeelyNet wish to thank
Mr. Al Pinto and Mr. A.J. McDonald for bringing this information
to our attention that we may contribute and pass it along.
If we can be of service, please contact at the above address,
phone or BBS number. Thank you.
------------------------------------------------------------------
FINIS
Page 11
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

204
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2208.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
SUBJECT: SURVIVOR'S GUIDE TO ARMAGEDDON FILE: UFO2208
Extract
"Survivor's Guide To Armageddon"
Copyright 1994 - Robert Westbrook
Chapter Thirty Three
"Satanism"
If we can accept the idea that Satan is a real living individual
and that the ancient stories relating to him are correct, we must
examine a more recent phenomena with an ancient eye.
A wave of hysterical attempts by law enforcement to apprehend
people suspected of involvement with witchcraft and satanic
rituals has resulted in raids into peoples homes, incarcerations
on suspicions of child molestation/abuse and the children have
been stripped from their families.
In 1992, I investigated a case in Arizona where a small home in
Bisbee was raided by a dozen Arizona Department of Safety police
officers. The woman's boyfriend was dragged out of the house at
gun point and the woman and her children terrorized by the
police. The cause of the intrusion was 'suspicion of witchcraft'.
Following this was the assumption that anyone involved with the
occult molested children and/or would sacrifice them to Satan.
The probable cause for police involvement was a book on the
couple's coffee table, "Witches" by Erica Jong.
The boyfriend was jailed and tried for child molestation. The
children did not collaborate the State's case during the trial
and had never given any verbal indication they had been sexually
abused. The man was eventually acquitted.
The woman's kids had been taken from her and put into a foster
home where they did suffer abuse and injury, via neglect, at the
hands of the foster parents - state employees. The kids were
forced to live in this traumatic fashion, separated from their
month for a period of months before they were returned to her.
Even then, Arizona's Child Protective Services kept her on a
short leash wherein she was frequently investigated and forced to
accounting for her parenting.
Ironically, the chief social worker for CPS, was quoted in
written testimony as saying that just because the man was
acquitted of the charges and that the children didn't back up the
State's allegations, that he wasn't really guilty. Thus the State
was justified in not returning the children to their mother.
It is with no small sense of irony that the CPS services of the
United States are called Child Parent Separators due to their
Gestapo tactics. They typically use the latitude provided by laws
designed to protect children to promote their own agendas.
Investigation into the background of the social worker
responsible for the nightmare inflicted on these people revealed
that she believed herself to be a victim of satanic rituals
performed when she was a child.
This is not an isolated case. In San Diego, the sister of a woman
who had developed 'memories' claimed that her nephew and niece
were in immediate danger of being sacrificed to Satan by her
sister and her father. Again the children were stripped from
their parents. A difference between the Arizona case and the San
Diego case is that the later had the means to hire legal counsel
while the former did not. Even so, the expense forced them into
bankruptcy.
In both cases, there was no forensic evidence nor did the
children offer any claim to support the allegation. Searches of
the homes revealed nothing out of the ordinary.
The question becomes, "What makes normally rational people become
irrational when the subject becomes Satan?"
In recent years we've had a new phenomena crop up called
'repressed memory'. The theory is that memories of a traumatic
event has laid suppressed for years, often decades, only to
surface at a later date. People report having been the object of
sexual abuse in Satanic rituals and frequently target their
parents or relatives as the perpetrators of the foul deeds. These
cases always lack any provable basis nor has anyone developed
even the smallest iota of substantiating evidence. How can this
be?
I propose an alternative explanation for these events, alien
abduction.
Consider that in the typical abduction, you are kidnapped from
your bed, stripped of your clothing, laid on a table (altar), a
light shines in your face and on your body, creatures of obvious
non human origin touch you and, in particular, your genitals and
then perform other objectionable procedures are performed on your
person against your will. You're furious, yet impotent to do
anything to help yourself. Worse, you return from the encounter
with no memory of the event. Yet, in my own case, it can be
triggered into conscious recall.
It is very common for people to mistake encounters with aliens as
spiritual events. If you have a Christian mindset and you are
attempting to make some sense of what has happened to you, you
will use the mental references you possess to formulate some
hypothesis. As the events leave an impression of a surreal or
dream like state of mind, it is reasonable that some people will
believe they have been in contact with supernatural forces.
Depending upon the situation, their memories will be of good
beings or evil demons.
I originally felt that my first abduction was non injurious. Once
the memory was revived ALONG WITH THE FEELINGS attendant to the
event, I now know otherwise. I take enormous pride in that, by my
own devices, I developed the ability to throw off their control
and to do battle with them more than once. Even so, I feel I am
the exception rather than the rule in this regard.
Does Satanism exist in the world?
To be sure it does.
Are children sacrificed to the chief demon.
Yes.
Is it a collective worldwide conspiracy? No.
Is it so rampant that the planet's policing agencies should over
react to the extent they have?
No.
People can sell their free will. They can choose to engage in
aberrant behaviors we sometimes see reported in the news. They
can become evil murderous creatures. Yet, there isn't any real
evidence or indication that Satan is the architect. The devils
and demons like our alien abductors are illusive and hard to
catch. Even so, there is much more evidence of an alien presence
on Earth than there is of a Satanic attendance. We have seen
their craft in the air, but we have never captured an imp or even
an itsy bitsy demon. This can not be said of aliens.
There is, however, evidence that this current situation with
repressed memory is not a new occurrence by an ancient one. In
Biblical times it was called demonic possession. It is likely
that the vast majority of cases wherein a person was thought to
be possessed were little more than mentally ill individuals.
Most cultures will have a percentage of the population afflicted
by serious psychiatric disturbances.
Reason, however, dictates that as we have a portion of our
population who are not obviously ill AND who are reporting
bizarre occurrences, dreams, memories and beliefs that can not be
supported by any substantive means that there is a strong
likelihood their experiences are reactions to things that have
occurred to them. Like the interpretative material of the Bible,
it has been misread and misunderstood. Each person can
accommodate these fantastic events in their lives only to the
limit of their own vision. Religion typically supports a very
narrow range of possibilities, good and evil, angels or demons,
God or Satan. To such a person, extraterrestrials aren't even a
consideration.
Our ET's will abduct adult and child alike but they return each
to his own bed. The exception is with women who have been
artificially impregnated and then had the fetus stolen before the
third month of pregnancy. While the fetus never was totally
human, the woman is used as an incubator. You don't, however, end
up with a missing human child.
If many of the cases of repressed memory are people who have seen
the nurseries where these artificial people are being grown, they
would relate the experience, and the horror of it, to child
abuse.
I would add that as a victim of some pretty rancid child abuse, I
have a unique perspective on this situation. Child abuse, and
particularly sexual child abuse, leaves a common and identifiable
trail to investigators. These clues are missing and, therefore,
do not exist in the false memory scenario.
Law enforcement has never busted a child abusing coven of witches
and they never will. The source for the false memories lies
elsewhere. As our rendezvous with Armageddon approaches and as
the subconscious mind of humanity interconnects, we will see more
and more instances of mental disturbances surfacing in the
general population.
I try not to be deliberately redundant. However, there is a point
that bears repeating. Those who will survive Armageddon will be
those who can control their own terror.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

215
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2209.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
SUBJECT: ROSWELL THE MOVIE REVIEW FILE: UFO2209
"Roswell"
ROSWELL (1994). Kyle MacLachlan, Kim Greist, Dwight Yoakam. An intelligence
officer searches for the _real_ truth behind mysterious crash debris found in
1947, remains he believes were from a downed flying saucer -- with the crew
aboard.
A Showtime original. (Adult Themes) [1:31] SHO: 31 (8p)
Premiere Directed by Jeremy Kagan
"The story of the century lasted for most of the afternoon on July 8, 1947"
Kevin Randle and Don Schmitt
'The Truth about the UFO crash at Roswell'
M Evans & Co. 1994
Roswell, New Mexico is as good an allegory for the American spirit as any
small town can be. All but lost on the eastern plains of New Mexico, it is
out of the way from anywhere to anywhere else. That other American icon,
Route 66, runs through the northern part of the state and Albuquerque. If
the weather is bad, or you are going to Texas, you'll take the southern route
through Lordsburg, Deming and Las Cruces on your way to El Paso. In between,
on the far side of the Capitan and Sacramento mountain ranges from where the
Rio Grande valley cuts the state in half, is Roswell, with a populace less
than 45,000.
You can trust your neighbors in Roswell. The generations who settled the city
had to work hard together. People acknowledge one another on the street and
outside of town will stop to help a vehicle in trouble. In exchange for the
rigors of the remote location they get no gang violence, a future they can
expect and a government they can trust.
South of the town lies an industrial park located on the remains of the
former Army Air Field that gave the city its dose of furtive notoriety. Just
after World War II Roswell could boast the world's only atomic bomb squadron,
the 509th bomb group. At the time such distinction was not a cause for much
public scrutiny. It's exactly the obscure location that would allow such a
sensitive military asset to find a home in Roswell.
But atomic bombers came and went and Roswell lapsed into the timeless small
town routine that Ward Cleaver would call the good life. Then, in the middle
seventies, odd stories began to surface about the activities of the 509th in
the summer of 1947. Twenty years and four books later, the name Roswell is
now inextricably linked with the most remarkable set of allegations to be
made in the dense web of public confusion that is the phenomenon of
Unidentified Flying Objects.
The investigators Kevin Randle and Donald Schmitt claim that, at the height
of a wave of sightings of flying crescent shaped discs that swept across the
country in the summer of 1947, one of the discs crashed into the base of a
bluff about 35 miles northwest of the front gate of the air base. They also
claim that, after securing the area, bribing and threatening the populace
into secrecy, the United States Government has managed to keep the fact that
an extraterrestrial craft crashed there secret for nearly half a century.
If indeed that is the case, it is about to change. Producer Paul Davids and
Director Jeremy Kagan have made the movie that is to the
still-obscure-by-normal-standards Roswell Incident what 'JFK' was to the
Kennedy Assassination. In doing so, Davids and Kagan have very nicely framed
arguments about the existence of a coverup and the reasons for one. Not to
mention documenting the event for anyone with cable television or a VCR.
If you have read the material, you will recognize 'Roswell' as an accurate
docudrama. If not, you might think it an intriguing bit of fiction. It is
that blurry duality that represents the core problem in addressing the clear
and substantial evidence of UFO's which points to technology or other forces
operating with a deliberate agenda of deception from a base outside our
normal reality. It is too easy to dismiss accounts as being fictional if
they fall too far outside the parameters of common belief. And using
fictional drama to present the best estimate of an unknown reality, such as
Whitley Streiber did in his literary treatment of the same case, 'Majestic',
serves to add to the potential confusion as much as to enlighten the masses.
Writing a documentary screenplay about a mystery with no firm solution is a
difficult task. Davids, the driving force behind the project, has managed to
do just that. The 'Roswell' story is not one of aliens, but of one man's
quest for truth and redemption. The searcher is an aging Major Jesse Marcel,
(nicely played across several decades by Kyle MacLachlan) one of two army air
corps officers to initially examine the debris and recognize it as not of
this planet. As an element of the coverup, Marcel was sworn to secrecy and
then made to look the dunce by superior officers during a press conference.
General Roger Ramey claimed the intelligence officer could not tell the
difference between a spacecraft and a weather balloon. Over time, Marcel's
duty to remain silent is at greater and greater odds with his sense of
dignity and fairness.
The docudrama unfolds during a 1970's reunion of the 509th, where Marcel
takes the last opportunity of his life to query former squadron members and
attempt to piece together the events of 1947. Bit by bit, pieces of the
story are found, some coming quickly from casual observers, others dragged
out of reluctant witnesses. Any one of them is at best a fuzzy memory. Not
all of them fit together. Those that do have jagged edges. Some directly
contradict others. The picture that forms confirms Marcel's opinion and
provides a suggestion of an alien presence on earth much more serious than
that proffered by the tabloid press. Along the way, the story mirrors the
investigation of Randle and Schmitt, showing the difficulty of correlating
different versions of events.
Eventually, Marcel's curiosity gains him the attention of a shadowy figure
played with appropriate self confidence by Martin Sheen, who takes him to an
abandoned hanger and sketches in the missing portions of the picture. A
crashed alien craft at the beginnings of a Cold War between the US and a
paranoid super power. A clandestine effort to care for the one alien left
alive and reverse engineering of the phenomenal craft. A rationale for
secrecy to avoid provoking preemptive action by an all too human enemy. A
self-reinforcing conundrum of deception and ridicule by now so convoluted
that no sitting government could admit to having been involved in it. An
escalation of explanation from the mundane to the inescapable. At the
climatic moment we hope and pray that the blanket of denial will be torn away
and the truth, whatever it is, will be laid bare.
It is. You have to see the film to appreciate the cosmic irony of the hangar
scene. I shall not reveal the logic that concludes the confrontation between
one man searching for the truth and the nameless representative of his
government who dangles it before him. I suggest you tape a copy of the Star
Trek: The Next Generation episode 'First Contact' and 'Roswell', then watch
them back to back. The two are flip sides of the same coin and both sides
have the same value.
'Roswell' the movie has the hand crafted feel of a small town main street.
Given the option of telling the story with the confines of a SHOWTIME budget
or risking not telling it at all, Davids elected to do the former. The
resulting concentration on the people and the period instead of speculation
by special effects of what actually hit the ground on the night of July 4,
1947 helps the piece. In the tradition of 'Fire in the Sky', but without the
studio executive's intrusion on the documentary, we see the effect of a very
unusual event on the lives of generally usual people. The momentum of the
story suffers occasionally from the process of maintaining consistency with
the facts in the case.
All in all, Roswell is a good watch, as good as any in the summer cable
line-up. The baseline of understanding in the ongoing debate on-line and
elsewhere has been raised. If you feel compelled offer an opinion about
extraterrestrial life and/or the capability of the government to keep
secrets, make sure you have seen this movie and read the book by Randle and
Schmitt before you do or risk being flamed as a newbie.
Davids presents the essential questions of the unresolved UFO cover-up
controversy very well indeed. While thankfully avoiding the side issues such
as the debate about one or two crash sites or the archaeologists presented in
the 1994 Randle and Schmitt book 'The Truth about the UFO Crash at Roswell',
the movie touches all the bases dear to the UFO community. 'Roswell' will
give anyone-believer or hardened skeptic-pause for thought about the other
side of the UFO issue.
The closing scene shows a determined Marcel back at the crash site, making a
final futile effort to find a solid piece of evidence, one tangible remainder
of an event that has haunted him for years. As the sun sets behind the
Capitans, Marcel realizes that no amount of hoping will uncover the piece of
alien craft that would prove once and for all the government is lying. As we
pull back to realize how vast the plains are and how hopeless his quest, we
see Jesse Marcel as the best allegory for the American spirit any man can be.
Watching the film makes it clear that if any of the alleged incident is true,
or anything like it is, then the American public is the unknowing victim of
the most heinous form of repression conceivable. Contact with
extraterrestrial life is the most significant step a planetary civilization
can take. The prospects for good are beyond description. Who gets to make
the decision that we who have settled this planet are not ready for the fact
that we are not alone? The argument against an overtly aggressive alien
presence is simple and persuasive. Given that they can get here, across
interstellar distances or dimensional shifts, then they have the technology
to wage a devastating war and win it decisively if that were their purpose.
Logic dictates a net nonaggressive position on the part of any alien race
that may have already discovered us. More likely, they are waiting patiently
for us to grow beyond the aggressive response patterns of our lower origins.
Indeed, we may have committed the grievous error by welcoming the early
reconnaissance of visitors from other worlds with attempts to shoot their
craft down. Extraterrestrial contact, if or when it occurs, is too important
to be left to government, least of all paranoid elements of the intelligence
community in whose hands 'Roswell' (and most of the UFO community) claims it
lays. What does surface is an appreciation of how the truth could be hidden
more or less in plain sight, varnished with a thin layer of denial and
ridicule.
It is also clear that whatever the case may have been in the 1940's, if a
coverup was started at that time, it is by now so ingrown that only an
extremely clear political message from the people in whose name the secret is
being kept can provide the impetus to end it. 'Roswell' is a movie that took
a lot of perseverance and moxie to make. The consequences of it being even
close to the truth are too profound to be dismissed. If you don't dismiss it
as an intriguing fiction then download the Roswell Declaration on America
Online, sign it and sent it in. In that manner, the consequences of making
it will be worth the investment and risk the filmmakers have taken.
Killing a president is one thing. Denying a society the truth about their
place in the cosmos and, possibly, their origins is another. No amount of
investigation or revelation will bring John Kennedy back to life or change
our history back to what it might have been had he not been shot. But the
revelation of the facts about what happened at Roswell is the reversal of
policy needed to make things right with our growth as a species. The cold
war is over. The world is still in crisis, but the enemy is anarchy, not
totalitarianism. Any justification for a coverup of the sort depicted in
'Roswell' no longer exists.
Whatever happened outside Roswell, the government has not properly explained
it. And whatever it was, it scared the government so much that extraordinary
measures were taken to hide it from the American people. If you have any
threads of the spirit of '76 in your soul, if you can explain to your
children why they held the Boston Tea Party-or worse yet, if you can't-then
watch this movie. It premieres on July 30th, shows three times in August and
then four more times in December on the Showtime cable network.
------------------------------
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

379
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2210.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
SUBJECT: CASTING A NEW LIGHT ON THE MARS FACE
BY ROBERT C. KIVIAT for OMNI
When the Viking 1 spacecraft arrived at Mars in July 1976, it fell into orbit
around the Red Planet. Sending its lander down to inspect the surface below,
the orbiter concentrated on picking out possible landing sites for the Viking
2 spacecraft, due to arrive in a few weeks. Its cameras shot thousands of pic-
tures as it circled within 1,000 miles of the planet's rugged features.
On the morning of July 26, 1976, the Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL) in Pasad-
ena, California, received a set of images taken during Viking 1's thirtyfifth
orbit of Mars. One of those frames, from the northern desert region called
Cydonia, showed a mesa - roughly a mile long and 1,500 feet high - that resem-
bled a humanoid face.
At a press conference at JPL, Viking project scientist Dr. Gerald Soffen popp-
ed up a slide showing this very quirky image in the Martian desert, recalls
Richard C. Hoagland, then a member of the JPL press corps. As reporters were
poised with pens ready, Soffen said a picture taken a few hours later showed
that it was just a trick, just the way the light fell on it. But according to
Hoagland, that simple explanation for what has become known as "the face on
Mars" has proven to be "flatly, demonstrably, in gross error.
NASA's planetary scientists have maintained over the years that the face is a
natural rock formation produced by wind erosion and that the particular light-
ing angle at which it was photographed crated its resemblance to a human face.
Hoagland, however, remains unconvinced, and he has led a ten-year independent
investigation of the Viking data. After analyzing specific frames, taken with
different sun angles during orbits weeks apart, he contends, his interdiscipl-
inary team of researchers has found substantial evidence that the face, some
adjacent pyramid structures, and other objects on Mars surface were created
by intelligent beings.
On August 21, 1993, the Mars Observer spacecraft was preparing to settle into
orbit around Mars to begin a two-year mission to photograph and analyze the
surface of the Red Planet when it abruptly fell silent. As the world watched,
NASA tried frantically for days to re-establish radio contact with its precio-
us orbiter but failed. An independent NASA review board concluded that the
breakdown resulted from a rupture of a propulsion system line as the probe
began pressurizing its fuel tanks. Whatever the cause, the loss of the Obser-
ver meant the loss, too, of our chance to learn the truth behind Cydonia and
its mysterious face.
But perhaps only temporarily: NASA has already dusted itself off after the
Observer's ignominious failure and begun work on substitute probes, the first
of which may be launched as early as 1996. With public and congressional enth-
usiasm for the space program waning while interest in the Mars face mounts,
will NASA make special provisions for the new spacecraft to examine Cydonia?
Perhaps. Should it? In Hoagland's opinion, most definitely. While NASA was
designing the Mars Observer, he urged it to photograph the face and other so-
called anomalous structures in detail, and he continues to call for the agency
to do everything within its power to resolve this otherworldly mystery.
For all his unorthodox claims, Hoagland, author of The Monuments of Mars, has
had considerable experience working with the space community. He was a consul-
tant to CBS News, where he designed space simulations and advised Walter Cron-
kite on the network's coverage of the Apollo lunar missions. In 1972, eminent
planetary scientist Carl Sagan credited Hoagland, as well as British space
pioneer Eric Burgess, for the initial suggestion to include a recorded message
aboard Pioneer 10. And at the time of the Viking mission, Hoagland was under
contract as an author/consultant to NASA's Goddard Space Flight Center.
Hoagland's involvement with the Cydonia controversy began in 1981 when, after
seeing the work of Vincent DiPietro and Gregory Molennar at a science confere-
nce, he first wondered if the face amounted to more than a natural landform or
a trick of lighting. These two computer imaging experts had obtained data tape
s of the face and had enhanced it, Hoagland says. Their photographs showed
some remarkable, stunning detail that was not at all evident on the raw image.
DiPietro and Molennar had searched through the entire Viking data file and
had found a second picture - taken 35 days later - that reveals more of the
right side of the face due to the sun's slightly higher position in the Marti-
an sky. Still, Hoagland wasn't convinced that the face was an artificial const-
untill 1983, when DiPietro sent him photographic blowups of the face along
with prints of original Viking frames for comparison. As I sat there looking
at the photographs, Hoagland says, I began to wonder why no one had taken this
seriously, and what if it wasn't just a trick of lighting?
Hoagland soon agreed with DiPietro and Molennar that the face appeared bilate-
rally symmetric. It had features which were humanoid, he remembers, and it
seemed above chance that it also had the right proportion. He then speculated
that if sentient life forms had indeed constructed the face, they might have
built it to be seen from the ground rather than from the air.
He then attempted to determine where one would have had to stand on the planet-
's surface to see the face. That's when my eyes were forced to look to the
left and the right, he says, and I noticed a separate collection of very geo-
metric pyramid shapes, where one would have had a perfect view of the face. He
reasoned that these pyramids could be the ruins of an ancient city of some
sort.
In a previously published report titled "Unusual Martian Surface Features,"
DiPietro and Molennar had also described a monstrous, rectangular pyramid,
located ten miles southwest of the face. They noted that its dimensions were
roughly 1 mile long by 1.6 miles across, it appeared to have four sides that
descended straight down to the surface at sharp angles, and its corners seemed
buttressed by symmetrical material. Hoagland believed it's unlikely that two
very unnatural looking objects like the face and the pyramid would exist on
Mars in such close proximity.
Erol Torun, a physical scientist with the Defense Mapping Agency who has on
his own time studied the large pyramid, corroborates DiPietro's and Molennar's
findings. The pyramid's position and orientation - in respect to other suspic-
ious objects in the immediate vicinity - are perfectly aligned, he says. The
pyramid's main axis aligns with the face, he explains, and an extension of the
left arm of the pyramid intersects the center of the city, while an extension
of its right arm intersects a peculiar object that Hoagland calls the "tholus.
" The pyramid displays geometric regularity, Torun concludes, that doesn't occ-
ur in nature.
Hoagland, too, notice during the early part of his 11-year study that the face
and the city appear to be aligned rectilinearly; a series of right angles
contributes to an overall impression that the city's main avenue leads toward
the face. Yet Hoagland recognizes that earthquakes or faulting will give you
rectilinearity, and so the phenomenon isn't conclusive proof of the structure-
s artificiality. But what is conclusive, he explains, are the much more subtle
angles - measured between these and other objects arrayed at Cydonia - that
are replicated with such geometric regularity that they seem to be the product
of intelligent design. It's a repeating of the same pattern of angles between
the specific objects, and within the large pyramid itself.
The patterns he has found in Cydonia, Hoagland believes, are similar to the
sort of constructions that well known planetary scientist Carl Sagan considers
indicative of intelligent life. Sagan has attempted to identify patterns of
intelligent activity on Earth - and Mars - via satellite images, and although
his studies found no signs of intelligent life on the Red Planet, they did es-
tablish criteria for identifying such intelligence in satellite photos. In
an episode of the Cosmos television series called "blues for a Red Planet,"
Sagan demonstrated that "intelligent life on Earth first reveals itself throu-
gh the geometric regularity of its constructions - an intricate pattern of
straight lines, squares, rectangles, and circles. Canals, roads, and circular
irrigation patterns, he explained, all suggest intelligent life with a passion
for Euclidean geometry. But the Viking spacecraft, Sagan concluded, didn't
detect any such manufactured structures. Nevertheless, Hoagland maintains that
the Viking photos of Cydonia do show intelligently constructed objects - not
just random hills and mountains - because there is geometric regularity - but
not exactly the kind for which Sagan had searched.
The large Cydonian pyramid is a geometric figure on Mars that has internal
angles which are identical to those that can be measured between the face, the
city, and other key surface features nearby, Hoagland says. The meaning in
this is that if you find a specific geometry in the pyramid and then you find
a bigger example of the same geometry spread out over many more square miles,
it's telling you something - that it's not natural.
Some others who have studied the photos Viking sent back, however, have failed
to arrive at the same conclusion. I don't know any people of any consequence
who give any credence to this whatsoever, declares Michael Carr, who headed
the Viking orbiter imaging team. Not one person of scientific credibility
believes this. In addition, Carr, presently a geologist with the U.S. Geologi-
cal Survey, says he doesn't know of a single Viking image that has pyramids on
it. Although some members of the JPL staff did note the mesa's resemblance to
a face when Viking sent back that particular image, he admits, the lab publis-
hed it only for laughs.
But still other members of the scientific community - even some at NASA - be-
lieve the face and nearby objects merit further study. Mark Carlotto, a former
division staff analyst with the image computing technology division at TASC -
an analytic services corporation that performs satellitebased image processing
- began examining the Viking data in 1985 after reading about Hoagland's stud-
ies. Carlotto's expertise in analyzing satellite images has made him a key
player in the investigation.
The mesa obviously looks like a face, says Carlotto. It always did to me, and
that was the intriguing thing that piqued my curiosity to make me take a clos-
er look at the data. Carlotto, author of The Martian Enigmas, has specifically
attempted to test the validity of NASA's trick of lighting explanation for the
face. Using a shape from shading image analysis technique that creates a
three dimensional image from two dimensional data, he has concluded that the
impression of a face is not a trick of lighting. Three dimensional imagery su-
ggests that the impression of facial features persists over a wide range of
illumination and viewing conditions.
While the face has received the most attention, another object that Hoagland
discovered back in 1983 and termed the "fort" is perhaps the most interesting
feature in the Viking frames, according to Carlotto. I characterize this as a
polyhdral object, Carlotto says, with very straight sides and regularly shaped
markings or indentations. When he used shape-from-shading to create a 3-D ima-
ge, he adds, this object appeared to be an enclosed structure that had somehow
lost its top. It did not look natural.
Other test Carlotto has performed indicate that the face and some other Cydon-
ian objects are strongly nonfractal, meaning they don't appear to have occured
naturally. Using some techniques developed at TASC to detect manmade structur-
es in satellite images, he and some colleagues determined that the face does-
n't share the characteristics of the terrain that surrounds it.
Hoagland, Carlotto, and others investigating the structures have concluded
that only high resolution photos, the type Mars Observer was to take, can lay
the mystery of Cydonia to rest. But the Observer's camera, while capable of
taking pictures 30 times sharper than Viking's, had targeting limitations that
made it quite possible that the probe wouldn't have captured sharp photos of
the structures in question - and the new spacecraft currently on the drawing
board will carry the same type of camera. So even if the new probes get off
the ground, we could be left without high resolution pictures of the face and
other structures unless NASA - or another organization capable of sending a
spacecraft to Mars - makes photographing the Cydonian monuments a mission pri-
ority.
There's been a lot of discussion, some of it well informed and some of it not
particularly well informed, having to do with this feature on Mars, says Stev-
en Squyres, professor of astronomy at Cornell University and chairman of the
Mars Science Working Group, which consists of scientists form both government
and private universities and advises NASA on its Mars exploration program. And
it's an issue that I think could be nicely put to rest, once and for all, if
we could get one good picture of this thing.
That doesn't mean that Squyres subscribes to Hoagland's hypotheses regarding
Cydonia or that he agrees with Carlotto's shape-from-shading analysis, which
he says demonstrates only that the structure looks like a face. Neither shape-
from -shading nor your own visual analysis of this thing tells you how it got
that shape, Squyres says. So you can massage the data all you want, but the
fact is that we have a very fuzzy, low resolution picture of the face, and
we're not going to know how it was formed until we take a higher resolution
picture.
The camera that may capture that picture will fly on just one of the two orbit-
ers that NASA currently plans to send to Mars. Both the Mars Science Working
Group and NASA's own team formed to study plausible Mars exploration options
in the wake of the Observer's failure endorsed the two orbiter approach, spli-
tting essentially the entire Observer payload between the two spacecraft due
to be launched in 1996 and 1998, Squyres says. They also recommended a series
of lander missions that NASA will begin in 1997, when the Mars Pathfinder spa-
cecraft lands on the planet's surface and deploys a small rover.
Described by Squyres as an engineering experiment with a very modest scientif-
ic payload, the Pathfinder mission gives NASA an opportunity to showcase its
new commitment to quicker, cheaper, but perhaps riskier missions. Shortly aft-
er the loss of Mars Observer, NASA Administrator Daniel Goldin told NBC News
that the agency had introduced a policy where we build smaller spacecraft in
larger number, so we don't have to risk everything on any given launch. With
Pathfinder, Squyres says, NASA is spending just $150 million to build a compl-
etely new type of spacecraft and successfully land it on the Martian surface
and deploy instruments.
NASA will likely send the camera aboard the first orbiter, enabling it to ta-
ke high resolution photographs of the planet's surface that will help NASA
select Pathfinder's landing site and decide where to send the rover. It makes
a certain amount of sense to put the highest priority on those orbital object-
ives that will enable us to do the landed science better, Squyres says. There
are other factors besides science that come into it, too. One is having an in-
strument on there that the public can deal with. An imager is important from
the standpoint of making sure that the public sees comprehensible, tangible
results form the mission.
The camera on the new spacecraft will do more than simply transmit images to
flash across America's TV screens, of course. If, as planned, NASA intends it
to duplicate the mission of the Observer's camera, it will photograph the ent-
ire surface of the planet, producing detailed maps. In addition, the camera
was designed to help test some hypotheses regarding the planet's geology by
focusing on some specific geological features. The Cydonian structures are not
among those features of highest geological interest. Accordingly, although
Michael Malin, the principal investigator in charge of Mars Observer's camera
and the camera that will fly aboard that craft's replacement, attest that
he'll try the best he can to get high resolution photos of the face and other
nearby objects, he doesn't think they should be his highest imaging priority.
Complicating the entire issue are the rather severe limitations of the camera
and of transmitting data through space. The camera will photograph less than
one percent of Mars surface in high resolution - not because it can't photoga-
ph more, but because there's no room in the probe's transmission stream for
the additional data to be sent back to Earth. And pinpointing exactly what on
the surface it photographs is far from simple: Bolted to the spacecraft, the
camera can only point straight down. We always said that it was very difficult
to image the face because of the targeting ability of the whole system, says
Arden Albee, project scientist on the Mars Observer mission and a member of
NASA's Mars Recovery study team.
That hill that we're trying to take a picture of in Cydonia is very small - it
's only a couple of kilometers - and the field of view of Malin's camera when
it takes a picture of the surface is also very small, Squyres explains. But
the really important point is that the spacecraft is not able to point very
accurately at all. If you build into the spacecraft, at great expense, the
capability to point your camera very precisely and the capability to determine
the orbit and the orientation of the spacecraft very precisely, then you can
hit a specific imaging target.
While Squyres recognizes that there may be considerable public interest in the
face, he doesn't believe that it mandates photographing the face at all costs.
But if Congress decided that they wanted to put so much money into the Mars
Observer follow up mission that we could afford to point that camera with high
enough precision to put this issue to rest, he adds, that would be great. Fra-
nkly, he doesn't think that Congress will take such a step in the current eco-
nomic climate.
NASA might get Congress to cough up the additional funds by playing up the
Mars face angle to the public, which would demand action form its elected off-
icials. But Squyres considers such tactics intellectually dishonest. If you
mislead people by making something sound particularly likely, when in fact
your personal view is that it's not, he says, sooner or later it's going to
come back and haunt you.
And although Squyres and the NASA investigators insist that they are open to
any new evidence that the Mars probes may turn up, they don't at present beli-
eve that it's likely that the Cydonian structures are artificial. [Carlotto's]
shape-from-shading argument is unconvincing because it doesn't prove anything,
Malin says. Just because a hill looks like a face doesn't prove that it is a
face. In my view, the face barely resembles one, and there is certainly nothi-
ng in its form or topography that is even suggestive of its being artificial.
Carlotto has also applied fractal analysis to photographs of the face, the
results of which, he says, indicate the face is anomalous. In order to prove,
however, that the face is anomalous on Mars, Malin says, Carlotto must examin-
e as many locations on Mars in mountainous terrains and show that only the th-
ings in the Cydonia area - pyramids and the like - are highlighted by his tec-
hnique. Even such results, he add, would suggest simply that the features are
different, not that they are artificial.
And what does Malin think of Hoagland's assertion that the alignment of the
face and other objects indicates unnatural origins? I don't know of very many
scientists who would endorse it because there is no physical basis for it,
Malin says. If aliens did create the structures Hoagland points to with the
intention of leaving a message, Malin contends that they picked a very poor
place to do it because the area is already fractured by Mars - which created
a lot of angles there. As for the pyramids, Malin says that natural forces do,
in fact, produce such structures. I've done a lot of work in Antarctica, and
there are lots of pyramidal shapes cut by ice, he explains. They can also be
formed by other processes of erosion, and there are far stranger things in
Antarctica than I have seen on Mars.
Another figure involved in the debate, however, has taken issue with Malin's
arguments against the Cydonian structures artificial origins and indeed with
NASA's treatment of the Cydonia issue as a whole. Stan McDaniel, a professor
of philosophy at Sonoma State University with a 30 year background in such
areas of study as ethics, philosophy of science, and critical thinking, has
conducted a two year study of NASA's official policy regarding the face and
the methodology that both NASA and the independent investigators have employ-
ed in analyzing it. Many of NASA's arguments against the independent investig-
ators conclusions are seriously flawed, both in terms of methodology and logi-
c, McDaniel says. Moreover, the methodology used by DiPietro, Molennar, Carlo-
tto, Torun, and Hoagland is sound, based on established scientific criteria,
he says.
NASA itself uses the shape-from-shading technique to determine the probable
three dimensional shape of objects in space photographs, McDaniel says. The
fractal analysis technique used by Carlotto is a standard scientific method
in use for for determining the probable artificiality of objects is satellite
images, he adds. And in McDaniel's view, the magnitude of the issue at stake-
which is the possible proof of the existence of extraterrestrial intelligence
- should compel NASA to ensure that any new Mars orbiter takes high-resoluti-
on photographs of the landforms by making them a top mission priority.
Hoagland founded the Mars Mission, a grass roots constituency organization
composed of researchers and lobbyists, to do just that. The group has dedicat-
ed itself to ensuring that NASA obtains high-resolution images of the face and
other nearby objects at Cydonia at the earliest opportunity and then immediat-
ely releases them to the U.S. public.
That issue, however, could soon be moot: It may not be a U.S. spacecraft that
gets the next opportunity to take high-resolution images of the curious struc-
tures. In 1996, the Russians plan to launch a Mars orbiter equipped with a
German camera, and if it overflies the Cydonia area and takes a picture of the
face, Squyres says, it will be able to do a very nice job of imaging it at a
high resolution and putting the issue to rest.
Regardless of whether a U.S. spacecraft or a Russian one takes the coveted
High resolution picture of the face and, ideally, the surrounding structures,
those on each side of the issue know what the image must show to vindicate
their arguments - and what would reveal that they are mistaken. For Malin, a
photo of the area near the face showing roads or large areas that have been
excavated will prove his hypothesis wrong. On the other hand, if we see just
a natural looking surface, then I would argue my hypothesis is correct, he
adds. For Hoagland, only fractal analysis of high-resolution photos indicating
that the objects are part of the natural terrain will dissuade him from the
views he's firmly held for the past ten years.
And despite the unexpected failure of the Mars Observer, Hoagland, Malin, and
the rest of the world could know before the decade is out the elusive truth -
whatever it may be - behind the mysterious monuments of Mars.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

286
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2211.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
SUBJECT: THE MASS ABDUCTION OF DECEMBER 8, 1992 FILE: UFO2211
By Dale Musser
Forward
This special report is presented with great delight as well as concern. This event represents 28 years of investigation concerning an event which occurred when I was 17 years old. That event terminated my abductions and I was left with a strange object and many questions. Now a more current set of events has opened a Pandora's box.
For the abductees in the study, I feared I had opened up much additional pain and grief to their already frightened lives and for this I was really concerned. However, the abductees assure me that I am doing the right thing in using this event and, in effect, using them as pawns in this game of intrigue, mystery and synchronicity. The abductees' trust is very important to me and I intend to continue to earn that trust.
Being a Certified Master Hypnotherapist has been useful in this work, however, we are thankful to have an ever-growing staff of consultants including mental health professionals, medical doctors, diagnosticians, etc. Our approach has been somewhat different from the conventional methods, however. It is our opinion that, for the last 40 years or so, UFO investigations in general have apparently given us little more than larger file cabinets. One of my definitions of insanity is "doing the same thing over and over while expecting different results." "Sameness" only produces "sameness." The history of all genius, growth and change lies in "difference."
And so, with some new techniques, we found ways of obtaining information regarding "aliens" never before discovered (as far as we know). We found "loops" in the aliens' thought processes and profoundly simple errors on their part. We were successful in creating techniques for the abductees to use; in one case, an abductee thwarted an abduction attempt.
Then, along came Dale Musser (the writer of this report) and I learned much more, as he is a vast resource of skill and knowledge.
No one will solve the alien mystery alone. We must cooperate and are prepared to do so. It has been two years since I began to work with my colleagues at the Houston UFO Network (HUFON). That group now consists of Patrice Eldridge, Dale Musser, Jana Collins and many other fine individuals who have contributed so much.
Up until now, we have kept this information "under wraps" as to not influence others' work or be influenced by others' discoveries. Now that this report is complete, we are ready to cooperate with other serious non-partisan researchers and organizations that may find our work of interest. If you should find yourself as one of these individuals and/or find our report useful, feel free to contact us at the address at the end of this document.
DERREL SIMS
Chief Abductions Investigator
The Mass Abduction Event of December 8, 1992
Note: In the following report, the term "alien(s)" is used generically to denote the abducting entities, and does not presuppose an extraterrestrial origin for them.
Throughout this report we will be referring to the event as the "December 8 Event." The truth, however, is that the event really began early in the spring of 1992. Derrel Sims (chief investigator for abductions) had been working with several people with histories of multiple abductions occurring at regular intervals. Mr. Sims contrived a scheme to be able to use these periodic abductions as a means to establish a dialogue with the abductors and to create a situation which he hoped would provide more information about the abduction phenomenon. The essence of the plan was to establish post-hypnotic suggestions that would activate during an abduction, causing the abductee to behave in certain fashions, ask questions, or make comments which could evoke reactions or dialogue from the aliens.
Throughout the summer of 1992, Mr. Sims implanted several different hypnotic suggestions with a few select abductees. The first abduction of an implanted subject was partially successful, the abductee reacted to the implanted message as suggested during the abduction. It did not, however, produce any significant results. The second abduction with another subject and a different implanted suggestion resulted in a reaction that we believe to be the reason for the December 8 event.
In November of 1992, subject DS92007PH was abducted. The subject maintained conscious memory for a fair amount of time into the abduction before the aliens were able to "zap" the subject (place the subject in a mental state where they no longer have conscious memories of the event).
At the beginning of the abduction, the subject was able to communicate with the aliens, although they did not appear to be terribly inclined to communicate or reveal much information. As the aliens were completing their preparations for their examination, the subject felt herself losing mental control. The aliens began to reinforce their efforts to "zap" her. In one last effort to maintain consciousness and communication for as long as possible she blurted out "We know what you're doing... We know about..." (topic still under investigation). This statement seemed to evoke a reaction on the part of the aliens and appears to have predicated the events that followed.
Starting December 8, 1992, just prior to the HUFON meeting "Alien Abductions: Working with Abductees," several of the group were abducted in a single event. This abduction was not realized at the time, but over the next few days, many of the abductees began suffering PAS (Post Abduction Syndrome). At this time, the abductees were not in communication with each other.
Subject DS92002DM reported that he thought he had experienced a dream or possible flashback of an earlier abduction when he began having PAS and other physical manifestations that accompanied his earlier abductions. He began to suspect that an abduction had taken place. Subjects DM92003JA, DS92034LC & DS92017RP also reported dreams with possible abduction signs. In addition, a number of the abductees reported having nose bleeds and/or sinus pains.
On Thursday, December 10, at the monthly HUFON meeting, a number of the abductees were questioned by the audience about their abductions. Although most of the abductees were very uncomfortable and felt they "...shouldn't be talking about (their) abductions," the meeting went quite well. On Friday morning, December 11, many of the abductees (most of whom were on the panel the night before), awoke to find they had nose bleeds during the night. Almost all had sinus pains and within a day or two almost all had head colds and flu like symptoms.
Subject DS92009LT awoke on the 11th with an irritation in one eye. While rubbing her eye, a small object (about the size of a mustard seed) came out . The subject called Derrel Sims and turned the object over to him. This object has been photographed and is currently undergoing analysis. The object appears to be made out of a flesh-colored plastic. It is hollow and somewhat egg-shaped, with the narrow end open.
Also on December 11, subject DS92002DM awoke to discover that he had a nose bleed (the first in over 20 years). He called Derrel Sims to make immediate arrangements for a hypnosis session.
On Sunday, December 20, 1992, DS92002DM was hypnotically regressed to his latest encounter with aliens. The event occurred the night of December 10, the night of the HUFON meeting. Sometime after the subject went to sleep for the night, he was awakened by aliens--who in a very quick procedure, removed a nasal implant from the subject in his bedroom and immediately left (later, under hypnosis, a number of other abductees reported similar events). Mr. Sims then regressed the subject to the next-earliest abduction (December 8).
On December 8, DS92002DM awoke and observed a bright flash of light (there was no sound of thunder following). The subject rolled over and noticed a small gray alien "wearing a harness/utility belt." He was instructed to follow the alien outside, where a blue/white light was shining on a spot on the ground. The subject was instructed to stand in the light and, an instant later, found himself in a large circular room about the size of a high school gymnasium. The subject was instructed to disrobe and was led out of the room and through a series of corridors and passageways. Part of the time they walked, but mostly they were transported by a means unknown to the subject (floated or on a conveyor). Eventually, they arrived at a small room where several other aliens were present. A quick physical examination was given and then a human-appearing individual entered the room (in prior abductions the subject had never encountered a humanoid).
The human asked several questions as to how and why the abductee knew he had been abducted before. The subject was asked how abductees knew about other abductees and why were they meeting together. A model of the human brain was shown to the subject and he was asked to indicate where the "subconscious mind was located." When the subject was unable to indicate a location, he received a mental image of another abductee (DS92007PH) in a state of suspended animation. He had the impression that she was being asked the same question. The humanoid then left the room and the subject was moved to another room.
This room appeared to be some type of meeting or conference room. It also was round but the lighting and the furnishings were different. A number of different alien life forms entered the room, the last being the one with human appearance. The small gray aliens left the room, but two of the taller brown aliens stayed. (The description of the other life forms is being withheld pending further investigation). The subject was again questioned as to the nature of the subconscious mind and of his knowledge of his abductions and other abductees. After each question the subject perceived images of DS92008DT, DS92009LT, DS92017RP, and DS92034LC and felt there were other abductees present as well. He could see them in a room together. They were all nude and seemed to be unaware of the presence of each other. Each appeared to be in a hallucinative state and behaved as if acting out a part. He sensed they were being "accessed" by the aliens by some means and were being asked many of the same questions as himself. The subject also sensed DS92007PH, who was in a different location . He could "feel" the aliens trying to "access" her mind to retrieve information.
A debate seemed to be taking place among the aliens as to whether the "experiment/project" should be allowed to continue or if it had been compromised by the recent events (abductees knowing of their abductions and meeting together). Accusations were made about "improper procedures being followed by the "Grays" and "Browns." At one point, when DS92002DM "sensed/saw" the other abductees as they were being accessed by the aliens, he had the thought that the other abductees "don't know there are others there." This thought caught the attention of the humanoid, who seemed surprised that the subject was picking-up on their activities. Immediately, two "Grays" entered the room and took hold of the subject's hands; he was unable to "pick up anything further of the alien thoughts or questioning."
One of the more interesting aspects of this case that is still being investigated pertains to a question asked of subject DS92002DM by the aliens. At one point, he was asked what he knew about a government program called "Project Prometheus." The subject responded that he had no knowledge of such a project. We have found a reference to a "Project Prometheus" which was proposed by the U.S. government and that it did relate to UFOs. However, other than a brief mention of said project, we have so far been unable to find any other information concerning the disposition of the project.
As the meeting seemed to be ending the humanoid asked the subject what he "would like to do," to which the subject responded he "would like to go with them" (a suggestion even he finds bizarre). The subject was told that this was "impossible" as he was "contaminated" (the subject did not feel this implied physically). The humanoid then took him into a side room where he was shown a "strange sort of chart or diagram" which he did not understand and was unlike any he'd ever seen before. He then was led by the two "Browns" through several other rooms to another examination room/laboratory, where an implant was placed up his nostril. The subject was then given his pajamas, told to dress, and was returned to his home and bed.
Subjects DS92009LT and DM92003JA were also hypnotically regressed and questioned about the event. They reported being abducted on December 8, and being in a room with others. Subject DS92034LC had conscious memories of being in the room on that night. All three of these subjects have independently described the room, its appearance, and individuals in the room. All of the subjects' descriptions are similar and details of the room match, including several unique aspects not reported in other cases. It is interesting to note that all of the abductees in the "group room experiences" perceived events differently, although parallel.
One believed she had died and was with her dead brother (who had strange eyes). One thought she was with God, whose face she couldn't see because of a fog that only allowed her to see his shape. All of the individuals reported themselves and others in the room as being nude. One abductee who felt hungry was told that they would be fed and was handed silverware as if they were about to be served food. When she was told to look at the silverware during hypnosis, it was not silverware at all, but some strange objects she could not identify. Each of the abductees in the "group room experience" seemed to be in a drugged and/or hallucinative state. This condition seemed to alleviate when they were taken to another room for examinations and nasal and ocular implants.
Other abductees also have reported supporting events and experiences. The total number of abductees involved in the event is not known for sure. Great care was taken in the early stages of investigation to ensure that the subjects were unaware of the others' events. It was only after hypnosis, with similar descriptions of events and locations by five different individuals, each unaware of any other abductee reporting anything, that information concerning the event was released. Numerous descriptions and minute details have been deliberately left out of this report as investigations are still ongoing.
The significance of this event cannot be overlooked. It would appear that the implants were deliberately placed in the abductees before the HUFON meeting featuring a panel of abductees and removed the day after. Whether the aliens knew about the meeting or had simply implanted the abductees with the intent of monitoring a "gathering of abductees" is unknown.
However, it has been noted in preparing this data that only those abductees who sat on the HUFON panel were given implants. For the first time within the literature of the abduction phenomenon, the actions by abductees seem to have triggered a response by their abductors.
Although we do not know the ultimate outcome of these events, we hope that it may lead to a breakthrough in communication, and an improvement in the relationship with the abducting entities.
The reports and diagrams which follow are a summary of the reports and data involved. At the time of this report, over ten hours of taped sessions with abductees are being transcribed. Original notes, diagrams, abductees' journals and letters are being compiled for a extensive report to be made available to other investigators. In addition, the subject DS92007PH, who has not been told anything concerning this event and knows only of her part in the event, will be undergoing hypnosis to hopefully recover even more data. It is hoped DS92004DK will also have undergone hypnosis before this report is made public.
CASE STUDIES
Subject DS92002DM
It was through this subject that the events of December 8, 1992, were first brought to light. On December 9, the subject reported that he thought he had experienced a flashback memory or dream of an earlier encounter. According to the subject, he was awakened on the night of December 8, by a flash of light ("like lightning") and a popping sound ("not like thunder, softer and close"). The subject turned over and opened his eyes and closed them again, then realized he thought he saw "a small gray alien" wearing what looked like a utility belt or harness standing by the bed. The subject opened his eyes again but there was nothing there. He looked at the clock, noted the time as 3:38am (this would actually have been the morning of December 9), and went back to sleep.
On Thursday, December 10, the subject was one of several abductees participating in a panel discussion entitled "Abductions Research: Working with Abductees" at the monthly HUFON (Houston UFO Network) meeting. On December 11, the subject awoke in the morning to find that he had a slight nose bleed, the first in over 20 years. Over the next several days, he began to notice several symptoms which he had experienced with previous abductions. The subject contacted Mr. Sims to inform him of the events and to set-up a schedule for a hypnosis session to determine if an abduction had actually occurred.
On December 20, the subject was hypnotically regressed to the night of December 8. Under hypnosis, he recounted being awakened by a flash of light and a "popping sound." The subject arose and saw a "small Gray alien that appeared to be wearing what looked like a utility belt or harness." It was communicated to the subject that he should rise and go outside. The subject proceeded down the hall and to the front corner of the house by the driveway. At this location, a beam of light shone on him from directly above and he instantly found himself inside a "large circular room" that reminded the subject of a "hanger bay." The area was "dark and in shadows around the sides but brightly lit in the middle." Two small "Gray" aliens met the subject. He was instructed to disrobe. Each of the aliens took hold of his hands and led him out a door and into a "curved corridor with (a) ribbed or corrugated texture."
Both of the "Gray" aliens continued to look up at his face the entire time they were walking, never looking where they were going. After walking a distance, the subject was led through a door (which he later referred to as a "light portal") and into a side corridor that "went up at an angle." At the end of the incline the subject was met by a third alien, a "Brown" (being like the small "Grays" but taller, with a very pale brown or yellowish color). The subject identified this alien as the same one that was "always there" when he was abducted. At this point, the subject and the aliens were in a much larger and very straight corridor. They moved (the subject is not sure by what means, but thinks they may have "floated") at a very rapid speed along the corridor for a great distance, "not sure, about three quarters of a mile." There were numerous corridors going off to the sides that appeared to be curved. Eventually they stopped and the subject was taken into a room with curved walls. There were two other "Brown" aliens and an entity that "looked like a cross between a cockroach and a praying mantis." The subject also thought there was a another presence in the room but "back in the shadows, looks like it's wearing a hood like a monk." The subject was given a brief physical examination and then interrogated on a number of subjects.
The subject was asked how he knew about his abduction, how abductees identified each other and why they were meeting together. The subject tried to explain that a number of abductees experienced missing time or PAS (Post Abduction Syndrome) and that, under hypnosis, these memories were brought to the surface from the subconscious mind. The aliens then produced a "three dimensional image of the human brain" and asked the subject to locate the position of the subconscious mind. When the subject was unable to provide the information he "saw images" of other abductees that were "at a different location." The subject related that he was seeing these images through the aliens' minds as "they accessed" these individuals. He was able to describe the room they were in as he could see them "through the eyes of the alien in the room with them." The aliens seemed to be quite upset by his information and in doubt of the existence of the subconscious mind.
At this point a "tall human-looking, muscular individual" entered the room. He placed his hands on both sides of the subject's head and "looked back and forth" between both eyes. He stated to the others in the room that the subject was telling the truth (the subject did not know if this applied to his claim of the existence of the subconscious mind or of his honest statements about his beliefs). A period of discussion and accusation took place among the aliens as to "who's fault it was that humans were finding out about their abductions." The bulk of the blame being centered on the "Browns" for not following procedures.
At one point, the aliens became aware of the subject's ability to pick-up on their mental conversations and immediately, a small "Gray" entered the room and took hold of the subject's hand. This seemed to block his ability to pick-up on the alien communications. The subject tried to "mentally command the small Gray to let go." This caused the "Gray" to became visibly upset as the humanoid was commanding it to not let go. The subject stopped his efforts because he felt the small alien was suffering and did not like its distress. This seemed to puzzle the humanoid and he asked the subject why he stopped. The subject replied he "did not like to hurt living things." The human seemed to be impressed by this statement but made no comment or indication how he felt about the statement.
The aliens next caused the subject to hallucinate about clouds for a period. When the hallucination ended, the subject found himself inside some type of "compartment in a machine." The subject had no idea how long he had been there. He was then moved through another corridor and "light portal." The subject related that he "felt" as though he had traveled a long distance when he passed through the "light portal" and that the atmosphere of the place was very different from the other side of the portal. He was taken to another room. This room was circular with a domed ceiling and appeared to be a conference room of some sort.
The room was about 70 feet in diameter. The walls were a "metallic gray with a power blue tint." There was a raised dais at one end of the room, with large windows "looking out into blackness" (no stars could be seen). There was some type of seating in the room, but the subject was unable to describe it. There was a long table on the dais, but there was no one sitting there.
When the subject was taken to the "conference room," he was accompanied by two of the "Brown" aliens, a "Gray," and the "Praying Mantis/Cockroach." Shortly thereafter, a hooded figure whose face could not be seen by the subject entered. He was followed by a tall (7ft to 7ft 6in.) creature that was covered with "black hair and looked like a giant Wookie from Star Wars." Finally, the humanoid entered, and the subject was again asked a series of questions and discussions took place among the aliens. Again, the subject got the impressions of other abductees being "accessed" and asked the same questions "for comparison." More accusations were made about the "Browns" and "Grays" not following proper procedures. At one point, the hooded figure "Watcher" was called upon. This being "played back at incredible speed the events of the abductions" (in a matter of seconds). How this was done was not known by the subject, but it appeared that the aliens all considered the accounts to be factual and accurate. At one point the humanoid stated that the "project is compromised and may have to be terminated."
It is important to note that the subject says that he did not actually hear words, but rather, perceived the meaning of the thoughts in his head and applied the nearest words conveying the meaning. Subject DS92007PH has also expressed the same observation. Both of these individuals are "visual thinkers" (think in concepts not in words). It is believed this may be part of the reason they seem to have better communications with aliens. Often they are asked to "visualize" something when in communication with the aliens.
The session in the "Conference Room" lasted about 15 to 20 minutes. Finally, the humanoid turned to the subject and in spoken English asked "What would you like to do?" (this is the only time that the subject was ever spoken to verbally). The subject responded he "would like to go with (them)... and help to establish communication and understanding between them and us." (The subject finds this strange, as he is not sure that he really feels this way.) The alien responded that this was impossible, as he (the subject) was contaminated." (The subject has related that he does not understand the meaning of "contamination." He felt this was not in the physical or spiritual sense.) The subject was then asked what he knew about a government program, "Project Prometheus." The subject had no knowledge of such a project.
(Note: We have since found some references to a "Project Prometheus" that allegedly pertained to UFOs and alien life forms. However, it is unknown if this project was ever actually implemented, the full extent of its operations, or the government agency involved.
The subject was then taken to a smaller side room where the humanoid showed him a "strange sort of chart." The subject said it looked like a "distorted race track." The humanoid explained that the chart represented the progress of their "project" (though no explanation of the project was made or implied). According to the chart as explained by the humanoid, the subject guessed there was between 50 and 100 years left (although he was not sure he understood the chart.) There appeared to be thousand of symbols making up the background of the chart, although the subject thought it might only be a decorative background with no meaning at all.
The subject was then accompanied by one of the "Browns" (the one he "always sees") through a side door into a "large room that looked like a exhibition hall." The room was dark and had a number of animals that appeared to be mounted or preserved, and exhibits along the wall. Some where quite large; one creature looked like a cross between a hippopotamus and a elephant. (The creature described appears to be a platybelodon, a prehistoric creature from the Pliocene epoch.) The subject was moved through the room rapidly, then down a dark side corridor, through another brightly lit "light portal" that opened into a equally bright examination/operating room. This room was much brighter than any the subject had been in before. It had more of a laboratory-type feel about it. The room had a curve to it and large windows along the outer wall that also "looked out into blackness." The subject was placed on a "sort of chair/table" and a device with "two cone-like projections" were placed on his temples. This produced a complete numbing sensation throughout his entire body. The "Brown" aliens then inserted an object in the subject's nose. He was given a strange "brownish liquid" to drink and then taken through yet another "light portal" (he was not sure, as it may have been a "regular" door) that returned him to the room where he first arrived. He was told to dress and was returned to his bed, where he looked at the clock, saw the time was 3:38am, and went to sleep. On awaking, all knowledge of the incident was completely erased from his conscious memory.
On December 10, the subject sat on a group panel discussion with other abductees at the HUFON monthly meeting "Alien Abductions: Working with Abductees." Of the six abductees on the panel, four had been given implants 44 hours earlier. None were aware of their implants or abductions at the time. That night, after the subject had gone to sleep, two "Brown" aliens entered the subject's room, woke him, removed something from his nose, and left minutes later.
Physical Evidence
In the home of the subject (built in 1979) nails holding the sheetrock in a stairway were coming out of the wall and through the sheetrock. On the roof of the house at the southwest corner, roofing nails were also working up through the roofing material. In addition, a metal strip holding siding under the lip of the roof had become detached due to the nails working out. (The owner had replaced the strip by the time observation of the roof was made, but nails were still scattered on the roof from its dislodging). The area in the stairway was one that subject claimed he and a "small gray alien wearing a harness/utility belt with pouches on it" had passed on the night of December the 8, 1992. According to the subject, the nails were noticed coming out of the wall shortly thereafter. The area on the roof corresponds to the corner of the house where the subject was standing when he was "beamed up" on December 8, 1992.
The Stairway Nails
The nails on the interior walls in the stairway were on both sidewalls starting at the bottom of the wall and going up the wall to a height of about 3 feet. No nails were observed above this height, although at one point, the wall reaches a height of 15 feet. There were 15 nails coming out on the south wall of the stairway and 22 nails coming out of the north wall. The movement of the nails had only caused "bumps" on the sheet rock on 34 of the 37 nails. Three of the nails had broken the sheet rock with one that had actually come all the way through the sheetrock. The owner of the home had already pounded the nail back flush into the wall and painted over it ,but it was still clearly visible. None of the nails were removed from the wall, however, photographs of the nails and "bumps" were made.
The Roof Nails
The nails on the roof were galvanized roofing nails. Of the nails found scattered on the roof, all were extremely rusted (this should not occur with galvanized nails) they had been laying on the roof for about 6 weeks (when the strip came loose).
The nails protruding through the roofing material were also heavily rusted. How long these nails were protruding is unknown. The subject said he had not noticed them the year before when he had cleaned pine needles from the roof.
Samples of the nails were taken for further study and photographs were taken of the nails on the roof.
Subject DM92003JA
Journal Entry - December 8
The subject awoke with slight nose bleed from her left nostril. (This event is labeled as December 9, but the subject stated that she thought it was the 8th when she submitted it. The subject was unaware of other events, as nothing had come to light yet, so there is little likelihood of collaboration.
Journal Entry - December 14
Subject reported that for several days she had been feeling "panicky" and of being "trapped." She described the feeling as "like in something and can't get out, very scary. Feel I will die."
Journal Entry - January 4
Subject reported blood in left nostril.
Journal Entry - January 8
Subject reports feeling "spacey" and having "difficulty communicating" at HUFON meeting. Felt she was being watched.
Journal Entry - January 14
Subject reports having burning sensation in left eye "upper area under lid," it "hurts like heck." This was prior to going to bed. Before she fell asleep she felt a sting on her right thigh (about midnight). She and her husband looked and could find no insect or any sign of a sting or bite.
Journal Entry - January 15
Reports eye still "thumping and in same corner." Complains of being shocked all day when ever she gets close to metal.
Journal Entry - January 17
Subject learns for first time about the mass abduction of December 8 Incident. She claims to have had a "gut feeling I was there. I just know it." (Later during hypnosis session, the subject related events experienced and seen by others, but not revealed by investigators to anyone.
Hypnosis Session
The subject was regressed to her nose bleed on December 9, and then back to the night of December 8.
The subject reported going to bed about 10:30 wearing a floral gown. She had no difficulty going to sleep.
The subject awoke (time unknown as she did not look at clock). A "short alien" was waiting for her. She was told to undress. The alien took her by the arm and led her "somewhere...up..!" When she arrived at their destination, two small aliens were standing by a door that was open. They left and several "others standing by (a) rail" complained about there being "another one." She was taken to a room where she saw her brother (who died several years before). She was glad to see him and thought she was dead also and had gone to heaven with him. She noticed that he "has strange black eyes" but assumed that is the way people look in heaven as others she saw earlier had strange eyes also. There were other people in the room but she was too consumed with "Roy" (her bother) to pay them any notice.
Once she complained of being hungry and was handed silverware by an alien. When she was asked to take a close look at it while under hypnosis, she reported that it was not silverware at all but some strange sort of instrument.
The subject described the room as large (20 to 30 feet wide not sure of length). The walls were round. At times she thought one wall was missing or open.
At one point she noticed a nude couple sitting against the wall opposite her. She realized that everyone was nude. She saw a small child in the room "playing with a toy." She did not know where he came from or went later. (It might have been a small "Gray;" nobody else reported a child but others did report "Grays" coming and going.)
Eventually, she was taken with most of the other abductees to an examination/operating room where she was given a nasal implant. After a period of waiting, she was returned to her home and bed.
The subject had vague memories of being interrogated and being told not to communicate with other abductees. Under hypnosis the subject seemed to be blocked when trying to relate certain events. At one point, the subject showed great physical distress while trying to relate an event and ultimately was unable to do so.
(Note: There is one other piece of information regarding this case. Shortly after learning of the December 8 event, the subject went to her physician. During the examination a lesion was noted in the nostril (possibly from the removal of the nasal implant). X-rays were taken but nothing was found. A copy of the physician's statement regarding the lesion is on file with the investigative team.)
Subject DS92004DK
Note: There is some question if this account should be included as a part of this event. The subject, who resides in Arizona, reported this event in late January. According to the subject, the event happened on January 8, 1993, whereas the event involving the previous abductees occurred on December 8, 1992. Additionally there are substantial differences regarding the descriptions of the aliens, dress of both the aliens and the subject. Also, the subject reports everything as being in a fog with no clear details. There was no physical examination or implantation. Additionally, there are some descriptions of objects given by the subject which cast great doubt concerning her association with the December 8 event.
Nevertheless, at least one abductee in the December 8 event stated under hypnosis that she "thought she saw (subject)." Also, the questions asked of the subject are identical to those asked of the abductees in the December 8 event. Because of the distance of the subject from Houston and the investigative team, no hypnosis was performed on the subject. It is very possible that much of what the subject has related and remembers could be a screen memory.
January 8
(Account taken from letter to Derrel Sims and phone conversations with Dale Musser.)
The subject reported being in a large round room. The room was "foggy" and objects were not clearly defined. There were seven humanoid (in appearance) aliens behind a curved conference table near one wall. All of the individuals in the room wore "robes" including the subject. The subject was questioned about her knowledge of her abductions. She was also asked about her relationship to Derrel Sims and the Abduction Support Group in Houston. When asked (by the investigators) about details of the questions asked, the subject was unclear as to the exact questions.
Subject DS92007PH
This subject was one of the very last interviewed, even though it is thought that her actions may have predicated the event (see "Note" at end). The subject is still undergoing investigation regarding the event. The awareness of this individual's involvement in the case was due to DS92002DM, who "saw her in a remote location in a state of suspended animation" and "being accessed by the aliens concerning technical matters." Because this individual lives several hundred miles from the other subjects, direct contact by the investigators has been delayed. However, the subject was contacted by phone and interviewed by two investigators.
The subject was not told of the event but was asked if there had been any "unusual events" since November. The subject related some indications of PAS (Post Abduction Syndrome) at Christmas time and indicated that she felt an event had occurred then. For the period during the first two weeks of December, she had no recollection of anything out of the ordinary. Care was taken so as not to give clues or lead the subject. This made questioning difficult. Had the subject been physically present, hypnosis would have been utilized. After almost an hour of questioning, it was still unclear if the individual had actually been involved in the event. Clearly, she had no conscious memory of this event.
It was felt by the investigators that since DS92002DM had reported both he and DS92007PH were questioned about the same material, that perhaps one of the more unusual questions might be recalled by DS92007PH. The subject was asked if the phrase "Project Prometheus" had any meaning for her. The subject reacted immediately and memories of the event began to come forth with some ease.
The subject was able to name several of the other abductees involved in the event with great accuracy and named the "prime players" first. Additionally, she revealed through her terminology that her awareness of the event was far greater then her conscious memory. Amazingly, she referred to events in the "conference room" and even used the term "conference" to describe the event. It is important to note that this individual had no contact with any of the individuals involved in this event since its occurrence. Nevertheless, without the use of hypnosis we were unable to obtain very much clear information beyond the fact that the subject was involved. Several times the subject expressed that she felt she was not "supposed to remember" the events, and was having difficulty remembering and relating them.
In March, an investigation team will be making a trip to Florida to obtain a more detailed report from the subject using hypnosis. As of this writing, the subject still has not been told details of the event or the reports of other abductees.
(Note: In November of 1992, subject DS92007PH was abducted. The subject maintained conscious memory for a fair amount of time into the abduction before the aliens were able to "zap" the subject (place the subject in a mental state where she no longer has conscious memories of the event.
At the beginning of the abduction, the subject was able to communicate with the aliens although they did not appear to be terribly inclined to communicate or reveal much information. As the aliens were completing their preparations for their examination, the subject felt herself losing mental control. The aliens began to reinforce their efforts to "zap" her. In one last effort to maintain consciousness and communication for as long as possible, she blurted out "We know what your're doing... We know about..." (subject still under investigation). This statement seemed to evoke a reaction on the part of the aliens and appears to have predicated the events of December 8, 1992.)
Subject DS92009LT
Hypnosis Session - January 21
At approximately midnight on the night of December 8, 1992, the subject and her husband were awakened and taken to a baseball field by their home. They entered a bright beam of light and seconds later found themselves in a round room with dark colored walls with a "woodlike texture" and appearance, "not metal but different than paneling!"
The subject observed a table, "wooden and boxlike (in) appearance," and a bench that ran around the wall. She also observed several other persons. Some she recognized from the Abductee Support Group (DS92034LC, DS92017RP and her own husband DS92009DT). There were others she did not recognize, some had their backs to her, some were seated with their heads down. All were nude, as were she and her husband.
Off in one end of the room, she saw several beings she believed were crossbreeds between aliens and humans. One was female, "very pale with large eyes" and "blond stringy, plasticlike hair. There were two others, one male and a female with black hair.
Two beings entered. One stood in front of her, the other in front of her husband. Both were short, muscular, and bald with large eyes "but not as large as the "Grays" and more inset." She believed these also were some sort of hybrids.
She was questioned by the one in front of her. "How do the abductees know they have been abducted?, What do the abductees know (about the aliens)?" They asked her about Derrel Sims (HUFON investigator) and told her she should "not tell him anything." They told her she should not discuss her abductions with anyone and that she should not trust any of the abductees (husband included).
She was taken with other abductees to another room. She was placed on a table and they looked at her eyes. They took a "long skinny instrument" with a cuplike end on it. The aliens then performed an operation on the subject's eye. When they finished, she was told to get off the table. She was dizzy and sat on the floor. They picked her up and took her down an illuminated hallway "as long as three houses or longer." Eventually the subject and her husband were returned to their home.
December 10
(At home in bed after the HUFON meeting "Working with Abductees" )
The subject heard a sound at the bedroom door. It was her daughter, behind her were several aliens. They took the subject "out and up." Her daughter was crying, and she was taken someplace else. The subject was placed on a table. She saw the long skinny instrument they had used on her eye. The aliens performed some procedure on her eye again (she thinks they removed something). She saw designs on the walls. Again, she was told not to tell anyone anything and was threatened with physical harm if she did. As a means of backing up this threat, they cut off her finger and then reattached it to demonstrate the pain they can inflict. This may have been a mental projection, or real; regardless, the pain the subject felt was the same. (Note: The investigators were very moved by the anguish the subject appeared to be enduring while relating this event and do not doubt she experienced great pain.) The subject and her daughter were then returned to their home.
December 11
At work place (morning)
The subject suddenly felt an irritation in her eye "that really hurt." Leaning over desk, she rubbed her eye. A small flesh-colored object fell out of her eye and onto her desk. The subject turned the object over to Derrel Sims.
Physical Evidence
The object is hard, flesh-colored, and about the size of a small mustard seed. It is somewhat egg-shaped with the small end open. (approx 3/32 in. long by 1/16 in wide).
The object was examined and photographed from numerous angles and with various magnifications with a microscope. The object appears not to be organic, but seems to be manufactured out of some type of plastic. It is flesh-toned and egg-shaped with the narrow end open with jagged edges like one would find on an egg with the top broken off. At a magnification of 100x the surface appears to be smooth and shiney. There are several small cracks on the surface trailing away from the "broken-off end" similar to those on a broken egg shell. Under higher magnification (300x), a small crystal cube (sodium chloride) could be seen in one of the cracks. This is assumed to have come from salt from a dried tear from the subject's eye. At a magnification of 500x ,the surface of the object appears to be dimpled, but not porous.
The inside of the object reveals an interior surface similar to the exterior. One small black filament could be observed inside the object. It is unknown if this was a part of the object, part of its contents, or some foreign material which may have found its way into the object.
It was impossible to tell precisely what this object is with any certainty. We are unable to identify it as any natural or man-made object. It would appear that the object was intended to encapsulate or house some other object. One could theorize that its flesh-colored appearance is intended to camouflage its existence. It is possible, if facts related by the subject are correct, that this object was the housing for whatever was implanted in her eye.
Several persons have speculated this object could not have been in the subject's eye, as the discomfort would have been extreme. However, if the object were lodged back in the eye socket where there are less surface nerves on the eye, or if the eye were anesthetized by some means, it is not improbable. It is difficult to believe that an object of this size could have gotten into an individual's eye (undetected) by natural means, though it is not impossible.
Subject DS92017RP
Journal Entry - December 22
The subject said that she had a dream of being in a "big room." There were other people in the room, but she did not pay much attention to them. There was one large (nude) man she thought she recognized (DS92008DT), Subject also claimed to be having "negative dreams about Derrel Sims (chief abduction investigator) and that she should "stay away from him" and "not tell him anything."
Subject stated she had been "waking up standing in her den" on several occasion during the week of December 7. This is not where she went to sleep.
Hypnosis Session
This subject related, under hypnosis, being abducted on December 8, 1992, and being taken by two aliens to a "large round room" wherein other abductees were located. She related that all of the abductees were naked. When asked who she recognized, she reported seeing DS92008DT & DS92009LT, she thought she also saw DS92034LC but was not sure as she only "saw her from the back" and could not see her face.
The subject also stated she saw DS92002DM standing behind a podium (this is the position where the other abductees reported seeing the alien, although DS92002DM claims he was never with the other abductees; one other abductee also reported seeing him in the assembly room). The subject wandered around the room which she described as being "whitish-gray" and "sort of like a egg-shell texture" (this also differs from the description of "dark wood-grainlike wall reported by most of the others).
At one point the subject reported hitting one of the aliens (small gray) and that her hand sank into it "like a jelly fish."
While wandering around the room the subject passed through a door and into another room where she was stopped by a taller ("Brown"?) alien who forcible returned her to the others.
The subject reported being taken into a examination/operating room with abductees and given and examination by a taller ("Brown"?) alien who put his hands on her head and looked in her eyes.
The subject also reported the aliens as having four fingers, though she was not sure. Also, she thought their fingers looked like suction cups on some but not all of the aliens.
Comments On
Subject DS92017RP
DS92017RP's testimony differs in many respects from the other abductees. Were it not for the fact that several individuals identified her as being in the "assembly room" with them, her testimony would be very questionable. One of the possible explanations may be due to the "hallucinative" conditions in the room. It is possible that the subject saw the room differently where others saw the people differently. Another difference is in the case of the other subjects, each related to receiving a great deal of individual attention, whereas DS92017RP seemed to be left on her own to wander about.
Certainly, the descriptions of the sequence of events seem to parallel those of the other abductees in the "assembly room."
Another explanation for the differences may be caused by the subjects reluctance to undergo hypnosis. As a result, the subject only entered a very light state of hypnosis that may not have been enough to overcome any hallucinative "screen memory."
There are other possible explanations as well. We are not trying to make the story fit nor are we trying to discard it, we are merely looking at the possibilities.
Subject: DS92034LC
Hypnosis Session-February 11
The information reported on this date had previously been reported to Mr. Musser in the first week of January, about the time the investigative team began to suspect something of importance had occurred. At the time, the subject was completely unaware of any of the happenings or occurrences with the other abductees. The information given on the second telling was consistent with the information given to Mr. Musser on the earlier date and checked out with the notes he had taken on that occasion. The reason for the session on February 11, was to record on tape the subject's telling of the event in her own terms. The individual's memory of the events were very clear and detailed, although seen from the perspective of the screen memory. For reasons we will not relate here, the subject was not regressed in hypnosis, nor do we anticipate doing so in the future.
The subject related the event as a dream, though she claimed that the event "felt real." In her dream, she was taken (not sure how) to a large circular room about 20 to 30 feet in diameter (subject related this by comparing with size of the room we were in during the interview).
The subject stated that she was nude and vaguely aware of others in the room, but did not pay any attention to them. Though she did not specifically know who or where any of the abductees were, she did (when names of abductees in the Abduction Support Group were given) point out who she thought was there and where they were in relationship to herself. (The persons she indicated were all later identified as persons who have related events in this same room.)
The subject stated the walls of the room were a "dark mahogany in color... with a dark grain appearance." They also appeared to be highly polished. The subject did not think they were really wood.
Off from the middle of the room, and closer to the far end of the room from the door, was a "a wooden throne" that was connected to both the floor and the ceiling and which the subject claimed to appear to be growing out of both. After about twenty minutes of waiting, a figure appeared and sat in the chair. The subject believed this individual was Christ and was in awe. The figure spoke to her and called her "my child." She was unable to remember what the individual said, but was sure it was good. Shortly thereafter, her memory fades and the subject has no further recollection.
Within several days of the second telling of this event, the subject called Mr. Musser to say she was withdrawing from the Abductee Support Group. Feelings of great despair and anguish had come upon her after relating the event and she was "beginning to have horrible memories" (she did not relate). She did state that she had a dream wherein the image of her deceased grandfather came to her and chastised her for her involvement with the Abduction Support Group. Similar stories have been reported by most of the abductees since the December 8 event.
Comments on the "Assembly Room Experience"
The assembly room sequence as experienced by the subjects is one of the most interesting of the case. There is both a great degree of agreement and disagreement concerning it.
All of the individuals involved in the assembly room event described it shape as being round (see figures). Of the five individuals known to have been in the room and the one who "saw" the room through the eyes of the "alien" in the room, four say the walls were of a dark mahogany color and appeared to have a dark heavy wood grain. Two individuals reported the surface as being highly polished, others were unsure. One individual reported the walls as being "whitish" in color and textured "like a egg shell." One abductee was not questioned concerning the room as both he and his wife were in the room together. Since he was present during her hypnotic regression we did not want to risk his information being prejudiced by her account.
All of the individuals involved reported that they and all others were nude.
Of the six individuals who where in, or saw the room, four said that there were two doors or accesses, and one reported only one (but was not sure if there was another or not). Again, the sixth individual's (the husband) comments have not been taken into account.
Of the five persons known to have been in the room, two had pleasant or benign experiences, while three had unpleasant or horrible experiences.
Accounts of what happened to each in the room vary greatly. Each perceived the events differently yet parallel.
DM92003JA believed she had died and "gone to Heaven" and that she was with her "deceased brother" who had "strange eyes."
DS92009LT recounted that she was questioned and "told not to communicate with other abductees" or the investigators. She was also told to avoid her husband (also an abductee). Additionally, she was threatened with physical harm if she did not obey and was given a sample of what they would do to her if she did not cooperate.
DS92034LC believed she was with "Christ, who was sitting on a large throne and surrounded by a fog so his image could not be seen."
DS92017RP did not seen to know where she was and wandered about, leaving the room at one point to be forcibly returned by the aliens.
DS92008DT has not been questioned concerning the event.
DS92002DM who was not in the room but "saw it thought the eyes of the alien in the room," claims all the individuals in the room appeared to be in a "drugged hallucinatory state." He also felt the individuals were basically unaware of each other.
Of the individuals in the room, three reported receiving implants in another room. The fourth (not questioned) was reported by two individuals as having been seen in the examination room where the implants were given. One abductee may not have received any implant (she has no recall of implantation, nor was she seen in the room were the implants took place. This individual did not sit on the panel discussion at HUFON the following night either, a fact some feel indicates that the implants were intended to monitor the HUFON meeting.
Of the seven known persons involved in the December 8 event, only two provided some degree of resistance. A third subject attempted at one point trying to "gain mental control" of the small "Gray" with some minor success before being thwarted. This was accomplished by means of a hypnotic suggestion given to the individual in an earlier session with Derrel Sims.
The differences in the accounts describing events in the "Assembly Room" seem to indicate the degree of mental control that was being exerted over the subjects in the room. When subjects were moved to another room, their memories of the event are much clearer and descriptions are more detailed and similar.
Individuals in the "Assembly Room" seem to have only been asked questions concerning how they knew about their abductions, and how and why abductees were meeting together.
Of the abductees elsewhere (DS92007PH in "stasis" somewhere, and DS92002DM possibly in yet another location) the same questions were asked, but with the addition of numerous technical questions of a scientific / biological nature.
Subjects in the "Assembly Room" were not always engaged by the aliens at all times. Whereas the subjects elsewhere seemed to be continuously engaged by the aliens either by questioning or examinations.
Remarks and Observations
The event on December 8, 1992, has opened a new chapter in abduction investigations. The information we have received has far-reaching implications, the extent of which we have just begun to realize. There is still much to be done. Over ten hours of taped interviews and hypnosis sessions have yet to be transcribed. More regressions with subjects to dig deeper into events and details will be forthcoming. But what we have learned already is a giant step forward.
We have learned that it is possible to provoke a response from the aliens. We have determined from their questioning that they do not wish us to know, remember, or discuss our abductions. We have learned that acts of kindness and terror are inflicted by the same aliens, not two different groups as some have theorized. We have discovered that screen memories are not the same for all abductees in an event, though details may be the same. From this we can theorize as to the nature of the screen memories, how these are created and how to "see through" them and possibly prevent them in the future.
Prior to this event, we did not know that implants were removed as well as implanted. We can now speculate as to the nature and intent of implants. We can, based on information retrieved from this event, develop a profile to indicate the probabilities of implants, when they occurred and when they may be, or have been, removed.
We now have in our possession an object that may be part of an implant. Further analysis of this object may shed further light into the purposes of implants, the technology of the abductors, and a means for the detection of future implants.
We have also been alerted to a possible government program "Project Prometheus," a project we were previously ignorant of and which we still know little about. Two months have passed since learning of this project; information concerning it is scant at best. What is this project and why are the aliens interested in this project? Why did they think we might know about it, or were they trying to make us aware of it?
What Has Happened Since
We cannot end this report without relating events occurring since the event of December 8. Nearly all of the abductees in the Houston support group (there are over forty) have experienced "warnings" not to talk about or reveal information about their abductions. They have been told specifically not to trust Derrel Sims, Dale Musser, Patrice Eldridge, or any of the investigators. They have been bombarded with strange and sudden feelings not to attend meetings, and feelings of depression and despair when they do. These warnings have come in many fashions--mostly in dreams. Usually, a highly respected individual, one of importance in the subject's life, delivers the warning. For many, the feeling of distrust comes on so suddenly and so strong as to be overwhelming to the subject. It is the bizarre nature of these dreams and feelings which tend to strongly contradict the facts that have caused most abductees to reject them. However, this has not been true in all case. Some abductees have dropped out of the support group and investigation program. After hearing their stories, we can understand and sympathize with them and wish them well. We hope that one day circumstances may change and they may once again be able to be in contact and work with us again.
Abductee Profiles:
DS92002DM
Age: 48
Sex: Male
Marital Status: Married, one child
Ethnic Background: Caucasian, American born German heritage
Occupation: Engineering
Other Information:Genius level IQ
DS92004DK
Age: 30's
Sex: Female
Marital Status: Divorced
Ethnic Background: Caucasian, American Indian/Irish heritage
Occupation: Clerical
Other Information: Account differs from others in numerous areas. Abduction on different date and may not be related to December 8, event.
DS92007PH
Age: 33
Sex: Female
Marital Status: Single
Ethnic Background: Caucasian, American Indian/Irish heritage
Occupation: Technical Writer
Other Information: Individual displays strong psychic ability. Highly intelligent. May have predicated December 8 event by comments made to aliens in earlier abduction.
DS92008DT
Age: 38
Sex: Male
Marital Status: Married, two children
Ethnic Background: Caucasian, American Indian/English heritage
Occupation: Computer Operator
DS92009LT
Age: 30's
Sex: Female
Marital Status: Married, two children
Ethnic Background: Caucasian
Occupation: Office, Clerical
Other Information: Highly reliable on testimony, not one to change story or details to match others.
DS92017RP
Age: 30's
Sex: Female
Marital Status: Married
Ethnic Background: Caucasian
Occupation: Housewife.
DM92003JA
Age: 30's
Sex: Female
Marital Status: Married, one child
Ethnic Background: Caucasian
Occupation: Office, Clerical
DS92034LC
Age: 50
Sex: Female
Marital Status: Married
Ethnic Background: Caucasian
Occupation: Office, Clerical
Other Information: Not swayed by what others say, very detailed. Good memory.
End of File
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

161
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2212.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
SUBJECT: Houston Mass Abduction Update FILE: UFO2212
by Dale Musser
Since issuing the report on the December 8, 1992, Houston mass
abductions, more things have come to light. The reports were barely
printed when DS92002DM received a phone call from an individual who
we'll call Bill (not his real name). This individual had been with
DS92002DM on the abduction that caused DS92002DM to become
aware of his abductions (a missing time event). Three years had passed
before he found out about the event and Bill had moved away with out
leaving a forwarding address shortly after the abduction. DS92002DM
was surprised by the call, Bill said he had been thinking about
DS92002DM and the trip they had taken. He related the events of the
trip and mentioned the "strange blue light" seen by the subjects just
before the abduction took place. DS92002DM asked the subject what
was the next event he could remember and the subject responded with
an event three hours later. When DS92002DM asked Bill if he remembered
anything at all of the road between the point where they saw the blue
light and the location hundreds of miles later, Bill began to laugh
nervously. When DS92002DM started to relate events as revealed
during his hypnosis session, Bill became hysterical and did not want to
discuss the event further. Bill also related that he had been feeling
depressed and lethargic "...since Christmas."
On March 15, 1993, DS92002DM met with subject DS92021SM whom
he had not seen in several months. DS92021SM currently lives in the
western part of the state and only comes to Houston rarely. He is also
the individual who witnessed DS92002DM's abduction in June of 1992
and saw the aliens taking him away. It is because of this and his having
been processed earlier concerning the June event that the subject has a
case number (video tapes on file with investigators). DS92021SM was
unaware of eventsconcerning the mass abduction, (he is not a member
of HUFON or any UFO organization and has had little interest in the
subject prior to recent events). DS92021SM related to DS92002DM and
to two investigators that he believed he had seen a alien in his room
"...early to mid-December, not sure of date," and that after that he
suffered symptoms similar to those he had in June after DS92002DM's
abduction (Post Abduction Syndrome). The subject related that he also
discovered several needle marks "... in a line above his navel" about the
same time.
Subject DS92007PH, who was in the December abduction, has also
reported having needle marks both prior to and after the December 8th
abductions.
Subject DS92003JA, who was involved in the December abduction
visited her sister who lives in a neighboring state. Both she and her
sister have reported being abducted as children. According to
DS92003JA her sister has made statements that would indicate that she
was abducted on or about the time of the December 8th event.
What does this all mean? Based on the statements of the abductees
in the December 8th event we know the aliens were concerned about
how abductees knew/found out about their abductions. There were
indications that the aliens were investigating their own procedures for
flaws and indications were made that they were reviewing their
procedures. If this is true, individuals present during the abductions of
the subjects in the December 8th event may have also been abducted
for questioning. This may have occurred on December 8th, or shortly
thereafter. We do know that there are several persons reported by
subjects in the December 8th event that have not been identified. We
still have several subjects who may have been associated with the
December 8th event that have not been processed. Bill's call may have
been prompted by memories stimulated when he may have also been
picked up and questioned in December. Similar events may be true also
for DS92021SM and DS92003JAs' sister. It has become obvious that the
investigations of the December 8th event may have only begun.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Project Prometheus: Subtle Hint or Threat to the Aliens?
Since learning the details of the mass abduction of December 8, 1992, we
have been seeking any information that could lead us to further details
concerning the nature of a "Project Prometheus." During the mass
abduction, at least two of the abductees were asked by the abducting
entities what they knew about "Project Prometheus." At that time, none
of us, abductees or investigators, had ever heard of it.
Shortly before the publication of "The Abduction Event of December 8,
1992" (released in March, 1993), we learned that a "Project Prometheus"
had been proposed to the U.S. Government some time in the past. No
date was indicated when this proposal was made, who chaired the
proposal or the branch of the government it was related to. The sketchy
details available about this project concerned acquiring advanced
technology (from alien sources?) by any means possible. Though the
term "alien" was not used in the description, indications were clearly
made with references to advanced flight capabilities of UFOs.
Armed with this tidbit of information we falsely assumed more would
follow in short order. It did not. Then on March 15, 1993, a book was
found in storage at the Houston Public Library titled The Prometheus
Project. The book was written in 1968 by Gerald Feinberg, Ph.D.
Although the book was in storage (not out on the shelves) it was still
available to be checked out.
Well, it wasn't what we thought. Not that the book doesn't relate to
things pertaining to possible alien interests, it does. It's just that we
expected something more covert. Project Prometheus, as put forth by
Dr.Feinberg, is a project proposed by a group of scientists to determine
long range goals for the human race. One of these long range goals
would be the "...spread of the human race beyond the confines of earth
to other stellar systems, either for exploration or for eventual
inhabitation of them." Other goals include changing our own
environment, bioengineering, life extension, and greater insight as to the
nature of things.
Then several weeks later in a discussion with a retired navy officer, I
inquired if he had ever heard of a Project Prometheus. He replied that he
had and related that in the early 1970s he was a navy commander
working in the Pentagon on a project for the early warning system.
Much of this equipment was installed in Alaska and was used to detect
a early aerial attack from the former Soviet Union. The portion he was
involved with was a submarine detection system installed between
England and Iceland to monitor marine traffic coming out of the
Norwegian Sea. While working on this project, he learned that certain
types of alerts were to be reported to Project Prometheus. He inquired
of his commanding officer as to what Project Prometheus was and was
informed "It's a skunk works. I wouldn't ask about it anymore if I were
you." (A "skunk works" is an insider's term for a secret project).
We have also received information that there exists in a book titled
Teller's War a reference to a Project Prometheus. According to this
book, Project Prometheus was associated with the Star Wars program
and was developing a weapon that fired nuclear projectiles to shoot
down and/or cripple satellites or space craft. One can see how the
aliens would be interested in such a project.
Which of the two Projects Prometheus are the aliens interested in? One
government project to obtain alien technology by hook or by crook, or
one set forth by scientists to advance the human race? Subject
DS92002DM from the December mass abduction leans toward a
government project, while information retrieved from DS92007PH leans
toward one that is designed to advance the human race. Neither were
aware of either project before the December event. DS92007PH's
description of Project Prometheus is very similar to that in Dr. Feinberg's
book, however DS92007PH thought the project was alien initiated. DS92002DM
felt the implication was clear in his communication that the project
was a government operation.
In either case, one can easilysee why the aliens would be interested.
In the meantime we are left with more questions. Which project were they
referring to -- Dr. Feinberg's; the Government's; or both? Were they
trying to tell us something by asking the question? Or were they
throwing us a curve to lead us off on a wild goose chase? Certainly we
will be digging into this unusual situation further.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Dale Musser, CHT, is the senior abductions investigator of the Houston
UFO Network's Abduction Committee.
End of File
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

69
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2213.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
SUBJECT: UFO GROUP FASCINATED BY GULF BREEZES SIGHTINGS FILE: UFO2213
02/28/88
GULF BREEZES, FL (UPI) [Via Moseley/Saucer Smear] -- A man who took
21 photos of objects he says are flying saucers and claims he has twice
seen diminutive aliens has generated interest from a group that
investigates UFO sightings.
Mutual UFO Network, or MUFON, in Texas says the Panhandle case is
either an elaborate hoax or one of the most amazing encounters ever. The
key is "Ed," a home builder with bizarre tales of encounters he claims are
continuing.
In the March edition of MUFON's "UFO Journal," investigators
offer one possible explanation for why Ed is privy to sightings: aliens
may have placed an implant in his head in an abduction years ago, and the
implant is now being activated.
Hoax or not, it's garnered a lot of interest from a local weekly.
It all began when the Gulf Breeze Sentinel on Nov. 19 published
Polaroid photos of a glowing object. The anonymous photographer claimed
they were taken Nov. 11. He said he would come forward if others saw the
same thing.
The following week the paper published accounts from other residents
who claimed they saw a similar object, and other photos taken by two other
anonymous photographers.
The newspaper has had nearly weekly updates ever since. This week
the paper published a four-page insert with more photos and an open letter
from "Ed." In addition to a picture purporting to show a UFO with a light
beam shining down, the insert has a drawing of a 4-foot-tall alien with
almond shaped eyes and carrying a silver wand.
Two daily newspapers that previously ignored the sightings last week
ran stories, and a local television station had a three-part series about
Ed's sightings. The editor of the Gulf Breeze paper said he has talked to
reporters from Miami and Orlando and the National Enquirer in Lantana.
The photographs have been scrutinized by many people who claim to be
photo experts. Some say they are the real thing, others say they are set
up. None has said how they were doctored.
Ed's reliability is the key, and he has made some incredible claims.
The article in the MUFON publication said it was premature to make a
judgment about the validity of the case, but does call the sightings an
"incredible UFO photographic and CE-III (Close Encounter of the Third
Kind) case."
It describes in detail 13 alleged encounters "Ed" had. They range
from hearing a "humming" in his head to a Jan. 12 incident where he claims
he was stopped by a UFO that landed in front of his truck and saw five
aliens approaching.
He left, in great haste.
On several other occasions, Ed claims he was caught in a blue beam
that held him fast in place. Once it levitated him toward their craft,
then let him go for reasons unknown.
He has also told investigators he has heard voices, telling him not
to be afraid and to stop resisting. He claims he is tipped off to the UFOs
appearance by a humming sound in his head.
Because of the humming sound, MUFON investigators have supplied Ed
with a two-way radio so he can tell them when an experience occurs. He has
done so, but so far no investigators have seen a UFO.
The MUFON article ventured to theorize about why Ed has been singled
out.
"There is a possibility that Ed may have had an implant installed in
his head at some time in his life" that was only recently activated, the
article said.
The MUFON article said it normally does not publish sighting reports
until being thoroughly investigated. But it said it was making an
exception because it is an "ongoing" case with continuing sightings.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

2368
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2214.ufo Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

203
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2215.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
SUBJECT: PAST YEAR'S SIGHTINGS IN GB FILE: UFO2215
The following brief articles appeared in the November 10, 1988
issue of The Sentinel, Gulf Breeze, Florida. This issue discusses
some of the highlights of the UFO sightings that have
occurred in the area over the past year. The first article is by the
primary photographer "Ed". Others are written by: Donald Ware,
Florida state MUFON director; and Duane Cook, editor of The
Sentinel. The articles are reproduced here with the permission
of The Sentinel.
------------------------------------------------------------------
ED SHARES PAST YEAR'S EXPERIENCES ON UFO SIGHTING'S
ANNIVERSARY
On Nov. 11, 1987, as I opened the front door and stared at the
glowing object partly obscured by several pine trees, I stepped
into a phenomena that jolted me to the reality of UFOs. A
phenomena that is being witnessed all over the world and here
at home by dozens of our fellow residents. This reality may be
hard to accept for those who have not had a sighting, so I do not
try to convince or persuade. I have only reported my personal
sightings and incidents as they happened.
The resulting photographs and video tape I took of the UFO
have been validated by computer imaging (Dr. Maccabee, physicist
with the U.S. Navy). And, of course, there are otheres who feel
differently and offer little other than opinions.
When I was asked to use a 4 lens Nimslo 3-D sealed camera,
I did. When I was asked to use the SRS (Self Referencing Stereo)
camera, I did. The technical analysis of these photographs
produced page after page of data with the end result detailing an
object 14 foot in diameter at the bottom ring and 475 feet distant.
The accusation of hoax came fast from those unable to say
"maybe", and I was asked to take a lie detector test. Again the
ridicule was hurled toward me and yet another lie detector test.
As the controversy swirled, I began to hear preposterous tales
being spread by the debunkers about devil parties and "ultimate
pranks," etc. Those of you who know me will certainly laugh at
such claims, but the object was to discredit me in the eyes of those
who don't know me. There was a very serious attempt to destroy
my reputation by twisting spooky party games into ritual seances.
Having failed to discredit the photographic evidence, the out of
town critics have mounted a slander campaign hoping to brand me.
Thank you Gulf Breeze for ignoring these outrageous rumors.
Some of you may remember the front page headline "Expert
says Photos a Hoax." The next day the "expert" publicly retracted
his claim and apologized. A counterintelligence agency in
Maryland was given an audio tape of me being interviewed. The
resulting examination of the tape on a PSE (Psychological Stress
Evaluator) vindicated my word once more when the examiner
said the result "does not show any reaction to cause this examiner
to doubt his (Ed's) answers."
Soon I began to understand that no matter how many tests I
was subjected to and how many times the photographs were
analyzed, I was still open game for the out of town media and
clearly a target to be ridiculed by the out of town debunkers.
Many distant newspapers and TV crews played "hide and seek"
with reporting the accurate details, and several times I have
been blackmailed in their quest for a scoop to expose my name.
The official MUFON investigation was even infiltrated early
by a debunker who took a liquid sample suspected to have fallen
from the UFO for analysis only to issue a false report. Later the
sample was analyzed by an independant lab with startling results.
The debunker was exposed and fired in discredit. Another
debunker from Central Florida has recently been exposed and is
now being ignored by serious researchers.
From Nov. 11 to May 1, 1988 (my last sighting), I have been
stedfast to the truth as the storm of controversy, both positive
and negative, continued to build in the media. The most
troublesome question of the controversy is "Why have I had so
many sightings?" I can not explain the "why" questions, the most
disturbing one being, "Why Me?"
In an effort to understand, I have undergone a battery of
pshchological profile tests followed by six hours of regressive
hypnosis. The details of the hypnosis indicate previous encounters
as far back as 11 years of age. I was the first to shake my head
in confusion but have come to the adjustment that life goes on--
even life we may not understand.
Thanks to all those who have stood up and reported what they
saw. Thank you, Gulf Breeze for being a good neighbor.
------------------------------------------------------------------
GULF BREEZE UFO FROM THE INVESTIGATIVE PERSPECTIVE
BY DONALD M. WARE
During the past year, many residents in and around Gulf Breeze,
FL have been part of a unique experience in this country. Over
a hundred people reported objects that we could not identify as
planes, planets, flares, etc.. Some reported seeing alien beings,
and six reported blue beams coming from the UFO. One respected
Gulf Breeze family had 22 encounters with UFOs, including 18
separate photographic sessions. These sessions produced 41
photographs of at least five different types of flying objects. Five
different cameras were used providing sufficient data to determine
the size of some objects. For example, one object photographed
on 1 May 1988 was 14.8 (misprint?) feet high and had a light on
the bottom that was 14.8 feet in diameter. I have seen over
60 photos of UFOs from this area.
Investigations by Newspapers, TV and the Mutual UFO Network
were generally accomplished without ridicule. This encouraged
12 people to tell of their UFO experiences that involved "missing
time" or extremely strange dreams. Some of these people are
having trouble coping with their experiences. MUFON established
a support group including abductees, investigators, and a clinical
psychologist to help reduce fear of the unknown. I think the
support efforts, including time-regression hypnosis, have helped
several who seem to have been inside a UFO understand their
strange experiences.
I suspect that the increasing national media coverage of the
UFO phenomenon, spurred by the Gulf Breeze photos and sightings
will cause many more abductees to gain the courage to talk about
their experiences. Perhaps some will seek help in understanding
what happened to them. I hope investigators and psychologists
across the country will work together to provide this help.
Some people have been unable to fully accept the reality of
alien visitors, including some "armchair investigators." Perhaps
the Gulf Breeze photos will help people across the country accept
the reality described in the MJ-12 documents and other government
disclosures.
--------------------------------------------------------------------
TO CELEBRATE OR NOT TO CELEBRATE
BY DUANE COOK
How do you celebrate the anniversary of an event you are
not yet sure was good?
Well, maybe celebrate is not the appropriate term.
Perhaps reminisce is a better word to apply to our thoughts
and activities on this 1st anniversary of the now famous UFO
sightings by "Ed" and others in and around Gulf Breeze.
Initially we had no idea that printing Ed's photos would cause
such a worldwide interest in our fair community.
First, there were the wire services that broke the news
worldwide with a brief account of the first sightings.
Then came the National Enquirer with their offer to pay for
the right to print the photos if NASA Scientists found them
genuine.
MUFON (Mutual UFO Network) got involved in the investigation
early and became the authority to which the explosion of local
sightings were referred.
Dr. Bruce Maccabee, an optical physicist under contract with
the Navy, did the most extensive research on the Gulf Breeze
sightings and photographs and has pronounced theEd lives here and they (the UFOs) just followed
him here to continue their interaction with him as they have done
at eight year intervals since he was a child?
And what about the many other sightings we've had? Is it just
coincidence that Charlie and Doris saw the same craft on the same
night that Ed photographed it, thus assuring the Sentinel's
unflinching support while maintaining its unquestioned credibility?
Then there are the ministers, the teachers, the law enforcement
officers, the district medical examiner and his wife, and even a city
council member.
Were these people just randomly in the right place at the
right time, or is there an intelligent plan guiding the selection of
who sees it and who doesn't?
Whether we call it a celebration, a reminiscence, or a review,
we all found it amazing that it's already been a whole year since it
all started.
And we wanted to share with you our thoughts and reflections
on this most interesting year.
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Reports by several others also appeared in this issue of
The Sentinel but are not presented here.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

103
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2216.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
SUBJECT: AN OPEN LETTER TO THE CITIZENS OF GULF BREEZE FILE: UFO2216
The following letter from UFO investigator Bob Oechsler appeared
in the May 12, 1988 issue of the Gulf Breeze Sentinel.
Reprinted by permission
---------------------------------------------------------------------
"An Open Letter to the Citizens of Gulf Breeze"
Dear Gulf Breeze Citizenry:
For those who don't know me or my contributions to the
investigation of UFO related activity in Gulf Breeze, I am a UFO
Investigator/Reporter from the Annapolis, Maryland area. My
involvement in your local sightings case has been quite extensive
with well over 100 hours of research and telephone interviews
with investigators, witnesses, photographers, meteorologists, path-
ologists, technologists and the media. I've been reporting the events
on radio in Baltimore and have included "live" interviews with Ed,
Duane Cook and others. I have battled the skeptics and have
reported my findings to the UFO Intelligence Community. During
this period of time, I have had to investigate numerous sightings of
UFO activity in the Annapolis Bay Bridge area which has served to
limit my otherwise total involvement in the Gulf Breeze Sightings.
Please be assured that not all "distant experts" are scientifically
critical of the extraordinary events that have been occuring in your
peninsula city. Before getting too far into this letter, allow me to set
the record straight on one issue of significance to no one by myself.
Mr. R--- S------- is not a resident of Annapolis, Maryland. You
remember RS, the author of a report with a Strange Breeze blowing
through his head whose Psychic Premonitions lead him to believe
that The Sightings were all an elaborate hoax. Mr. RS resides and
receives his mail in College Park, Maryland, some 35 miles from the
quaint little peninsula capitol of the state of Maryland which so
happens to be the city where I call home. And so now you see the
reason for my interest in setting the record straight.
It should be noted that statistically speaking, there are now on
record over 50 sightings of UFO activity in the Gulf Breeze area that
have no connection to the noted photographer Ed. There are now
on record five photographers of UFO's only one of which has not
been in direct contact with MUFON investigators. There is now re-
ported to be a second video tape of a moving and hovering UFO;
the photographer is in no way related to Ed. And, there are over
100 witnesses of sightings who have asked to file reports, with
some accounts involving five and six witnesses.
Remember the "Jan Tide" with the funny looking blimp of
radar equipment floating about in Pensacola Bay that was suppose
to leave in late January or early February? Well you may have
noticed that it is still there over 90 days later. And, in case no one
has noticed, there is now a similar companion vessel out there
with the insignia NASA on the side. Let's also not forget about that
cute little Army vehicle with the 150-foot telescoping RADAR
globe that had to be moved out of Ft. Pickens due to excessive
curiosity of visitors. A civilian employee of Pensacola NAS has
reported that there are now 18 of those RADAR vehicles operating
in the Gulf Breeze area.
What does all of this mean? We're checking the records, but
it is doubtful that there has been a significant increase in drug
smuggling activity in the area. Why has the Network News Media
taken such a hands-off approach to reporting these events outside
of the Pensacola area? Is there Government INTEREST in this case
of UFO activity? Is the Government turning some subtle screws to
clamp down on exposing what's really happening here? If so,
WHY? The answer may lie somewhere in the MJ-12 documents
that I've enclosed with this letter. These documents have been
available for over a year now, and have been widely published in
their entirety in (among others) The Danville Newspapers in
Pennsylvania and at least one major newsletter out of Cranston,
Rhode Island. Experts who have researched these documents
thoroughly say they are authentic. A memo from President
Truman makes direct reference to the MJ-12 operation. There
is more, much more, but this should be enough to encourage any
doubters out there that UFO's are REAL. Their purpose is now
fundamentally known. We may be powerless to stop it, although
some experts feel otherwise.
A letter to the President of the United States was mailed today
along with correspondence to several members of congress and
the Senate. The purpose is to seek official help in matters related
to the Gulf Breeze Sightings. Matters that involve the purpose
behind the visitations. Help is very much needed here. Although
exceptionally competent as I stated in my report to the UFO
Intelligence Community on April 21, 1988, there are but less than
a handful of part-time qualified investigators available in the
area to handle the massive workload. Scientific monitoring and
evaluation by civilian technologists is all but vacant here, except
for the exhaustive efforts of Dr. Bruce Maccabee, Ph.D. The
reassuring hand of Budd Hopkins has been quite welcome therapy
for those in need, but it is not nearly enough.
Will help be on the way? We'll keep you posted as the gears
and cogs of our bureaucracy oil up for action. The critics and
skeptics will not be able to sweep this intrusion under the carpet
with the guise of a hoax for long. Our prayers are with you and
all whose lives have been changed forever.
Bob Oechsler
UFO Investigator/Reporter
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

194
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2217.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
SUBJECT: THE GULF BREEZE PHOTOGRAPHIC SIGHTINGS FILE: UFO2217
The follow are two reports by UFO investigator/researcher
Bob Oechsler, from Annapolis, Maryland. They provide insights
and technical information relating to the Gulf Breeze, Florida UFO
phenomena. The reports were received 9/22/88.
DBC
---------------------------------------------------------------------
THE GULF BREEZE PHOTOGRAPHIC SIGHTINGS CASE AS VIEWED
FROM WITHIN THE INVESTIGATION
One of the most often asked questions by investigators unfamiliar
with the Gulf Breeze Case is to provide the single most compelling
piece of evidence that proves the case valid.
In the final analysis of the Gulf Breeze UFO photographic sightings
case, it's not the photographs or the 8 mm home video of the flying
UFO, or the landing site or any one particular sighting or piece of
physical evidence that makes this case authentic.
It's the people behind the story that make this case believable in
spite of it's incredibility. The UFO phenomenon is rich in a foundation
of historical documentation. This case has a certain uniqueness with
no precedence in the literature. It has challenged the investigation
team right to the core of their individual areas of expertise.
Putting the case in perspective, however, has been an even greater
challenge. There probably can be no singly conclusive piece of the
puzzle that would validate the case. Given adequate resources
someone probably could closely duplicate the photographic evidence.
Missing, however, is any evidence that any of the principals in this
case involving six months of active UFO sightings has the technological
background, resources or ability to duplicate the evidence.
So we must ultimately evaluate the human factors in which we
are on firmer ground. We must ask ourselves can more than 135
witnesses be lying about what they saw, is it possible that a dozen
well trained investigators and professionals be so naive and
incompetent as to allow even a sophisticated hoax to go undetected
under their very eyes for half a year. Are at least nine victims of
missing time collectively hallucinating, and how can we deny the
concerns of a mother whose three year old daughter has since last
summer reported ghosts in her room, ghosts with big black eyes,
who take her away and bring her back. And upon seeing photos of
the UFOs the child told her mother that she'd seen that and had
been in it!
The evaluatable evidence in this case is abundant and available
for close scrutiny. It is imperative to note that no specialist to date
has been capable of duplicating even one single piece of the evidence,
and I've personally witnessed a number of such attempts. One day
someone will inevitably duplicate some of the evidence as will we
one day be capable of duplicating the technology many have
witnessed this year. But for now we must consider, has an alien
culture from the stars initiated a long awaited Glasnost Policy of their
own. If indeed that is the case, what will it mean to our society and
the rest of the peoples of the Planet Earth in the years to come!
Broadcast Reporter
Bob Oechsler
Investigator/Researcher
Annapolis, Maryland
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTIGATIVE ANALYSIS
The photographic and video taped evidence in the Gulf Breeze
case was brought to my attention approximately two months after
the first reported sightings of UFO activity on November 11th of
1987. An exhaustive series of polygraph tests were conducted on
the primary photographer in the case, one of five known to the
investigative staff. It seemed pertinent under the circumstances
that additional methods be employed to verify the veracity of the
witnesses. Following a background check of the primary
photographer with his verbal permission, various investigation
interviews were subjected to Voice Stress Analysis using state of
the art Psychological Stress Evaluator equipment operated by one
of the nation's top expert analysts. There were no reactions in the
analysis that would indicate that any of the three witnesses
interviewed were telling anything short of the truth about what
they observed.
Meteorologic and Site Survey analyses were performed as a
check against the details reported for the first photographic sighting.
The conclusion verified that the photographs were likely to have
been taken on the day and time period reported as no other similar
conditions existed over a two week period prior to publication
of the photographs.
An investigation into the photographic equipment used was
conducted through field tests and close consultation with Polaroid
Corporation engineers. It was determined that the camera used
through February 7th could perform double exposure techniques
with the 108 type film. Investigators provided the witness with a
35mm Nimslo stereo camera and employed controls that were not
subsequently breached as determined following inspection of the
camera and film after a photographic sighting. A more sophisticated
Polaroid Sun 600 camera was purchased on March 7th. The following
day the camera was first used during a photographic sighting
opportunity. It was determined by the Polaroid engineers that a
double exposure was possible but extremely difficult to effect. On
March 17th a second Polaroid Sun 600 camera was combined with
the first in a stereo array to create a parallax for measuring the
distance and size of objects by comparing two photographs taken
simultaneously. The degree of difficulty in a double exposure had
now increased beyond reasonable proportions. The final piece of
equipment used was a Sony 8mm home video camera with sound
and without zoom capability. A one minute and thirty eight second
two part video tape was shot on December 28th.
An extensive analysis of the two part video tape was started in
March and continues today. Various enhancement techniques were
performed at NASA Goddard Space Flight Center. Among those tests
a variable speed element was employed to make tapes for viewing
the entire tape at one tenth speed. A Sony Video Editor model
BVU820 was used with a digital time base corrector to supply a direct
signal to a Video Hard Copy Unit made by Tektronix, model 4632.
The thermal printer generated photo images of both phases of each
frame. A ten second portion of the video tape requires 600 single
copy prints. Each print is measured to define altitude, flight path,
rotation characteristics, frequency of beacon lights, ring aberrations,
attitude in flight, air speed/velocity, acceleration/deceleration
and an analysis of direction reversals. A preliminary analysis of the
audio track indicated that no sound could be identified with the
object. More sophisticated equipment is being sought. A preliminary
analysis concludes that the object observed in the video tape closely
resembles objects photographed with the Polaroid cameras. The
object has a clockwise or left to right rotation. The dome or beacon
light blinks on and off at no consistent rate or pattern and displays a
variable luminosity with each cycle. The object loses altitude moving
to the left of the camera just prior to blinking out. A ghost image
appears in the first phase of the next frame approximately two object
widths to the right that may be related but is apparently not visible
through the transmission medium. There are certain restrictions in
the evaluation of the video tape. Due to the horizontal resolution
lines, we are viewing the object through what is analogous to jail bars
turned sideways. Nonetheless it appears conclusive that the
bottom or power source light has a variable luminosity characteristic
which is not synchronic with the beacon light on top of the object.
As an experienced robotics technician I've built many remote
controlled devices in the past ten years. As a prototype designer
I am well versed in exotic techniques used to operate various
sizes of apparatus from very small to very large using sometimes
inexpensive semi-automated frequency controlled equipment.
The specifications detailed in this case, most notably the absence of
audible sound from the UFO craft in the 8mm home video and the
rotational characteristic, create enormous difficulty when an attempt
is made to re-create what is observed by constructing a model to
examine the technology.
Further research is continuing in many areas relating to this
photographic sightings case. It is quite clear to this investigator that
we are examining a truly anomalous technology.
On May 9th, 1988, I initiated an official appeal for assistance
through the Office of the President of the United States and various
members of the Sanate and House of Representatives. Government
or at least military interest in the events that were occurring in
Gulf Breeze, Florida was quite apparent in light of newspaper
reports bearing photographs of vessels with elaborate radar gear,
military vehicles with telescoping radar gear (all deployed in the
vicinity of the sightings) and a reported visit to the primary
photographer's residence by purported officials requesting original
photographic materials. Responses received from the Office of the
Secretary of the Navy revealed concern over evidence of federal
airspace rules violations, responses from congressional representation
revealed concern over human rights violations. The Office of the
Chief of Naval Operations (Air Warfare) ultimately declined to
investigate citing scarce Navy financial and personnel resources.
It might be interesting to note that in a civilian capacity, Navy
physicist, Dr. Bruce S. Maccabee conducted an extensive photo
analysis of the evidence and found no evidence contrary to the
existence of anomalous objects in the photographs.
Bob Oechsler
UFO Investigator, Researcher, Broadcast Reporter
Annapolis, Maryland
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

312
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2218.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
SUBJECT: UFO'S THROUGHOUT HISTORY FILE: UFO2218
MUFONET-BBS NETWORK - MUTUAL UFO NETWORK
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Contributed by: Georgia MUFON
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
A PRIMER: UFO'S THROUGHOUT HISTORY
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Millions of people have seen objects in the sky that they could not identify,
and many thousands have taken the time and trouble to submit written reports
about them. The vast majority of these sightings could well be of such things
as meteors, planets, stars, weather balloons, swamp gas, and atmospheric
disturbances. There remains however, a significant body of experiences that
are truly inexplicable.
There is no doubt that disk shaped objects have been seen by a great many
honest, sober, and mystified men and women. The objects have been tracked by
ground-based and airborne radar and have been photographed by still and movie
cameras in black and white and color. The craft have been observed to hover,
move straight up or down, and accelerate and maneuver at speeds far beyond the
capability of any known airplane.
The sighting of strange objects in the sky may actually predate the emergence
of modern man. Perhaps the earliest depiction of cylindrical objects
resembling spacecraft, with what might be their extraterrestrial occupants,
are those carved on a granite mountain and on rocks on an island in Hunan
Province, China. They have been assigned a tentative age of 47,000 years,
which puts them within the time-span of Neanderthal man, predating modern Homo
sapiens.
One of the first written accounts of a UFO sighting -- a fleet of flying
saucers, perhaps -- is the following excerpt from an Egyptian papyrus -- part
of the annals of Thutmose III, who reigned around 1504-1450 B.C.:
"In the year 22 of the 3rd month of winter, sixth hour of the day...
the scribes of the House of Life found it was a circle of fire that was
coming in the sky... It had no head, the breath of its mouth had a foul
odor. Its body one rod long and one rod wide. It had no voice. Their
hearts became confused through it; then they laid themselves on their
bellies... they went to the Pharaoh... to report it. His Majesty
ordered... [an examination of] all which is written in the papyrus
rolls of the House of life. His majesty was meditating upon what
happened. Now after some days had passed, these things became more
numerous in the skies than ever. They shone more in the sky than the
brightness of the sun, and extended to the limits of four supports of
the heavens... Powerful was the position of the fire circles. The army
of the Pharaoh looked on with him in their midst. It was after supper.
Thereupon, these fire circles ascended higher in the sky towards the
south... The Pharaoh caused incense to be brought to make peace on the
hearth... and what happened was ordered by the Pharaoh to be written in
the annals of the House of life... so that it be remembered for ever."
[Brinsley Le Poer Trench, "The Flying Saucer Story", pp. 81-82.]
The prophet Ezekiel's "vision", recorded in the bible, is thought by some to
be a UFO sighting. His description is of a strange "vehicle" coming from the
sky and landing near the Chebar River (or canal) in Chaldea (now Iraq) in the
fifth year of the Judean captivity (592 B.C.) under Nebuchadnezzar II of
Babylon:
"What kind of 'machine' was this?" Ezekiel continues:
And from the midst of it came the likeness of four living creatures.
And from this was their appearance: they had the form of men, but each
had four faces, and each of them had four wings. Their legs were
straight, and the soles of their feet were like the sole of a calf's
foot; and they sparkled like burnished bronze. Under their wings on
their four sides they had human hands... each had the face of a man in
front; the four had the face of a lion on the right side... the face of
an ox on the left side, and... the face of an eagle at the back... and
their wings were spread out above; each creature had two wings, each of
which touched the wing of another, while two covered their bodies. And
each [creature] went straight forward... without turning as they
went... And the living creatures darted to and fro, like a flash of
lightning."
Who were these humanoid "occupants"? Space-helmeted, space-suited astronauts
with a strapped-on flying device? Or, perhaps, extraterrestrial flying
robots? The account continues:
"Now as I looked at the living creatures, I saw a wheel upon the earth
beside the living creatures, one for each of the four of them. As for
the appearance of the wheels and their construction: their appearance
was like the gleaming of a chrysolite... being as it were a wheel
within a wheel... The four wheels had rims and they had spokes; and
their rims were full of eyes round about. And when the living creatures
went, the wheels went beside them; and when the living creatures rose
from the earth, the wheels rose."
Were these humanoids going back and forth into a green-glowing spacecraft
surrounded by a ring of portholes? But there is more:
"...there was the likeness of a throne, in appearance like sapphire; and
seated above the likeness of a throne was a likeness as it were of a
human form. And upward from... his loins I saw as it were gleaming
bronze... and there was brightness... like the appearance of the bow
that is in the cloud on the day of the rain, so was the appearance of
the brightness round about... And when I saw it... I heard the voice
of one speaking."
Ezekiel is told that the Israelites have transgressed and are to be punished
unless they obey the Lord's commandments. Ezekiel is selected as the
messenger to his people and is taken on board ("the spirit lifted me up").
The spacecraft takes off ("I heard... the sound of the wheels... that
sounded like a great earthquake"), and Ezekiel is carried to Tel-abib where
his fellow exiles are and where he sits "overwhelmed among them seven days,"
traumatized by his experience. (Ezekiel 1-3) (As we can see from contemporary
UFO encounters, this could be interpreted as an almost classic report of the
abduction and return of humans.)
The roman author Julius Obsequens, believed to have lived in the fourth
century A.D., drew on Livy as well as other sources of his time to compile his
book "Prodigorium liber", which describes many peculiar phenomena, some of
which could be interpreted as UFO sightings. here are just a few examples:
"[216 B.C.] Things like ships were seen in the sky over Italy... At Arpi
(180 Roman miles, east of Rome, in Apulia) a 'round shield' was seen in
the sky... At Capua, the sky was all on fire, and one saw figures like
ships...
[99 B.C.] When C. Murius and L. Valerius were consuls, in Tarquinia,
there fell in different places... a thing like a flaming torch, and it
came suddenly from the sky. Towards sunset, a round object like a
globe, or round or circular shield took its path in the sky, from west
to east.
[90 B.C.] In the territory of Spoletium (65 Roman miles north of Rome,
in Umbria) a globe of fire, of golden colour, fell to the earth,
gyrating. It then seemed to increase in size, rose from the earth, and
ascended into the sky, where it obscured the disc of the sun, with its
brilliance. It revolved towards the eastern quadrant of the sky.
[Harold T. wilkins, "Flying Saucers on the Attack", pp. 164-69]
A later chronicler of inexplicable phenomena, one Conrad Wolffhart (a
professor of grammer and dielectrics who under the pen name of Lycosthenes
wrote the compendium "Prodigiorium ac Ostentorum Chronicon", published in
1567), mentions the following events:
"[A.D 393] Strange lights were seen in the sky in the days of the
Emperor Theodosius. On a sudden, a bright globe appeared at midnight.
It shown brilliantly near the day star (planet, Venus), about the circle
of the zodiac. This globe shown little less brilliantly than the
planet, and little by little, a great number of other glowing orbs drew
near the first globe. The spectacle was like a swarm of bees flying
round the bee-keeper, and the light of these orbs was as if they were
dashing violently against each other. Soon, they blended together into
one awful flame, and bodied forth to the eye as a horrible two-edged
sword. The strange globe which was first seen now appeared like the
pommel to a handle, and all the little orbs, fused with the first, shone
as brilliantly as the first globe." [This report is similar to modern
accounts of UFO formations.] [Harold T. Wilkins, "Flying Saucers on the
Attack, pp. 174, 177]
A rare typeset book from 1493, now preserved in a museum at Verdun, France,
contains what may be the earliest pictorial representation of a UFO in Europe.
Hartmann Schedel, author of the book "Liber Chronicarum", describes a strange
fiery sphere --- seen in 1034 ---soaring through the sky in a straight course
from south to east and then veering towards the setting sun. The illustration
accompanying the account shows a cigar-shaped form haloed by flames, sailing
through a blue sky over a green, rolling countryside. (Jacque Vallee, "UFO's
in Space: Anatomy of a Phenomenon", p.9)
A term equivalent to our "flying saucer" was actually used by the Japanese
approximately 700 years before it came into use in the West. Ancient
documents describe an unusual shining object seen the night of October 27,
1180, as a flying "earthenware vessel." After a while the object, which had
been heading northeast from a mountain in Kii province, changed its direction
and vanished below the horizon, leaving a luminous trail. (Jacques Vallee,
"Passport to Magonia", pp. 4-5)
Here is a classical description from "William of Newburgh's Chronicle" of a
flying saucer seen in England toward the end of the 12th century:
"At Byland, or Begeland Abbey (the largest Cistercian abbey in England),
in the North Yorkshire Riding, while the abbot and monks were in the
refectorium, a flat, round, shining, silvery object ["discus" is the
word used in the Latin account] flew over the abbey and caused the
utmost terror." [Harold T. Wilkins, "Flying Saucers on the Attack", p.
185]
The first official investigation of a UFO sighting occurred in Japan in 1235.
During the night of September 24, while General Yoritsume and his army were
encamped, they observed mysterious lights in the heavens. The lights were
seen in the southwest for many hours, swinging, circling, and moving in loops.
The general ordered a "full-scale scientific investigation" of these strange
events. The report finally submitted to him as the "soothing" ring of many
contemporary explanations offered for UFO phenomena. In essence it read: "The
whole thing is completely natural, General. It is... only the wind making the
stars sway." (Jacques Vallee, "Passport to Magonia", p.5)
Many unusual celestial events were recorded in Japanese chronicles during the
Middle Ages. As in Western society, such occurrences were usually considered
"portents," often resulting in panics and other social disturbances. Here are
some examples:
"...on September 12, 1271, the famous priest Nichiren was about to be
beheaded at Tatsunokuchi, Kamakura, when there appeared in the sky an
object like a full moon, shiny and bright. Needless to say, the
officials panicked and the execution was not carried out.
In 1361, a flying object described as being 'shaped like a drum, about
twenty feet in diameter' emerged from the inland sea off Western
Japan...
...on March 8, 1468, a dark object, which made a 'sound like a wheel,'
flew from Mt. Kasuga toward the west at midnight." [Jacgues Vallee,
"Passport to Magonia", pp. 5-6]
The Eurpoean recoed of possible UFO sightings continued through the 14th and
15th centuries:
"[A.D. 1322] In the first hour of the night of Novr. 4... there was
seen in the sky over Uxbridge, Enfland, a pile (pillar) of fire the size
of a small boat, pallid and livid in colour. It rose from the south,
crossed the sky wirh a slow and grave motion and went north. Out of the
front of the pile, a fervent red flame burst forth with great beams of
light. Its speed increased, and it flew thro' the air...
[A.D. 1387] In Novr. and Decr. of this year, a fire in the sky, like a
burning and revolving wheel, or round barrel of flame, emitting fire
from above, and others in the shape of long fiery beam, were seen
through a great deal of the winter, in the county of Leicester, Eng.,
and in Northhamptonshire.
[A.D. 1461] On November 1, a fiery thing like an iron rod of good
length and as large as one half of the moon was seen in the sky, over...
Arras, France for less than a quarter of an hour. This object was also
described as being "shaped like a ship, from which fire was seen
flowing." [Jacques Vallee, "UFO's in Space: Anatomy of a Phenomenon",
p. 9; Harold T. Wilkins, "Flying Saucers on the Attack", pp. 187, 188]
From 1773 another classic account of one of those gleaming, silvery bodies
today referred to as flying saucers:
"Something in the sky which appeared in the north, but vanished from my
sight, as it was intercepted by trees, from my vision. I was standing
in a valley. The weather was warm, the sun shone brightly. On a sudden
it re-appeared, darting in and out of my sight with an amazing
coruscation. The colour of this phenomenon was like burnished, or new
washed silver. It shot with speed like a star falling in the night.
But it has a body much larger and a train longer than any shooting star
I have seen... Next day, Mr. Edgecombe informed me that he and another
gentleman had seen this strange phenomenon at the same time as I had.
It was about 15 miles from where I saw it, and steering a course from E.
to N."
The witness of this event was a Mr. Cracker of Fleet, a small township in
Dorset, England. Mr. Cracker said that he saw this "flying saucer" in broad
daylight on December 8, 1773. ("Fate", April 1951, p. 24).
A Fellow of the Royal Society in London was about to cross St. Jame's Park on
his way home from a meeting on December 16, 1742, when he was startled by the
appearance of a remarkable celestial object:
"...a light arose from behind the trees and houses, to the south and
west, which at first I thought was a rocket, of large size. But when it
rose 20 degrees, it moved parallel to the horizon, and waved like this -
- he draws an undulating line -- and went on in the direction of north
by east. It seemed very near, its motion was very slow. I had it for
about half a mile in view. A light flame was turned backward by the
resistance the air made to it. From, one end, it emitted a bright glare
and fire like that of a burning charcoal. That end was a flame like
bars of iron, and quite opaque to my sight. At one point, on the
longitudinal frame, or cylinder, issued a train in the shape of a tail
of light more bright at one point on the rod or cylinder; so that it was
transparent for more than half of its length. The head of this strange
object seemed about half a degree in diameter, and the tail near three
degrees in length."
The observer signed himself "C.M.," probably preferring to remain anonymous to
avoid the expected skepticism and scoffing of his fellow members. (Harold T.
Wilkins, "Flying Saucers on the Attack," p. 206)
First UFO photograph and a most unusual sighting was reported by Monsieur de
Rostan, an amateur astronomer and member of the Medicophysical Society of
Basel, Switzerland. On August 9, 1762, at Lausanne, Switzerland, he observed
through a telescope a spindle-shaped object crossing and eclipsing the sun.
Monsieur de Rostan was able to observe this object almost daily for close to
a month. He also managed to trace its outline with a camera obscure and sent
the picture to the Royal Academy of Sciences in Paris. Unfortunately, his
image -- probably the first one ever obtained of a UFO -- no longer exists.
A friend of Monsieur de Rostan, living at Sole near Basel, also observed the
spindle-shaped object against the sun, but it seemed to present more of an
edge and was not quite as broad. Oddly enough, the UFO was not visible to a
third astronomer, a Monsieur Messier who studied the sun, during the same
time, from Paris -- an indication that the object was not a sunspot, since it
was visible only from certain angles. (Harold T. Wilkins, "Flying Saucers on
the Attack," pp. 211-212)
The last year of the 18th century had its share of celestial phenomena. An
issue of "Gentleman's Magazine" contained the following story:
"On Sept. 19 [1799], all England saw, at 8:30 p.m., a beautiful ball
blazing with white light, and which passed from N.W. to S.E. It moved
rapidly with a gentle tremulous motion, and noiselessly. The light cast
by it was very vivid, and few red sparks detached themselves from it...
On Nov. 12, something like a large red pillar of fire passed north to
south over Hereford, and alarmed people in the Forest of Dean, dome
miles away. Flashes of extremely vivid electrical sort preceded its
appearance, and at intervals of half an hour, several hours before.
This was at 5:45 a.m.... On this night the moon shone with uncommon
vividness, when between 5 and 6 a.m., bright lights in the sky became
stationary. They then burst with not perceptible report, and passed
north leaving behind them beautiful trains of floating fire. Some were
pointed, some radiated. Some sparkled and some had large columns....
Nov. 19, at 6 a.m., folk of Huncoates, Lincolnshire, were alarmed by
vivid flashes lasting 30 seconds, from a ball of fire passing in the
sky. [Harold T. Wilkins, "Flying Saucers on the Attack," p211]
=END=
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

356
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2219.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
SUBJECT: Extraterrestrial Contacts? FILE: UFO2219
By: Philip J.Imbrogno
Are human beings now in contact with some unkown extraterrestrial
intelligence? UFO investigators from all across the country report that the
number of Contact cases has risen over 200% in the last five years! It is
my feeling that there could be something very concrete to this contact
phenomena and we should all take a much more serious attitude toward it.
Contact In The Hudson Valley
---------------------------
During my research in the Northeast section of the United States, I have
found a good number of people you had an continue to have UFO encounters.
Most of these witnesses started out with and ordinary sighting and now
after many UFO related experiences feel they are in contact with the
intelligence behind the UFOs.
In the Hudson Valley area alone, there has been more than 7,000 reports
of UFOs over the past seven years. To my surprise many people in the area
felt that they had contact with a non-human intelligence from another
world.At first I found these cases strange and a little disturbing since in
most cases this type of report is picked up by the media who attempt to
discredit it by ridiculing the witness. Needless to say this hurts UFOlogy
in general. During the early part of my investigation into the Hudson
Valley Phenomena, I did my best to keep these cases away from the public
eye. The first call of order was to prove that something strange was in the
sky and that the UFO that thousands of people have been seeing is not
something conventional, like "planes in formation".
As time went on the cases of contact in the area began to escalate. I
knew then that some of these cases had to be researched. In response to
this, A UFO conference was organized by Peter Gersten and myself. The
conference took place during september of 1987 and the theme was to explore
the possibility that a non-human intelligence was in contact with people in
the area.
The speakers were Whitley Strieber, Budd Hopkins,John Keel, Ellen
Crystall and myself. At the end of tweleve hours about 900 people attended
and over 200 filled out report forms stating that they thought they had
contact with the UFO intelligence. The actual number really surprised me
greatly, and we were only touching the tip of the iceberg.
Out of the 200 reports a primilary investigation proved that 120 of them
could be unreliable, so only 90 were selected for study. They are listed
below and broken down into to five categories.
Type Contact Number
----------- -------
Abductions 19
Channeling 10
Entity Communication 15
Sighting with telepathy 40
CE-III cases only 6
I will clarify each of the above categories below:
Abduction; Those people who claim to have been taken aboard an alien craft
and meeting the intelligence that operates it.
Channeling: Those people who claim to be in mental contact with a
non-human or super human intelligence. Most communication is done by
automatic writing,verbally or diagrams.
Entity Communication: Those who have met a human like or non-human like
being and had verbal or mental face to face communication.In most cases the
person is left with some type of information, but in some cases no
information is exchanged during the contact.
Sighting With telepathy: a sighting of a UFO in which the witnesses feels
some type of communication is taking place between them and the
intelligence in the UFO. As you can see this made up of the bulk of reports
that I investigated.
CE-III only: Those people who have encountered a strange being, but no
communication was made. Some time the encounter is near a landed
UFO,sometimes there is no UFO in sight.
I will now present Two cases studies of contact from my research along
with my findings. It must be remembered that the case studies are very long
and complex,so I will only present the core of the data.
Abductions
-----------
The abduction phenomena is wide spread across the country. Pioneer
researchers like Budd Hopkins have brought many cases to light. It was no
surprise to me that when the UFO sightings began in the Hudson Valley that
soon abduction cases would follow. One particular case that was brought to
my attention concerned a computer scientist in his early twenties. To
protect the person identity I shall call him "Ray".
On March 13 1988 at 10:00 P.M "Ray" was driving home on Route 116 in
Croton Falls, New York. The route is a lonely dark road with no lights with
a large reservoir on his left and woods on the right. He was driving home
from a friend's home in the area of Croton Falls to his home in New Castle,
New York.
"Ray" noticed a number of very bright white lights off to his left just
above the reservoir. the lights seemed too low to be a plane and looked
like they were several hundred yards away. The pine trees along the side of
the road partially obstructed his view, so he continued to drive, but
slowly until he came to a clearing.
He then stopped his car rolled down his window and watched the lights as
they continued to approach. He then pulled himself half way out of the car
through the window and sat on the car door. As he watched the lights, he
noticed that they were connected to some type of very dark structure. There
was no sound from the object and it was about 20 feet above the tree line.
As the UFO passed over his car, he looked up to see this large triangular
object which was about 100 feet from end to end slowly pass over his car.
He looked up and noticed that the object only had lights in the front and
the underside was in sections and had depth, and receded inward. Inside the
receded area he saw white flashes of light. He compared these flashes with
that of a strobe light. Then something strange took place. The next thing
he knew, he was back in the car and driving down the road and the object
was gone.
When he got home he found it very hard to sleep. For the next several
days "Ray" would wake up in the middle of the night in a cold sweat with
his heart pounding feel very confused. He knew somehow that these sudden
episodes of night terror had to do something with the UFO sighting.
I arranged to have "Ray" hypnotized by Dr. Jean Mundy, a certified
Psychologist who practices in New York City and a well known UFO
researcher. The result of the hypnotic session indicated that "Ray"
experienced an abduction on Route 116 during his sighting.The case is very
long and involved. I will only give a synopsis of the information that was
brought out during that session.
"Ray's" Abduction
-----------------
While the object was passing over his car, "Ray" somehow was drawn out of
the car window and into the UFO. He found himself lying on a table in a
dark room. There were several beings standing on each side of him, and the
being next to his left side was moving some type of instrument around his
head. He tried to move but his legs felt paralyzed. Ray described the
beings as typical "greys", that are often described in UFO literature. He
noticed their eyes were round, and not slanted, as often reported.
One of the beings then inserted something up his nose which caused "Ray"
extreme pain. The feeling he had was as if cotton was being shoved up his
nostril. While remembering this part of the hypnosis "Ray" began to cry out
in pain and his nose began to get red and swell.
After the insert procedure, "Ray" was allowed to get up. He was escorted
by one of the beings to a control pannel. The being was short and was only
as high as "Ray"'s chest( "Ray" is about five foot 9). At no time was there
any verbal communication, but "Ray" knew where they wanted him to go and
what they wanted him to do. He saw this control pannel which was like a
greyish material with many projections and knobs. He thought that these
might be some type of controls.
"Ray" then found himself back in his car driving down the road. "Ray"
feels that the beings will someday come back for him and this time he will
not be returned for him. His entire life has changed since the incident. He
feels as if he is in some form of mental contact with the beings that he
met. He feels as if he is gathering information for them. For example "Ray"
may be listening to music, and a voice inside his head will say "Tell us
about this music, how does it make you feel". "Ray" is not able to control
these requests,they can come at any time while he is experiencing something
in his every day life.
"Ray"'s case is unusual, but not unique when compared to the many cases
that I have investigated in the Hudson Valley.
Channeling
-----------
The channeling phenomenon seems to be a new craze across the country.
When I was approached by individuals who claimed to be in contact with a
super human intelligence, my first response was a negative one. Since 1986
I have invesigated the claims of at least 40 people who say they are
channeling a higher intelligence that is extraterrestrial in nature.My
research proved to my satisfaction that 90% of these people proved to be in
contact with nothing more than their own imagination.The other 10% are
interesting,but require additional research.From the ten cases, selected
from the conference data, only one stands out. This person is the only one
that really made me consider that he may be in contact with an intelligence
that is not of this Earth.
Dean Fagerstrom is a 57 year old resident of Putnam Lake New York. When I
first met Dean in 1982 he was Working as a night watchman. I found Dean
intelligent, articulate and to say the least fascinating.
As an adult Dean's experiences began in November of 1966 while in the army
stationed in Bad Kreuznach, Germany. He lived down town, about a mile from
the base.One night at two o'clock in the morning while sitting in his
apartment while working on a number sequence for the lottery, he had the
feeling he was not alone. He id not feel alarmed by the awareness, but
curious. Finally he got up and walked around the living room and when he
found no one he returned to his seat where he was working with the numbers
on a white board. As he looked at the white board a human like face began
to appear before his eyes. The face filled up just about all of the two by
three board. As the image got clearer, he saw that it was not one face, but
two. There was a bluish shimmer around the edges of this image,one image
was that of a man wuth tawny hair, not quite shoulder length, and a woman
with slightly darker hair, a little shorter Then he heard a voice close to
his ear identify the names of the beings that he saw. The male gave his
name as" Donestra" and his wife's name as" Kilestra", although he did not
say "wife", but rather "mate".
This Donestra then told Dean, that Dean has studied many things and they
have been receiving his thought projections because the mind is a powerful
transmitter. Donestra also told Dean that the images he is now seeing are
not real, but holographic projections. Dean was then told that this being
and his mate were amoung thousands of other individuals from various
planets throughout the near regions of our solar system and beyond.Donestra
told Dean that they have been studying the Earth for many years and that
our planetary and human condition interested them greatly.
After several minutes of conversation the communication came to a close
and Dean was asked not to mention to any one for a while what he had seen
and heard. Dean was told to watch the skies in the next few days, he did
and claims he saw a craft of" amazing design and aerial ability". This was
to prove to Dean that the contact he had was real and not an hallucination.
Between 1966 and 1967 Dean was to continue to have contact with Donestra.
In 1967 Dean was discharged from the service and he moved to Brewster,
New York. Things were quiet, and the year went by uneventful. But on
January 19th 1968 at 4:30 in the morning Dean had another extraterrestrial
contact, this time it would change the rest of his life.
Dean woke up at that hour and saw a bluish shimmer in the upper corner of
the room.He also heard an incredible high frequency buzzing sound.
Gradually, an object materialized about three inches in diameter, round,
resembling an old fashion microphone.
This object came nearer and nearer until it halted before Dean's face at
a distance of no more than a foot. This object stood their,suspended in mid
air and continued to oscillate. As Dean watched, something projected itself
from the center of the disk and extended out four or five inches, it
resembled an "ice pick". It seemed to Dean that it was some type of probe
and came to within three inches of his forehead. The probe then emitted a
very intense vibration that shook his head and neck. Dean lay in bed
helpless, but not paralyzed. The object then became quiet, then it
disappeared.
The next day, Friday morning, Dean got into his car went to a store and
began buying graph paper, triangles, compasses and various drafting
instruments. The buying spree did not seem to be under his control, nor did
he understand why he was buying these things.
Dean collected his purchases and went home and for the next three weeks
began making drawings of various types of alien machinery. Dean did not
know why he was doing this, but thought this Donestra person might have
something to do with it. Dean had no idea of what the devices were that he
was drawing.
The drawings were done in an unusual manner; Dean had no notion of what
he was doing,but felt strongly motivated to complete the drawings. He would
place a piece of graph paper in front of him and s bluish dots would
appear. The dots instructed him where to draw the lines. Also he seemed to
have a pre-knowledge of what color or shade to place in a particular part
of the diagrams. After three weeks and many hours behind closed doors Dean
Completed 32 diagrams and several pages of some unkown symbols.(Two of
these diagrams appear in this issue, as well as one page of the symbols.
Dean held on to these diagrams since 1968,then turned them over to me in
1982. He said that he was instructed to do so by Donestra and that I would
know what to do with them when the time comes.
The diagrams have been looked at by many professional people,a physicist,
an electrical enginner, a professional artist, a master draftsman and even
Dr. Hynek looked at them. Everyone was very impressed with them, and the
draftsman stated that it would take someone with at least twenty years
experience to produce something of that quality.
Dean Fagerstrom continues his contacts till this day. It would take an
entire book to explore some of the material he has produced, and a lifetime
to research it. You may write to Dean Fagerstrom at One Allen Road, Putnam
Lake New York.
Entity Communication
----------------------
This type of case invloves beings materializing to a witnesses out of
thin air. Since 1986, 10 cases of this type have been brought to my
attention in the Hudson Valley. Since the publication of my book Night
Siege, The Hudson Valley UFO siightings in 1987 and my previous articles in
UFO UNIVERSE, I have received well over 50 letters from all over the
country from people who experienced this type of contact.
In over 80% of the cases the time of the contact seems to be from 2-4 A.M
and the place , the witnesses bedroom. The stories are very similar and
they tell of the witnesses being woke up by the being,not physically but by
a strong mental impression. The beings are usually described the same, tall
slim, with long hair(Mostly blonde but, in some rare cases black).The
majority of the beings reported are male, with very few females reported.
It is interesting to note that the tall blonde beings seems to be taking
part in this type of contact, while the little Greys are responsible for
the abductions. In this type of contact 92% of the contactees were women.
Many times some type of information is given to the witnesses.The
information is usually to predict major natural catastrophies and future
UFO sightings. In all the cases explored none of the information that is
given to the person contacted checks out. In most cases the person is
paralyzed while the enitity proceeds with the communication. In all the
cases explored the witnesses is never allowed to speak.
Sighting with Telepathy
-----------------------
Some people who spotted the Hudson Valley UFO felt a strong connection
with the UFO and themselves. At times they felt as if the object(or the
intelligence inside the object) could read their minds. After these
sightings these witnesses continued to feel a strong bond between the UFO
and themselves. These people who had this feeling during their intial
sighting in the Hudson Valley, continued to have additional sightings, some
later experienced one type of contact listed above. These reports are
fully documented in my book NIGHT SIEGE, which was co-authored with the
late Dr. J. Allen Hynek and Mr. Bob Pratt.
Prearranged UFO Photos?
-----------------------
We have seen many UFO photographs in the past twenty years. In some cases
it seems that the photograph was the result of more than an accident. This
may be the case of Travis Ward a Greenwich resident who on January 22 in
the early morning hours took the following UFO photo. Was his camera set up
at the right place at the right time? Or was it more than a stroke of luck?
CE-III Cases
_____________
The number of CE-III cases that have been reported to me involve the
little grey humanoids in and around the Hudson Valley of New York. These
cases seem to be on the rise since August of 1987 and are currently under
investigation. In some of the cases contact was made without the classical
abduction. Many reports that have been brought to my attention all seem to
be of the classical "grey" beings described in the books, COMMUNION and
INTRUDERS. At times these creatures have been reported around a a UFO that
is close to the ground,but sometimes no UFO is seen at all.
If you had a CONTACT experience I would like to hear from you. You can
write me at PO Box 4218, Greenwich, Ct 06830
[Uploaded to CompuServe's National Issues Forum Aug 5, 1990]
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

99
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2220.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
SUBJECT: SYNOPSIS OF WILLIAM G. HYZER'S _THE GULF BREEZE PHOTOGRAPHS
FILE: UFO2220
BOGUS?_ (Second edition, March 15, 1992)
by Rex and Carol Salisberry
Late in 1990, Mr. Walter Andrus, International Director of MUFON, requested
Mr. William G. Hyzer to undertake a photo analysis of the Walters photos.
Mr Andrus made the request at the suggestion of Mr. Jerry Black, who had
made the initial contact with Mr. Hyzer.
Mr. Hyzer is a nationally-recognized photogrammetrist, who was honored by
an award from the American Academy of Forensic Sciences at their annual
meeting in February 1992. Mr. Hyzer was assisted in his analysis of the
Walters photos by his son, Dr. James B. Hyzer. Mr. Andrus provided copies
of photos 1,2,5,9,13,14,16,17,18,19,21,22,36L&R,37L&R and 38L&R for their
work. It is unfortunate that Mr. Andrus could not provide Walters' original
photos or at least first-generation copies to Mr. Hyzer for his analysis.
Mr. Hyzer has now completed his work and a copy of his final report, _The
Gulf Breeze Photographs: Bona Fide or Bogus?_ (second editon, March 15,
1992) was sent to Mr. Andrus on April 1, 1992. We have been priviledged to
read the report and we find it most definitive.
Mr. Hyzer's report indicated that the dark rectangular areas (portholes)
in all of the photos analyzed are either slightly lighter or no darker than
the scenic backgrounds. This would indicate that the objects are either
self-luminous, internally-illuminated, externally-illuminated from the
general direction of the camera, or the result of photographic fakery.
The report also indicated that the UFOs possessed chameleon-like
characteristics. The images of the UFOs are of the same colorations as
their scenic backgrounds. This would indicate that the objects are either
semi-transparent, color-variable, or the result of photographic fakery.
Late in 1991, Mr. Ray Stanford noted that the reflection of the tree line
in photo 19 is visible on the hood of Walters' truck (see photo section
preceding page 129 in Walters' book). Mr. Stanford requested that Mr. Hyzer
analyze this aspect of photo 19. Mr. Stanford had mentioned the lack of
reflection from the UFO to Dr. Bruce Maccabee back in 1988. Dr. Maccabee
claims to have conducted tests using a flashlight and Walters' truck to
determine why there were no reflections from the UFO as expected (see
MUFON Journal, #252, April 1989). Dr. Maccabee found that because the hood
of Walters' truck was supposedly bent, illuminations below seven feet above
the ground at 200 feet away would not cause reflections. He later changed
the seven feet to six feet.
A series of experiments was performed, in which we assisted Mr. Hyzer, to
establish the envelope within which light sources would reflect from the
hood of a Ford 150 XLT truck. The light sources were moved laterally from
30 feet left and right of the centerline of the road and vertically from
ground level up to 10 feet above the surface. Distances varied from 500
feet to 20 feet from the camera. The light-source reflections within the
described envelope were visible and photographed on the hood of the truck.
All of the data, which we helped to collect, was provided to Mr. Hyzer in
raw form (including negatives). This was necessary so as to preclude any
possibility of biasing the information.
Since Dr. Maccabee has now moved the UFO to a position 370 feet from the
camera and two feet above the ground, about 13 feet of the top part of the
UFO would have been above the six-foot restriction claimed by Dr. Maccabee
above. Therefore, the crescent-shaped illuminated dome and the dome light
should have made a visible reflection on the hood of the truck since both
were as bright or brighter than the background sky, though they do not
reflect.
Mr. Hyzer also notes that since the UFO is now supposedly 370 feet from
the camera and two feet above the surface, there should be a pattern of
increased luminance directly beneath the power ring. His photometric
analysis did not reveal the increase in luminance as expected. Mr. Hyzer's
results therefore indicate that there was no UFO present and that the photo
is the product of multiple-exposure camera techniques. These results of
Mr. Hyzer's analysis lead him to conclude the in his professional opinion,
photograph 19 is a fake produced by multiple-exposure photography.
Since photo 14 is very similar to photo 19, it also is probably a fake.
The other of Walters' photos depicting the same objects as photos 14 ad 19
then become highly suspect. Couple this with the brightness and
chameleon-like factors reported by Mr. Hyzer and there appears to be a high
probablility that all of Walters' photos are fakes.
We hope that Mr. Hyzer will publish his report in the near future.
Rex and Carol Salisberry
ed note: William Hyzer has no particular interest in ufology and should
be considered an impartial analyst.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

64
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2221.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
SUBJECT: POLITICAL PARTY WANTS BETTER RELATIONS WITH OTHER PLANETS
FILE: UFO2221
By JANICE FUHRMAN Associated Press Writer
TOKYO (AP) -- A political party that wants better relations with other
planets and a wrestler who believes sports is the key to world peace have
captured the fancy of voters wearied by the scandals of mainstream politicians.
Half the seats in the upper house of parliament are at stake this month, and
the dominant political party is working overtime trying to clean up its image
and raise its approval ratings by promising reforms.
Meanwhile, a variety of fringe parties are taking advantage of the
disenchantment with the governing Liberal Democratic Party and the law that
liberally allocates the airwaves to political campaigns.
Under the Public Office Election Law, any party producing 10 members who pay
$29,000 each as "guarantee money" can claim at least 14 minutes on the Japan
Broadcasting Corp. channel and additional radio time, reaching a potential
audience of 122 million.
The UFO Party, offering nine candidates, has qualified for four free
television appearances and two radio broadcasts. So has the Sports Peace Party
and the Slash-the-Number-of-Parliamentarians Party.
The Miscellaneous People's Party, which advocates gay rights, earned two
television appearances and one radio broadcast.
About 34 of the so-called mini-parties are supporting candidates in the July
23 elections for 126 seats in the upper house.
Although most candidates read their speeches on a staid blue-and-gray set
with a dull monotone and a deadpan look, some have mastered the medium of
television.
Haruzo Hanawa, 73-year-old head of the New Sun Party for the Extermination
of AIDs and Sexual Disease, sang a self-composed ditty. His song called for
legalizing prostitution, and he exhorted young people to develop sexual
morality.
Towering former wrestler Antonio Inoki of the Sports Peace Party told
voters: "Violence isn't necessary, but a leader should have a certain kind of
energy."
Inoki's platform stresses the achievement of world peace through
international sports exchanges. The ex-grappler is perhaps best known outside
Japan for his widely ridiculed exhibition match 13 years ago with former boxing
great Muhammad Ali.
The head of the Slash-the-Number-of-Parliamentarians Party, Kikuo Suda,
began his speech with, "Don't you think there are too many parliament members?
If we did it the way they do in the United States, we would have only 50
members in the (252-member) upper house."
The UFO party has spent its air time calling for a comprehensive policy to
deal with unidentified flying objects, announcing that the British ambassador
told them Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher had a strong interest in the
subject.
The Japan Youth Association, an ultra-right group, was represented by
Toyohisa Eto, who argued against Japan's anti-war constitution and against
opening Japan's markets to farm exports.
The Liberal Democrats, meanwhile, are struggling with the Recruit Co.
influence-peddling scandal that forced the resignation of former Prime Minister
Norobu Takeshita. His successor, Sousuke Uno, has been fending off allegations
about his relationship with a geisha and the fallout from a sales tax his party
backed that has angered consumers.
The Liberal Democrats, who have governed Japan for 34 years, are suffering
unprecedented disapproval ratings.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

74
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2222.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
SUBJECT: LONG ISLAND UFO CASE FILE: UFO2222
Hi there. My name is Ed Sanborn and I'm the MUFON State Director for
Mass. I've been watching the traffic on Paranet for the last couple of weeks
and I'm quite pleased with what I read. It's great to have the quick
turnaround on information exchange while reaching lots of individuals at one
time. I received the following in the mail from a member of the LIUFON on
Friday Nov. 24, 1989:
LONG ISLAND U.F.O. NETWORK
P.O. BOX 232
Center Moriches, New York 11934
HOTLINE (516) 286-3212
A NON-PROFIT RESEARCH ORGANIZATION
----------------------------------------
NEWS BULLETIN.... NEWS BULLETIN.... NEWS BULLETIN.... NEWS BULLETIN....
PRESS RELEASE: FOR IMMEDIATE COPY
The Long Island UFO Network, Inc., a non-profit research organization
based on Long Island, announces to the media of the Metropolitan area and the
Nation that we have evidence that on September 28, 1989 the United States
Armed Forces attempted to recover a disabled, or landed UFO. The incident
occured on the Dune Area of Smith's Point Beach near entrance to the
Moriches Bay. Military and Suffolk County Police Helicopters were involved
in
an apparent attempt to monitor the craft on the Beach. A second object
estimated to be 574 feet to a thousand feet long was observed hovering over
the Bay. It was composed of six tremendously large lights.
The helicopters (six involved) were composed of four military
helicopters
and two Suffolk County Police Helicopters. These helicopters surrounded the
large object (commonly referred to as a mother ship) in a circular rotation
passing around this object in a counter clockwise flight, the helicopters
would then fly over the second downed object in the dunes. As this manuever
was completed, the area would be illuminated by the helicopters searchlights
in
an attempt to illuminate what was on the ground.
Long Island UFO Network, Inc. has interviewed the eyewitnesses to this
event. The family lives in Center Noriches Long Island. The husband, wife,
and their adult son observed the large object from their backyard in response
to military helicopter overflights of their home. The husband and son drove
to the Union Ave. dock and for two and a half hours observed the operation.
The witnesses described the operation to LIUFON investigators' under
the
provision their identities and address be held in the strictest confidential-
ity. For their protection they were interviewed on tape under fictitious
identities and addresses. The husband's taped interview is available to the
media for examination with permission of the witness.
The case is under further investigation by LIUFON investigators. As
more information develops it will be released to the media. The case will be
discussed at our foth coming conference on October 29th in Middle Island,NY
at
the Artist Lake Condominium Center.
There exists 48 photographs of this occurence taken by the
eyewitnesses.
They have been impounded by LIUFON for scientific evaluation. As soon as
tests are finished they will be presented to the public on the Joel Martin
Cable TV Show on cablevision at a date to be announced.
We call upon the FAA, Suffolk County Police and the United States
Government to comment on this. Did they have UFO's over Moriches Bay on
Sept.
28, 1989 between 8:45 P.M. to 11:30 P.M. and were they monitoring it?
LIUFON demands to know, the public demands to know and the World demands to
know.
For further information contact the Long Island UFO Network, Inc.
at
the Hotline No. 516-286-3212.
---------------------
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

507
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2223.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
SUBJECT: THE HARVARD PROFESSOR & THE UFOs FILE: UFO2223
The Harvard Professor & the UFOs
Byline: Jill Neimark
March/April 1994
PSYCHOLOGY TODAY
In a tiny, utilitarian office at Cambridge Hospital - a nondescript cubicle on
the third floor, overlooking a parking lot - Harvard psychiatrist John Mack is
seeking God. And the way this 64-year-old Pulitzer Prize winner is going about
it is truly unprecedented: He has become a kind of paterfamilias and healer to
a whole underground of Americans who claim they have been abducted by aliens in
UFOs.
They flock to him from around the country, these abductees, then lie down on
his office couch and are coaxed into a hypnotic trance. Under hypnosis,
sometimes weeping and shouting with agony and terror, they recover buried
memories of alien encounters. Many of them come to believe that they have been
kidnapped by extraterrestrials regularly since they were children, that they
are guinea pigs in an intergalactic hybrid-breeding program, and that, in a
close encounter of a truly original kind, they have had sperm and egg samples
taken, alien fetuses implanted and removed, and probes inserted in their
vaginas, anuses, and up their noses.
And here's the clincher: Most of them recall that after suffering the
indignities of lab animals in outer space, they are given a picture show that
aliens project onto the walls of their spacecraft - or directly into their
brains - images and movies of ecological disaster that terrify and ultimately
transform them into spiritual seekers hoping to save the polluted Earth.
"Some other intelligence is reaching out to us. It's the most exciting work
I've ever done," claims Mack. A few minutes later he admits, "I'm shocked in a
way to hear myself saying such things. But I've been as careful as possible to
exhaust conventional explanations. None of them begins to explain this
phenomenon."
This alien invasion - subtle, shattering, mysterious - is really a form of
cosmic correction by beings more advanced than we, believes Mack, whose about-
to-be-published book, "ABDUCTION" (Scribners), details the kidnappings of 13
individuals by aliens and fits them into a new cosmology. It's a view of the
universe that's both high-tech and ancient, one that assumes intelligence can
take many forms and melds Eastern spirituality and Western science. Above all,
it's a cosmology eerily well adapted to our country's obsession with abuse,
confession, and transcendence.
Mack has long been one of the brightest minds at Harvard, a man whose prize-
winning "A Prince of Our Disorder" (1977) - a psychological study of T.E.
Lawrence - was hailed as one of the most remarkable biographies of its time.
Mack was one of the men who forged Harvard's Cambridge Hospital Department of
Psychiatry into a premier teaching hospital, a place where psychiatrists and
residents now vie for positions, and for four years he was its head. He's been
a member of the Boston Psychoanalytic Institute, certified as a child
psychoanalyst, and chairman of the Executive Committee for all five hospital-
based departments of psychiatry that make up the huge Department of Psychiatry
at Harvard Medical School.
He's also a high-profile idealist who has been at the forefront of efforts by
his peers for global peace and conservation. He is founding director of the
Center for Psychological Studies in the Nuclear Age and a member of Physicians
for Social Responsibility and International Physicians for the Prevention of
Nuclear War. He is an outspoken advocate of corporate and industrial policies
that sustain the environment. The list of accomplishments doesn't stop there;
Mack has published over 150 articles and books on subjects ranging from
nightmares to teenagers who kill their mothers to Russian children's feelings
about nuclear weapons. And so his excursion into the realm of ETs has elicited
an outcry of contempt, sorrow, bewilderment, anxiety, confusion, interest, and
even admiration from his fellow colleagues.
Is Mack legitimizing ufology, a pursuit that has until now found its warmest
reception on the pages of supermarket tabloids? Or has he, as one longtime
colleague laments, ruined his career?
More than the legitimacy of UFOs is at stake. The fact is that Mack - at least
to those who view him from the outside - is actually in the white hot center of
a controversy that has been raging around the country. It's a battle about the
essential nature of the human mind, really; a war over the nature of memory,
and access routes to it, particularly hypnosis. Can hypnosis recover repressed
memories of sexual abuse, satanic ritual abuse, past life abuse, and abuse at
the hands of aliens? In a tabloid culture, recovered memories have led to
accusations and court cases so damaging and sordid they've been compared to the
witch-hunts of another age.
John Mack's UFO work rests in great part on the validity of hypnosis as a tool
to recover memory. The cultural uproar over this modus operandi may not resolve
itself for years to come.
Strangely enough, he shrugs off the controversy. "I have such long
relationships here at Harvard, they just tolerate me. Of course, I don't know
what they say behind my back. But the abduction phenomenon, " insists Mack,
"gets at the core of who we are. It's traumatic for me as well as others, but
it expands us into a different universe."
I'd been chasing John Mack for months before he agreed to an interview. One of
his assistants, Karen Wesolowski, at a branch of The Center for Psychology and
Social Change, his own private umbrella organization for UFO research, had been
stonewalling me, supposedly because he was under crushing pressure to finish
his book, for which Scribners had reportedly paid him a handsome $200,000. But
it was easy to detect another reason: fear of a hatchet job in the press. Mack
himself has confessed, "The experience of taking on a subject which has been
fare for the tabloids and the seamier side of the mass media has been a story
in itself."
The first time I spoke with Karen on the phone, I heard the clacking of
computer keys: she was taking down every word I said. She asked more
preliminary "who are you and what do you want" questions than I'd encountered
in a decade of reporting. She called PSYCHOLOGY TODAY and asked to see samples
of my work. She instructed me not to speak to Dr. Mack's department head, Malka
Notman, M.D., until he had had a meeting with her first. She told me that in
part she and Dr. Mack were simply protecting the abductees. Karen likened
individuals who did not believe these victims' stories to people who tell
holocaust survivors that Nazi atrocities never happened.
When I finally faced Mack A DEUX, I found a tall, lank man with eyes like
cobalt glass. He was wearing a slightly wrinkled button-down shirt of the same
startling blue, khaki pants, and loafers. He had a boyish, baffled sincerity
about him, an almost bedazzled helplessness that would both endear him to me
and irritate me throughout the interview.
It was lunchtime and we shared Mack's typical fare: peanut butter from a
gallon-size plastic container stored in his secretary's adjacent office,
bagels, and Mars bars. As we ate, he told me how he'd arranged at his fixation
on UFOs as agents of cosmic correction of our Earth-destroying ways. Although
the press, when credulous, recounts his story as if he simply woke up one day
and was confronted with irrefutable evidence that aliens are kidnapping and
experimenting on humans, the truth is far more complex and intriguing.
First, Mack has never been your garden-variety shrink. He openly admits that he
has always felt a bit like Georg Simmel's "The Stranger," the marginal man who
participates in the culture but is not part of it. He was raised in a
rationalist, German-Jewish, New York household, where his father read him the
Bible not because he believed in God but because the stories were fascinating.
From Oberlin he went to Harvard Medical School and set out to become a
psychoanalyst. He continued his internship and residency training at Harvard
institutions, and was accepted at the Boston Psychoanalytic Institute, then at
the pinnacle of its reputation, where he underwent both personal and and a
training psychoanalysis. He went on to specialize in child psychoanalysis. He
also trained at the Harvard-affiliated Massachusetts Mental Health Center when
it was leading psychiatry to alternatives to institutionalization for the
mentally ill, and was chief resident there. Mack was on brilliant trajectory
in Harvard's prestigious embrace.
Coming to Cambridge Hospital was his first major departure from the beaten
track: At the time "it was a derelict community hospital. It was not the place
to fast-track." He was its head of psychiatry until 1977 and was instrumental
in crafting a community mental health program that today is the centerpiece of
a citywide network of clinics and hospitals.
His biography of T.E. Lawrence was another departure: though psychobiography is
an honored tradition among analysts, Lawrence was an unusual choice. Mack was
fascinated by this man who himself was a stranger, a troubled hero caught in
the fate of a culture not his own.
Later he began to work on issues of nuclear disarmament, global peace, and
conservation. He has traveled the world attending conferences on ecology and
the Earth, mingling with everyone from scientists to philosophers,
philanthropists, and economists.
He also began to explore alternative approaches to consciousness. In the 1970s,
Mack was taken with Werner Erhard's EST and assorted mind-altering techniques.
The final break with tradition came when Mack met Stanislav Grof, a Russian who
had developed "holotropic breathwork," a technique of rapid breathing that
allegedly accesses nonordinary states of consciousness. The first time he tried
it, Mack not only "reexperienced" his mother's death when he was eight months
old, he also felt "my father's grief at the time. There was also a businessman
in the room screaming his head off because he was reliving the time when HIS
mother tried to choke him as an infant. I got more out of one session than I
had in all my years of analysis." Later in the session, "I became a Russian
father in the 16th century, a man whose four-year-old son was decapitated by
Mongol hordes."
Mack In Time
Mack begs the question of past lives here. He says that at the time he was in
Russia as part of an exchange program, sponsored by Easalen, to talk about the
impact of the nuclear arms race on children. His consciousness, he told me,
"traveled in time to identify this Russian man. After that experience I felt
great empathy for the Russians I was working with. "
He took a three-tear training program in Grof's breathing technique, which
concluded in 1988. A year later, a psychologist who also practiced the
technique urged him to meet Budd Hopkins, a New York artist who had published a
best-selling book, INTRUDERS, about UFO abductees.
Mack claims that "nothing on my 40 years as a psychiatrist prepared me for what
he had to say. I was impressed with his sincerity, depth of knowledge, and deep
concern for the abductees. But what affected me even more was the internal
consistency of the highly detailed accounts [of abduction] by different
individuals who would have had no other way to communicate with one another."
He cites the specific, consistent information abductees give about the inside
of spaceships, procedures, medical instruments, and more, as absolute evidence
of the veracity of their reports. He notes the interesting but inconclusive
physical "evidence" of abductions - strange "scoop" marks, nodules, and cuts
(in one case, on a quadriplegic man who would have been unable to self-inflict
them); and the fairly common experience of waking upside down in the bed or
sometimes outside the house, with clothes removed or lost.
Today he calls himself "co-investigator and co-creator" in the abduction
phenomenon. Mack has scaled down his private psychiatric practice and his
teachings to focus on exploring this field. He has now hypnotized and
"regressed" nearly 80 abductees and, in his home, where he encourages them to
talk about their experience, holds monthly support group meetings. Mack's
abductees undergo a remarkably uniform transformative shift in consciousness
and become committed to preserving the Earth; they report dreams of floods and
other destruction that will otherwise occur. "I have no way to explain this
except as some sort of robust emergence of an intelligence reaching out to us
in some way. The hybrid[-breeding] program may have something to do with the
state of the Earth at this time.
Mack's history, he admits, has prepared him exactly for this work. One almost
wonders if he could have ever resisted it, for it so perfectly occupies his
clinical, mystical mind. Abductions allow him to be far more than a
psychiatrist. He is now an explorer of consciousness, at play in the fields of
the universe itself, a participant in an ecological and global transformation
that he sees as part of a cosmic plan.
But what's really going on? I decided to retrace Mack's steps.
Take a visit with me to the New York City home of Budd Hopkins, the man John
Mack dedicates his book to, the one who "led the way." Hopkins is an abstract
expressionist who has brushed elbows with many of the great painters of our
day, and has the look of a slightly disheveled but friendly Phil Donahue. He's
an ingenuous guy, happily showing off his studio and his upstairs home, where
original art by Degas, Franz Kline, and Frank Stella grace the walls. Hopkins'
free time these days is spent conducting free hypnotic regressions and support
groups for abductees, traveling constantly to lecture on the subject, and
preparing a third book for publication.
Hopkins sat with me in his studio, which was filled with a series of brightly
painted, wooden wall hangings he calls "the guardians," and rattled on
enthusiastically about UFOs. He brought out a notebook of pictures of people
with indeterminate "marks" from space-alien probings, which seemed unremarkable
to me, garden-variety abrasions and minor bruises. He then showed me drawings,
made by victims, of what they had seen on the inner walls of spaceships. He
requested that I not describe them in print; yet they are generic and primitive
enough to also seem unremarkable.
Lavender Underwear
It was when he began to talk about other "proofs" that he began to lose me -
and I wondered how he had been able to retain Mack's interest. For example, the
problem with clothes. Hopkins mentioned one abductee who woke up wearing
lavender underwear, and she OWNS no lavender underwear because she hates the
color. Others wake up with pajama bottoms several sizes too small - clearly not
their own; or with bottoms and tops reversed.
Picture this: We've got aliens who are smart enough to travel light-years
across the universe, whisk us up into spaceships that move at unthinkable
speeds, communicate telepathically and transform our consciousness, and yet
they're so disorganized that when they're ready to drop us down again they
dress us in the wrong clothes. (Mack has made equally amazing statements; he
told me, "They can't do anything they want. Apparently they can take you
through a window or a door but not walls of a certain thickness. But I'm not
one to talk about that kind of TECHNICAL stuff.")
Hopkins' reliability began to crumble like an old cake when he told me about
the case of the decade, if not the century, which is the subject of his next
book. A woman, Linda N., was abducted from her high rise in November of 1989 in
lower Manhattan; Hopkins claims the abduction was witnessed by a woman driving
over the Brooklyn Bridge a quarter of a mile away, and by two security officers
driving former U.N. Secretary General Javier Perez de Cuellar (who refuses to
admit this; nor are there records of his car stalling that night, as Hopkins
claims).
Hopkins told me about this case at length. However he managed to leave out a
remarkable series of details, all of which are revealed in a 25-page study of
the "incident" published by three independent UFO researchers, including a
former special agent for the U.S. Army and a former security police specialist
for the U.S. Air Force. According to the information they gathered from papers
Hopkins wrote and talks with him personally, Linda said that the two security
officers who supposedly witnessed her abduction later kidnapped her, asked her
to remove her shoes to find out if she was an alien (they claimed aliens lacked
toes); and that one of the officers drove her to a beach house, asked her to
put on a nightgown, and requested she have sex with him. She says he also tried
to drown her and that at one point he wrote her saying he was in a mental
hospital. Yet Linda never made an official complaint or contacted the police.
The investigators note that these bizarre details of Linda's story - none of
which Hopkins told me - turn out to be uncannily similar to a science fiction
novel, NIGHTEYES, published a few months before Linda claimed to be abducted.
If Mack accepts Hopkins wholeheartedly as the pioneer in whose path he has
followed, what are we to conclude? This question haunted me simply because the
distinction between Mack and Hopkins is enormous. Hopkins is an artist, but
Mack is a high priest at a most sanctified temple of science: Harvard Medical
School. He also happens to be a man with a halo of perfection about him, an
honorable man given to just causes, a man with a reputation for kindness. Mack
more than anybody needs to be rigorous in his research. Otherwise he may become
a kind of Pied Piper, seducing and perhaps terrifying us with visions of a
world that may not exist. Can Mack corroborate his own findings?
I asked him about the physical evidence: "Why aren't the ETs showing up on the
White House lawn?"
His answer sounded like better sleight of hand than Freud himself, who invented
the term "resistance" to fend off naysayers. "Is it real? Did it happen? That
looks like an irreducible question. But the answer is, in what reality? Ours,
or another reality? My hunch is that this is some new kind of entity that
exists in a marginal place between the physical and the nonphysical. I would
almost say this phenomenon, by its very nature, is trying to get us off the
pure reliance on physical artifacts.
I asked him how he responds to the criticism that he is "leading" his clients
to the stories he wants to hear - a criticism not leveled solely at Mack but at
many of those who rely on hypnosis to provide proof of any sort. Mack admits
that not every UFO researcher gets the same powerful information he does about
ecology and Earth changes. In fact, the field is rent by disagreement and
argument about the meaning of UFOs. Early researchers, who were interested in
the flying saucers, have trouble believing there are creatures inside who are
performing experiments on us. Many of those who do believe feel, like Hopkins,
that "the aliens' agenda is not focused on us particularly, we're incidental."
And other researchers find the aliens are more body snatchers than angelic
guides to a purer Earth.
Nonetheless, Mack insists, "I do not lead people. We look together at a shared
mystery, but they are not alone in the strange, reality-shattering matter here.
" When I asked him what percentage of abductees come up with a new "Earth
consciousness," he said percentages were not valid. "If I said half did, the
other half may still come up with it. We just may not have gotten that far with
them yet."
I asked about his contention that these people lack pathology. He has given
only four of nearly 80 clients any kind of psychological testing. No
independent clinician has verified his statements of his patients' mental
health.
However, in a recent study of 49 people reporting encounters with UFOs, four
Canadian psychologists found them free of psychopathology. What did set them
apart from others, the researchers, led by Nicholas P. Spanos, Ph.D., state in
the JOURNAL OF ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY, was "a belief in UFOs and in the existence
of alien life forms." Most of their experiences took place at night, and the
team attributes them to temporary sleep paralysis, a condition associated with
vivid hallucinations. Under these conditions, believers tend to confuse
"internally produced images and sensations" with external reality.
Memory In The Musculature
Mack insists that his patients are able to provide detailed accounts of
abduction because of his use of Grof breathwork. "I tell the person about the
breath, that it gives them power and connects them to the life-giving forces of
the cosmos." He believes that traumatic experiences are held in the body's
tissues and that, using the Grof method, pressure in the "blocked area of the
musculature will bring the stored emotions forth and discharge the tensions
that have been out of reach until this time, stuck in the body. As strong
emotions are coming to the surface, I can feel, for example in the client's
neck or back, in a place where he feels the alien instrumentation once
occurred, a powerful tightness or spasm in the muscle."
The most unwieldy question is that of hypnosis. All roads to UFOs always seem
to lead back to hypnosis. It is when patients are under hypnosis that Mack
witnesses extremes of emotion. Patients thrash, cry, shout. Stories pour out of
them. The drama is so great it's hard not to be convinced.
Mack, who "taught myself to do hypnosis in this work," here stands on shaky
ground. Though scores of therapists around the country are happily in this camp
- fully believing in repressed memories, and regressing patients who then come
up with never-before-remembered stories ranging from ritual torturing of babies
to copulation with aliens - a furious backlash has begun. Many professionals
are concerned that such work is a misuse of the power of the therapist. They
are also alarmed that innocent individuals are being accused of unthinkable
crimes, by patients who themselves have been utterly terrified by hypnotic
"memories" they believe are real. Mack's use of hypnosis enrages some
psychologists, because it opens a very dark Pandora's box.
Perhaps the most outspoken is Berkely social psychologist Richard Ofshe, who
share a Pulitzer Prize in 1979 for his work in exposing the Synanon cult in
California. Ofshe, with his olive-dark eyes and majestic beard, looks a bit
like a feudal king you wouldn't want to mess with. He's become a crusader
against what he calls extreme forms of influence - from coerced police
confessions to therapist-induced false memories retrieved in trance. He sees a
direct and dangerous bridge between them, and doesn't exempt John Mack for a
minute.
"If there's a certain brilliance in backing the trendiest wrong horses
available, then John Mack has it," he comments. "He has made a stellar,
absolutely impressive, world-class series of mistakes. First he was in bed with
Sigmund Freud, and we are already beginning to see the obituary of Freud. Then
he was in bed with Werner Erhard, another big-time loser. Now he's in bed with
ET's evil brother."
Ofshe points out that nobody has proved the concept of "robust" repression of
memory, which is far different from traumatic amnesia (forgetting a single,
horrendous event) or normal memory's denial and whitewashing. Robust repression
requires that one repeatedly forget a recurring event - whether it's that your
father kept raping you or aliens abducted you from the time you were three.
"That's like forgetting you went to high school."
"John Mack's use of hypnosis runs counter to all we know about it," agrees Fred
Frankel, M.D., psychiatrist-in-chief at Boston's Beth Israel Hospital, a
professor at Harvard Medical School, and editor of the INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF
CLINICAL AND EXPERIMENTAL HYPNOSIS. Frankel tells a story that seems to put
Mack in questionable light: a woman was referred to Frankel for disturbing
dreams. "I explained to her that hypnosis does not necessarily provide accurate
recall. I told her that in hypnosis fantasy and suggestion play a major role.
Her response to hypnotic induction was minimal." Not much happened.
But the woman then found her way to Mack, and "he got a major response." She
recalled her abduction experiences in great detail. Mack describes her reaction
in his book: "Her fear seemed to reach a crescendo as her body writhed in awful
contortions. 'They take control of you and you don't have the energy to fight .
. . .'"
Mack called Frankel and they talked for two hours about their different
results. This past September, they presented the case at a Grand Rounds, a
standard teaching event for residents and other doctors, whose comments are
always openly invited. The subject was a fairly big draw as these things go.
Seventy people came. "It was done in a cooperative spirit," says Frankel. A
third doctor presided and monitored the discussion of explanations for why
hypnosis could yield two such opposite responses.
"But [Mack] incorporated none of what was said there into his book," reports
Frankel. "In fact, Mack has devoted an entire chapter to this woman's case and
entitled it, 'Personally, I Don't Believe In UFOs.'" The woman claims that
Frankel himself said this, which he indignantly denies. "Look, I don't know
enough to ever make that statement. I have enough problems with THIS planet!"
Although Mack acknowledges Frankel's denial in the book, he makes his bias
stunningly clear by using the disputed statement as the chapter title.
Frankel's main point is that Mack continually claims to be neutral but is in
fact totally supportive of abductees and thus must be skewing his results. For
instance, Frankel observes, before beginning hypnosis, Mack often gives people
a pilot interview during which he indicates that he believes in abduction. If
Mack has so clearly cast his lot, that is a stance far removed from balanced
scientific research. The issue is not whether Mack is right or wrong, but that
he has abdicated scientific objectivity; his methods preclude us from ever
getting an answer.
Hypnosis expert Michael Yapko - whose textbook, TRANCEWORK (Brunner Mazel), is
the leading book in the field - has equally strong words of caution. Yapko
recently surveyed nearly 900 psychotherapists and found that "they are grossly
misinformed about the nature of hypnosis." The great strength of hypnosis, says
Yapko, is that under trance "you can accept and respond to a suggested reality.
Therapists like Mack may be oblivious to the fact that they're creating the
experiences they then have to treat. These phenomena are not arising
independent of his influence."
Even therapists who are intrigued by and half-convinced of the reality of UFOs
concede this fact. "Expectations of the observer have a tremendous amount to do
with what's produced," explains Jim Gordon, a clinical professor of psychiatry
at Georgetown Medical School who published an article on UFOs in THE ATLANTIC.
"Patients in Jungian analysis have Jungian dreams, and in Freudian analysis
they have Freudian dreams. That's why therapists with different approaches to
UFOs produce different reactions in their patients."
Mack responds to all these protests with the helpless shrug of a man who is
simply convinced of what he is seeing. "I know this sounds like hedging, but we
don't know in what reality this occurs. False and true memory don't apply. This
is powerfully real, but in what reality?" I asked him where he felt he belonged
in the raging controversy over memory and abuse. Does he think memories of
satanic abuse might be happening in an alternate reality? He postulated that
indeed they might: "Perhaps those memories are experientially true but they
didn't factually happen in this reality." What does this mean? In the fourth
dimension - or perhaps the sixth dimension?
Mack is the most frustrating type of true believer: congenial, intelligent, and
absolutely impenetrable. "People say you may be influencing them, there must be
childhood trauma, memory is not reliable. I could say all those things but it's
not like that. It's authentic."
But what does he mean by authentic? I interviewed one of Mack's prime
abductees, Peter Faust, a Boston acupuncturist and spiritual healer, a man
Mack says the aliens simply won't let rest. Faust is as handsome as a soap-
opera star, with dark hair and dimples. He and his wife were in the Caribbean
when he remembers saying, "You little fuckers get out of here!" The next
morning he had some odd bites behind his ears. It was years and several
dreams later that he "realized" what might have happened to him and went
to Mack for hypnotic regression.
Peter told me with absolute sincerity how he recalled under trance that during
his abductions, sperm had been suctioned from him with a funnel device and that
he had been bred with a particular alien female. I turned to his wife at that
point and asked her how she felt about this.
"Well," she admitted, "it's hard. Sometimes I wonder if I should pack up and
leave. It's like the affair that never ends. And I can't do anything about it."
I turned to Peter. His eyes were burning with a believer's intensity. "They're
coming in our lifetime, I guarantee it."
#
Waiting For A Verdict
The jury on UFOs may forever remain out - floating somewhere in the cosmos
among spaceships and alien breeders. Yet perhaps the most interesting aspect of
John Mack and his work is not whether it is valid, but the intense furor
surrounding it. Carl Sagan, the foremost astronomer of our time, wrote an
impassioned cover story for PARADE magazine about our national obsession with
aliens. (Mack wrote him a nine-page letter in rebuttal, but it went
unpublished.) Sagan contends that there is no hard evidence of ETs on this
planet, and that so-called abductions are most likely hallucinations.
Nonetheless "we have before us a matter of supreme importance - touching on
our limitations...the fashioning of our beliefs and perhaps even the origins
of our religions."
So, when Mack says this phenomenon gets at the very core of "who we are" and
"makes us question all realities," he is right. We will always wonder about our
place in the universe, and the form that wonder takes will always reflect the
age. Ours is an age of rockets and radio waves, an era mesmerized by the
pleasures of purging and confession, caught by the belief in widespread abuse,
and both troubled and inspired by questions of consciousness itself. If anyone
is an emblem of our age, John Mack is. The real disappointment is that he
brings us no closer to the truth - even though he could.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

142
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2225.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
SUBJECT: MACK HOAXED, CRITICIZED FILE: UFO2225
E.T., phone Harvard: Dr. John Mack could use the help as critics rip his
research on alien abductions
04/21/94 THE BOSTON GLOBE
CAMBRIDGE -- The big Mack attack has just begun. And no one has heard from
the little people yet.
The aliens, that is.
"Abduction," the much-publicized book by Harvard psychiatrist John Mack
about extraterrestrial visitations, had barely touched down in bookstores this
week before it came under heavy groundfire from critics of both Mack's
methodology and his UFO-friendly mindset.
Time magazine fired the loudest shot in a report that one "experiencer" on
whom Mack practiced hypnotic regression therapy, Donna Bassett, says she faked
tales of her encounters with space aliens -- and that Mack not only believed
the stories but also failed to obtain consent forms from his research subjects.
Mack has seen or treated more than 100 abductees since 1991, most of whom say
they are victims of sexual or genetic experimentation by their captors.
"Abduction" contains detailed case studies on 13 of those patients.
Bassett also charges Mack with billing insurance companies improperly for
therapy sessions that were actually research. Furthermore, the Time story,
written by veteran investigative reporter James Willwerth, suggests that
Mack's work is riddled with scientific improprieties, including supplying
patients with accounts of other abduction experiences before hypnotizing them.
For Mack, a tenured Harvard professor and Pulitzer Prize-winning
biographer, these attacks on his credibility have hit a raw nerve. Mack is in
the launch phase of an all-out publicity blitzkrieg ("Oprah" "48 Hours,"
People, Larry King) that includes network TV interviews with several of his
research subjects. These people are clearly emotionally and psychologically
vulnerable, whatever the underlying cause might be. And so, to a degree, is
Mack, whose credentials far outweigh those of any previous investigator
publicly aligned with the abduction-recovery movement.
Yes, Mack says, he anticipated the mainstream media would have difficulty
swallowing his conclusion that these abduction reports are reality-based.
Skeptical criticism of his work is to be expected, he says, even welcomed.
Moreover, Mack harbors few illusions that anyone hung up on Western
scientific rationalism will cede much ground to him in this debate. Mack
himself calls abductions a "great mystery" that defy proof, one way or another.
Or logic. Only reluctantly did he come to believe in them himself, Mack
says.
But this latest flurry hits below the professional belt, the clinician
contends.
"Why do they pick the most destructive part of the story and focus on that?
" Mack asks. "One or two disaffected persons come forward. Why don't they look
into her background? It surprises me they {Time} would go so far to discredit
me when they claim to be seriously interested in the phenomenon."
Mack insists he is bound by doctor-patient confidentiality not to discuss
in any detail his work with Bassett, a researcher now living in North Carolina.
He will say, however, that he dealt with Bassett "in good faith" and that if
he gave her any UFO-related articles to read, it was only to satisfy her own
curiosity about the abduction experience.
"People can be angry for all sorts of reasons," he maintains. "I doubt the
writer checked out her background."
Mack also says that while he did bill third-party insurers for some therapy
sessions, he kept none of the money for himself. The total amount, he says,
which he estimates to be between $2,000 and $3,000, went to a now-defunct
support group known as Group for Research and Aid to Last year, Mack
founded The Program for Extraordinary Experience Research (PEER) to oversee
his abduction research. PEER in turn is overseen by, and funded through, the
Center for Psychology and Social Change, a nonprofit organization co-founded
by Mack in 1983 to facilitate scholarly research into topics such as human
psychology and the nuclear arms race.
According to Karen Wesolowski of PEER, billing and consent procedures
changed once Mack stopped treating incoming abductees as private psychiatric
patients. At that point, she says, PEER mailed out consent forms to all of
Mack's abductee patients, current and former. Most, though not all, signed the
forms, she maintains. Meanwhile, Mack stopped billing insurers in order to be
"absolutely scrupulous" about the clinical division between research and
therapy.
As for his methodology, Mack calls it "very legitimate" to raise questions
about how he has gone about recovering memories of alien encounters. In
"Helping Abductees," a 1992 article in the International UFO Reporter, Mack
noted that he "had little training in hypnosis as a psychiatric resident and
had virtually to teach myself." He credits pioneering investigator Budd
Hopkins with helping him refine his techniques. Hopkins, a visual artist, has
written two popular books on the abduction phenomenon, "Missing Time" and
"Intruders."
On numerous occasions, Mack continues, sitting in his cramped office
located behind Cambridge Hospital, other therapists and researchers have been
present to observe -- and validate -- the relived trauma that subjects
experience under hypnosis. Tapes of these sessions leave little doubt that
their emotional suffering is real, not invented.
"It's conceivable somebody could dupe me, of course," Mack says, referring
to Bassett, "but I've had a lot of clinical experience. And this {Time}
article says I'm damaging people. Where is the evidence for that?"
Furthermore, he asks, "How could I possibly keep everybody happy? There are
bound to be one or two disaffected people. That's what I object to, the focus
on them. It ignores the dozens and dozens of people I've helped."
Time reporter Willwerth is more skeptical. He dismisses Mack's complaints
about lack of background checking as nonsense. A specialist in health-research
abuse, Willwerth says he thoroughly reviewed both Bassett's charges and the
supporting evidence, while Time's lawyers in turn thoroughly vetted his piece.
"The bottom line is, there was no informed consent going on," says the writer.
"We checked this out 13 ways from Sunday."
Bassett first met Mack in September 1992 and underwent three "regression"
sessions with him over the next four months. She says reading other articles
by Mack about abductions "told me exactly what he was looking for" when she
pretended to be hypnotized. She also maintains that real harm may have been
done to at least some of his research subjects, who have been stripped of
other psychological support systems.
"This isn't about UFOs," Bassett insists, speaking by phone from her home
in North Carolina. "This is a way to hide human experimentation that's been
undertaken for a personal political agenda."
That agenda, contends Bassett, is reflected in the message Mack cliams to
have distilled from patients' encounters with aliens: that the planet is
threatened by ecological destruction, that earthlings must wake up before the
destruction goes too far and that human-alien cross-breeding may be the only
way to save a doomed race. Mack would hardly quibble with that assessment of
the message, only with how the messenger -- himself -- is being treated by
opponents like Bassett.
"Contrary to what some critics say," says Mack, "I was surprised by the
message of earth's destruction."
Mack does admit, though, that colleagues warned him long ago that he would
open himself up to professional criticism -- if not outright ridicule -- by
pursuing abduction research. Still, he insists, he has no regrets.
"I have this innocent confidence that if you do your work in a
comprehensive and objective way," he says, "it stands on its own.
"I'm not worried the attacks will silence me. What I worry about is giving
support to the wonderful abductees and others who are helping this process. I
don't want to disappoint them."
@ART CAPTION:"It's conceivable somebody could dupe me, of course," says
Harvard psychiatrist John Mack of the research subject who claims she invented
stories of alien abduction.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

103
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2226.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
SUBJECT: MACK BOOK REVIEW-INDEPENDENT FILE: UFO2226
BOOK REVIEW
Byline: ANTHONY STORR
05/22/94
THE INDEPENDENT
JOHN MACK is a professor of psychiatry at Harvard Medical
School, a faculty member of the Boston Psychoanalytic Society,
president of the International Society for Political Psychology,
and the author of a prize-winning biography of T E Lawrence, A
Prince of Our Disorder, which I read with admiration. Since many
people will find this new book incredible, it is important to
emphasise that the author's credentials are impeccable.
Mack claims to have interviewed more than a hundred people who
say that they have been abducted by aliens. Of these, 47 females
and 29 males, including three boys of eight and under, have
convinced Mack that their accounts of being abducted are genuine.
In this book, he presents 13 selected cases, eight men and five
women.
The usual pattern of an abduction is that the abductee is at
home or in a car. He or she sees a bright light, sometimes blue,
which emanates from a spacecraft or UFO to which the abductee is
taken by "floating" through walls or the roof of a car. Further
transportation to a larger spacecraft follows. "Communication
between aliens and humans is telepathic, mind to mind or thought to
thought, with no specific common learned language being necessary."
Most victims describe aliens as small, grey, and hairless, with
large heads and long arms. The captive usually feels unable to move
any part of the body except the head. The aliens then conduct
experiments on the abductee's body, often using instruments which
remove eggs from females and sperm samples from men. These
experiments are usually felt as intrusive, but there are also
reports of rewarding sexual intercourse with aliens. Many abductees
believe the aliens have an interspecies breeding programme, and say
they have seen hybrid infants in spacecraft.
Aliens are generally regarded as "more advanced spiritually and
emotionally than we are", which makes it hard to understand why
they should want to interbreed with humans, whose misuse of the
earth they usually condemn as wicked or stupid. For not all the
habits of aliens are nasty: they also issue timely warnings. When
in the spacecraft, the captives are given information about the
fate of the earth, which may include scenes of devastation
following a nuclear explosion, lifeless polluted landscapes and
"apocalyptic images of giant earthquakes, firestorms, floods, and
even fractures of the planet itself". Some lucky abductees are
given glimpses of their previous incarnations, as, for example, a
tomb-painter in ancient Egypt.
Abduction experiences often run in families. Mack states that
his subjects are free from psychiatric illness or psychological or
emotional conditions which could account for their abductions. Yet
examination of his 13 cases reveals that all reported strange
experiences, neurotic symptoms or preoccupation with the paranormal
from early childhood onward. One subject had been seeing a
psychiatrist for seven years. Another had seizures, migraine-like
headaches, visual hallucinations and a temporarily abnormal
electroencephalogram. Some have been searching for enlightenment in
a variety of sects throughout their lives.
Mack used hypnosis to induce regression to childhood and recover
memories of abduction experiences. He states that "abductees are
peculiarly unsuggestible". If so, one would expect that they would
be hard to hypnotise. Yet he also writes that "abductees seem to
move readily into trance" and shares with readers his impression
"that the reports provided under hypnosis are generally more
accurate than those consciously recalled".
Mack's technique of inducing the hypnotic state includes deep,
rapid breathing. He reports that, at the end of the session, his
subjects often experience cramps in the muscles of the hands.
Overbreathing interferes with calcium metabolism and may cause such
cramps, which are known as tetany; but Mack does not mention this.
Nor does he consider the possibility that his form of therapy is
creating a new, crazy sect whose members try to outdo each other's
fantasies. We have enough interplanetary societies already.
Mack learned the breathing technique from the work of a
psychiatrist called Stanislav Grof. It is said to facilitate travel
through history and the establishment of "transpersonal
relationships". Mack told Esquire that, when he practised it
himself, he found that in one of his past lives he had been a
16th-century Russian who had to watch a band of Mongols decapitate
his four-year-old son.
I wonder if aliens are as credulous and gullible as human
beings? They could hardly be more so. John Mack, of course,
realises that he has put his reputation as a professor of
psychiatry on the line. If he is eventually professionally
discredited, his $250,000 American advance will hardly constitute
sufficient comfort.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

25
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2227.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
SUBJECT: MUFONET - UFO SIGHTING REPORT OCT-25-89 FILE: UFO
MUFONET-BBS Network - Mutual UFO network
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
UFO Sighting Report
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Report:--------------- NC102589.UFO
Date of Sighting:----- October 25, 1989
Location of Sighting:- Connelly Springs, North Carolina
Classification:-------
Details:
On October 25, student Jason Newton watched four disc-shaped UFOs through
binoculars. They flew in formation near Connelly Springs and were moving
south with a series of slow maneuvers at 6:55 pm. Newton that one of the UFOs
dropped from the formation, descended and hovered for one minute before
returning rapidly to the rest of the UFOs.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

28
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2228.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
SUBJECT: MUFONET - UFO SIGHTING REPORT OCT-22-25-89 FILE: UFO2228
MUFONET-BBS Network - Mutual UFO network
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
UFO Sighting Report
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Report:--------------- NC10_89.UFO
Date of Sighting:----- October 22-25, 1989
Location of Sighting:- Sauratown Mountian, North Carolina
Classification:-------
Details:
For four nights from October 22 thru the 25, Gary Bledsow and a large number
of other observers watched a series of objects shaped like "sugar cubes
standing on end" that maneuvered in the northern sky below the Little Dipper.
The sightings occurred near Sauratown Mountain in Pilot Mountain. The UFOs
were colored with red, green, white and blue lights, and flew across the sky
each evening between 8:30 and 9:30 pm.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

24
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2229.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
SUBJECT: MUFONET - UFO SIGHTING REPORT AUG-18-89 FILE: UFO2229
MUFONET-BBS Network - Mutual UFO network
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
UFO Sighting Report
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Report:--------------- NC818892.UFO
Date of Sighting:----- August 18, 1989
Location of Sighting:- Lincolnton, North Carolina
Classification:-------
Details:
At 5:40 am, three employees of Cochrane Furniture Company reported seeing a
brilliant white-lighted object moving from east to north. UFO seen for a
least a minute from Hwys. 150 and 27 outside Lincolnton. Names on file
(requested confidentially).
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

30
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2230.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
SUBJECT: POLICE SEE UFO ? FILE: UFO2230
Date: 03-Sep-87 23:11 MST
Subj: APne 09/04 0034 Stray Balloon LJ
LINCOLN, Neb. (AP) -- A Lincoln police officer saw an unidentified flying
object descending on Union College, but his other-worldly experience turned
out to be a blimp gone astray.
The officer was on patrol early Thursday when he saw an object descending
over the college campus, said Lt. Jon Briggs. It turned out to be a large
helium balloon in the shape of a blimp that had come unhitched from a new
Runza Drive Inn, Briggs said.
The officer tried to grab the blimp but was nearly pulled into the air by
it, Briggs said. In the end, it took three officers to bring the balloon under
control, he said.
The blimp, which Runza store manager Karolyn Johnston said appears to have
been released deliberately, was an advertisement for the new store, which
opened Sunday.
Johnston said police told her citizens were calling them and reporting a
UFO sailing over Lincoln.
============================================================================
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

283
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2231.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
SUBJECT: The Issues Forum 06/10/90 - GB UFOs FILE: UFO
Bert | <Dialing Ed Walters>
Drax | (Its me Jim Speiser)
Jerry Woody: Hi Drax and everyone
Ted | Hi James!
Sysop Georgia Griff: ha
Drax | (Well some people dont know my handle)
Bert | All set to go here. I have Ed on the line. ga
Ted | Tonights special guest is Mr. Ed Walters, the original
| photographer of the Gulf Breeze UFO and co author (with
| his wife Francis) of the book "The Gulf Breeze Sightings." ...
| Ed, are there any recent sighting that you would like to
| tell us about or any opening remarks that you would like
| to make? ga
Ed Walters: The sighting activity has continued very strongly. I can only
| comment on the events that I witnessed even though the
| investigators are flooded with many others. Along with
| these continued sightings by groups of people with video
| cameras and 35 mm cameras we have a hightened debunking
| effort. The 1990 symposium is 3 weeks away and it seems
| to have Phil Klass and his friends scared. The latest
| effort to debunk me is a planted model made from materials
| from my garbage. ga
Ted | Care to enlighten us about that? ga
Ed Walters: The model does not resemble the photographs that I have
| taken in color or details. It only has the general shape
| which is too flat and skinny, even though it was a very
| clever model and I am impressed with the debunking efforts. ga
Ted | Any idea how "they" gained access to your garage ga
STEVE PETERSON: WHO PRESENTED THE MODEL? GA
Ed Walters: I moved out of the house in question a year and a half
| ago and the house was on the open market .. open every day
| and very accessable for 10 months before it sold. But are
| we to believe that I am stupid enough to move and vacate
| everything from that old house except for a ufo model? ga
Ted | Just a reminder, this is a formal Conference. If you have a
| question or comment please signify with a "?" or "!"
| I will open the floor to questions in a few minutes.
| I am a bit confused. Did they find a model in your old home...
| or did they find a materials that a model was built from?
Ed Walters: The person who made the model is unknown and used material
| from my discarded garbage and then when the house was
| vacant some time during those 10 months placed the model
| at the top of the pull-down stairs in the attic. ga
Ted | Time to open the floor to questions. GA
Drax | ?
Ted | Ok, GA Drax
STEVE PETERSON: ?
Drax | Ed, assuming that the motive was to show the world what a
| hoaxer you are and damage your credibility, why would they
| wait so long to plant the model? Why wouldn't they time it
| to coincide with the release of your book, or beforehand,
| when you were doing publicity campaigns for the book? GA
Ed Walters: If I am correct, the time of planting would be while the
| house was vacant. Otherwise it would be very difficult to
| do and the debunking campaign has really been contiunous
| also involving the Smith hoax photo evidence i.e. Chrysler
| Bldg. UFO. ga
Ted | Ok, any follow DRAX? ga
marge Christensen: !
Drax | No, GA
Ted | Ok, ga Steve
marge Christensen: SORRY I GOT DISCONECTED BEFORE, HI EVERYONE
Ted | Ga Steve
STEVE PETERSON: ARE THERE PHOTOS OF THE POWER RING NOT FACING THE
| CAMERA? GA
Mike | ?
Ed Walters: Assuming you are talking about photos that I have taken
| there are some that show the craft in more of a profile but...
| I always tried to hit the shutter as the craft tilted
| forward making it brighter. ga
Ted | GA Marge
marge Christensen: Did I miss something or was there a comment about a
| blueprint of yours being found inside the model? Can you
| comment?
Ed Walters: The model was made of discarded material, styrofoam
| plates, drafting paper, old blue print planned paper all
| glued together with a hole in the bottom to insert a
| lightbulb. ga
Mike | ?
Drax | ?
Ted | GA Mike
Mike | I arrived late so excuse me if this question has already
| been answered. Who found the model and was its existence
| made known to the media? ga
Ed Walters: The present owner of the house went up into his attic
| where there's a large storage area and found it several
| weeks ago. The interesting part of this is that 4 days ago
| a news reporter came up to the door and asked if he had
| found any models. It seems to me like the debunker was
| tired of waiting for the model to be found and therefore
| called in a tip to a newspaper reporter. ga
Drax | ?
Ted | GA DRAX
Drax | This is second hand, but I understand you told someone else
| a slightly different story, namely that you had built the
| model at the behest of Dr. Maccabee for re-enactments and
| measurements? Any truth to this? GA
Ed Walters: I have built scores of re-enactment "models". All of
| them made from very rudamentary material. I never used
| styrofoam plates as this debunker model is made of. Mine
| were lampshades and cardboard boxes so that Maccabee could
| study size and distance calculations. ga
Drax | But did you tell anyone that this was a re-enactment model? GA
Ed Walters: The re-enactment models that I built were specifically
| requested by the researchers such as Maccabee and Nathans.
| The re-enactments were usually also video taped showing
| the activity of the investigators. ga
Ted | I think Jim (Drax) was trying to find out if you told anyone
| that the the discovered model was one of those commisioned..
| by Maccabee? ga
Drax | That's what I was after.
Ed Walters: When I saw the debunker model for the first time
| yesterday, I said immediately I have no idea and no
| information as to where it came from. And I certainly did
| not build it. ga
Ted | Ok, I know I had a lot of ?'s lined up before this bombshell ..
| was dropped. Somehow the timing seems, how do I say...
| Convieeeennnnient. (With apologies to Dana Carvey) So with
| that in mind, I'd like to ask a ? on a different subject.
| Can you tell us a bit about your abduction experiences? ga
marge Christensen: ?
Ed Walters: I have no concious recall of the hour and 15 min. of missing
| time on May 1, 1988. The hypnosis by Dr. Overlaid revealed
| many troubling events if we can trust the hypnosis. The
| reason I believe something happened of a physical nature
| during the missing time is I was left with bruises and
| abrasions on my temples, between my eyes,
| and on the back of my head. ga
Ted | Can you tell us a bit about what your hypnotic regression
| revealed? ga
Ed Walters: I have been asked that question many times and
| I still have no specific memory that would mean I was
| in a ufo. I could have been in a building someplace. I did
| not see any controls nor was I given a guided tour. I was
| held in a small room. ga
Ted | What happened in that small room? ga
Ed Walters: It's very difficult for me to make sense of those events
| I would rather believe, even though I can't, that it was
| all a dream. ga
Ted | Ok, Marge is next. ga
marge Christensen: Did the request for a pardon coincide with the
| publication of your book?
| The reason I ask is that you mention owning firearms in the
| book at a time when you were not permitted to own them as a
| convicted felon.
Ted | Seems like a "loaded" question. (Pun Intended) GA Ed
marge Christensen: A copy of your pardon is circulating in case you are
| not aware of that.
Ed Walters: When I told the MUFON investigator about two and a half
| years ago about my police record I had no idea Phil and
| the debunkers would try to throw it in my face. After all
| I was only an 18 year old kid. When it became clear that
| my police record was going to be an issue. I applied for a
| pardon in September of 1989. After a 6 month investigation
| into my background and character, the govenor signed
| my pardon. The guns that you refer to belong to my wife.
| The shotgun was always unloaded in transport. ga
STEVE PETERSON: ?
Scott Blight: ?
Ted | GA Steve
STEVE PETERSON: WAS THERE ANY SENSATION OF TEMPERATURE OR PRESSURE
| WHILE IN THE BLUE BEAM? GA
Ted | GA Ed
Ed Walters: The blue beam feels as if you are encased in hardened
| concrete. It does not squeeze. It only stops your
| movement. I didn't notice any heat change. But my mind
| was on other things. ga
Ted | Ok, GA Scott
marge Christensen: !
Scott Blight: Ed. Do you have any childhood memories of missing time
| and/or unaccounted for scars or wounds.ga
marge Christensen: Sorry, have to leave now. Supper's getting cold. Bye!
Ed Walters: Under hypnosis, Dr. Overlaid recovered missing time events
| at ages 11, 17, 25, and 33. No wounds or scars. ga
Scott Blight: What year would you have been 11.ga
Ed Walters: it would have been 1957. I'm 43 now. ga
Kay | ?
Ted | Ed, Do you have any idea what the "Other's" motivation
| might be? ga
Ed Walters: I was never given any message or had "conversations". I
| believe that the aliens are persuing their own motives.
| But many many people who write me letters feel like the
| entities are benevelent. ga
Ted | Ok, Kay is next GA Kay
Kay | One of the things that has puzzled me for awhile about this
| case is the fact that there are soooo many military bases
| in the area Navy, Air Force. How often if ever, do the
| military take notice of the goings on in Gulf Breeze, it
| seems to me that they would be very concerned
| about such happenings. GA
Ed Walters:The military aircraft consistently show up at the sighting
| locations moments after the ufo disappears. They deny the
| following day that there was any ufo or any aircraft in
| the area even though many scores of us have stood and
| watched and video taped these sightings of the aircraft. ga
Terry | ?
Scott Blight: ?
Ted | Ga Terry
STEVE PETERSON: ?
Terry | On our trip to Gulf Breeze we've noticed as we pass through
| Tyndall Field on U.S. 98 that there is some kind of drone
| research facility there. Is it possible that some
| sightings are connected with that
| and has anyone to your knowledge looked into that ? ga
Ed Walters: I'm not familiar with Tyndall. It's a long way from us -- in
| Panama City. ga
Ted | Ga Scott
Scott Blight: Ed. If you are 43 now then I guess you were born in
| 1947...Interesting. How that year keeps coming up....anyway...
| I just bought your book yesterday and haven't finished it yet...
| Was the any results from the analysis of the bubbling liquid.ga
Ed Walters: The analysis shows up at the end of the soil analysis
| (in the book).It's not labelled well. Hard to tell when
| the reports go from the soil to the liquid. ga
Mike | ?
Ted | GA Steve
STEVE PETERSON: OK...
| DID THE POWER RING ACT AS A JET NOZZLE
| POINTING OPPOSITE OF DIRECTION OF TRAVEL? GA
CosmicThAng: ?!
Ed Walters: The video tape shows the ufo traveling to the left and
| slightly tilted with the power source facing direction of
| travel. ga
Ted | GA Mike
Mike | When was the last time you experienced the "humming"
| and do you have any updates on the
| significance of "Zehaas"? ga
Ed Walters: The last humming was a slight hum on May 1, 1988. Your
| guess is as good as mine as to what Zehaas means. ga
Ted | GA CosmicThAng
CosmicThAng: Sorry I'm over an hour late.
| Comment: I appreciate your segregating the reports of
| conscious memory from any hypnotic recall. I appreciate
| that as a hypnotic subject.
| Question: Tell me if this has already been answered, but
| have you been regressed, what came out under hypnosis, and
| what is your opinion of the validity or reliability of
| hypnosis recall any thoughts on how to separate truth
| from potential fantasy?
Ed Walters: It's easier for me to believe that it's a dream because I
| don't like to believe otherwise. But the physical bruising
| makes me understand that something happened that I am
| still trying to understand.
Ted | DON, what questions does "UFO Magazine" have for Ed? ga DON
STEVE PETERSON: ?
Ted | I guess DON is gone. One last ? and Ed has to leave GA Steve
STEVE PETERSON: OK...
| ARE THERE ANY UPDATES ON THE PHOTO ANALYSIS SINCE THE BOOK...GA
Ed Walters: Morrow and Co. hired an independent analysis prior to the
| publication handled by Dr. Ebert, who concluded that he
| personally could not believe in space travellers but could
| find no evidence of photographic trickery. The sightings
| continue and Dr. Maccabee has dozens of other photographs
| and video tapes from Gulf Breeze witnesses. My mind is
| open to many different theories and I look forward to
| meeting and sharing at the 1990 MUFON symposium. Thank
| you very much. Good night. ga
Ted | I want to thank ED Walters for his time this evening and
| especially Bert. Not only for Bert's time but also for his
| dual telephones. Bert has been connected to not only CIS
| for this CO but also long distance from Michigan to Florida
| and has been relaying Mr. Walters ? and ! via land line!
| That is well above the call of duty. Heart felt thanks to
| Bert.
Steve R | Thanks
Terry | Thank you Ed.
Kay | Thank You for your time Mr. Walters
CosmicThAng: Thanks a lot Ed, though I don't know how you answered my
| question
Mike | Thanks much to Ed and Bert...and Ted.
Kay | Good Job Bert!
CosmicThAng: ?
Terry | Yes, thanks, Bert.
Bert | Night guys. It was real interesting. ga
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

72
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2232.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
SUBJECT: MORE ON THE GULF BREEZE UFO FLAP FILE: UFO2232
The following was provided by Mr. Edward Walters, a central
figure in the Gulf Breeze UFO flap.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
July 13, 1989
This testimony from Antonio Huneeus and Manuel Fernandez
demonstrates that Willy Smith's efforts to debunk the Gulf
Breeze sightings have been motivated, emotional and fraudulent.
Antonio Huneeus said, "In Feb. 1989, I mailed a letter to Willy
Smith with a fake Gulf Breeze type UFO photo which was done for
research, showing a UFO hovering over the N.Y. Chrysler Building.
I told Smith that I knew the photographer and even forwarded the
photographer's phone number. I knew the photo was a fake and
only thought it was an interesting copy that Willy Smith would
like to see. Later, (Feb. 27, 1989) Willy Smith mailed out a
statement about the photo and said, 'Here is a copy of one of the
photos allegedly taken by Ed Walters.' I, Antonio Huneeus want
to go on the record and report that Willy Smith's statement is
not true and he knows it."
Manuel Fernandez is the professional photographer who made
the fake photos. Manuel said, "It is not true that Ed Walters took
the (Chrysler Bldg.) UFO photo. Willy Smith even called me and
asked if I could fake some more. He sent me a color daytime
print of Ed Walter's yard and asked me to fake a Gulf Breeze type
UFO on them. I was suspicious but made the photos and sent
them (slides) to Willy Smith.
With his fake photo evidence in hand, Willy Smith wrote a letter to
Robert Reid on April 6, 1989. Smith said, "I wonder if the
3 photos, taken in the same exact location as the Nov. 11, 1987
photos which I have received anonymously from Gulf Breeze,
were sent by you." W. Smith also wrote a letter to Dr. Maccabee
in which he repeated that he received these photos "anonymously."
Manuel, the photographer said, "I did not send the 3 photos
anonymously, this is not true. I made them at Willy Smith's
request, using the print that he sent of Ed's yard. I don't want
anything to do with Willy Smith, he is not telling the truth and
I won't cover up for him. This is not what a true scientist would
do."
Willy Smith as been a constant fountain of fake stories that he
supports with fake evidence. Willy Smith has even changed his
educational background from an Engineering PhD by claiming
to have a Masters in Astronomy and Physics and a PhD in
Physics. Two letters from the U. of Michigan verify that he does
not have a Masters in Astronomy and Physics nor a PhD in
Physics.
Since Willy Smith has exposed himself as a hoaxer, I will treat
him as such and ignore him. There are serious UFO questions to
be studied from which Willy Smith has disqualified himself.
Sincerely,
Antonio Huneeus
Manuel Fernandez
Edward Walters
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

47
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2233.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
SUBJECT: STATEMENT ON SIGHTINGS GB, FL FILE: UFO2233
The following was sent to me from Donald M. Ware with permission
to upload it here. Don is Florida state director of MUFON and has
been overseeing the Gulf Breeze UFO investigation. He is a retired
Air Force officer (Lt. Colonel) now residing in Ft. Walton Beach, FL.
DBC
7-19-88
---------------------------------------------------------------------
POSITION STATEMENT ON THE 1987-88 UFO SIGHTINGS
OF GULF BREEZE, FL
As MUFON State Director living only 44 miles from Gulf Breeze,
I have helped coordinate the activities of seven local investigators
and three internationally known investigators of the many UFO
reports in this area. There have been at least 68 reports of objects
that, after various amounts of investigation, we have not been able
to identify as either naturally produced or made by man. These
include 135 witnesses of which 4 reported alien beings, 6 reported
blue beams, and 9 reported periods of missing time suggesting
abductions. Over 60 UFO photographs have been taken.
I am convinced that these sightings are proof of alien visitation.
The level of technology demonstrated indicates they can come and
go at will and can reside in a variety of places: the bottom of our
oceans, inside major high altitude ice fields, in earth orbit, on the
moon, on Mars, etc..
One might ask why one couple in Gulf Breeze has been allowed
18 photographic sessions. The most obvious reason to me is the
aliens want people to see the photographs. I hope this causes more
people to give serious thought to the idea that we, as an intelligent
species, are not alone in the universe.
Donald M. Ware
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

71
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2234.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
SUBJECT: MARTIAN INTELLIGENCE FILE: UFO2234
Discovery of Specific Geometric Redundancies
at Cydonia Mensae:
New Support for the Relationship Model
Indicating a "Martian" Intelligence
By Richard C. Hoagland, Founder
The MARS MISSION
Abstract
NASA's unmanned Viking mission in 1976 returned images of a
set of highly controversial, anthropomorphic and geometric
objects located in the Cydonia Mensae region of the planet Mars.
These objects for 13 years have been derisively dismissed as
irrelevant to SETI -- the Search for Extraterrestrial
Intelligence -- mainly, it is argued, because NASA's on-going
SETI Program has systematically ignored the potential for ET-
generated physical evidence within the confines of the solar
system; interstellar radio searches of the electromagnetic
spectrum are currently the exclusive SETI focus. Recent work,
however, now reveals a set of strikingly ^Rspecific and repeating
mathematical constants^R, derived from redundant geometric
spacing and alignments between five geomorphologically diverse
objects -- including a direct mathematical connection with the
siting latitude of the objects on the planet. It is argued that
this new evidence presents robust support for the "intelligence
hypothesis" as an increasingly likely explantion of these
enigmatic landforms. The only potential natural process capable
of producing such specific mathematical relationships --
crystallization -- is reviewed and dismissed for a variety of
reasons, ranging from scale factors, to the extreme morphological
diversity of the mathematically connected objects, to the absence
of known surface constituants capable of forming such
crystallization patterns. Even an unknown "local crystallization
phenomenon," it is pointed out, could have no plausible
connection with the specific latitude of the objects on the
planet -- the strongest single observation in favor of an
"intelligence hypothesis." Comparison is inescapable: between
the potential geometric "signal" strongly suggested by these new
observations at Cydonia, and proposals made by several well-known
investigators of the last century for similar patterns to be
impressed upon terrestrial signals to hypothetical
extraterrestrial observers -- proposals that included the
construction of giant geometric figures here on Earth.
Acceptance of these observations is not equivalent to acceptance
of the potential existence of "Martians"; recent discussions of
the feasibility of sub-light interstellar exploration make clear
that, while previous visits to the solar system by advanced
technical societies is difficult, it is not precluded by the
parameters of current physics. In conclusion, therefore, it is
argued that these new observations mandate a general
reexamination of the existing SETI paradigm regarding ET
artifacts, even as they urgently suggest the need for an
acceleration of the effort to secure new Cydonia imagery from
Mars Observer.
END
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

110
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2235.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
SUBJECT: CLOSE ENCOUNTERS OF THE COMIC-BOOK KIND FILE: UFO2235
05/02/94
THE WASHINGTON POST
Harvard psychiatrist John E. Mack fails to specify exactly what it is
about the alien abduction stories that convinces him of their validity. He
touches on two possibilities: that his sample population appears to be a cross
section with no obvious psychological disturbance, and that the stories share
a consistent theme. In his last paragraph, he alludes to the argument that
this is a higher spiritual something to weep about; I cannot respond to that.
But his prototypical abduction story touched me - could I have repressed
memories of an abduction? No, unlike his patients, I remember my first
abductions story encounter. I was 8 years old, reading my uncle's copy of
Incredible Science Fiction Comics in August 1955. It told of protoplasmic
beings from somewhere else, who upon observing that man "chose, instead of
peace, a path of violence" decide to kidnap a breeding pair "of the highest
possible type."
Since there were hundreds of such stories written and millions of
copies published, it is not surprising that Dr. Mack has encountered lots of
people with the same silly ideas rattling around their heads. It is surprising
that no one appears to have noticed that the story lines belong to 1950s comic
books. Now this doesn't preclude the occurence of actual abductions that just
happen to resemble comic books, it simply offers an explanation.
As for his cross-section argument, consider that dime novels written in
New York and a commercial rodeo invented the Old West and cowboys, a culture
and way of life that never existed. And now, 100 years later, we have country-
and-western music recorded on digital audio and country line dancing enjoyed
by millions of people who have never been on a horse. Most of them have strong
feelings about the West and the way of life it represents, even though they
are a random sample and exhibit no obvious psychological disturbances.
What is damning to Dr. Mack's case is the description of the beings busy
monitoring, performing specific tasks and carrying out mechanical functions.
Don't these superior beings have microprocessors and embedded control systems?
In the 1950s, comics and B-movies, (see the opening scenes of "Forbidden
Planet") depicted the crew watching dials and twisting knobs as they fiddled
the spaceship to the destination. Today, we have automated most of these jobs
away. I would expect superior beings to have something better than Intel 486DX-
66s and OS/2 Rexx for their mission's critical applications, although that is
difficult for me to imagine.
CORY K. HAMASAKI
Alexandria
Close Encounters of the Comic-Book Kind
Column: LETTERS TO THE EDITOR
05/02/94
THE WASHINGTON POST
As a licensed and board-certified mental health counselor, I read with
interest the beliefs of John Mack on UFO abductions.
Dr. Mack, in describing the variability and mental health he observes in
these individuals, overlooks the work in the literature describing "fantasy-
prone" personalities: These people score normally on psychological tests and
do not demonstrate pathology during interviews, but have imaginative and
hypnotic abilities not found in the general population - i.e., they are highly
suggestible and unable to distinguish normal recollection from confabulated or
externally stimulated memories.
Dr. Mack notes great consistency of detail in the stories of the
abductees; this is hardly surprising given the exposure that the standard
story has received in books, movies and articles such as Dr. Mack's. Indeed,
it would be unlikely that many individuals would construct an experience that
challenged the prevailing parameters.
Dr. Mack's suggestion that there is something rigid and limiting about
science as a tool for understanding how everything works, including ourselves,
is disingenuous at best. I cannot imagine telling a patient suffering from
horrific hallucinations that his reality is just as good as mine and perhaps
just as accurate. There is in psychology a concept called "object constancy" -
simply put, this means that while feelings can be individual and personal,
reality is the same everywhere and can be measured. If your car doesn't start
there is a comprehensible reason; the car is not depressed or having an
emotional crisis. The memory of being abducted does not place space ships
overhead.
Evidently, these aliens are visiting us for biological and reproductive
reasons. There is lots of penetration, by instruments and worse, presumably to
(a) reconduct tissue sampling that they have done, we gather, on thousands of
people before, and (b) impregnate our females so that hybrid creatures can be
conceived and then kidnapped and taken back to the home planet. One can only
be amazed that beings who can make trillion-mile trips through space evade our
most sophisticated radar - and visit repeatedly without leaving the slightest
credible physical trace of their existence and promote human amnesia and
obedience at will - would have such primitive science that they could not
reproduce our DNA on their own.
It seems far more likely that we are in the midst of the last gasp of
humanity's sense of its own importance. If we are not at the center of the
universe or galaxy, or even the solar system, perhaps we are so special that
everyone wants to come here; and perhaps, even more important, there would be
good reason not to feel so alone.
SEAN O'NEILL
Annandale
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

51
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2236.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
SUBJECT: INVASION OF THE BODY SNATCHERS FILE: UFO2236
Newsweek
4/11/94
p. 79
Invasion of the Body Snatchers
A Harvard professor says aliens are real
by Peter Plagens with Martha Brant
Scientists are hard-line skeptics. Only after failing to debunk, say, the
big bang do they accept the evidence. But in _Abduction: Human Encounters With
Aliens_ (432 pages. Scribner's. $22), Harvard psychiatry professor John E. Mack
makes only a cursory pass at disbelief before buying the idea that
extraterrestrials are filching human sperm and ova in order to create better
earthlings. Mack (who won a Pulitzer Prize in 1977 for a biography of T.E.
Lawrence) told NEWSWEEK in an interview, "I've racked my brains to discover an
alternative explanation" for the accounts he heard of kinky kidnappings by
aliens. He came up empty and boarded the interplanetary bandwagon at the first
stop.
Over the last three years, Mack has treated 76 people--housewives,
musicians, businessmen--who claim aliens snatched them. "Abduction" looks at
13 of the cases. All give similar details: a beam of light, a circular ship,
big-eyed humanoids and often the services of an outer-space proctologist. "Ed"
remembers being coolly seduced by a space succubus; he was a teenager at the
time and had been asleep dreaming of girls. Catherine recalls being forcibly
stripped and delivered of a half-alien fetus. Her earth job is a "nightclub
receptionist." If warning bells haven't already gone off for the reader,
"Edward Carlos's" baroque tale of "angels" and miracle cures should be Big Ben.
In a footnote, Mack labels it a "literary collaboration" between psychiatrist
and subject, but doesn't elaborate.
_Green politics_: There's a lot Mack doesn't do. He failed to run standard
psychological tests on more than a few subjects because it was too
time-consuming and expensive. He says that little supporting forensic evidence
can be found because the aliens' advanced technology is too "subtle." So why
couldn't their technology clone humans from the DNA in a toenail, instead of
dragging people to the mother ship for bondage and discipline? The aliens'
green politics are also remarkably similar to Mack's; their agenda is to make a
race that will stop polluting planet Earth. At one point, Mack concedes the
aliens might merely hail from "some other reality" instead of outer space. If
we ever do accept the existence of alien body snatchers, it will be in spite of
Mack's book, not because of it.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

85
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2237.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
SUBJECT: MACK MAKES WEAK CASE FILE: UFO2237
`ABDUCTION' MAKES WEAK UFO CASE
04/17/94
PORTLAND OREGONIAN
ABDUCTION
Dr. John E. Mack (Scribner's, $22; 426 pages)
Let me say up front that I really want to believe. I read every
account of UFO sightings I can.
As a child growing up in New Jersey, I spent Saturdays in the
third row of the State Theater, jawing jujubes while watching "The
Angry Red Planet," "Forbidden Planet" and "Them!"
Eighteen years ago, my wife and I made a pact: we would never
tease one another about seeing a flying saucer. After all, people
who see UFOs might just as well walk around with a sign on their
backs proclaiming "Crackpot." It would help if your spouse at least
believed you.
So I really, really want to believe.
But despite his credentials, and the scholarly approach of
"Abduction," I still don't believe Harvard psychiatrist John E.
Mack's 13 tales of alien intervention.
Mack, who won the Pulitzer Prize in 1977 for "A Prince of Our
Disorder," a biography of T.E. Lawrence, has investigated more than
75 cases of alleged alien abduction. He offers the stories of 13
people who clearly believe they have been visited by
extraterrestrials. Mack also seems to believe. The language
throughout "Abduction" gives the subjects the benefit of the doubt,
referring to them as "experiencers" and noting matter-of-factly
that "children have experienced being taken from school yards," and
"abduction encounters begin most commonly in homes or when
abductees are driving automobiles. One woman was taken from a
snowmobile on a winter's day."
Unfortunately, he offers no proof.
Mack says we shouldn't get hung up on physical evidence or even
eyewitness corroboration of other-worldly abductions. The abduction
phenomenon, he says, might take place on another level of
consciousness. That's why it might seem like a dream, or not be
recalled at all without hypnosis.
So how does Mack determine if someone is pulling his leg?
"My criterion for including or crediting an observation by an
abductee is simply whether what has been reported was felt to be
real by the experiencer and was communicated sincerely and
authentically to me," he reports in his typically stilted academese.
Unfortunately, on those grounds, I'd have to also believe in
the Loch Ness monster, which, given recent revelations of a faked
photograph of Lessie, is inviting the crackpot designation.
Mack understands my need for a picture, a fingerprint (tentacle
print?) . . . something.
"I do not expect that the material presented in this book will
have much impact on the minds of those who believe that the laws of
physics as encompassed by the Newtonian/Einsteinian system are the
full definition of reality," he writes. "I hope, however, that the
data contained here is of sufficient power and solidity to enable
those who are open to expanding their view of possible realities to
consider that the world might contain forces and intelligences of
which we have hardly allowed ourselves to dream."
Trouble is, doc, I dream about those intelligences all the
time. I keep a candle in the window, just in case E.T. wants to
visit. I'm about as open-minded on this subject as you can be. But
13 interviews, earnest as they may be, are not enough to make me a
believer. And if you haven't sold me, I don't think you're going to
sell many others.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

104
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2238.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
SUBJECT: MACK BOOK REVIEW FILE: UFO2238
Adventures in Inner Space
Byline: Rudy Rucker
04/17/94 THE WASHINGTON POST
ABDUCTION: Human Encounters With Aliens
By John E. Mack Scribner's. 432 pp. $22
AS a science-fiction writer, I am predisposed to enjoy such things as
psychotronic space-invader films, crazed saucer cults and the modern pop myth
of UFOs. But with John Mack's Abduction, ufology has reached a vile new low.
Mack, professor of psychiatry at the Cambridge Hospital, Harvard Medical
School, is the author of a psychobiography of T.E. Lawrence, Prince of Our
Disorder. He was on the board of directors of Werner Erhard's est in the early
1980s and brings a hard-eyed huckster's zeal to his trade. His business is
hypnotizing and regressing subjects - he calls them "experiencers" - in order
to help them bring forth memories of UFO abductions, often decades after these
supposedly took place.
Business is booming for Mack and his ilk, and, with the support of Las
Vegas businessman Robert Bigelow, more and more "mental health professionals"
are being trained to hypnotize troubled individuals who come to believe that
they have been abducted by flying saucers.
What are the abduction fantasies like? Much of a dreary muchness. You're
in bed or in a car. You see a light. You float up into the air and into a
flying saucer. Inside the saucer a tall alien who reminds you of a doctor
probes at your genitals and sticks things up your anus. If you are a man, the
"doctor" masturbates you to orgasm, and if you are a woman, the "doctor"
extracts eggs from your ovaries. Then the aliens give you a millenarian spiel
about how it's high time the human race got its act together, and you wake up
back in your car or in your bed. This pathetically infantile scenario was
first popularized by Whitley Strieber's bestseller Communion. But come on! Is
this really what superhuman aliens would do?
In Abduction, the emphasis on sex, or what Mack calls "urological-
gynecological procedures," is icky and pervasive. Mack repeatedly stresses
that the "sperm samples are forcibly taken" from the men. He never seems to
entertain the notion that these men may have some sexual guilt over nocturnal
emissions coupled with garden-variety masochistic sexual fantasies. And it is
interesting to notice that at least one of his female subjects has bad
memories of having undergone an abortion.
If the case studies which Mack describes weren't so pitiful, this could
all be quite funny. "Ed," for instance, tells Mack how a saucer woman taught
him the secrets of the universe after having masturbated him. In Ed's words,
"she explained things in scientific, logical terms . . . da, da, da that these
are the laws of the universe, da da da da da, and you know." Mack wonderingly
observes that later "Ed found that he had an instinctive appreciation . . . of
such matters as Einsteinian relativity, micro- and macrorealities, the
curvature of space, and the paradoxes in scientific laws." Da da da da da!
But Abduction is not really funny. It goes without saying that the book is
written with the complete lack of humor characteristic of the true believer.
And what makes the book very actively unfunny is the feeling that Mack's
procedures may be really damaging to some of his subjects.
The chapter called "Alienation of Affections" is particularly disturbing.
Here we have an account of "Jerry," a high-school dropout housewife with three
children. "All three of Jerry's children appear to be involved in the
abduction phenomenon." The children cry and scream when they see Bert and
Ernie on TV, when they see commercials with UFOs, and when they dream of
"scary owls with eyes." So what is Mack doing for this tormented family?
Courageously convincing them that their worst dreams are really true. As he
staunchly puts it, "On several occasions I have seen a look of distress, even
tears, on the face of an abductee at the moment when he or she realizes that
an experience they had chosen, more comfortably, to consider a dream had
occurred in some sort of fully `awake' . . . or conscious state . . . "
IT'S LIKE a child saying, "I had a nightmare about a monster." And the
parent answering, "Yes, dear, so did I. And . . . honey . . . it's not a dream.
It's really true."
This is irresponsible, dangerous claptrap. Some thrill-seekers will of
course enjoy their abduction-regression sessions with Mack. They pay him for
weird new memories and he delivers. As he delicately puts it, "I cannot avoid
the fact that a co-creative intuitive process such as this may yield
information that is in some sense the product of the intermingling or flowing
together of the consciousness of the two (or more) people in the room." But
what about those who get in deeper than they expected with Mack's "therapy"?
And what about their families?
Perhaps to forestall this kind of criticism, Mack stresses that he
attempts to lead his subjects towards the "transformational and spiritual
growth aspects of the abduction phenomenon." In practice, this means that he
attempts to get his subjects to undergo a kind of "ego death" and "experience
themselves as returning to their cosmic source or `Home,' an inexpressibly
beautiful realm beyond . . . space/time as we know it." Well, groovy, man, but
like why can't we just drop acid?
Why is it, finally, that I find Abduction so annoying? I guess it's
because I love the idea of UFOs, and Abduction drags this idea into the mud.
UFOs should be a witty and inspiring notion, but in the hands of John Mack,
UFOs become boring and above all humorless.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

647
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2239.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,647 @@
SUBJECT: ALIEN ABDUCTIONS 04/28/94 SONYA LIVE FILE: UFO2239
Alien Abductions 04/28/94 Sonya Live
Individuals, who claim they were abducted by aliens for experimentation,
share details of what it was like. Skeptics, including a hypnotist and UFO
researcher, challenge their stories.
GUEST(S): MARY OSCARSON, Says She was Abducted by Aliens; JOHN E. MACK, M.
D., Alien/UFO Researcher; PHILIP KLASS, UFO Researcher; GLYNDA, Says She was
Abducted by Aliens; NICK SPANOS, Ph.D., Hypnosis Expert
Alien Encounters
SONYA: The symptoms: sinus pain, gastrointestinal problems, bleeding from
the eyes, fatigue. A new disease? How about alien abduction?
ANNOUNCER: Live from CNN New York, intelligent talk for intelligent people
with Dr. Sonya Friedman.
SONYA: They say that the `body snatchers' are real, extra terrestrials
descending on earth, abducting men, women, and children for unearthly purposes.
Crazy would be an understatement for anyone who believes this, right? Well,
Mary Oscarson claims to be perfectly sane, despite the belief that she's had
over 100 alien encounters. And she says that there's proof that her
experiences are real: witnesses, tape recordings, and these sketches that she
says she is compelled to draw. Mary says that aliens have used her for
medical experiments, stealing eggs from her ovaries, and leaving implants in
her body - implants that she believes she's carrying right now.
{interviewing} When did all of this begin, and what was the experience?
MARY OSCARSON: Well, the first time I really knew something was going on-
{CNN's coverage of press conference with F. W. de Klerk from Pretoria,
South Africa on South Africa elections}
{Commercial break}
SONYA: We are talking about alien abductions. Hello, again, and welcome
back, as we meet Mary Oscarson. Now, it's very easy to make fun of all of us
this, but you state that you have had over 100 experiences. Give us the
typical kinds of things that occur when you have this experience - how it
starts and how it ends.
MARY OSCARSON, Says She was Abducted by Aliens: Well, generally, when it
first started out, I would be waken up in the middle of the night to find a
small being standing next to my bed.
SONYA: Who looked like...?
Ms. OSCARSON: About the size of a child, very pale gray, large dark eyes,
very penetrating eyes. And there was no mistake I was wide awake.
SONYA: You were awakened by a voice, a feeling that there was a presence
in the room?
Ms. OSCARSON: It's an overwhelming feeling of someone staring at you. The
eyes are so intense; it's as if they stare right through to your soul. It's
as if your whole body is being consumed by this energy that's staring at you.
SONYA: Does the entity speak to you?
Ms. OSCARSON: Most of the communication is telepathic. Occasionally, there
has been times where they've actually spoken in English. And as the years
progressed, it went from being awaken from sleep to actually being awake when
they arrived. In other words, I would actually know when they were coming.
SONYA: Like an aura of something that would-
Ms. OSCARSON: Basically, there's somewhat of an electromagnetic energy
that is in the room and surrounding you before an experience is going to occur.
And I have an implant that I've had since age 7, which actually twinges when
I'm going to have an experience.
SONYA: An implant located...?
Ms. OSCARSON: It was placed there when I was 7 years old, and it's a small
BB-sized pellet.
SONYA: Something that we could see on X-ray, for example?
Ms. OSCARSON: I don't know what it's made of. It's a very hard material.
SONYA: It's something I could feel if I touched your arm?
Ms. OSCARSON: Oh, yes, you can definitely feel it. Definitely.
It's right under the surface of the skin.
SONYA: And that vibrates, in some way?
Ms. OSCARSON: It basically twinges, and that lets me know that something's
going to happen. And generally, it does happen the same night. So I'm almost
aware that I'm going to have an experience because of {unintelligible}.
SONYA: So they arrive and then they take you somewhere?
Ms. OSCARSON: They arrive, and they basically materialize in front of your
eyes, and it's a very scary thing. And from that point on, you really are in
a sedated state of mind. You're not able to really-
SONYA: They have control of you, in some ways?
Ms. OSCARSON: Yes, they definitely do.
SONYA: Do you go through the walls?
Ms. OSCARSON: I've been taken through walls. I've been taken through
windows. I'm basically transported up into some type of a ship.
SONYA: Do you see your body below you?
Ms. OSCARSON: No, I don't.
SONYA: So your body is with you, which just, somehow its form has been
altered so that you can go through a wall and go to a ship?
Ms. OSCARSON: The physical body actually moves through walls and through
windows. I don't know how they do it.
SONYA: And then you're in a...?
Ms. OSCARSON: I'm generally transported, first, in a smaller ship to a
larger ship. That's generally the experience that I have.
SONYA: Do you have any idea how long you're gone?
Ms. OSCARSON: Generally, it's usually about two hours.
SONYA: At that point, have people looked for you and found you missing?
Ms. OSCARSON: There have been several times that I've had people actually
staying in my house. And what happens is they are awakened by a very loud
tone coming from my room, an unexplainable tone that they've never heard
before. They want to cry out and say, `Mary, what's going on? Are you OK?'
They can't move. They can't speak, and generally, they lose periods of time:
anywhere from 20 minutes to about two or three hours.
SONYA: Let's get back to the ship that you're on. What do they do to you,
want from you?
Ms. OSCARSON: Well, when I'm actually physically removed from my home,
often, it's for some type of a reproductive procedure. Generally, I'm placed
on a table and a procedure is done where eggs are removed from my ovaries.
There have been a few instances-
SONYA: Do you mean like a gynecological procedure?
Ms. OSCARSON: Yes. And there is a tremendous amount of pain associated
with that. That's part of the trauma of these experiences is that you are
able to feel the pain.
SONYA: And then, after the eggs- That's what you're sure is occurring?
Ms. OSCARSON: Yes.
SONYA: The eggs are removed?
Ms. OSCARSON: Yes.
SONYA: Do they tell you a purpose?
Ms. OSCARSON: As the years have gone by, it seems to me that they've made
me more aware of what's going on. I know that they are, in some way,
producing some type of hybrid species. I believe it's for our own best
interests. I believe that something that they're doing is going to help us in
the end. It's going to benefit us. But it sure doesn't feel like it when
you're going through these procedures.
SONYA: Now, do they tell you that they're there to benefit you, human kind,
what is it?
Ms. OSCARSON: I actually asked them once, `Why do you come here?' I was
very upset. It was so confusing to me, and I'm a very rational person.
`Please,' I wanted to know, `Why do you come here? Why do you come and see me?'
And in this particular experience, it was a taller being and several of the
smaller ones. And the taller being, generally, they're more evolved and are
able to communicate more with you. The taller being looked at me and said,
`We come here because we care about you.' And there was an overwhelming-
SONYA: You specifically?
Ms. OSCARSON: Me specifically. But I believe that you could equate that
to society as a whole.
SONYA: Now, how has this changed your life? I mean, you have been
selected. Talk about the chosen people. I mean, you are clearly one of them,
and you believe that there is something going on. Why you and what has it
done to and for you?
Ms. OSCARSON: I know, for me, I have a whole different perspective of life
now. I appreciate everything in my life. As my day to day life goes on,
there isn't one thing that I don't notice, that I don't appreciate, because
I've been through so much trauma, I realize that life can end tomorrow.
Sometimes I wonder, Will I ever come back?
SONYA: How do you feel about the fact that you may have hybrid children
growing somewhere that will never see their mother?
Ms. OSCARSON: I do have at least three that I'm aware of, and it's very
difficult. I can relate to a parent who has lost a child through
{unintelligible} or some unfortunate circumstance, because I've been handed
children that are mine that are the product of my eggs, and it's very
difficult.
SONYA: So what do you think so far? A wild and bizarre story, a fantasy,
something that she made up? Well, there are people who don't think that this
is made up at all. And some of them have striking credentials. We'll hear
from them. A debate on alien abductions when we continue right after this.
{Commercial break}
{scene from the movie `E.T.'}
SONYA: Maybe we should rethink E.T. and see it as a documentary. In fact,
today's debate: Close Encounters of the Third Kind, bizarre dreams, fiction,
fantasy. I mean, what would the academics up at Harvard University think
about all of this? Well, meet Dr. John Mack. He is a Harvard professor, a
Pulitzer Prize winning author, and a believer in aliens from outer space. In
his new book, Abduction, Dr. Mack shares his research, his interviews, with
over a hundred UFO experiences.
Now, Philip Klass has done his own research on the subject, and he says
that Dr. Mack is gullible, and his so-called `experiences' are either
publicity hounds or just plain crazy.
{interviewing} Now, Dr. Mack, what do you make of a story like Mary
Oscarson's?
JOHN E. MACK, M.D., Alien/UFO Researcher: Mary's story is characteristic
of the stories of about 90 people that I've interviewed now. And I, like many
other people first hearing this, thought this must be some new kind of madness,
new form of psychosis, if you will. But what happened was, as I interviewed
these individuals - and I think it's important to stress that these stories
come out largely without hypnosis; you can complete the details with hypnosis -
but as I interviewed increasing numbers of these people, I was struck by,
first of all, they were of sound mind, solid, not having a psychiatric
disorder that I could find. Several of them, I've had tested psychologically,
and they've come out with high normal individuals with nothing remarkable
about them. They come from all walks of life throughout the socio-economic
scale. And they were telling stories very, very detailed stories that were
not in the media, not something they were picking up from television. They
were very reluctant to come forward with their stories. And they told these
very complex narratives, which they, themselves doubted. They didn't want to
believe it either. It's not something that they were kind of trying to put
forward as to sell somebody something. This was something they, themselves
couldn't believe, because it was shattering to their own world view. And the
only thing I knew that acted like that, in other words, very similar stories
among people who are not in communication, not getting the details someplace
else, disturbed about it but healthy people, was real experience. Dreams are
not like that. Fantasy is not like that. Mental illness is not like that.
Posttraumatic stress is not like that, because that varies from person to
person. So it's something real.
That doesn't mean I know where it comes from. That doesn't mean I know what
it is or who these beings are or what they're really about, but something real,
that was tangible was going on here.
SONYA: And you just call them beings. So I hear you as saying that there
were beings, for example, in Mary Oscarson's room, that she was transported,
that you think. It's not that she just believes this, but that it occurred.
Dr. MACK: Something occurred to her, which was the experience of having
these beings, which really introduces the whole question of how we know
something. In other words, can we know something-
SONYA: But are you equivocating on me now?
Dr. MACK: I'm equivocating in the sense that I'm trying to extend the
dialogue on the way we know. In other words, I can't prove they're there.
SONYA: Can we get into that in just a moment? But just to say to you that,
as far as you're concerned, these UFO experiences, they experience what they
said they experienced.
Dr. MACK: That's right. They are telling the truth.
SONYA: Philip Klass, this is a nice man, Dr. John Mack. This man has big
credentials. This man is a Harvard professor. You're going to go against him?
PHILIP KLASS, UFO Researcher: Well, first off, I think John is a very
charismatic person. But I must challenge him and this young lady, although, I
think it's very fortunate that she is here with you, because she says that she
has an implant placed by E.T.'s in her arm that has been there since she was
age 7. Now, I feel sure that between then and now - I guess she may be in her
late 30s or 40s - she must have brought that to the attention of her doctor.
And I wonder if she would give us the name and address of her doctor and
authorize him to talk to us about his examination of this alleged implant.
SONYA: Well, let's go to Mary.
Mary, I heard you ask about the desire to have a second opinion, if you
would - another opinion from a physician. Would you give us the name of your
doctor? Could we talk to your doctor about this?
Ms. OSCARSON: My mother brought me to the doctor at age 7 when this
implant was first inserted. And at that time, I was not consciously aware of
how it got there, but I distinctly knew that it hadn't been there the day
before. So my mother actually wrote down the day she took me to the doctor.
I believe it was June 22nd, 1968. And if my physician would be willing,
certainly, someone could talk to him. I have no problem with that.
SONYA: So you would leave that name with us, and we've give it to Mr.
Klass.
Ms. OSCARSON: Certainly.
SONYA: That's not a problem.
Ms. OSCARSON: No, there's no problem.
SONYA: OK. We'll take you up on that, Mr. Klass.
We're going to go to Nevada for just a moment and say hello to Lisa.
Welcome!
1st CALLER: {Nevada} Hello!
SONYA: Yes, go ahead.
1st CALLER: I want to talk to the young lady that's there. I'm a little
upset with this, I mean, talking here. Don't let anyone tell you that it's
not true. I'm 44 years old. I have a fruit mark scar in the middle of my
forehead. I have actually seen them.
They've been in my house. And it is true, and it's been happening to me all
my life. And I wanted to tell you that I also have an implant in my ear. I
hear noises all the time.
SONYA: All right. Stay with us, caller.
Philip Klass, I'm sure you'd like to ask this caller a question.
Mr. KLASS: Yes. I'd like to get her name and phone number and the name of
her doctor, because I assume that she has brought this alleged implant. If we
could get something, it would take just one extra terrestrial implant-
SONYA: Well, just a minute. We have a woman who has- We have someone who
has examined these people, who is certified as a psychiatrist, who can speak
to whether or not they have psychiatric illness. His name is Dr. John Mack.
I mean, you've examined these people. You're sure that what you're doing and
what these people say holds up to scientific inquiry.
Dr. MACK: I'm confident that there's no psychiatric explanation that's
going to help us understand Mary's story. I've looked at an implant that came
from the nose of another person I've worked with.
I've analyzed this. I've done elemental spectroscopic analysis of it. It
has elements that are familiar to us on earth. Other people, David Pritchard
{sp?} at MIT, a physicist, has looked at an implant that he's been looking at,
examining. There's a microbiologist at Michigan-
Mr. KLASS: Is there anything extraordinary about any of these implants?
Dr. MACK: They have combinations that are found on earth of elements, but
that doesn't tell us anything, because these implants have to be compatible
with biological tissue. And initially, we thought that, you know, we might
have that smoking gun. But this is a very subtle matter. This is not going
to give us the smoking gun, I don't believe, that simply. We're going to have
to work to find that out. But the fact that we can't prove that there's some
bizarre combination of elements in these implants does not mean that this is
not a truthful situation or that nothing is going on here.
SONYA: I would like to ask you what kind of proof you have brought forth
to the scientific community, your colleagues at Harvard, for example.
Dr. MACK: What I say about this is not that I can prove literally that the
extra terrestrials are physical creatures just like you and me. What I can
say is that these individuals, 90 of them that I've worked with are of sound
mind. They are having real experiences. There are physical, corroborative
data that goes along with this. They have the cuts, the scoop marks, the
implants, the experience of missing pregnancies. They're witness to the
absent- That I have a child, for example that says, `Mommy, where were you
when I came in the night,' when the mother was having one of these experiences.
But I do not say that I can prove this in the traditional, physical way that
we study that theology of science.
SONYA: More on that, because you want to tell us a little bit about a
redefining of what our world is all about. We'll let you do that. We'll get
back to you after our break, Mr. Klass. And, of course, your calls. Now,
please be prepared and do it. We want you to leave your name, your doctors
name and phone number. And any E.T.'s out there? Phone home.
{Commercial break}
SONYA: Some people can't take UFO's seriously at all, but others take them
very seriously, indeed, because they say, they have met the passengers. Alien
tales. We'll continue with them on Sonya Live right after this.
{Commercial break}
SONYA: You know, the polls vary somewhere between 700,000 over several
million people who would say that they have had alien abduction experiences.
We'd like to have your stories. And let's go to Joey in Illinois now.
Welcome, Joey!
2nd CALLER: {Illinois} Hi, how are you?
SONYA: Good.
2nd CALLER: First and foremost, I'd like to commend Mary for being on the
program. I am an abductee. I'm 53 years old. I've had dozens of abductions
and they're very humiliating and very embarrassing.
SONYA: Humiliating how?
2nd CALLER: The actual physical examinations, after you're done with the
abduction and you're returned, you're very, very embarrassed. Sometimes, you
don't know why you're embarrassed, but it's absolutely horrifying.
SONYA: Now, do you have any idea why you were selected?
2nd CALLER: I believe I was selected because my mother was an abductee.
And I happened to live in the same house with her, and it just fell over to me.
SONYA: So there is a chance that it may run in families. Let's find out a
little bit more about that, as we introduce Glynda.
{interviewing} Now, is your story like Joey's? Could you give us some
details of what's happened to you?
GLYNDA, Says She was Abducted by Aliens: Well, it started when I was about
5 years old. I basically was abducted in a similar way to Mary, very, very
similar, which is always very surprising to me, because I still want to not
believe it, because it sounds pretty bizarre to me as well. It's a very hard
thing to deal with. And it's continued all my life.
SONYA: Implants? You, too, have had gynecological exams?
GLYNDA: I've had memories of having things put inside me. However, I have
not found them. I don't know what they are. I have a scar across my
{unintelligible}, right across the base of my spine. And I don't know what's
there, but it hurts from time to time.
SONYA: And you've gone to a doctor?
GLYNDA: I've gone to a doctor. I haven't had X-rays done. I'm quite
dubious about all of this, because I find that I'm still resisting. Dr. Mack
can attest to the fact that I've resisted accepting my experiences.
SONYA: Right. Now, you've been to Dr. Mack.
GLYNDA: Yes.
SONYA: And how did he find out about memories and perhaps help you bring
this to the surface? Is that part of the interview process between the two of
you?
GLYNDA: Well, actually, my brother went to Dr. Mack first, because my
brother had a conscious experience four years ago. And during that time, you
know, consciously, he saw four beings by his bed, and it shocked him.
SONYA: So again, it runs in families. Now, did you use hypnosis at all,
or was it used with you to bring-
GLYNDA: It was, but I already had conscious memories.
SONYA: So it just enriched it, brought out more details?
GLYNDA: It's a therapeutic device that is so helpful, because there's a
lot of pent up feelings and emotions, anger, betrayal, abandonment, all these
things that come up because of what these beings have done. And the hypnosis
has helped me to bring it up and out, instead of balling up inside.
SONYA: Now, Dr. Mack, you said that hypnosis is used in how many of these
cases?
Dr. MACK: Well, of the 90 people that I've worked with that fulfilled my
criteria for an authentic abduction experience, I've done hypnosis with 55.
And I want to stress what Glynda is saying, which is that hypnosis- There's
nothing mystical about hypnosis. Hypnosis is simply a way of getting the
person to relax so that they can allow their memories, their feelings, their
experiences to recur.
SONYA: But you don't think it affects their memories in one way or the
other, just allows them to come to the surface?
Dr. MACK: I can't say that it can't, in some experimental situations, that
it doesn't affect their memories, but it fills out what they already have
remembered themselves. And, as Glynda said, it allows them to bring up these
extraordinarily powerful feelings that go along with these very disturbing
experiences.
SONYA: Dr. Spanos is with us today. Nick Spanos is an expert, a
psychologist and expert in hypnosis. And I particularly welcome you today,
because there has been so much that has been said about false memory. You
recognize the false memory syndrome in a lot of the sexual abuse stuff that
was going on in this country. And we found out therapists used hypnosis or a
form of hypnosis to bring it to the fore. So let me ask you this question:
Does the use of hypnosis and its forms change, implant, distort, or just bring
to the surface in richer detail, memories that a person has?
NICK SPANOS, Ph.D., Hypnosis Expert: Well, hypnotic procedures don't
necessarily simply bring to the surface memories that are there in more detail.
Hypnotic and non-hypnotic procedures can be used in a way that very
dramatically distorts memories and creates false memories. I don't want to
over-emphasize the role of hypnosis, 'cause Dr. Mack is right. You can get it
all without the hypnosis. The hypnosis is just a vehicle for generating
expectations and legitimating the experiences that people have as memories. I
think that these experiences can be adequately accounted for as false memories.
These subjects, before they come to Dr. Mack, have usually had a good deal
of exposure to the UFO community and to the popular mythology about UFO's so
that they know what aliens are supposed to look like. They have, oftentimes,
a variety of unexplained experiences, sometimes frightened if they don't
understand. For example, sleep paralysis is a common one. A person is awake
and they suddenly discover that they can't move, they're paralyzed.
Oftentimes, that's associated with visual hallucinations, a powerful sense of
a presence, a feeling of a weight on your chest, sometimes seeing small beings.
That phenomena is called `sleep paralysis.' It's got nothing to do with
being abducted, and there's a fairly good physiological explanation for what
goes on here. The person is awake, and they see the hallucinationative images
superimposed on the background. It occurs across a variety of cultures, and
different cultures have different explanations for it: ghosts, demons,
witches. One of the explanations people come up with in our culture is, you
know, these are aliens. What people then do with these kinds of experiences,
they undergo a hypnotic procedure and elaborate a full-fledge abduction
scenario-
SONYA: Now, Dr. Mack is already shaking his head `no,' as he listens to
you. And part of that is because you believe that we are very closed in, that
we have a structure in a western culture that, in some ways, we've pulled out
our ability to experience beyond what we can have with our five senses. So I
hear you, without even saying anything, just as I look at you right now,
suggesting that we are the ones who may be misguided, 'cause we don't really
know how to understand other's experiences.
Dr. MACK: Just to speak to the sleep paralysis question, these people are
simply not asleep. I mean, this can occur in a car to a child playing in the
school yard. It doesn't have to do with sleep. But in terms- I think the
point that you're getting at, and which I've thought a great deal is: How do
we know? Doesn't this require that we expand the way we know? I mean, Mr.
Klass will sometimes say, `Well, why don't they bring back a souvenir to prove
that they were'-
SONYA: I would say that.
Dr. MACK: And we would naturally ask that. But isn't it possible that
this is what it is but a mystery that we don't understand? In other words, I
don't have- I first thought like Dr. Spanos and Mr. Klass, this is some
bizarre, strange mental illness thing. But it is not. And it doesn't appear
that there's a distortion going on here, that these people are having these
authentic experiences, which they, themselves doubt. They're not getting the
details in the media. That's not true. They're often very unfamiliar with
matters of UFO's and abductions. They've never even heard of aliens. I did a
regression with somebody in Brazil who didn't know anything about this, and
yet, he had absolutely the same experience of these beings coming into his
room, taking him into a ship, doing the experimentation, just what Glynda and
Mary are describing. So I'm asking: Why not, instead of trying to knock it
back into some pigeon hole that we've already got with proof and I'm here and
you're there, how about looking at the possibility that this will tell us
something we don't know about the universe and about ourselves?
SONYA: And why not do that? Why not all of us be open, for a while, as we
go through this and ask: Is it possible? What do you think?
{Commercial break}
SONYA: Let's go right to phones. We'll go to Mary in New Jersey. Welcome!
Hi, Mary! Are you with us?
3rd CALLER: Hello?
SONYA: Yes, go ahead.
3rd CALLER: I believe she really sincerely believes what she's saying, but
I wonder if she couldn't be a pathological liar, because, I had a cousin who
was that, and he told us in detail how he escaped from a Nazi prison in World
War II. He dug a tunnel. It caved in. He injured his back. The more we
questioned him, the more detail he came up with. And he really sincerely
believed what he was saying. And another thing, when Sonya suggested that she
may have extra terrestrial children somewhere, right away, she said, `Oh, yes,
I have three that I know of.' It seems like- She sounds just like my cousin,
and that's why I'm wondering if-
SONYA: Well, let's ask Dr. Mack.
That's a really good question. I mean, is it possible that you two are
part of a folie a deux? I mean, is it partly that they're not hypnotized but
you are? That you are obsessed with this area? A possibility?
Dr. MACK: No. I doubted these individuals myself when I first heard about
it. I couldn't believe it. It doesn't make any sense.
It doesn't fit our world here. It can't be.
SONYA: Listen, Dr. Mack. When I tell somebody a story, there are little
places where I might exaggerate. I'm human. There may be a little way I'd
bend it to fit my own personal agenda. There is, I feel, kind of an
uncritical acceptance that you do portray here.
Dr. MACK: No. I mean, I doubted myself about this. I look at her. I try
to look at the data. I question these people. I try to play the devil's
advocate with them. But they're very solid people. We had- They come forth
very reluctantly. They don't want to believe their stories either. There's a
man who's supposed to be on the program today. I went to the airport to meet
him, and he wasn't there because he has a management contract, and his partner
was told by the insurance company the contract is with, `If you go on with
these strange stories, we're going to break the contract.' And this is- It
takes a lot of courage for people like Glynda and Mary to come forward. And
the idea that these 90 people- I would put my reputation on the line. They
are not pathological-
SONYA: You have put your reputation on the line.
Dr. MACK: No. I mean, I'm talking about the question of them being
pathological liars. Whatever it is, they are not lying; they're telling the
truth.
GLYNDA: I have an established career in the defense industry. This is not
benefiting my career to go on national television and talk about something
that's a lie. This is very difficult for me to do. I'm risking my reputation,
which I've worked very hard to build. This is not something that's
beneficial to me.
SONYA: Actually, you were going to come on in shadow, and {you} changed
your mind. I mean, the fact that you're here with us today-
GLYNDA: Well, I wasn't going to come on at all. I mean, I really have a
hard time with this. But, at the same time, I feel like this has happened to
me, and if I can be brave at one point in my life, it would be to try to help
other people who this has happened to, 'cause I know that it has altered my
life drastically.
SONYA: I'm going to ask you more about that in a moment. Let's go to
George in Ontario. Welcome, George!
4th CALLER: {Ontario} Hi, there!
SONYA: Yes.
4th CALLER: I wanted to say that these ladies, I agree with them, and I
commend them for their courage, because I know exactly, in many ways, what
they're going through. My brother and I both had an encounter when we were
young. This is one of two encounters that I've had. And we were both in
separate bedrooms. We both woke up basically at the same time, walked into
our hallway, completely stunned at each other. And I looked at him, and I
said, `What are you doing here?' He said, `I don't know.'
`How long have you been here?'
`Oh, maybe about five ten seconds before you got here.'
Next thing you know, we looked down into the living room, and there were
two alien life forms in our living room over there. They were about three feet
tall, and yes, it may sound strange and corny, but, yes, they were green in
color. And we weren't scared, and they weren't scared about us. And we both
heard, by telepathy, at the same time-
SONYA: Did you have experiments-
4th CALLER: Pardon me?
SONYA: Were you used for experimentation?
4th CALLER: We don't know, even to this day. They very simply told us not
to be afraid, `We're not going to hurt you.'
SONYA: And yet, everybody seems to get hurt in some way.
Dr. Mack, I'm not sure that I understand how this can be benevolent on the
one hand. We hear- I mean, these are frightening entities. People are being
abused. I mean, let's call it what it is: abused sexually.
Dr. MACK: This is the most disturbing part, and it is highly traumatic. I
mean, it's traumatic in several ways. The experiences themselves are
traumatic. The fact that people feel so isolated they can't talk in this
culture about it because they'll be ridiculed is another trauma.
SONYA: Why don't they come to you? You're so sympathetic.
Dr. MACK: Why do they come to me?
SONYA: Why don't they?
Dr. MACK: Who?
SONYA: I would expect that you would have the experience with entities.
After all, by telepathy, all of these people could say, `You want to get to
the guy who could really make this legit and be helpful? Here he is!'
Dr. MACK: Well, I mean, there are mysteries and mysteries. I don't have
any idea why these beings or whatever they are, this intelligence, I don't
even know what to call it. I don't know why they don't make themselves
manifest. I think, maybe, because we would shoot at them. I'm not quite sure.
SONYA: But you wouldn't do that.
Dr. MACK: No, I wouldn't. And they seem to be- My role seems to be to
play some kind of bridging, helping role for the people that have had these
experiences.
SONYA: You're married. Does your wife believe in this with you?
Dr. MACK: She's been very supportive about it. Yeah, I mean- And I've had
a lot of support. I mean, you mentioned about Harvard. I mean, a lot of
people are doubting, wondering why am I doing this. But there's something, I
think, that's truthful about this and valuable.
SONYA: Dr. Spanos, are you a believer yet?
Dr. SPANOS: I think, as I said before, that these experiences can be
explained as false memories. I think that you certainly can explain all of
them as simply lying. But you can take subjects with or without hypnosis,
generate a set of expectations concerning memories that these people are
supposed to have, regress them back, and people will generate memories that
are completely made up that are suggested before the hypnosis or other imagery
procedures begins, and they'll believe that these are real memories, things
that actually happened to them, when, in fact, they're not. So people can, in
fact, very profoundly believe in fantasies and treat those fantasies as real
memories. If validated as such by Dr. Mack or some other professional, then
that will reinforce that belief. If they join UFO support groups, which these
people do do, and other people share similar experiences, that further
validates the experience. And, again, despite what Dr. Mack says, these
people don't know about UFO's-- In fact, in his book, the people who come to
him have had a good deal of experience in the UFO, that I've seen.
SONYA: So what would be the purpose of all this: People coming forward, a
Harvard professor who says that, `I validate that this is going on. At least
we should try to look at it'? I'm going to try to find out the answer to that
question when we continue.
{Commercial break}
SONYA: Dr. Mack, I'll tell you what I find disturbing, 'cause I feel you
need to know. And it is that there's like a new elite that's going up around
you. Whether it's 700,000 or 7 million, these become the chosen people. And,
in some ways, it starts a power structure of who gets to go beyond, who the
extra terrestrials want. There's a lot of that that doesn't make any sense.
I mean, why don't they want President Clinton? Why don't they want you? Why
don't they come to me? I'm open. I don't have an agenda.
Dr. MACK: They do take some quite high ranking people. There's some
business executives-
SONYA: But we'll never know, 'cause they won't come forward, right?
Dr. MACK: They're reluctant to come forward because their careers are
threatened by this.
SONYA: So how do you know about them?
Dr. MACK: Because I have, in this network of people-
SONYA: Do you see where I'm going? That makes you at the center of a
power structure, a demagog.
Dr. MACK: One of the reasons that I wrote this book is so this would not
be an elite, isolated, private situation. We could have an open dialogue.
For example, I just want to say something about false memory. I don't think
that applies here, because false memory occurs when there's not even a vague
memory of abuse, and say a therapist jumps on it, and you know, reinforces it,
or-
SONYA: Not necessarily.
Dr. MACK: But it doesn't apply where you have matters that are of core
importance, deeply traumatic matters that the person remembers with powerful
detail. I don't believe the false memory explanation works there.
Let's go back to your other question.
SONYA: Let's leave that aside, because I have to tell you, these people
can walk through walls, and yet, they use typical gynecological procedures in
order to take an egg. Give me a break!
They could certainly walk through a wall, put a hand through a stomach, take
an egg out another way. They don't need to do that. It's just amazing to me.
Dr. MACK: I agree with you, it makes no sense in this reality.
SONYA: But even in your reality, it makes no sense.
Dr. MACK: In the reality I was raised in, it makes no sense. I can't
explain it. To me, it's a mystery. There are inconsistencies. If you look
at alien behavior from the standpoint of our logic-
SONYA: For what end are you putting your credentials, your Pulitzer, your
Harvard degree, your colleagues, the science of medicine and psychiatry on the
line like this?
Dr. MACK: `Cause there's something truthful that this several hundred
thousand million people are telling. I don't understand that I think can
expand us to some-
SONYA: How? Go to the next step.
Dr. MACK: Because it can tell us that there are other intelligences that
we can't fathom, that is an authentic mystery that we might grow to-
SONYA: For what purpose?
Dr. MACK: I don't know the purpose of this. It has something to do with
opening up our consciousness, perhaps, creating some new form of evolution. I
don't know, but I do-
SONYA: Do these people become politically active? Do they become
ecologically minded?
Dr. MACK: Many do, yes.
SONYA: Do they take on something- I mean, is the entity saying to them,
`Save yourself. Save the world. You're near the end'?
Dr. MACK: That's possible, but what I'm interested in is documented. Many
of them do have very strong information that comes to them on the ships
telepathically on monitors about the fate of the earth and the destructiveness
that we are.
SONYA: You want me to have an open mind, is that right? You want me to
have an open mind. You do.
Dr. MACK: That would be a good idea, yeah.
SONYA: Do you have one? Do you have one that you may be a part of
perpetrating a fraud?
Dr. MACK: I find these people that they believe their experiences. They
are authentic. They're intelligent. They're telling the truth.
SONYA: I don't deny that. I'm asking you.
Dr. MACK: I'm reporting what they experience. I'm not claiming anything
about this. I'm not saying that I know what this is. I'm saying, Let's look
at it. These are authentic people who are oppressed in the culture. I'm
saying, Let's open ourselves and let's examine it. I say, anybody can come
into the consulting room, hear what these people are saying, examine them
independently of me and see what they come up with. I've brought several
psychiatrists who have come in. When they worked with these individuals, I'm
not even involved, they say, `There's something going on here. I don't
understand,' and then maybe we'll begin to see these people themselves.
SONYA: It is a puzzlement, and we leave it to your colleagues to help with
that second opinion. I thank you all for being with us today.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

184
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2240.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
SUBJECT: TIME MAGAZINE AND JOHN MACK.... FILE: UFO2240
Thanks to a ParaNet contributor for supplying this article, and thanks to Time
also.
BEHAVIOR
THE MAN FROM OUTER SPACE
Harvard psychiatrist John Mack claims that tales of UFO abductions are real.
But experts and former patients say his research is shoddy.
BY JAMES WILLWERTH/BOSTON
The young man had slowly become aware of his enigmatic memories, of
otherworldly beings lurking in his life, of ''strange coincidences'' and time
out of joint. What was happening? Who could tell him? Casting about for help,
says the boyish Pennsylvania health-care worker, ''I saw this article in the
newspaper about Dr. Mack. And I thought if you can't trust a Harvard
professor, who can you trust?''
John Mack is more than a Harvard professor; he is a respected author (his
book on T.E. Lawrence, A Prince of Our Disorder, won the Pulitzer Prize in
1977), a psychiatrist who helped found the clinical psychiatry department at
Cambridge Hospital and a noted scientific advocate of environmental and
antiwar causes. Under Mack's hypnotic guidance, the young man ''remembered''
being abducted repeatedly by aliens, taken to a spaceship and having a probe
inserted in his anus. He also recalled past lives, including one as a young
Indian warrior called Panther-by-the-Creek, who died in battle. Even more
astonishing, Mack believed every word.
The story of ''Dave Reynolds'' is one of 13 recounted by Mack in his new
book Abduction (Scribners), the result of his study of scores of
''experiencers,'' people who he believes have come in contact with
extraterrestrial visitors. The striking similarity of their memories and
Mack's academic reputation have led UFO believers to proclaim Abduction as
the most important step yet in scientifically validating abduction
experiences. A 1991 Roper poll found that 4 million people have had at least
some abduction-related experiences, such as seeing unusual lights or missing
time. ''Until John came along, there wasn't enough credibility for this
subject to support a methodological investigation,'' says Caroline McLeod,
Mack's research chief. ''Until now, if you decided to research alien
abductions, you risked being pigeonholed as a lunatic.''
Psychologists and ethicists do not question Mack's sanity so much as his
motives and methodology. They charge that he is misusing the techniques of
hypnosis, trying to shape the ''memories'' of his subjects to suit his vision
of an intergalactic future, and very possibly endangering the emotional
health of his patients in the process. ''If this were just an example of some
zany new outer limit of how foolish psychology and psychiatry can be in the
wrong hands, we'd look at it, roll our eyes and walk away,'' says University
of California, Berkeley, psychologist Richard Ofshe. ''But the use of his
techniques in counseling is substantially harming lots of people.''
The scientific skepticism is bolstered by some unusual firsthand evidence.
One of Mack's ''experiencers'' has revealed to TIME that she was actually an
undercover debunker who worked her way into Mack's confidence and rose high
in the ranks of his subjects. She found that Mack's work was riddled with
scientific irregularities; it lacked a formal research protocol as well as
legally required consent forms that advise research subjects of potential
risks. She also discovered that Mack billed the insurance companies of at
least some patient-subjects for what he described as therapy sessions.
Mack says he expected the disbelief that has greeted the bizarre tales
recounted in his book. ''This isn't supposed to be,'' he explained to TIME.
''You aren't supposed to have little guys with big black eyes taking men,
women and children against their wills on beams of light through walls and
windows into strange craft and have this going on all over the country.'' But
after hearing dozens of such stories, Mack concluded that the abductions were
real. Moreover, he discerned a motive behind them: the abductors, it seems,
were implanting mind-to-mind messages urging better care of the planet. The
aliens' apparent objective was an intergalactic breeding program combined
with a brotherly warning of impending doom if the earth doesn't change its
warlike and ecologically wasteful ways.
Mack's studies are largely funded by a tax-exempt, nonprofit research
organization that he founded in 1983, now called the Center for Psychology
and Social Change. With headquarters in Cambridge, Massachusetts, the center
was started as an attempt to study the nuclear arms race in psychological
terms. After the cold war ended, the organization started raising money for
scholars who want to combine psychology with such topics as ecology and
ethnic conflicts. Explains the center's executive director, Vivienne Simon:
''One of our main goals is to challenge current scientific method, which is
to deny all things you cannot reduce to statistics.''
Donna Bassett's story seemed to fit right in with that goal. Bassett, 37,
then a Boston-based writer and researcher, became interested in Mack's
studies after hearing complaints that he was ''strip mining'' the stories of
emotionally distraught people and failing to help them with follow-up
therapy. After reading stacks of books and articles on UFO abductions,
Bassett made up an elaborate story of otherworldly encounters involving her
family, going back to the 11th century. Her great-grandmother, she said, saw
''little people,'' whom she called angels from God. Bassett herself saw
''balls of light'' around her house at age five. She also said that as a
child she had a space-alien friend named Jane, who healed her hands after a
neighbor stuck them in boiling fudge to punish her for snooping.
Bassett participated in three hypnotic-regression sessions (she says she
used method-acting techniques to fake her way through them) and eventually
served as treasurer of an abductee support group that Mack organized and ran.
''I've never seen a UFO in my life,'' Bassett says, ''and I certainly haven't
been inside one.''
Bassett, who made extensive tapes and notes of her life in the UFO cult,
says Mack provided her with UFO literature to read prior to her sessions -- a
practice that medical hypnotists say will almost surely influence hypnotic
revelations. During the sessions, which Mack held in a darkened bedroom in
his house rather than in a neutral office, he asked leading questions that
reflected his biases. ''John made it obvious what he wanted to hear,'' says
Bassett. ''I provided the answers.'' Among other recollections, she told of
an encounter with John F. Kennedy and Nikita Khrushchev on board a spaceship
during the Cuban missile crisis. Bassett said Khrushchev was crying and that
''I sat in his lap, and I put my arms around his neck, and I told him it
would be O.K.'' Hearing her tale, Mack became so excited that he leaned on
the bed too heavily, and it collapsed.
Later, at a support-group session, Bassett confronted Mack about mixing
research and therapy. According to Bassett, Mack billed insurance companies
for some support-group sessions, claiming they were ''therapeutic'' rather
than ''research.'' Yet some members of the support group complained about the
lack of therapy following their traumatic hypnosis sessions. ''That I can't
do everything that each person needs does not mean that what I'm doing is not
therapeutic,'' Mack said. ''There are too many of you, and I'm also doing
research.''
Bassett's account is supported by others who had close encounters with Mack.
''He had a hidden agenda,'' says Dave Duclos, who left the experiment when he
became disenchanted. ''He was against anybody who said anything negative
about the aliens. Once he said to me, 'If you think the aliens are bad, Mr.
Duclos, keep thinking about it until you realize they are good.' ''
But what of the surprising consistency of the stories Mack elicited? ''Dr.
Mack is ignoring the high level of suggestion and imagery that surrounds the
way in which he deals with these people,'' says Fred Frankel, 70, a Harvard
Medical School professor and psychiatrist in chief at Boston's Beth Israel
hospital. ''Hypnosis helps you regain memories that you would not have
otherwise recalled . . . But some will be true, and some will be false. The
expectation of the hypnotist and the expectation of the person who is going
to be hypnotized can influence the result.''
To many experts, the abduction scenarios bear a striking resemblance to
stories of satanic rituals and child abuse -- stories that can be shaped by
all sorts of outside influences, from movies and TV shows to the suggestive
questioning of a therapist. Says Ofshe, who is an expert in hypnosis: ''If
you convince someone they've been brutalized and raped, and you encourage
them to fully experience the emotions appropriate for this event -- and the
event never happened -- you've led them through an experience of pain that is
utterly gratuitous.''
Confronted by TIME with the news that Bassett had faked her abduction
experience, Mack declined to discuss her case, though he hinted that he had
doubts about her reliability. (Hers is not among the 13 case histories
recounted in his book, but tapes of her sessions leave little doubt that Mack
took her seriously.) In general, he insists, there is no evidence that the
core memories he elicited are distorted. ''When ((the subjects)) talk about
this -- and other people in the room with me have witnessed this, including
several psychiatrists -- the experience is that of a person who has been
through something deeply disturbing.'' While acknowledging that he is not
''an expert on hypnosis,'' Mack scoffs at the debunkers. ''The attacks on
hypnosis didn't begin until it began to reveal information that the culture
didn't want to hear.''
Mack's view of the UFO phenomenon reflects a larger philosophical stance
that rejects ''rational'' scientific explanations and embraces a hazier New
Age reality. ''I don't know why there's such a zeal to find a conventional
physical explanation,'' he says. ''I don't know why people have such trouble
simply accepting the fact that something unusual is going on here . . . We
have lost the faculties to know other realities that other cultures still can
know. The world no longer has spirit, has soul, is sacred. We've lost all
that ability to know a world beyond the physical . . . I am a bridge between
those two worlds.''
Copyright 1994 Time Inc. All rights reserved.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

41
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2242.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
SUBJECT: THE MARS MISSION FILE: UFO2242
Major Political Breakthrough for Intelligence Hypothesis:
Mars Mission Asked to Meet with Chairman of Full Congressional Committee
In a dramatic new political development, research associates and
consultants of "The Mars Mission" were invited Wednesday, April 13, within
days of their initial request, to a face-to-face meeting with the Chairman
of the powerful House Committee on Science, Space and Technology,
Congressman Robert A. Roe (D-New Jersey). The Committee is the Full
Committee of the U.S. House of Representatives (not the sub-Committee,
devoted strictly to space science). Sub-committees report back to full
Committees which, in this case, exercises final authorization for all
proposed Federal funding of scientific research conducted by the Government
of the United States -- including the National Science Foundation, the
National Research Council, and NASA.
Richard C. Hoagland, Dr. Mark Carlotto, Erol Torun and Lois Lindstrom
briefed Congressman Roe and his senior staff assistant, Robert Maitland,
for about an hour in the Congressman's Washington D.C. office, in the
Rayburn Building on Capitol Hill. Detailed in the briefing were both the
remarkable new data supporting the Intelligence Hypothesis (see other
Hoagland Statement), and the apparent political agendas within NASA which
are preventing rapid verification. Also discussed were the major
international geopolitical implications of verification -- in particular,
what the Soviets may know (from Phobos 2) and how to determine their
official interest and intentions.
At the conclusion of the meeting, Congressman Roe requested a written
list of specific recommendations from "The Mars Missio"^B which, if
enacted, would advance verification of the Hypothesis. These
recommendations, in a reproduction of the original Memo, are archived in a
separate entry in this Library (see Roe Memo, Intelligence Hypothesis).
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

119
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2243.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
SUBJECT: THE MESSAGE OF CYDONIA FILE: UFO2243
The "Message of Cydonia":
First Communication from an Extraterrestrial Civilization?
By Richard C. Hoagland*
and Erol O. Torun @
[Copyright (C) 1989
All Rights Reserved]
Abstract
In 1976 an unmanned NASA Viking spacecraft successfully
photographed the surface of the planet Mars. In the subsequent
13 years, a mystery has loomed . . . a mile-long, 1500-ft high
humanoid "face" discovered in a northern Martian desert called
"Cydonia." Initially dismissed by NASA as "a trick of light and
shadow," new analysis presented here reveals a far more complex
situation, and a far more significant conclusion:
The "face" and its surrounding "enigmatic landforms" appear
to be a carefully layed out, highly-sophisticated, redundantly
encoded "mathematical and geometric CETI message" on the Martian
landscape -- in the tradition of century-old proposals by Gauss,
Lockyer, et al..
This paper presents the evidence whereby the authors have
reached this "radical conclusion." We -- one of us a former NASA
consultant, the other a geomorphologist -- detail the extensive
geodedic and mathematical analysis of "the Face" we have
conducted over the past several years: specifically, its
geometric relationship to other, equally enigmatic objects in the
immediate vicinity. This evidence includes multiple appearances
of two specific mathematical constants: "e" and "pi," derived by
angular measurement of the placement of key morphological objects
around the "face" and the discovery of redundant angles and
derived constants from that placement. We have also discovered
the two constants -- "e" and "pi" -- "coded" in the geodedic
siting latitude of the "complex" on the planet.
It is this multiple, diversified, but converging geodedic,
geometric and mathematical evidence that, in the authors'
opinion, now robustly supports the "radical conclusion" presented
above.
The geometry and mathematical constants we have discovered
at Cydonia appear to be a highly-specific communication of
"embedded tetrahedral geometry." It's apparent purpose: the
geometric
____________________________________________________________________
* The Mars Mission: Box 981, Wytheville, VA 24382
@ The Defense Mapping Agency: McLean, VA 22102
-2-
prediction of a specific geodedic latitude -- 19.5 degrees N. and
S. -- resulting from the location of the vertices of a
"circumscribed tetrahedran" rotated inside a planetary or stellar
sphere. This conclusion is reinforced by the geomorphological
observation of a major "tetrahedral pyramid" at Cydonia --
connected geometrically (by a 19.5-degree angle offset to the
local geodedic meridian) to equally obvious morphological
representations of "spheres" at Cydonia itself.
The purpose of all this appears to be to direct attention
towards "something occurring at these two specific planetary
latitudes." When examined by the authors, using published
geodedic planetary maps from NASA and U.S Geological Survey
sources, these latitudes are observed to be associated with a
hitherto unknown planetary and stellar energy phenomenon --
blatantly emerging at these specific latitudes -- on astronomical
objects all across the solar system, including the Sun. Further,
the appearance of these "energy outpourings" seems to be
modulated by the polarity of the planetary (or stellar) magnetic
dipole moment -- raising, in the author's minds, the possibility
that the "message" is attempting to direct us to a verifiable
astrophysical manifestation of a basic, "unified field,"
connecting planetary angular momentum, gravity, and
electromagnetism with surface energy release.
The possibility that "the message" is directing us to, not
merely energy transfer but energy generation, is also considered
in this paper. Several convergent observations of the outer
planets, most recently from Voyager 2, are presented to buttress
our contention that we may be looking at a new astrophysically-
significant form of energy. Evidence is also presented that some
manifestations of this energy may be altering the local
"gravitational space-time metric" -- consistant with current
theoretical interpretations of tetrahedral mathematics by
specialists, as "representative of higher-dimensional n-spaces."
The implications of these "real world" geophysical
manifestations of "unified field tetrahedral mathematics" --
specific, localized energy release on planetary surfaces,
apparently unrecognized until the "Cydonia tetrahedral
mathematics" were decoded by the authors -- are profound: ranging
from a possible breakthrough in the centuries-long search for a
Unified Field Theory connecting the four elemental forces of
Nature; to possible technological applications of this knowledge
-- including a new energy source, and possibly, ultimate control
of gravity itself.
We conclude by urging immediate verification of the "Cydonia
Message," via the 1992 unmanned Mars Observer spacecraft, as well
as detailed follow-up to our preliminary work presented here.
(PAPER TO BE UPLOADED SHORTLY....)
END
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

255
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2244.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
SUBJECT: LIST OF PARANET INTERNATIONAL NODES FILE: UFO2244
ParaNet Information Service
Headquarters
Michael Corbin, Administrator
P.O. Box 928
Wheatridge, Colorado 80034-0928
FidoNet Address: 1:310/8
ParaNet Private Address: 9:9/0
=========================================================
Don Ecker, Network Security 30163/0
Bob Fletcher, Bureau Chief/Australian Bureau 30163/401
Doug Rogers, Echo Moderator 30163/3
Paul Faeder, Network Development/Coordinator 30163/203
John Burke, ParaNet Legal Counsel 9:9/800
=========================================================
Please direct all inquiries to Alpha at 1:310/8 or 9:9/0
AUSTRALIA
---------
Board Location Sysop Data Phone Baud
FIDO Add ParaNet Address CIS ID Remarks
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMEGA-ALPHA Kingsbury Vic , Australia 011-61-3-467-7984 9600
30163/401 Bob Fletcher Bureau Chief
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMEGA-BETA Mentone, Victoria, Australia 011-61-3-583-4778 2400
30163/402 John Marsden
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMEGA-GAMMA Launceston, Tasmania, Australia 011-61-3-44-9762 2400
30163/403 Roy Austen
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMEGA-DELTA Chippendale, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia
30163/404 Lance Lyon 011-61-2-319-1793 2400
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMEGA-EPSILON Milton, Victoria **Temporarily Out of Service**
30163/405 Darren Moore
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMEGA-ZETA Melba, A.C.T., Australia 011-61-62-587-160 2400
30163/406 Scott Furry
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMEGA-THETA Dalkeith, Western Australia 011-61-9-386-2405 2400
30163/408 Andrew Milner
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMEGA-ETA Lane Cove, New South Wales 011-002-428-2446 2400
30163/407 Grame Thompson
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMEGA-IOTA Kendall, New South Wales 011-065-59-4537 9600
30163/409 John Caine
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMEGA-KAPPA Blacktown, New South Wales 011-61-2-622-9591 2400
30163/410 Robert Jones
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMEGA-LAMBDA Redfern, New South Wales 011-61-2-319-0925 2400
30163/411 Jodi Jackson
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMEGA-MU Footscray, Victoria **Private System**
30163/412 Ken Hayes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMEGA-NU Ferntree, Gully, Australia 011-61-3-758-9573 2400
30163/413 Lincoln Broomhall
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
------------------------
Board Location Sysop Data Phone Baud
FIDO Add ParaNet Address CIS ID Remarks
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALPHA Cheyenne, WY Michael Corbin 307-632-0352 9600
30163/0 Headquarters Node
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALPHA-BETA Cedar Rapids, IA Peter Elliff 319-377-0134 9600
30163/14 Open Cluster
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALPHA-CENTAURI San Francisco, CA Rick Moen 415-648-8944 2400
30163/25 The Skeptic's Board
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALPHA-GAMMA Bloomington , IN Jim Graham 812-334-0418 2400
Portal Dolmen BBS **Local System**
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALPHA-DELTA Los Angeles, CA Don Ecker **Private System**
30163/22
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALPHA-EPSILON Alexandria, VA Steve Rose 703-823-6591 2400
30163/26 ABySS BBS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALPHA-ZETA Sacramento, CA Boyd Naron 916-427-0324 9600
The City Lights
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALPHA-MU Sacramento, CA Dan Brown 916-446-7286 2400
Gates of Delirium
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALPHA-THETA
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALPHA-ETA
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALPHA-IOTA
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALPHA-KAPPA Pittsburgh, PA Chuck Ammon 412-264-2692 9600
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALPHA-LAMBDA
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALPHA-MU El Cajon , CA Don Orchard 619-440-6038 2400
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALPHA-NU Gilbert , AZ Frank Ward 602-892-1853 2400
The Encounter BBS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
BETA ,
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
GAMMA Lexington , KY Doug Rogers 606-271-0558 2400
30163/3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
DELTA Saskatoon , Saskatchewan 306-934-2919 9600
30163/4 Canada John Bowden
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
DELTA-ALPHA
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPSILON Warren , MI Jacques Leclerc 313-751-4057 2400
30163/5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ZETA Bethany Park , IN Terry Fields 317-831-1827 2400
30163/6
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
KAPPA
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
LAMBDA
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
MU
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
NU-ALPHA
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
NU-BETA
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
NU-GAMMA Cape Coral , FL Bill Stewart **Out of Service*
Nite Connections
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
NU-DELTA Orlando , FL John Hicks 407-649-4136 9600
30163/29 Gourmet Delight
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
NU-EPSILON Altamonte Spgs, FL Gale Thompson 407-628-2018 2400
30163/35 The Business
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
XI-ALPHA Milwaukee , WI Pete Porro 414-352-6176 9600
30163/206 Radio Free Milwaukee
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
XI-BETA San Leandro , CA Cheryl Mathison 415-481-2806 2400
Yellow Submarine
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
XI-GAMMA Luther , OK Rod Wilson 405-277-3603 2400
30163/204 Paraclypse III
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMICRON Bushkill , PA Paul Faeder 717-588-7549 9600
30163/203
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PI Jersey City , NJ Clark Matthews 201-451-3063 2400
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
RHO Chicago , IL Jerry Ablan 312-876-3652 1200
30163/13
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
RHO-BETA Ingleside , IL Jerry Callahan 312-740-2072 9600
30163/23
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAU
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAU-BETA Columbia , MO Brian Clark 314-442-0779 2400
Thrift University BBS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAU-GAMMA Chattanooga , TN John I. Finney 615-265-2629 9600
30163/34 The Old Folks Home
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAU-CETI Chicago , IL John Burke **PRIVATE SYSTEM**
ParaNet Legal Counsel
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAU-DELTA
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAU-EPSILON
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
UPSILON
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHI
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHI Nashua , NH Ralph Schwarz 603-888-3840 9600
30163/2 The Outpost BBS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHI-BETA Burlington , VT James Pallack 802-860-1875 9600
30163/37 We Serve Your Drives
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PSI
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ZETA-RETICULI Phoenix , AZ Jim Speiser 602-951-3431 9600
30163/20 USOP BBS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
EUROPE
------
Board Location Sysop Data Phone Baud
FIDO Add ParaNet Address CIS ID Remarks
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
THETA
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
IOTA
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
GERMANY
-------
Board Location Sysop Data Phone Baud
FIDO Add ParaNet Address CIS ID Remarks
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
SIGMA-ALPHA Berlin , Germany Andre' Eichner 011-49-30-791-9269
30163/303 9600
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
SIGMA-BETA Darmstadt , Germany Hendrik Bohm 011-49-6257-7966
30163/304 2400
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
SIGMA-GAMMA Berlin , Germany Detlef Deutzer 011-30-624-98-32
30163/305 2400
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
SIGMA-DELTA Hannover , Germany Ernst Elbe 011-49-511-392274
9600
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

571
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2245.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,571 @@
SUBJECT: PARANORMAL ACTIVITY & UFOs FILE: UFO2245
PARANORMAL ACTIVITY AND IT'S
RELATIONSHIP TO THE UFO ABDUCTION PHENOMENON
BY
William S. English
UFINET News and Information Service
INTRODUCTION:
For many years, UFOs, or Unidentified Flying Objects and
their research have been classed among the fringe elements of our
society. Looked upon as being somewhat of a cult and most
certainly inhabited by screwballs and nut-cases.
Those who have had Abduction experiences suffer trauma not
only from the experience, which in many cases is not remembered
on a conscious level, but also from the trauma of being ridiculed
by their peers.
To often, the circumstances surrounding a legitimate
Abduction case are clouded with extraneous issues that seem to
complicate the initial issue of abduction by a possible Alien
life form. Additionally the very nature of those issues often
cloud the judgement of even the most experienced investigator of
the UFO Phenomenon. This is due largely in part because of the
Investigator's desire to find empirical evidence to support the
existence of UFOs.
As a result of this, over the past twenty years the majority
of UFO Investigators have totally ignored another, and perhaps
most important aspect of UFOlogy. The possible connection of
Paranormal experiences to UFO abductions.
Over the years we have equated Paranormal Activities, such
as channeling, psycho-kinetics, manifestations of odd noises,
telepathy, and a host of other things associated with it, as
being totally separate from UFO Investigations. However a recent
review of files and information for the past twenty years has
shown a possible connection between the two.
Most notably this connection seems to be associated with the
Abduction Phenomenon as shown by Doctor Leo Sprinkle in his work
as early as 1963.
In an article written by Dr. Sprinkle which appeared in
"Psychotherapy in Private Practice" Vol.6(3) 1988, he had this to
say;
".......in our contemporary society, those persons who
describe paranormal/psychic/spiritual crises, or emotional trauma
from memories of possible past lives, often are faced with
scoffing or skeptical reactions -- not only from their friends
and relatives, but sometimes from professional persons, including
psychotherapists.
And, if a person describes a UFO experience (including
abduction by alien beings, out of body experience, near death
experience, bodily marks from a medical examination, genital
examination, past life memories, planetary visions, automatic
writing or telepathic communication, and a message or mission for
Humankind, etc.), then the psychological resistance of the
psychotherapist, as well as the emotional trauma of the person,
can be an important factor -- not only in the process of
psychotherapy, but in the questions of whether services are
provided to that person!
The complex and controversial claims of UFO
abductees/contactees are a background for the general question:
Based on the processes of psychotherapy, what do we know about
UFO experiences?"
In a recent conversation with Dr.Sprinkle I asked him if
paranormal activity was common among those people who may have
had possible contact with UFOs, and if so why hadn't we heard
more about this..?
Dr. Sprinkle's reply was surprising as he went on to say,
"Yes, it is extremely common. In fact I have been researching the
Paranormal question since 1963 and was asked by the Lorenzens
(Jim and Coral Lorenzen of APRO) to write a chapter for a book
they were writing in the mid 70's that dealt with this very
issue."
Interestingly enough, Dr. Sprinkle, for many years seemed to
be the only professional Psychologist who even adhered to the
idea that UFOs were possibly real. Having established a
reputation in his field for his regressive hypnosis sessions with
several of the more modern day abduction reports Dr. Sprinkle has
become the foremost authority on the subject of Abductions.
In the same article he went on to express several tentative
viewpoints:
1.) I believe that `flying saucers' (UFOs) exist.
2.) I believe that I cannot prove to anyone that UFOs exist.
3.) I believe that UFO research is always frustrating, often
fearful, sometimes fun.
4.) I believe that psychotherapeutic services and social
support for UFO Experiencers are helpful to them in
accepting the reality of these experiences and in
understanding of the silliness and the significance of these
experiences.
5.) I believe that there are many skills that can be useful
to the psychotherapist who works with UFO Experiencers, but
the main attributes are courage, curiosity, and compassion.
6.) I appreciate the willingness of UFO Experiencers to
share their information, and the willingness of professional
colleagues to assist UFO Experiencers.
Perhaps, someday, UFO research can lead to results which
could test the hypothesis that UFO activity is an
educational program.
This last remark seemed somewhat new age'ish on the Good
Doctor's part, but in light of the recent revelation of a few
years ago that he himself had apparently been abducted as a
child, it is understandable.
PART TWO
In some cases we as investigators have to ask the question
concerning the types of encounters that many abductees
experience. In so doing the questions will elicit some type of
answer or reaction. Bearing in mind it is often difficult for the
investigator, or for that matter, the psychotherapist to either
understand or accept the answers they are given.
This comes not from a desire to deny the subject's
experiences, but more form the point of view, that it is
difficult for the Investigator/Psychotherapist to accept the
answer. In many cases the subject will present an answer
unacceptable to the Investigator/Psychotherapist. This seems to
be the case with regard to paranormal activity which may
accompany such an encounter.
Throughout the several years Dr. Sprinkle has devoted his
efforts to finding the answers to this phenomenon, he has put
forth the following hypothesis:
Thesis 1.
There is sufficient evidence to accept the hypothesis that
many UFO witnesses have experienced encounters with space craft
that are piloted or controlled by intelligent alien beings (e.g.,
Hynek, 1972;Jacobs, 1975; Randles, 1983; Rutledge, 1981; Smith,
1987).
Thesis 2.
There is sufficient evidence to accept the hypothesis that
many UFO witnesses have experienced abductions and examination by
UFO occupants, including bodily, psychological, and/or sexual
examinations (e.g., Fowler, 1979, 1982; Fuller, 1966; Hopkins,
1981, 1987; Lorenzen & Lorenzen, 1967, 1976, 1977; Sprinkle,
1979, 1981; Strieber, 1987).
Thesis 3.
There is sufficient evidence to accept the hypothesis that
most UFO witnesses are normal in their psychological functioning
(e.g., Bloecher, Clamar, & Hopkins, 1985; Keul & Phillips, 1986;
Parnell, 1987; Schwarz, 1983; Sprinkle, 1976b, 1979a).
Thesis 4.
There is sufficient evidence to accept the hypothesis the
psychic phenomena, including "channeled" communications, are
associated with UFO encounters; further, there is emerging
evidence that UFO contactees view themselves as changing from
"planetary persons" to "cosmic citizens" (e.g., Davis, 1985;
Kannenberg, 1982, 1986; Kinder, 1987; Montgomery, 1985; Puharich,
1974; Sprinkle, 1981; Steiger & Steiger, 1981).
Remembering the previously mentioned hypothesis, let us
review certain facts;
"In a majority of cases the contactees/victims are initially
unaware of their contact experience on a conscious level. They
have subliminated their experiences to a subconscious level."
We know this is possible due to findings from victims of
childhood sexual assaults and in many cases rape victims, and in
some cases, victims of violent crime or accidents. As an act of
mental self-defense, the incident or incidents are forcefully
forgotten, either through external influences (i.e., programming
on the part of the abductors) or through the psychological
processes that come into play to create a mental feeling of
security.
"Awareness of the contact experience can, and often times
remains dormant until such time as an incident/phase/word or
experience triggers the memory, and starts the process of
bringing the memory to the conscious level."
At this point we now begin to see the manifestation of
paranormal activity. In many cases the contactee/victim begins to
feel a feeling of un-rightness, i.e., unexplainable fear,
paranoia, panic attacks etc. . .. In other cases the paranormal
activity will manifest itself in other ways, such as;
Psycho-kinetic Activity (Poltergeist)
Manifestation of visual phenomena (Green fireballs, visions of
ghost, physical assaults upon the victim or members of the
victims household.)
The hearing of ghostly high pitched voices, screaming warnings
that only the victim can hear.
Telepathy and premonitions.
At the same time we must enquire as to the validity of these
manifestations. A case in point...
A college educated male, approximately 30 years of age
recalled a series of paranormal incidents that began at the age
of twenty years and resulted ultimately in the discovery that he
was in fact an abductee at the age of four years.
".....I was twenty. I was living in Jamestown, California at
the time with three other young people in an old house outside of
town. One night I returned to my bedroom after getting up to use
the bathroom. I turned off the light, got in my bed and laid on
my left side. As soon as I laid down I "knew" there was something
in the room with me. I could "feel" it thinking. I immediately
became aware of something moving to me from across the room and
it stood on the foam pad right in front of my face and made a
depression there that my hands, which were up by my face started
to roll into. Then suddenly there was a weight on top of my body
that pushed me down through the support of my pad into the floor
and held me there paralysed. There also was a load sound in my
upturned right ear which sounded as though something were yelling
or shouting or exhaling right against my ear. It was one long
sound though there was no variation in timbre, frequency, or
pitch and it continued for the entire time that I could not
move."
He went on to say that he slept for a year or two
afterwards with a light on in his room or shining into his room
from another room.
He continued. "....a few days before I moved out of that
place in fear of whatever it was that happened, I was watching
T.V. in the living room in broad daylight when I felt as if
something were touching the insides of my thighs, like there was
something invisible trying to push them apart. I now do not
believe that there was actually something there at the moment,
but that it was a strong subliminal memory of having been touched
there. Also when I was moving back down to college I had a
similar sensation across my upper abdomen while I was driving a
car. That wasn't the end of my experiences. It followed me to
where I moved and ten months later I had a UFO sighting over
Modesto, California at very close range. Which by the way I
didn't associate with my prior experiences. There was also a
vivid "dream" I had where something had gone into my
consciousness, made me feel euphoric, and made my life pass
before my eyes while they re-experienced it with me as if they
were looking for something (This was also associated with a
sighting in the dream) They also did something to the back of my
head. The memory of these things persisted in bothering me for
years. At the time I moved away from the rural areas thinking
that these things would stop. I didn't know what was happening to
me. I began having panic attacks after the one experience in
Jamestown and I had never had them before. All of this was quite
unsettling and I couldn't figure out why when I was having one of
the best times of my life that something so strange would start
plaguing me."
The incidents that happened to this subject are most
certainly of a paranormal nature, and fall classically into that
category. However, let us examine several possibilities we as UFO
investigators seem to overlook.
As of yet, science has not been able to adequately explain
the cause of Paranormal activity. Science has defined paranormal
activity as something laying outside of the realm of the normal
acceptable standards that have been established for human
behavior. Yet at the same time they are just now, within the last
one hundred years, beginning to define that human behavior and
the accompanying dysfunctions inherent in it.
For the most part, the activity that seems to accompany a
Contactee/victim is of a paranormal nature as clearly defined by
Dr. Sprinkle in his fourth hypothesis, However in recent years it
has also become apparent the term paranormal activity, can
encompass several other things as well as the afore mentioned
items.
Let us as investigators, for the moment ignore the
paranormal aspects of such encounters and look at other possible
explanations using the above example.
Several years after the paranormal experiences related
above, the subject was hypnotically regressed by Kathy
McCampbell, daughter of Mr. James McCampbell, and it was
discovered that as a child of four years of age he in fact was
abducted. The following is his recollection of the abduction
experience.
"I was with the group of girls (his mother was a Girl Scout
Leader) and then I remember being away from them, then I became
very dizzy, I remember being carried then seeing something come
down from above the tree line. I was handed up into something (it
was on the ground) it looked round and silver kind of like a
diving bell and was not that large. I opened my eyes, there were
three of them on either side of me looking down at me. The next I
know is that I'm sitting up but I am leaning against one of them
who is at my side. He is holding something on top and at the back
of my head."
As it can be seen, there seems to be a similarity between
the abduction encounter and the paranormal incidents previously
related.
Examining it more closely, the initial paranormal incident
where the subject felt the presence of something in the room and
then felt the pressure on top of him and the loud noise in his
ear has at least one explanation, that being that the subject for
some reason had a subconscious memory triggered and then relived
a portion of the initial abduction experience. The reliving of
the experience seemed so real at the time it is difficult if not
impossible for the subject to separate the reality from the
illusion. Therefore the subject believes that the paranormal
incident did in fact take place. Further evidence of this is
during the second paranormal encounter the subject felt something
touching the inside of his thighs, and then during the third
incident, something touching his upper torso. During the
following two incidents however, he admitted to having more of a
feeling that it was a memory rather than a real experience. Like
so many other victims of sexual assault and violent crime, he
began to remember the incidents in a way that would allow his
mental well being to stay intact, while at the same time
gradually learning to cope with the incident.
This is a rather simplistic explanation, however it does not
answer all of the questions that arise when dealing with
paranormal activity, and it most certainly does not answer the
questions concerning the validity of such activity.
It is at this point that we as investigators and members of
the psychological and mental health professions begin to enter
into extremely dangerous territory. `Is paranormal activity
real?'
There is evidence to indicate that some paranormal activity
is real. Such things as ghost, poltergeist etc. . .. As for the
other things that seem to be more commonly associated with UFO
encounters, it is difficult to say on a more logical level.
In most cases the evidence seems to be self perpetuating in that
over the years unrelated cases have been investigated that show
striking similarities. These similarities are easily explained by
some, yet there is always the hidden fact that is kept hidden by
most good investigators in order that they may have a control
factor in which to gauge the validity of other cases.
In short, this is an area and a decision which lays entirely
in the hands of the psychotherapist and the UFOlogist. It is
their own personal beliefs which must decide whether or not they
believe in the paranormal aspects involved with this phenomenon.
PART THREE
Assuming for the moment paranormal activity is in fact real
in some form or another, let us examine further it's relationship
with the UFO/Abductee/Contactee Phenomena.
In most cases paranormal activity and abilities are existent
to some degree in all of us. Whether it be the ability to look
briefly into the future (DejaVu), to detect the loss of a loved
one before being told, telepathy (such as in twins), psycho-
kinesis, etc. . .. However, these abilities lay dormant until
something, either an event or a memory, triggers the ability. In
many cases this particular event is the result of a trauma, or
for that matter, the incident that is triggered was a trauma in
itself.
One particular point that we must remember is the human mind
and brain is the most complex and even today unknown aspect of
the Human-being. We can chart the Brain, and even have a fair
idea as to what each particular area within the brain will
control. But! We are unable to delve deeper into it to look at
the area most commonly referred to as the soul. That part which
makes up our personalities, our abilities to think and discern
information. Control emotions, or for that matter, what creates
those emotions which separate us from the lower orders of the
animal kingdom. In short, we don't fully know what exactly the
abilities are within the human animal.
An interesting point which should be considered is, most
biologist will tell you the brain capacity of the lower orders of
the animal kingdom reflect the full mental ability of those
animals, barring mental retardation or defects. Yet a human
brain, followed by the dolphin, is one of the largest, if not the
largest brain within the mammalian chain. And we do not use it to
it's fullest capacity. This is odd since development on an
evolutionary scale theoretically says all life forms physically
develop to their fullest capabilities. If this holds true, then
why hasn't humankind? Or is there the possibility that we did,
and then through some cataclysmic occurrences we lost those
abilities..?
Having set the stage somewhat, and seeing that the human
brain or the human animal is capable of far more than many of us
give credit to it, lets us now examine closely the relationship
between Paranormal Activity and UFO contacts.
Accepting the possibilities previously stated, we as human-
beings have created in our minds and in our a world a certain
amount of stability based upon what we consider to be
incontrovertible facts. But I now ask the question; "What if
those facts we have established are found to be falsehoods?" This
creates an interesting dilemma....How would we cope with such a
revelation? I present the following theory for your
consideration...
Theorem....
Throughout the span of recorded history, the human animal
has given basic and simple explanations to those things we are
incapable of understanding. We have placed these strange
occurrences into categories we are comfortable with. Such things
as Religion to explain celestial beings (angels), and beings
horrible and evil (demons). Those things defying our ability to
explain technologically or logically became things of magic and
Witchcraft. As humankind progressed through the sciences and
technology, what was once within the realm of religion and magic
went into the realm of science and logic, and this is where our
development stands.
Suddenly there comes into our existence something which
cannot be placed within the normal classifications we have
established for ourselves. Since we no longer for the most part
believe in magic, we attempt to place it within the realm of
science. Yet when we are unable to give logical explanations
through science, it then falls within the realm of magic, or the
paranormal, which falls outside of both magic and the sciences.
It is at this point the primal instincts of the human animal come
into play, and at the same time something even more astounding.
The human brain's ability to protect itself from something that
does not compute or work within it's ability to assimilate.
Unlike a computer however, it reprograms itself to continue
functioning on a relatively normal level until such time as more
information becomes available to help it assimilate the
previously blanked out data. At this point some unusual
occurrences take place causing the brain to trigger the
previously blanked memories and bringing them forward from the
sub-conscious into the conscious area of the mind, or Id. With
this occurrence comes increased metal activity that creates an
increase in Neuro-electrical activity within the brain itself,
thereby increasing the brain's natural abilities to manipulate
it's physical surrounding without physical intervention..
This theorem may not be as far fetched as it may sound. We
know that bio-electrical activity is one of the motivating
factors which makes the human body animate, function, and live.
We also know for example that in the event of injury to either
the brain or the Neuro-systems (nervous system) certain parts of
the human body cease to function.
Taking it a step further, we currently are able to
manipulate invisible electrical forces in the form of Radio and
television waves, which transmit pictures, turn motors, and make
possible such innovations as the modern home computer. Therefore
the idea of the human brain creating such amounts of electrical
activity as to be able to control and effect it's surrounding
environment is not far fetched at all.
Now you ask the question; "What has this to do with UFO
Abductees/Contactees?
Simply put, we must first consider two possibilities. The
first being we have accepted that UFOs and Aliens do exist, and
therefore based upon the available evidence human-beings are
being contacted and/or being forcefully abducted for whatever
purposes.
Because of the trauma caused these Abductees/Contactees
their brains have shut down in order to be able to assimilate the
data necessary to cope with this incident in their lives. In many
cases these incidents are on-going occurrences which would
require some sort of mental manipulation on the part of the
abductors to keep control of their subject. Because of the
ingrained human survival instinct the human brain begins to
increase it's bio-electrical activity thereby causing paranormal
activity in it's surrounding vicinity. whether it manifest itself
as uncommonly clear memories that cause the abductee/contactee to
relive the physical sensations that they were subjected to during
the course of their abduction, or other physical manipulations in
their surroundings i.e..poltergeist, telepathy, psycho-kinesis..
The second possibility we must consider is the physical
modification or manipulation of the human brain on the part of
the abductors i.e..implants, bio-genetic engineering or
modifications etc..We know that it is possible to control the
human mind or at least certain areas of the brain that will cause
pleasure and pain, anger and apathy. Therefore why is it not
possible for a possibly more advance culture to have carried this
further and be able to control all aspects of the brain? Making
possible such things as channeling (communications) and all of
the previously mentioned paranormal phenomena.
A recent review of case studies that date back as far as the
late to middle fifties has shown that in almost all instances
where a person reports abduction or contact in some form or
another there is almost always paranormal activity reported.
Currently there are certain individuals within the
UFO/paranormal fields who have shown and uncanny ability to
predict where and when a UFO sighting or flap is about to occur.
Increased E.S.P abilities, etc...In almost all cases it has been
shown that they are abductees or contactees..
CONCLUSIONS
Contrary to popular belief, it is apparent that Paranormal
Activity and UFO related Activity are NOT separate issues, but
rather, are one in the same. Both being an integral part of the
other, and both playing a significant role in the lives of the
Abductees/Contactees.
It is apparent that we as Investigators and Psychotherapist
can no longer ignore the fact that Paranormal activity does occur
in some form or another in relationship to the
UFO/Abduction/Contact Phenomena.
We as Investigators and Psychotherapeutic professionals must
come together to establish criteria in which to investigate and
treat Abduction/Contact trauma victims, bearing in mind that
these people require a different type of treatment and inter-
action between the investigator, psychotherapist, and mental
health professional.
The psychotherapeutic profession must help establish the
acceptance within the mental health professions that there is
indeed a whole phenomena in existence that does in fact deal with
UFO contact and abduction, and that new methods are required to
treat and deal with these unfortunates. Most importantly they
must also be taught to accept the fact that whenever a victim of
such occurrences comes to them for professional help, they are
NOT crazy, but in fact show be in the same classification as that
of sexual abuse, and violent crime victims.
We as Investigators must educate ourselves for a better
understanding of the trauma that victims of Abduction undergo,
and become aware of the various aspects of Paranormal activity
that in fact do exist..
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

176
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2246.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
SUBJECT: RECENT DEVELOPMENTS ON THE MARS INVESTIGATION FILE: UFO2246
Recent Developments
After 13 years, the Mars Investigation finally seems to be
"coming in from the cold."
Here are a few highlights of what has happened lately:
Several months ago, after 13 years of research outside of
NASA, we were finally asked to present our findings to a
Colloquium of NASA engineers and scientists at the Goddard Space
Flight Center, outside Washington. Mark Carlotto (The Analytic
Sciences Corporation), Erol Torun (Defense Mapping) and I spent
about two and a half hours (we were originally allotted only 45
minutes!) detailing the results of our various analyses of the
"enigmatic landforms" at Cydonia -- from Mark's most recent
fractal analysis" of the Face (in comparison with the
surrounding mesas); to Erol's discovery of key mathematical
constants in the D&M Pyramid (see pyramid.rsh); to my own
confirmation of the same constants in the entire "complex"
The reaction to our briefing was most interesting: there was
a very serious consideration of our data by the general audience
of NASA personel; there was vociferous indignation from the
minority of "planetary scientists" attending. Later, feedback
from this minority -- who have been given an essential "monopoly"
in exploring the solar system for the past thirty years, if not
in subsequent interpretation of the results -- was "Those guys [
the majority of the technical audience at Goddard] actually sat
there and listened, then asked questions -- as if they believed
that crap!"
A 40-minute color video (VHS) of "the Goddard presentation"
is available from the MARS MISSION.
The second major development has been our recent one-to-one
meeting with the Chairman of the House Committee on Science,
Space and Technology, the Honorable Robert A. Roe (D-New Jersey).
If we are going to get NASA to do what good science now
mandates must be done -- take additional pictures of Cydonia,
with Mars Observer in 1993 -- it is becoming clear that the ONLY
way we are going to get those pictures is via legislation; NASA,
for somewhat obscure reasons, has refused to put our data to a
simple test: new photographs from Mars Observer. It is obvious
therefore, that NASA must be mandated by law to rephotograph Cydonia --
as it's spacecraft, Mars Observer, once a month passes overhead in polar
orbit. The key point to keep in mind: this will cost NO ADDITIONAL MONEY.
Even so, NASA still refuses, so legislation is now necessary.
It shouldn't be that way -- but it is.
For this reason, our hour-long meeting with Congressman Roe
was a most important milestone on the road to ultimate
verification of our data. At the end of the hour-long meeting --
during which we detailed not only the significant developments in
our research, but the apparently inexplicable political obstacles
within NASA to simple confirmation -- the Congressman asked me
for a Memo of Recommendations (see MARS3.TXT) -- detailing the
next steps to verification of the Intelligence Hypothesis.
A few days ago I received a letter from the Chairman, saying
"I enjoyed your visitation and the opportunity to discuss the
Mars Mission," and "I am looking into the recommendations you
have made."
Because of this continuing dialogue, I would urge all who
want verification of our findings to drop a line to Congressman
Roe (Suite 2321, Rayburn Building, Washington D. C. 20515)
supporting the details in our Memo. Only the Congress can
intervene in what is now essentially a political decision by
NASA: to ignore some extraordinarily provocative research. If
allowed to continue this policy, the space agency will be able to
successfully subvert the entire scientific process -- which at
this point DEMANDS that we go back and get those crucial
pictures.
If we are wrong, then let the Mars Observer images prove it!
If we are right . . .
The third development -- which makes the other two pale a
bit by comparison -- is that we think we've finally done it:
We think we may have "cracked the code" of Cydonia . . . and
are actually now "reading" the mathematical and geometric
message!
Since the proof of this "radical statement" is extensive (
though not hard at all to follow), I will not go into it here.
I will say, however, that the interlocking logic -- and what the
"Cydonia message" seems to successfully predict, in the way of a
verifiable geophysical phenomenon -- is easily tested. We ourselves
are proposing one key test, during the upcoming Voyager 2 Encounter of
the planet Neptune: based on the "Cydonia Equations," we believe it
possible to predict the polarity of the Neptune magnetic field. And we
will do so -- it's opposite the Earth's, and basically parallel
to Jupiter's. The spacecraft will not enter the actual Neptune
"magnetosphere" until sometime after August 24 -- so this
prediction is a gamble. But, if we are "reading" what the
Cydonia equations are now trying to tell us, Voyager 2 should
prove it.
Because of the dramatic breakthorugh this represents in our
research -- if not the entire 13-year effort to understand the
"enigmas of Cydonia" -- we are in the planning stages for a major
news conference, at the National Press Club in Washington D.C., to
announce how we've decoded these mathematics, and what we think
they mean. When final details are determined, we will post them
here -- so please be patient.
It is our intention to publish, through this electronic
medium, all serious attempts to verify (or falsify!) this work --
provided those undertaking these attempts work from original
sources. To this end, interested investigators should also
contact Dr. Paul Butterworth, the National Space Science Data
Center, Goddard Space Flight Center, Greenbelt, MD 20771, to
order copies of the original Viking Cydonia digital imaging
tapes. The frames one should request are: 35A70, 71, 72, 73, and
74; and (35 days later, in the Viking mission) frames 70A11, 12,
and 13. (BTW: orthographically-rectified versions of the data
tapes will be essential, to adequately test our mathematical and
geometric findings.)
Finally, the President's proposal to "go to Mars by way of
the Moon."
If one DOESN'T want to send men and women to Mars, in our
opinion, this is the quickest way to "turn off the American
people on the entire enterprise." Simply price it out of
existence!
The President's proposal has unnecessarily added at least
ONE HUNDRED BILLION dollars to the cost of going to Mars with men
and women. Therefore, in the coming days, we will be uploading
serious, cost-effective alternatives to the Bush proposal --
including mission scenarios formulated by Science Applications
Inc. (a JPL-NASA consulting firm), and by Dr. Brian O'Leary -- a
former scientist-astronaut (originally chosen to be a member of
the crew to go to Mars!) and a member of the current Mars
Investigation.
O'Leary's plan -- to use existing hardware, space shuttle
components, space-station technologies, etc., and assemble a
"lean, mean Mars mission in Earth orbit" -- will not only cost
ONE TENTH the President's proposal, it could get us there TEN
TIMES SOONER . . . by 1999, if Congress enacted the proper
legislation. And the country would wind up making money in the
process!
Again, given the on-going dialogue established between the
MARS MISSION and the members of the House Committee on Science,
Space and Technology, we are confident that we can -- with your
vital input and assistance -- place these options before the
right committees in the Congress. That . . .
And the extraordinary reason for going there at all: actual
extraterretrial ruins . . . and now, "a message."
Stay tuned.
Richard C. Hoagland, Founder
The Mars Mission:
P.O. Box 981,
Wytheville, VA 24382
(703) 228-7822
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

70
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2247.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
Re: Copyright Infringement Pursuant to Digital Millennium Copyright Act
Dear Sir/Madam:
I represent NCS Pearson, Inc. (Pearson), the exclusive publisher of the
BECK DEPRESSION INVENTORY (BDI), which is a secure test instrument
restricted to purchase by qualified individuals. The BDI is an original
work of authorship registered with the United States Copyright Office.
A copy of the registration is attached for your information.
It has recently come to Pearson's attention that you are
hosting a web site that contains an unauthorized reproduction of the
BDI. Copies of screen shots of the unauthorized reproduction are
provided for your information. The reproduction, display, and
distribution of the material at the online location infringe Pearson's
copyright in the BDI because the test items are reproduced and displayed
on the online location without Pearson's permission. As such, the web
page you are hosting clearly infringes U.S. Copyright law. See 17
U.S.C. 512(d).
LOCATION OF INFRINGEMENT
The location of the infringement is:
http://www.textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2247.ufo
NOTICE OF TAKE DOWN
The purpose of this letter is to advise you of Pearson's rights and to
seek your agreement to (1) remove and destroy the copyrighted material;
and (2) disable or remove any hyperlink(s). Please note that the
disabling or removing of Pearson's copyrighted material from this site
should include destroying the usefulness of any textual directory or
pointer information contained therein. PLEASE NOTE: We are only
requesting removal of the BDI as it is contained on that site. We are
not asking or requesting removal of any other material.
Please confirm in writing that you have complied with the above request.
RESERVATION OF RIGHTS
Pearson reserves its position insofar as costs and damages caused by the
unauthorized reproduction and/or display of the BDI and any information
locating tools with respect to online locations engaged in infringing
activity. Pearson also reserves its right to seek injunctive relief to
prevent further unauthorized activity, particularly any information
locating tools, pending your response to this letter. We suggest you
contact your legal advisors to obtain legal advice as to your position.
VERIFICATION
The information contained in this notification is accurate as of the
time of compilation and, under penalty of perjury, I certify that I am
authorized to act on behalf of NCS Pearson, Inc. Pearson has a good
faith belief that use of the material in the manner complained of is not
authorized by the copyright owner, its agent, or the law.
We await your response within 24 hours.
Sincerely,
/Carl W. Covert, Jr./
Director, Intellectual Property Protection
NCS Pearson, Inc.
19500 Bulverde Road
San Antonio, TX 78259-3701
Tel (210) 339-5195
Fax (210) 339-5059
Carl.Covert@Pearson.com

654
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2248.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,654 @@
SUBJECT: UFOs AND THE ROLE OF SKEPTICISM FILE: UFO2248
COMPUSERVE CONFERENCE HELD 25-JULY-89 at 9:30PM EDT
GUEST: Jim Speiser
TOPIC: UFOs and the Role of Skepticism
User User ID Nod Area Name
---- ------------- --- ----- -------------------
1 72330,501 CGU Rm 2 John M. Gamble
2 76056,2070 AKO Rm 2 JimV
3 74756,413 GBN Rm 2 Jay H
4 72135,424 PNB Rm 2 Jim S.
5 75006,3640 RIV Rm 2 Tom Monticue
6 72727,2302 DCI Rm 2 Frank
7 76530,500 HVT Rm 2 Karl R. Wolf
(2-4,Jim S.) Thanks for having me. Let me start off by elucidating...
(2-6,Frank) I am Chief of the Air Force's Technology Branch at the Pentagon...
(2-4,Jim S.) OK,...
are more likely than others" ...
(2-1,jmg) Jim, you've said that you consider the ET hypothesis the least unlikely of the
UFO explanations. Could you give examples of what you consider to be in second
and third place for likeliness? GA
(2-2,JimV) Jim, I am still puzzled why you consider bolides and hoaxes to ...
(2-6,Frank) As a teenager,...
(2-2,JimV) Please give us some of uour 'snippets of evidence.' ...
(2-5,Tom M) Jim,
(2-4,Jim S.) Yes, and there are some fairly tall fir trees, I would guess,
(2-5,Tom M) Jim,
(2-5,Tom M) on that? These seem to me to be countradictary. Perhaps you can clarify ..
(2-4,Jim S.) OK...
(2-5,Tom M) Jim,
(2-5,Tom M) I am going to have to side with Jim S on that question ...
(2-5,Tom M) you are trying to proove a negative, Frank. ...
(2-6,Frank) I was not trying to prove a negative,...
that's...
What are we looking for?... What would be the structrue or goals of
research?.
(2-4,Jim S.) For one thing, contrary to Frank's thoughts, I'm NOT necessarily
(2-4,Jim S.) there is indeed something here worth pursuing. The ultimate goal, of
whether psychological, perceptual, physical or even extra-
terrestrial... Since the sightings persist, I can suggest that they
are valid basis for investigation regardless of the point of view.ga
(2-4,Jim S.) OK, that's a start. My point is,...
public domain.
(2-4,Jim S.) Let me try another poll...
(2-6,Frank) Correct.
(2-6,Frank) No.
(2-6,Frank) I'd like to make a couple of comments...
(2-4,Jim S.) Thank you, Tom...
(2-7,Mark E. Meyer) When did the Hudson Valley event take place? ga
(2-6,Frank) When I was 12, I awoke one morning...
(2-4,Jim S.) I'm not disputing what you say, Frank....
(2-4,Jim S.) but "tricks of light", and other perception problems seems like ...
(2-6,Frank) I confess I stopped reading UFO literature...
(2-4,Jim S.) "UFOs: The Public Deceived." It was because some of Klass'
(2-4,Jim S.) explanations struck me as highly dubious that I began looking...
(2-4,Jim S.) further into the matter. GA
(2-6,Frank) The Pascagoula contactee...
(2-6,Frank) failed a lie detector test, and subsequently confessed that...
(2-4,Jim S.) You were thinking of "The Interrupted Journey," The Exeter incident...
(2-6,Frank) I don't accept
(Jay H.) I have seen
regression. In this example, a subject described her nights
sleep to an investigator on film and audio tape, specifying that
she had slept soundly after going to bed until morning under hypnosis
(and film) the investigator discussed a couple of possible loud
noises like firecrackers or gunshots. After awakening she
specifically remembered wakening from loud noises and going to the
window and looking out.When the audio tape was replayed she could not
accept her own account. She couldn't believe she had 'forgotten' about
the noises. Even investigations by a sincere investigator, if his
belief is strong, seem to be able to affect subjects'accounts. It
often seems that the accounts given by subjects match up pretty..
closely with accounts of others by the same investigator.ga
(2-6,Frank) This is great, but I have to get up early. Good night, all.
(2-4,Jim S.) Gnite, Frank, its been fun. And revealing.
(2-4,Jim S.) Jay, any discussion of hypnotic regression as it
(2-4,Jim S.) relates to abductions has to consider the fact that
(2-4,Jim S.) 30% of all abduction accounts are recalled WITHOUT hypnosis.
(2-4,Jim S.) Taking this a step further, it then becomes somewhat possible
(2-4,Jim S.) to compare hypnotic and non-hypnotic cases to see if there
(2-4,Jim S.) is any major influence on the part of the hypnotist.
(2-4,Jim S.) Such a study has been done by a noted folklorist by the name
(2-4,Jim S.) of Dr. Thomas E. Bullard, in a mammoth 600 page opus. His
(2-4,Jim S.) research shows that there is not much evidence to support
(2-4,Jim S.) the contention that individual regressionists have an
(2-4,Jim S.) influence on differences between accounts, nor does
(2-4,Jim S.) hypnosis seem to be a factor in general. GA
(2-7,Mark E. Meyer) Jim, you earlier mentioned a book called
(2-2,Jim S.) Its about the Hudson Valley Case. Available from Ballantine...
(2-7,Mark E. Meyer) Jim,Do you have the author's name? ga
(2-2,Jim S.) Phil Imbrogno, Robert Pratt, and J. Allen Hynek. I think it...
(Jay H.) Jim I'm sure you know there is much foolishness in the UFO
business... but I expect you've sorted through a lot...what do you
think are the most serious books/publications?ga
(2-2,Jim S.) (Oy, is there foolishness!)
(2-2,Jim S.) Best book for skeptics is "Uninvited Guests" by Richard Hall, Aurora, 1987...
(2-2,Jim S.) make that 88..
(2-2,Jim S.) Hall is a science writer who does not suffer tomfoolery gladly...
(2-2,Jim S.) and in fact has resigned MUFON over the Gulf Breeze affair and...
(2-2,Jim S.) various other nuttiness...
(2-2,Jim S.) Best publication, and the best overall group, is...
(2-2,Jim S.) Citizens Against UFO Secrecy and their quarterly JUST CAUSE. GA
(Jay H.) thx It/s running late here in the east, perhaps it's time to wind down..ga
(2-2,Jim S.) I've enjoyed it. I like...
(2-2,Jim S.) debates of this sort, because it...
(2-2,Jim S.) hones my polemical instincts, and because I really and truly....
(2-2,Jim S.) am interested in the truth, even if its that UFOs are all...
(2-2,Jim S.) swamp gas. GA
(Jay H.) glad to have you...please come by again on our normal conferences.
(2-7,Mark E. Meyer) It's been interesting, Jim. And I'm glad to say...
(2-7,Mark E. Meyer) (never mind)
(2-2,Jim S.) OK, I'm glad to say never mind, too.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

298
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2249.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
SUBJECT: UFOs ARE THEY REAL ? FILE: UFO2249
========================================================
(C) Copyright 1989 ParaNet Information Service
All Rights Reserved unless copyrighted by Author.
THIS FILE WAS PREPARED BY PARANET ALPHA -- PARANET INFORMATION
SERVICE
DENVER, COLORADO
NOTE: THESE FILES ARE NOT FOR REDISTRIBUTION OUTSIDE
OF THE PARANET INFORMATION SERVICE NETWORK
========================================================
I was recently asked to review a series of tapes and provide
insights to their content. The issue is UFO's, are they
real?
Having been trained as a theologian, I will attempt to cover
briefly the ideas of UFO's and the aliens who inhabit them.
Someone once said, "Theologians answers questions which no
one asks!" Hopefully, this short discourse on this subject
will not bore. I will assume that the reader has some
understanding of the Bible and will attempt to bridge some basic
concepts of spiritual understanding.
THE UNEXPLAINED REALM
Understanding Spiritual Realms
------------------------------
It is impossible to understand phenomenon beyond human reason
until we leave the realm of reason, to comptemplate the realm
of the spirit. The past centuries have recorded phenomenon
beyond human reason. Many things are unexplained, because
they are larger than human comprehension. Just because
something cannot be tested and categorized, doesn't mean that
it doesn't exist. Realms which are spiritual, do touch
realms which are natural. When such realms meet, unexplained
phenomenon occur. Eienstine suggested that two worlds could
conceiveably pass through one another, without ever touching.
He rightly suggested that space between atoms could provide
passage for two solid objects to pass though one another.
Such an idea could explain how Christ passed through a locked
door, confronting doubting Thomas. * (1)
The Bible is filled with the unexplained. After studying numerous
references to angels, I quickly discovered unexplained phenomenon.
These examples would have, had they occurred in our time, been
denounced and disclaimed as unbelieveable and unproveable. In
Exodus chapter three, there is a story of a bush which burned, but
wasn't consumed. Out of curiousity, Moses approached the bush. Note
verse two; "And the angel of the Lord appeared unto him in a flame of
fire out of the midst of a bush: and he looked, and, behold, the bush
burned with fire, and the bush was {not} consumed."
Judges chapter thirteen brings another unusual story. An angel
appears to the wife of Manoah. She had been sterile and childless.
The angel told her that she would concieve and give birth. Manoah,
in a spirit of generousity, offered to make the angel a meal. The angel
refused, and suggesting that it be offered as a burnt offering. Manoah,
offered a young goat and the grain to the Lord as a burnt offering. Note:
verse twenty, "And as the flame blazed up from the altar toward heaven,
the angel ascended in the flame. Seeing this Manoah and his wife fell
with their faces to the ground."
Now if I reported either one of these events to the authorities, they
would write me off as a "fruit cake." These things called angels,
were clearly "aliens" to our world. Even in Judges 13, when Manoah
asked the name of the angel, he replied, "Why do you ask my name? It is
beyond understanding." These aliens were from a different realm, where
even their names were beyond our capacity to understand. I've only listed
two incidents, where there are well over one hundred angelic encounters.
One of the more noteable incidents is found in Luke 2:8: "There were
shephereds living in the fields, keeping watch over their flocks at night.
An angel of the Lord appeared to them, and the glory of the Lord shone
round about them, and they were terrified. But the Angel said to them,
"Do not be afraid, I bring you good news .."
This is yet another occurance of phenomon beyond human reasoning. What
are these strange occurances, and where to they originate?
CONCEPT ONE
Two Realms of Human Experience
------------------------------
First Corinthians chapter 15:35-50, provides a base for our first concept.
Verse 44 tells us that "If there is a natural body, then there is also a
spiritual body." The first concept is simple; THERE IS A EARTHLY REALM,
THERE IS A HEAVENLY REALM. We can substitute "natural" for earthly and
"spiritual" for heavenly.
Our realm of human experience is primarily in the natural or earthly, but
equally as important is the realm of the spiritual or heavenly. Because
we are focused on our earthly experience, where we can analyze and categorize,
we fail to see the realm beyond our earthly experience.
Ephesians 6:12 supports the first concept, "For our struggle is not against
flesh and blood, (earthly or natural) but against the rulers, against the
authorities, against the powers of this dark world and against the SPIRITUAL
forces of evil in heavenly realms."
Again, we see the earthly or natural is only an arena where the real battle
occurs. The real battle is in the realm of the spirit, against spiritual
forces. Such battle occured in Acts 13:8 as Elymas the sorcer, attempted
to withstand Paul. Another such battle occured in Daniel 10:5-13. Daniel
writes:
"I looked up and there before me was a man dressed in linen,
with a belt of the finest gold around his waist. His body
was like chrysolite, his face like lightning, his eyes like
flaming torches, his arms and legs like the gleam of burnished
bronze, and his voice like the sound of a multitude.
I, Daniel, was the only one who saw the vision; the men with me
did not see it, but such terror overwhelmed them that they fled
and hid themselves. So I was left alone, gazing at this great
vision; I had no strength left, my face turned deathly pale and
I was helpless. Then I heard him speaking, and as I listened to
him, I fell into a deep sleep, my face to the ground.
Verse 12: Then, he continued, "Do not be afraid, Daniel. Since
the first day that you set your mind to gain understanding and
to humble yourself before your God, your words were heard, and
I have come in response to them. But the prince of the Persian
kingdom resisted me twenty-one days. Then Michael, one of the
chief princes, came to help me, because I was detained there
with the king of Persia."
Here an angelic being, an alien, appears to Daniel. There is the classical
discription of this being, and the fear of those nearby. The being tells
Daniel that he would have arrived earlier, but was detained by another
being called the prince of Persia. Finally, Michael, a chief prince, over
comes the prince or king of persia. Michael was none other than, Michael the
archangel who blows the trumpet in Revelation. Furthermore, this battle was
not a natural battle, but a spiritual battle.
There is a natural realm and a spiritual realm. There is the seen and the
unseen. There is a battle which occurs in the arena of the natural, but the
real battle is between supernatural forces or spirit beings. When these
spirit beings penetrate the natural real, their manifestations bring classical
responses of overwhelming fear and confusion in human beings.
CONCEPT TWO
The Battle of Spiritual Beings
------------------------------
Keeping in mind the earthly and heavenly realms, lets look at a conflict which
which is documented in Isaiah 14:12-15.
"How you have fallen from HEAVEN, O morning star, son of the dawn!
You have been cast down to the earth, you who once laid low the
nations! You said in your heart, "I will ascend to heaven; I will
raise my throne above the stars of God; I will sit enthoned on the
mount of assembly, on the utmost heights of the sacred mountain.
I will ascend above the tops of the clouds; I will make myself like
the Most High." But you are brought down to the grave, to the
depths of the pit."
There was a battle in the heavens, one called Lucifer, the morning star, was
cast to earth. This is the essence of spiritual battle, just out of sight
of our natural eyes to see it. Another reference to this spiritual being is
found in Ezekiel chapter 28.
The second concept is clear, THERE IS A BATTLE BETWEEN TWO SPIRITUAL FORCES,
each capable of doing any number of manifestations in the natural realm in
which we live.
THE EFFECTS OF SPIRITUAL BATTLE
These spiritual beings, have the ability to influence the course of humanity.
Moses was called to lead the people of Israel out of Egypt by a spiritual
being. Manoah, the father of Samson, was told that Samson would be a
deliverer of his people by a spiritual being. John, the prophet of the book
of Revelation, recieved his words from a spiritual being.
Although the battle is waged between two spiritual forces, man appears to be
a primary instrument through which these forces express themselves. Their
realm is primarily a spiritual realm which we do not see, they have then
sought to escalate the battle into the natural realm which we do see.
Here are a few examples of battles between spiritual forces escalating into
the natural:
Matthew 8:16 "When evening came, many who were demon possessed
were brought to him, and he out the spirits with a word and
healed all the sick."
Matthew 8:28 "When he arrived at the other side in the region
of the Gadarenes, two demon-possessed men coming from the tombs
met him. They were so violent that no one could pass that way.
"What do you want with us, Son of God?" They shouted, "Have
you come here to torture us before the appointed time?" Some
distance away from them a large herd of pigs was feeding. The
demons begged Jesus, "If you drive us out, send us into the herd
of pigs." He said to them, "Go!" So they came out and went
into the pigs, and the whole herd rushed down the steep bank
into the lake and died in the water."
Matthew 12:22 "Then they brought to him a demon-possessed man who
was blind and mute, and Jesus healed him so he could both talk
and see. .... But when the Pharisees heard this, they said, "It
is only by Beelzebub, the prince of demons, that this fellow
drives out demons." Jesus knew their thoughts and said to them
"Every kingdom divided against itself will not stand. If Satan
drives out Satan, he is divided against himself. How them can
his kingdom stand?"
These are only a few passages to show the battle between spiritual forces and
their effect upon men. There are spiritual beings who are capable of enpower-
ing men. These spiritual beings have the power to control men, so that
physical and / or mental illness could be the work of a spiritual being.
HOW TO WIN
It seems clear that a battle is ensuing between two spiritual powers; it also
seems clear that the battle has spilled over into our natural realm, where men
are controlled by one side or the other. Romans 6:16 says, "Don't you know
that when your offer yourselves to someone to obey him as slaves, you are
slaves of the one you obey?" You are slaves of one side or the other; there
is no neutral territory. As much as you dislike it, you are being controlled.
Romans chapters 6,7,8 tells us how we can win by becoming spirit controlled
as we yield ourselves to Christ. These chapters is your handbook to survival.
MANIFESTATIONS
UFO's are manifestations of spiritual beings. Yes, they can materialize and
touch our world. Yes, they do take many varied shapes and forms. Almost
always, their visible manifestations are related to light and loud sounds.
Yes, they can and do leave residue and materials. What appears to be a space
ship, might only be point at which these spiritual beings pass from the
spiritual realm, into the natural real. (heavenly realm to earthly realm)
One could think of it as a type of sound barrier, except this barrier is a
realm barrier. This barrier was seen through by Elisha and his servant,
Elijah.
2 Kings 6:12-20 tells of Elisha, how he fortold what the king of Aram was
thinking in his bedroom. This gave Elisha's country a definate edge in
battle. The king of Aram then plotted to kidnapp Elisha. Surrounding the
city in which Elisha was staying, they prepared to kidnapp Elisha. Elisha's
servant, Elijah, was afraid. Elisha then prayed, "Lord, open my servant's
eyes." Elijah saw (verse 17) chariots of fire surrounding Elisha. As the
army approached Elisha, he prayed, "Strike them blind!" They were blinded,
and Elisha kiddnapped them, taking them to Samaria.
Here we see that natural men can see through a spirit barrier, and these
beings have the power to blind whole armies. That's a pretty powerful
manifestation!
GET ON THE RIGHT SIDE
UFO's are beings from another realm, they can appear and reappear at whim
as they pass between the realm barrier of the natural world and spirit
world. Their are two forces at battle with one another, and their goal is
not only to defeat one another, but to escalate the battle upon earth. If
what I have purported is real, it would benefit you, to get on the winning
side. I suggest that relationship with Christ is our only hope in tapping
into the power which will ultimately win. The final battle between these
two realms is documented in Revelation 20:7. Read it! Believe it!
SINCERELY,
THE PRACTICAL PROPHET
-----------------------------------------------
P.S.
There is much that I left out, but hopefully you will have a foundation upon
which you can do your own research.
------------------------------------------------
BOOKS: Deliver Us From Evil / Don Basham / Chosen Books
Pigs In The Parlor / Frank & Ida Mae Hammond / Impact Books
The Most Powerful
Book I've Ever Read - This Present Darkness / Frank E. Peretti /
Crossway Books
When you start reading this book, you will not want to put it
down. It's content is overwhelming and opens one's eyes to a
new dimension.)
=================================================================
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

73
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2250.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
SUBJECT: MORE ON CYDONIA COMPLEX - MARS FILE: UFO2250
University of South Florida
Tampa St. Petersburg Fort Myers Satasota
Department of Religious Studies
Tampa, FLA 33620-5550
813: 974-2221
March 17, 1989
Mr. Richard C. Hoagland
%The Mars Mission
P.O. Box 981
Wytheville, VA 24382
Dear Dick,
Thanks very much for the new information about the large pyramid of the
Cydonia complex lying precisely upon Mars geodedic north latitude 40.87
degrees, the tangent of which is e/pi. That is quite impressive, as it is
an empirically-derived location, not one produced by adjusting the framework
of latitude to fit the observations.
Of course I am not speaking as a space scientist, but I think I can
comment as an archaeologist on the results so far obtained. It seems to me
that we now have a set of detailed correlations of mathematical constants
with surface features, which are at the very least suggestive. The only
hypotheses that are any good in science are those that are falsifiable and
testable. If I were looking at comparable data from some ordinary but
inaccessible place on Earth, then it seems to me that the next step would
be to form a falsifiable and testable hypothesis, namely, that these
structures and mathematical correlations were produced by design. I would
then suggest that the next step would be a close look -- first in a low-
altitude fly-over, then in survey by foot, and finally test by excavation.
If we apply this line of reasoning to the Cydonia complex, then the
immediate implication is that we should go have a look, perhaps by some kind
of space probe that can produce photos with good resolution in several kinds
of light. Therefore it seems reasonable to me to press for a Mars Probe that
is charged, among other things, with sending back low-altitude, high-
resolution photography of Cydonia. The second line of reasoning leads to
the conclusion that we should send a manned Mars probe to investigate this
and the other [enigmatic and highly-suggestive] features of the red planet.
One night twenty years ago I was at Tell Gezer in Israel, sitting on a
wall built in 1400 BC, when a friend from Harvard walked up and announced
that man had landed on the Moon. What better time to go to Mars than on the
twentieth anniversary of our trip to the Moon?
I hope for success in persuading those in position to make decisions
affecting this proposal. It is not important whether we believe there ever
was "life on Mars," it is only important that you and others have developed
some important correlations, even stunningly important correlations of
mathematical constants with surface features, and we need to follow up
properly and scientifically.
Of course, you are welcome to quote from this letter.
Sincerely yours,
James F. Strange, Professor
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

70
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2251.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
SUBJECT: 4,000 YEAR OLD UFO FOUND IN GRAND CANYON! FILE: UFO2251
BY LISA MERAKIS for WWN
Flagstaff, Ariz. - A team of experts called in to examine strange debris at
the bottom of the Grand Canyon discovered the wreckage of a UFO that crashed a
mind boggling 4,000 years ago!
The scientists, members of a highly secret joint military task force on UFOs,
inspected the spherical craft and found it to be in good condition despite its
rough landing and incredible age.
The relic is made of an unknown metallic substance and emits low levels of
radiation, according to leaks from highly placed sources. It was immediately
removed from the site and is now in a secret location.
My contacts tell me this craft is definitely of extraterrestrial origin and
without a doubt carried a crew of 12 to 20 individuals, said Dr. Henry
Leaumont, a California based astronomer who contacted this reporter after he
was shown secret air Force documents relating to the find.
Carbon dating shows it crash landed at the base of the canyon around 2,000
B.C.
Cabin features suggest that the crew members were much like humans, although
significantly smaller. They apparently breathed oxygen, guided their atom
powered craft with a magnetic steering system and carried supplies of food and
water on board.
According to reports filed by the scientific team, the spacecraft was lodged
in limestone rubble at the base of the canyon not far from an area called
Comanche Point.
Athorough inspection of the landing site revealed that the spacecraft's
occupants left their ship and lived near it for a number of years after it
crashed.
The finding proves the existence of a space alien colony on this planet nearly
3,500 years before Columbus!
This impression is confirmed by Indian cave paintings made at the time, the
Air Force secret documents attest. The paintings, found near the crash site,
show strange humanoid creatures with bulbous heads. Experts believe these
creatures were the same aliens who arrived in the ancient UFO.
The secret report said all traces of alien occupation disappeared within 50
years or so of the crash date. There is no indication of what might have
happened to the extraterrestrials, the documents reveal.
The ship is made of an extremely light metallic fiber, Dr. Leaumont said.
It measurers about 50 feet across at its widest point and it is 102 feet long.
It's an incredible find - the latest in a series of artifacts collected
secretly and hidden away in government UFO study centers.
There's a lot of official concern about keeping this latest discovery a
secret. They've been covering up the truth about alien contacts for 50 years
and they're not going to stop now. They want to study this thing, but they
want it only for themselves.
Who knows what scientists might learn if they'd share this priceless find with
the rest of the world?
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

277
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2252.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
SUBJECT: VISIONS OF COSMOPOLIS FILE: UFO2252
ARTICLE BY ANTHONY MANSUETO for OMNI
Great wheels of light appear over the high desert at night. Spinning against
the starry sky. Messengers from the heavens come to ordinary people. Bearing
new wisdom and warnings of cosmic catastrophe. Men and women are taken from
their beds at night and return with stories of intercourse with strange
beings, their bodies scarred with circles and triangles. Like so many aspects
of our culture, the UFO is the cause of controversy, a controversy which
extends to the very existence of the object in question. Like God, the UFO
divides our society into believers and nonbelievers, cautious hopefuls and
equally cautious agnostics. But whether we believe in the UFO or not, its
presence in our culture clearly has a great deal to tell us about ourselves-
about where we are as a species and where we are going. This kind of cultural
observation does not rule out the possibility that UFOs really do exist, nor
does it require such existence. It merely asks what we can learn from the
phenomenon regarding the current state of human civilization.
While the biological and metaphysical explanations vary and contradict one
another, there seems to be at least one constant about our nature as human
beings-and that is that we are not alone. We have a drive toward wholeness
and completion which is apparent in everthing we do. For instance, we join
together in intimate union-and produce a new whole, the child. We live in
groups because we can accomplish more together than a single individual ever
could.Even our intellectual history is one of endless struggle to make what
we know of the world fit into a larger pattern of significance.
But our desire for unity and completion is, perhaps, nowhere more clearly
expressed than in our need for religious experience or understanding. Derived
from the Latin religio, which means to reconnect, religion is the process by
which we strive to link ourselves to the divine or cosmic order of things.
Similarly, salvare, to save, originally meant to make whole. Salvation, the
ultimate aim of religion, is the moment of reconneciton-with God, with
Christ, with the Universe, with the sublime. It is a moment of mystery and
reverence, terror and fulfillment. It is the experience of connection,
touching, and becoming a part of something alien-something outside of us and
very different.
Whatever the physical reality of UFOs and aliens may be, it is easy to see
the religious dimensions of the phenomena. Carl Jung, as early as the 1950s,
noted the resemblance of flying saucers to the amndala, an ancient symbol of
wholeness and salvation. More recently, tales of abduction and alien
encounters suggest that finding the Other-a being from beyond-connects these
experiences to our underlying religious need for contact which transcends the
daily intercourse of human existence.
This said, it is necessary to point out how the symbolism surrounding the
UFO phenomenon differs from other types of religious symbolism. At least in
its original form, the UFO was a machine, a technological artifact. While the
technology which it embodies may be far in advance of our own, it is,
nonetheless, something which beings like ourselves might eventually be able
to create. The UFO literature is full of stories of attempts by the
government to reverse engineer UFO propulsion systems. If only we could get
our hands on a piece of their equipment, then, well, with a little bit of
Yankee ingenuity....Similarly the aliens-even as their otherness has
intensified over the years and they have manifested such paranormal powers as
the ability to walk through wall, to levitate, and so on- have remained
finite, humanoid beings who have real limitations and who, in some
inscrutable way, seem to need us as much as we need them.
All this suggests that we humans are beginning to see ourselves as real
participants in the process of creating unity and organization. Where older
myths regarded humanity as the plaything of the gods, or as the essentially
powerless subject of a transcendent divine sovereign, the myth which has
emerged around the UFO treats humanity as a real partner in the creation of a
cosmic society. The scientific and technological advances of the postwar
period brought with them grave dangers to be sure. But they also made it
possible, for the first time, for humanity to end its earthbound existence,
to visit the heavens and return to tell of the journey, and to imagine
someday, on our own efforts and through our won merits, to become citizens of
the great heavenly city.
There have, however, been a number of distinct-and even mutually opposed-
reactions to the mythic character of the UFO phenomenon. It is possible to
distinguish among these responses along three distinct axes. There are those
who believe that the UFO comes to us, whether from another star system or
another dimension, and those who regard it as merely a product of the
collective psyche. There are those who interpret the phenomenon in language
which is drawn from the scientific tradition, even as they stretch the limits
of official science, and those who express open hostility to the scientific
establishment. Finally, there are those who see in the UFO a sign of hope and
a catalyst for growth, and those who sense something evil and profoundly
destructive.
The dominant response to the UFO in the larger culture has been one of
tentative, hopeful anticipation. Broad layers of the population either
believe, or want desperately to believe, that the UFO represents the real
presence of a superior technological force, probably form another star system,
interaction with which is a catalyst for human social (and spiritual)
progress.This trend is connected to a fascination with the new science with
unified field theories and complex systems theory, holistic biology and
ecology-disciplines which are pushing us beyond the old worldview which
regarded the universe as a system of externally related atoms, toward an
understanding of the relationality holism, and self organizing character of
the universe. There is, at the same time, a desire to respect scientific
norms, and to avoid explanations which lack scientific credibility.
Probably the clearest and most powerful expression of this vision came not
from the UFO movement at all, but rather from Steven Speilberg, whose two
films, Close Encounter of the Third Kind, and E.T. both articulated and gave
form to powerful popular images of the phenomenon. In Close Encounters, a
series of UFO sightings disrupts the stifling routine of small town life and
the loveless marriage of a utility company worker, drawing him and newfound
companion into the Wyoming wilderness for an encounter with benevolent aliens
whose mother ship descends from the skies like a technological New Jerusalem.
He is chosen over the best and the brightest to accompany the aliens on a
journey in to the heavens. The score by John Williams is a clear expression of
the cultural myth at work in these films. Built around a series of complex
and often highly abstract variations on the theme from Pinocchio, it relies on
a common cosmic connection echoed in the refrain, When you wish upon a
star/Makes no difference who you are.
Moving out from this mythic center, there are two other trends which see the
UFO as a sign, or at least an expression, of hope, but differ in their
attitude toward official science-and thus in their willingness to regard the
phenomenon as objectively real. On the one side are the secular, humanistic
skeptics closely aligned with official science, such as the cosmological
principles championed by Carl Sagan. These skeptics share the UFOlogists quest
for an inhabited universe, but regard UFO as little better than a modern
superstition. Contact, when it comes, will be in binary code and will be
received by a large radio telescope operated by a consortium of universities.
The message will be interpreted by an interdisciplinary team of scientists and
conveyed to the secretary general of the United Nations.
The hard since approach here, however, is not devoid of a sense of awe at the
vastness of the undertaking of establishing contact. Keith Thompson, while
conducting research for his book, Angles and Aliens, visited with a scientist
working on the SETI project in the California desert. He was Harvard Ph.D.-
type, cream of the crop, Thompson recalls, and he sat there and told me with
an almost religious kind of astonishment, how many channels they had open, and
how much of the heavens they were searching.
At the other end of the spectrum are those who reject more or less completely,
or are willing to ignore, the limits of occicial science. Rather, these
believers borrow scientific concepts to explain social psychological
phenomena. David Stupple, in an article published shortly after his untimely
death in 1983, documented the continuities between the Theosophical movement
and UFO contactee and channeling cults which developed in the 1950s and 1960s.
Not infrequently UFO groups in the theosophical tradition will see themselves
as drawing out the implications of new developments in relativity and quantum
mechanics. Much of what Charles Spiegel, currently director of the Unarius
Educational Foundation, says-phrases such as The universe is an inner
dimensional energy system, or the mind is a giant computer running off of this
system, or We misunderstand the universe if we think only of the finite factors
of the infinite creative intelligence-sounds surprisingly like popular
accounts which treat the philosophical implications of the new physics.
The bibliographies of Unarius tracts are filled with references to Desecrates,
Spinoza, and Einstein. Indeed, Dr. Spiegel, who received his degree in psychic
therapeutic science from the Unarius Academy of Science, wrote his doctoral
dissertation on the political structure of the Interplanetary Confederation
which had bee transmitted to him by the chief scientist Alta of the planet
Vixall. He informed me that his immediate predecessor, Unarius cofounder Ruth
E. Norman, had recently made her transition to a nonatomic state where she
functions as the archangle Uriel. One Unarius film depicts the trails of an
aborigine contactee who suffers persecution at the hands of his tribe's high
priest whose name, interestingly enough, just happens to be Seti.
More recently, theosophical contactee and channeling cults have given way to
New Age interpretations of the phenomenon which are less audaciously offensive
to a scientifically trained audience, but perhaps even more profoundly at odds
with the whole scientific enterprise than their theosophical predecessors.
Ethnobotanist and psilocybin guru Terence McKenna writes in his book, The
Archaic Revival, that the UFO is an idea intended to confound science, because
science has begun to threaten the existence of the planet. At this point a
shock is necessary for the culture, a shock equivalent to the shock of the
resurrection on Roman imperialism. This shock is being applied by the
overmind...a level of hierarchic control being exerted on the human species as
a whole....Our destiny is not ours to decide. It is in the hands of a weirdly
democratic, amoeboid, hyperintelligent superorganism that is called Everybody.
Where the technophiles seek wholeness in a continuation of the scientific
project of our own civilization, the New Age movement rejects the whole
enterprise of rational knowledge and technocratic control in favor of a
religion centered on the maxim let go and let the UFO.
This theme of letting go has also found resonance among evangelically oriented
abductees. Betty Andreasson Luca, the subject of several books by UFO
investigator Raymond Fowler, told me that her abduction experiences had taught
her how real God is and how he is a control of all things. Even those
abductees who regard their experience as a catalyst for growth report initial
fear and resistance which they overcome only through what amounts to an act
of religious submission to their captors.Whitley Strieber repeatedly
challenges the right of his captors to abduct him and perform medical
operations without his consent. Their reply: We have the right. It is only
after he has accepted this that he is able to come to terms with the
experience and learn from it.
Not everyone, however, sees in the UFO a sign of hope. Once again the
original, and perhaps definitive, perception in this regard comes from popular
culture rather than the UFO movementitself. Ever since the publication of H.G.
Wells War of the Worlds and Orson Welles famous broadcast of the same, we
have had a fascination with alien invasion. We are desperately afraid that we
are being taken over by a force more powerful than ourselves, the motives and
modus operandi of which are too complex to be apparent to merely human reason.
The notion that the phenomenon is somehow malevolent cuts across the lines
between technophile and technophobe, and even across the lines between
believer and nonbeliever. Visions of a technological New Jerusalem find their
counterpart in an emerging countermyth of secret invasion by gray aliens from
Zeta Reticuli, who are breeding hybrids in underground bases hidden beneath
the mountains of New Mexico, Colorado, and Arizona. This countermyth has found
resonance both among abductees who, far from felling healed and challenged by
their experiences, are more inclined to say that they have been raped and
violated, and among political conspiracy theorists convinced there is a
history of secret contact between the aliens and a secret government centered
in a high level group known as the MJ-12.
One partisan of the Reticulian invasion hypothesis is physicist John E.
Brandenburg, who claims to have worked on directed energy weapons and other
space defense projects. He says that the Star Wars program in which he served
was actually intended as a defense against the Reticulian invasion. His
prescription: God, GUTS, and Guns. GUTS refers to the Grand Unified Theory of
Science which he hopes will allow us to control gravity with
electromagnetism. He has also proposed a Rainbow Declaration which declares
that on all matters concerning extraterrestrial peoples, the nations of the
earth shall be as one.
The theme of political conspiracy, however, is not confined to those who
believe we are actually undergoing a secret alien invasion. William Cooper,
author of Behold the Pale Horse, is a former military intelligence and
defense research personnel, claims to have been shown documents relating to
government contact with extraterrestrials. Originally he, too, took the
documents at face value. Gradually, however, he came to the conclusion that
the phenomenon is one great big hoax, exclusively of human origin...designed
to bring into being One World government. The religious overtones of the
phenomenon are all part of the plot. One World government requires a New Age
One World religion. Mr. Cooper, whose answering machine informs callers that
they have reached something called the Intelligence Service, traces this
conspiracy back to John Dewey who, according to Cooper, noted that the
prospect of extraterrestrial invasion might serve to unify earth's warring
nations. The conspiracy, so the argument goes, is promoted by a secret
government which includes the Trilateral Commission, the Council on Foreign
Relations, and other organizations.
Outwardly it might appear that this sort of negative reaction to the UFO
phenomenon represents a kind of resurgent Yankee individualism that seems at
odds with the religious unity incorporated in more positive versions. However,
there is an underlying need even in these conspiracies to connect the
individual experience to a larger whole. The conspiracy theorist searches for
the pattern which will make his experience of the world a coherent whole. The
intelligence officer, who maps out these secret networks, is the high priest
of this peculiar antireligion. Salvation comes from knowledge of the
conspiracy. Indeed, one often gets the sense that many conspiracy theorists
actually hope that there is a secret government operating behind the scenes,
holding together what often seems like an increasingly fractured and fragile
social reality.
What are we to make of this complex range of responses to the UFO? When he
first addressed the phenomenon in the 1950s, Jung wrote that the presence of
the UFO signaled fundamental changes in our culture-the passing of one era and
the beginning of another. This is indeed what is happening. Science is
beginning to grasp the relationality, holism, and purposeful self organizing
complexity of the universe. New technologies enable us to tap into the self
organizing dynamics of matter and to end our earthbound infancy and go out
into the cosmos. New means of transportation and communication have drawn the
planet together into one tightly knit, interdependent global civilization.
The powerful images of holism and integration which lie at the heart of the
UFO phenomenon serve as a testament that we are becoming real participants in
the life of the cosmos.
Ed Conroy, author of Report on Communion, says that the UFO is a mirror of
individual and social psychology...people tend to get the UFO experience they
deserve. A careful look in this mirror can tell us a lot-the ways in which we
are growing and becoming whole, and the ways in which we are still fractured
and even disintegrating. What do you see in those wheels of light over the
high desert, spinning against the starry sky? A New Jerusalem? A pale horse
which heralds apocalypse? Or the memory of very ancient dreams clothed in a
technological symbolism which speaks of new tools with which to make all our
dreams come true?
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

94
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2253.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
SUBJECT: THE ROSWELL DECLARATION FILE: UFO2253
CUTE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE ROSWELL DECLARATION
Forty-seven years ago, an incident occurred in the southwestern desert of the
United States that could have significant implications for all mankind. It
involved the recovery by the U.S. military of material alleged to be of
extraterrestrial origin. The vent was announced by the U.S. military on July
8, 1947, through a press release that was carried by newspapers throughout the
country. It was subsequently denied by what is now believed to be a cover
story claiming the material was nothing more than a weather balloon. It has
remained veiled in government secrecy ever since.
The press release announcing the unusual event was issued by the commander of
the 509th Bomb Group at Roswell Army Air Field, Colonel William Blanchard, who
later went on to become a four star general and vice chief of staff of the
United States Air Force. That the weather balloon story was a cover-up has
been confirmed by individuals directly involved, including the late General
Thomas DuBose who took the telephone call from Washington, DC, ordering the
cover-up. Numerous other credible military and civilian witnesses have
testified that the original press release was correct and the Roswell wreckage
was of extraterrestrial origin. One such individual was Major Jesse Marcel,
the intelligence officer of the 509th Bomb Group and one of the first military
officers at the scene.
On January 12, 1994, United States Congressman Steven Schiff of Albuquerque,
New Mexico, announced to the press that he had been stonewalled by the Defense
Department when requesting information regarding the 1947 Roswell event on
behalf of constituents and witnesses. Indicating that he was seeking further
investigation into the matter, Congressman Schiff called the Defense
Department's lack of response astounding and concluded it was apparently
another government cover-up.
History has shown that unsubstantiated official assurances or denials by
government are often meaningless. There is a logical and straightforward way
to ensure that the truth about Roswell will emerge: an Executive Order
declassifying any information regarding the existence of UFOs or
extraterrestrial intelligence. Because this is a unique issue of universal
concern, such an action would be appropriate and warranted. To provide
positive assurance for all potential witnesses, it would need to be clearly
stated and written into law. Such a measure is essentially what presidential
candidate Jimmy Carter promised and then failed to deliver to the American
people 18 years ago in 1976.
If, as is officially claimed, no information on Roswell, UFOs, or
extraterrestrial intelligence is being withheld, and Executive Order
declassifying it would be a mere formality, as there would be nothing to
disclose. The order would, however, have the positive effect of setting the
record straight once and for all. Years of controversy and suspicion would be
ended, both in the eyes of the United States own citizens and in the eyes of
the world.
If, on the other hand, the Roswell witnesses are telling the truth and
information on extraterrestrial intelligence does exist, it is not something
to which a privileged few in the United States government should have
exclusive rights. It is knowledge of profound importance to which all people
throughout the world should have an inalienable right. Its release would
unquestionably be universally acknowledged as an historic act of honestly and
goodwill.
I support the request, as outlined above, for an executive order declassifying
any U.S. government information regarding the existence of UFOs or
extraterrestrial intelligence. Whether such information exists or whether it
does not, I feel that the people of the world have a right to know the truth
about this issue and that it is time to put an end to the controversy
surrounding it.
_______________________________ ____________ _______________________________
Signature Date Name (Please Print)
_____________________________________________ _______________________________
Occupation/Title Street
_____________________________________________ _______________________________
Degrees/Credentials (if applicable) City State Zip
_____________________________________________
U.S. Representative (if known)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CUTE
MAIL INTO YOUR CONGRESS PERSON OR YOUR SENATOR OR TO THE WHITE HOUSE.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

60
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2254.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
SUBJECT: POWERFUL BEAM STRIKING THE EARTH FILE: UFO2254
Copyright, 1988. The Associated Press. All rights reserved.
By MATT MYGATT Associated Press Writer
ALBUQUERQUE, N.M. (AP) -- A powerful beam striking the Earth from a
twin star system 14,000 light years away could herald a new type of
particle that physicists said confounds the standard theories of
physics.
The beam, carrying a million billion electron volts of energy, comes
from a neutron star, half of a binary star system named Hercules X-1 in
the constellation Hercules, said Dr. Guarang Yodh, a physicist at the
University of California at Irvine.
The neutron star is nearly the size of Earth's moon, but is extremely
dense with a mass nearly double the sun's.
The other half of the star system, about 4 million miles from the
neutron star, is a star similar to the sun.
The neutron star is a large, spinning magnet, generating massive
electromagnetic fields and giving off powerful radiation.
The beam, first detected at Los Alamos National Laboratory in July
1986, initially was believed to be electrically neutral gamma rays,
which are high-energy light waves or photons.
The problem with that interpretation was that the beam "hits way up
in the atmosphere and produces a shower of particles," Yodh said Friday
in a telephone interview.
Gamma rays are not supposed to do that, said Dr. Darragh Nagle, a
physicist at the Los Alamos lab.
"That's the thing that's interesting and puzzling about the finding,"
he said. "There is the possible presence of a new particle that is
coming out of the study of a powerful neutral beam.
"It isn't the power of the neutral beam; it's this peculiar
interaction in the Earth's atmosphere," Nagle said in a telephone
interview.
Yodh said the discovery should lead to new insights about sources of
energy in the universe and about the elementary structure of matter.
"Both of them are extremely relevant to our understanding of our
universe. I think that is the main impact it will make on society," Yodh
said.
Yodh said scientists have come up with several explanations for the
strange beam, which also has been detected by observatories in Arizona
and Hawaii. One explanation is that it is made of a previously unknown
particle.
"It is unexplainable by conventional theory, present-day knowledge,"
Yodh said.
Scientists delayed in publishing their findings because they have
been rechecking their research and trying to come up with an
explanation, he said.
"We've been trying to make it go away. We've been trying to say it's
some mistake. But we can't," Yodh said.
A technical paper on the research will soon be published in the
international scientific journal "Physical Review Letters," Nagle said.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

170
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2255.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
SUBJECT: THE CHALLENGE FILE: UFO2255
CHALLENGE...CHALLENGE...CHALLENGE...CHALLENGE...CHALLENGE...CHALENGE...
Remember the movie "TAP"? Well I'm doing the same thing only this
isn't tap dancing. This is real and it's for keeps. I CHALENGE Lear,
Lazar, Moore, and Knapp to take a lie detector test and ANSWER ALL MY
QUESTIONS. In return I will take a lie detector test and answer all
THEIR questions. We know Moore will refuse because he has already
refused to do this on a number of occassions. I want to ask Lazar and
Lear, among other things, about drugs and prostitution. I bet you that
they all refuse the offer. Just as Lear suggested that we write an
indictment against the crooks in government and then refused to
participate in signing and sending it to Congress. The only
stipulation is that the person or persons administering the test must
be neutral and must never have had any connection no matter how slight
with any of the parties involved or any branch or agency or connection
with local, state or federal government.
I also challenge George Knapp and Bob Lazar to release the recordings
of the lie detector tests that Lazar has already taken. I want to
compare the questions from the first test that he failed to the
questions asked in the second and third test. Lazar FAILED the first
test. Since when do you keep giving tests until you get the results
you want? You bet your life that if I had failed a test and then
passed two others that you would only hear from Knapp, Lear, Moore, and
Lazar that I had failed. So lets get it straight. Lazar failed the
test.
If any of them refuse this challenge you had better ask yourself why?
I am ready willing and able to take the test and pass. Ok Knapp, Lear,
Lazar, and Moore I've slapped you across the face with my glove. Now
put up or shut up.
***********************************************************************
WITNESS INTIMIDATED
Cory Testa threatened with ruin in attempt to shut him up.
I recieved a phone call from Cory Testa today and he was in a panic.
John Lear had called him and had threatened him with a lawsuit. The
whole purpose of John Lear's harrassment of Mr. Testa was to silence
him as a source of information regarding the CAJI Newsletter about
Lear's involvement with the government, his involvement with Lazar and
his suppossed methamphetamine lab, and the fact that Lear is "CONDOR".
I wish to make it perfectly clear that nowhere in the CAJI BBS
Newsletter did Cory ever state (nor was it implied) that Cory said that
anyone was involved with drugs although he did state to me (Bill
Cooper) by phone that Bob Lazar himself had stated on the George Knapp
show that he was suspected of running a drug lab. Bob Lazar himself
had stated during the George Knapp interview that others thought his
lab was used to manufacture drugs.
The intense pressure that John Lear, George Knapp, and strangely enough
Don Ecker of UFO magazine put upon Cory Testa is prima facia evidence
that something other than what you believe is going on here. It is
evidence that someone or some organization has tremendous control and
is trying to silence witnesses just the same as witnesses have been
silenced in the past.
Journalists should ask questions not threaten. I was told by Cory that
Don Ecker of UFO magazine informed Cory that he was responsible and
could be sued and that he should have thought of that before he got
involved. Journalism? Sounds like NAZI tactics to me and substantiats
everything I've said about secret control of the media.
Why did Don Ecker call Cory and threaten him with a lawsuit? Why did
Don Ecker tell Cory that he should not have become involved? Is that
journalism? No! That is a blatent effort by UFO magazine to shut Cory
up.
Why did John Lear call Cory and tell him lies about what was published
in the CAJI Newsletter in order to intimidate Cory and try to shut him
up? John Lear called Cory on the phone and told him that he would be
sued because Cory told CAJI that Lazar was manufacturing drugs.
NOTHING COULD BE FURTHER FROM THE TRUTH. CORY ONLY REPORTED WHAT WAS
SHOWN ON GEORGE KNAPPS TV SHOW WHERE BOB LAZAR STATED THAT PEOPLE
THOUGHT BOB LAZAR'S LAB WAS USED TO MANUFACTURE DRUGS. Could it be
that where there is smoke there is fire? You bet your ass it is.
The truth is that Cory Testa called me (Bill Cooper) and told me that
he saw a George Knapp segment where Bob Lazar was accussed of being a
part of a Las Vegas prostitution ring. During that or another
interview Cory heard Bob Lazar say that people thought his lab was used
to manufacture drugs. Cory Testa reported those conversations and
facts to the CAJI BBS. Since he did this and since I (Bill Cooper)
made those conversations and facts available to the general public
across the United States Cory, has been subjected to severe harrassment
in an attempt to make him shut up. It hasen't worked and nor will it.
The information on the involvement of Lear and Lazar in the manufacture
of Methamphetamine came from entirely differently sources two of which
are Lear and Lazar themselves. Upon one occassion when I stayed with
Lear he asked me to ride along with him while he picked up something
for Lazar. It turned out to be chemicals. I asked him what they were
for and he told me that Lazar had a speed lab. Lear asked me not to
tell anyone about it. We then drove to Lazar's home wher Lear dropped
off the cans of chemicals and then we went back to Lear's home. I
knew that Lazar had a jet car and thought nothing of it until lately
when I was told that not only did Lazar manufacture methamphetamine but
that Lear was a partner.
I think it's time that law enforcement went to all the places in Las
Vegas that sells chemicals which can be used to manufacture
methamphetamine and take a picture of John Lear and Bob Lazar and see
who remembers one or both of them purchasing the chemicals. I was with
Lear when he not only purchased them but delivered them to Lazar's home
and told me that Lazar had a "speed" lab. I am willing to state the
above under oath in a court of law.
Lets get one thing straight. Everyone in this country thinks that they
are helpless. I am showing them right now that it is a lie. Every
person in this country has been intimidated throughout thier lives and
everyone is afraid to stand up for fear that they will lose everything
or that they will end up in jail. That's BULLSHIT. That is what you
have been trained to believe and whenever the government agents or big
money agents come at you the result is jelly. I am demonstrating to
all of you that if you are right and if you want freedom you can have
it but only if you stand up to the Moore's, Lear's, Lazar's, etc. You
see most people would have wilted in front of their assault but not me.
I learned poker from my grandmother, death from Vietnam, and life from
everyone that I have ever known. I learned love from Annie.
This is a war. I intend to win. If I win you win. If I lose you are
lost forever. I am just now beginning to review the tape attack upon
me done by the Knapp "Worst Evidence" tv show. I fully intend to take
each statement and each issue word by word and crucify George Knapp and
his disinformation guests. George Knapp is a liar and he will suffer
for his ignorance. It is obvious that he never investigated anything
or anyone that he has libeled in his attack upon me. His yellow
journalism tactics become very clear when viewers learn that he not
only lied about everything but that he never even attempted to get a
statement or reply from Bill Cooper to air on the same show. George
Knapp and his controllers have grossely underestemated Bill Cooper in
that they obviously thought that Bill Cooper would lie down and die.
The opposite is true. It will be George Knapp that will lose
and his career will suffer. George Knapp has either been used or he is
part and parcel of the governments disinformation campaign. It really
doesn't make any difference at this point.
The fact that Don Ecker of UFO magazine has done everything to shut
witnesses up is evidence that UFO magazine or at least Don Ecker may
also be a part of it. Don Ecker left a message on CAJI and stated that
I should call him since he was doing a story. I called him and he
began dripping all over me pretending to be a friend. I stopped him
and made it known that he was not a friend of mine. My observation was
based upon Don Ecker's articles that consisted of snide remarks and
outright ridicule of anyone or anything that he did not agree with.
Don still tried to be phoney and congenial. It did not work. Don
Ecker became very irate when he tried to put me on hold and I told him
I did not have time. I hung up and went about my business. The next
thing I heard was from Cory that Don Ecker had threatened him with the
ultimate exposure in UFO magazine as a phony. The only phony is Don
Ecker. IF anyone sues Cory CAJI will provide legal aid and will
support him all the way.
I HAVE NOT YET BEGUN TO FIGHT. I STILL HAVE MANY ACES IN THE HOLE.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

640
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2256.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,640 @@
SUBJECT: UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS FILE: UFO2256
[Page 1 of 7]
INTRODUCTORY SPACE SCIENCE - VOLUME II - DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS - USAF
Edited by:
Major Donald G. Carpenter
Co-Editor:
Lt. Colonel Edward R. Therkelson
CHAPTER XIII
UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS
What is an Unidentified Flying Object (UFO)? Well, according to United
States Air Force Regulation 80-17 (dated 19 September 1966), a UFO is "Any"
aerial Phenomenon or object which is unknown or appears to be out of the
ordinary to the observer." This is a very broad definition which applies
equally well to one individual seeing his first noctilucent cloud at
twilight as it does to another individual seeing his first helicopter.
However, at present most people consider the term UFO to mean an object
which behaves in a strange or erratic manner while moving through the
Earth's atmosphere. That strange phenomenon has evoked strong emotions
and great curiosity among a large segment of our world's population. The
average person is interested because he loves a mystery, the professional
military man is involved because of the possible threat to national
security, and some scientists are interested because of the basic curiosity
that led them into becoming researchers.
The literature on UFO's is so vast, and the stories so many and varied,
that we can only present a sketchy outline of the subject in this chapter.
That outline includes description classifications, operational domains
(temporal and spatial), some theories as to the nature of the UFO
phenomenon, human reactions, attempts to attack the problem scientifically,
and some tentative conclusions. If you wish to read further in this area,
the references provide an excellent starting point.
33.1 DESCRIPTIONS
One of the greatest problems you encounter when attempting to catalog
UFO sightings, is selection of a system for cataloging. No effective
system has yet been devised, although a number of different systems have
been proposed. The net result is that almost all UFO data are either
treated in the form of individual cases, or in the forms of inadequate
classification systems. However, these systems do tend to have some common
factors, and a collection of these factors is as follows:
a. Size
b. Shape (disc, ellipse, football, etc.)
c. Luminosity
d. Color
e. Number of UFO's
-------------------------------------------------------------------
( Page Two )
Behavior:
a. Location (altitude, direction, etc.)
b. Patterns of paths (straight line, climbing, zig-zagging, etc.)
c. Flight Characteristics (wobbling, fluttering, etc.)
d. Periodicity of sightings
e. Time duration
f. Curiosity or inquisitiveness
g. Avoidance
h. Hostility
Associated Effects:
a. Electro-Magnetic (compass, radio, ignition systems, etc.)
b. Radiation (burns, induced radioactivity, etc.)
c. Ground disturbance (dust stirred up, leaves moved, standing wave
d. Sound (none, hissing, humming, roaring, thunderclaps, etc.)
e. Vibration (weak, strong, slow, fast)
f. Smell (ozone or other odor)
g. Flame (how much, where, when, color)
h. Smoke or cloud (amount, color, persistence)
i. Debris (type, amount, color, persistence)
j. Inhibition of voluntary movement by observers
k. Sighting of "creatures" or "beings"
After Effects:
a. Burned areas or animals
b. Depressed or flattened areas
c. Dead or missing animals
d. Mentally disturbed people
e. Missing items
[Page 2 of 7]
We make no attempt here to present available data in terms of the foregoing
descriptors.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
( Page Three )
33.2 OPERATIONAL DOMAINS - TEMPORAL AND SPATIAL
What we will do here is to present evidence that UFO's are a global
phenomenon which may have persisted for many thousands of years. During
this discussion, please remember that the more ancient the reports the less
sophisticated the observer. Not only were the ancient observers lacking
the terminology necessary to describe complex devices (such as present day
helicopters) but they were also lacking the concepts necessary to
understand the true nature of such things as television, spaceships,
rockets, nuclear weapons and radiation effects. To some, the most
advanced technological concept was a war chariot with knife blades attached
to the wheels. By the same token, the very lack of accurate terminology
and descriptions leaves the more ancient reports open to considerable
misinterpretation, and it may well be that present evaluations of
individual reports are completely wrong. Nevertheless, let us start with
an intriguing story in one of the oldest chronicles of India...the Book of
Dzyan.
The book is a group of "story-teller" legends which were finally
gathered in manuscript form when man learned to write. One of the stories
is of a small group of beings who supposedly came to Earth many thousands
of years ago in a metal craft which orbited the Earth several times before
landing. As told in the Book "These beings lived to themselves and were
revered by the humans among whom they had settled. But eventually
differences arose among them and they divided their numbers, several of the
men and women and some children settled in another city, where they were
promptly installed as rulers by the awe-stricken populace.
"Separation did not bring peace to these people and finally their
anger reached a point where the ruler of the original city took with him
a small number of his warriors and they rose into the air in a huge shining
metal vessel. While they were many leagues from the city of their enemies,
they launched a great shining lance that rode on a beam of light. It burst
apart in the city of their enemies with a great ball of flame that shot up
to the heavens, almost to the stars. All those who were in the city were
horribly burned and even those who were not in the city - but nearby - were
burned also. Those who looked upon the lance and the ball of fire were
blinded forever afterward. Those who entered the city on foot became ill
and died. Even the dust of the city was poisoned, as were the rivers that
flowed through it. Men dared not go near it, and it gradually crumbled
into dust and was forgotten by men."
"When the leader saw what he had done to his own people he retired to
his palace and refused to see anyone. Then he gathered about him those
warriors who remained, and their wives and children, and they entered their
vessels and rose one by one into the sky and sailed away. Nor did they
return."
-------------------------------------------------------------------
( Page Four )
Could this foregoing legend really be an account of an extraterrestrial
colonization, complete with guided missle, nuclear warhead and radiation
effects? It is difficult to assess the validity of that explanation...
just as it is difficult to explain why Greek, Roman and Nordic Mythology
all discuss wars and contacts among their "Gods." (Even the Bible records
conflict between the legions of God and Satan.) Could it be that each
group recorded their parochial view of what was actually a global conflict
among alien colonists or visitors? Or is it that man has led such a
violent existence that he tends to expect conflict and violence among even
his gods?
Evidence of perhaps an even earlier possible contact was uncovered by
Tschi Pen Lao of the University of Peking. He discovered astonishing
carvings in granite on a mountain in Hunan Province and on an island in
Lake Tungting. These carvings have been evaluated as 47,000 years old, and
they show people with large trunks (breathing apparatus?...or "elephant"
heads shown on human bodies? Remember, the Egyptians often represented
their gods as animal heads on human bodies.)
Only 8,000 years ago, rocks were sculpted in the Tassili plateau of
Sahara, depicting what appeared to be human beings but with strange round
heads (helmets? or "sun" heads on human bodies?) And even more recently,
in the Bible, Genesis (6:4) tells of angels from the sky mating with women
of Earth, who bore them children. Genesis 19:3 tells of Lot meeting two
angels in the desert and his later feeding them at his house. The Bible
also tells a rather unusual story of Ezekiel who witnessed what has been
interpreted by some to have been a spacecraft or aircraft landing near the
Chebar River in Chaldea (593 B.C.).
Even the Irish have recorded strange visitations. In the Speculum
Regali in Konungs Skuggsa (and other accounts of the era about 956 A.D.)
are numerous stories of "demonships" in the skies. In one case a rope from
one such ship became entangled with part of a church. A man from the ship
[Page 3 of 7]
climbed down the rope to free it, but was seized by the townspeople. The
bishop made the people release the man, who climbed back to the ship,
where the crew cut the rope and the ship rose and sailed out of sight.
In all of his actions, the climbing man appeared as if he were swimming
in water. Stories such as this makes one wonder if the legends of the
"little people" of Ireland were based upon imagination alone.
About the same time, in Lyons (France) three men and a women supposedly
descended from an airship or spaceship and were captured by a mob. These
foreigners admitted to being wizards, and were killed. (No mention is
made of the methods employed to extract the admissions.) Many documented
UFO sightings occurred throughout the Middle Ages, including an especially
startling one of a UFO over London on 16 December 1742. However, we do
not have room to include any more of the Middle Ages sightings. Instead,
two "more-recent" sightings are contained in this section to bring us up to
modern times.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
( Page Five )
In a sworn statement dated 21 April 1897, a prosperous and prominent
farmer named Alexander Hamilton (Le Roy, Kansas, U.S.A.) told of an attack
upon his cattle at about 10:30 p.m. the previous Monday. He, his son, and
his tenant grabbed axes and ran some 700 feet from the house to the cow
lot where a great cigar-shaped ship about 300 feet long floated some 30
feet above the cattle. It had a carriage underneath which was brightly
lighted within (dirigible and gondola?) and which had numerous windows.
Inside were six strange looking beings jabbering in a foreign language.
These beings suddenly became aware of Hamilton and the others. They
immediately turned a searchlight on the farmer, and also turned on some
power which sped up a turbine wheel (about 30 ft diameter) located under
the craft. The ship rose, taking with it a two-year old heifer which was
roped about the neck by a cable of one-half inch thick, red material. The
next day a neighbor, Link Thomas, found the animal's hide, legs and head
in his field. He was mystified at how the remains got to where they were
because of the lack of tracks in the soft soil. Alexander Hamilton's sworn
statement was accompanied by an affidavit as to his veracity. The
affidavit was signed by ten of the local leading citizens.
On the evening of 4 November 1957 at Fort Itaipu, Brazil, two sentries
noted a "new star" in the sky. The "star" grew in size and within seconds
stopped over the fort. It drifted slowly downward, was as large as a big
aircraft, and was surround by a strong orange glow. A distinct humming
sound was heard, and then the heat struck. One sentry collapsed almost
immediately, the other managed to slide to shelter under the heavy cannons
where his loud cries awoke the garrison. While the troops were scrambling
towards their battle stations, complete electrical failure occurred.
There was panic until the lights came back on but a number of men still
managed to see an orange glow leaving the area at high speed. Both
sentries were found badly burned...one unconscious and the other incoherent,
suffering from deep shock.
Thus, UFO sightings not only appear to extend back to 47,000 years
through time but also are global in nature. One has the feeling that
this phenomenon deserves some sort of valid scientific investigation, even
if it is a low level effort.
33.3 SOME THEORIES AS TO THE NATURE OF THE UFO PHENOMENON
There are very few cohesive theories as to the nature of UFO's. Those
theories that have been advanced can be collected in five groups:
a. Mysticism
b. Hoaxes, and rantings due to unstable personalities
c. Secret Weapons
d. Natural Phenomena
e. Alien visitors
-------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE SIX
Mysticism
It is believed by some cults that the mission of UFO's and their crews
is a spiritual one, and that all materialistic efforts to determine the
UFO's nature are doomed to failure.
Hoaxes and Rantings due to Unstable Personalities
Some have suggested that all UFO reports were the results of pranks
and hoaxes, or were made by people with unstable personalities. This
attitude was particularly prevalent during the time period when the Air
Force investigation was being operated under the code name of Project
Grudge. A few airlines even went as far as to ground every pilot who
reported seeing a "flying saucer." The only way for the pilot to regain
flight status was to undergo a psychiatric examination. There was a
noticeable decline in pilot reports during this time interval, and a few
interpreted this decline to prove that UFO's were either hoaxes or the
result of unstable personalities. It is of interest that NICAP (The
National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena) even today still
receives reports from commercial pilots who neglect to notify either the
Air Force or their own airline.
There are a number of cases which indicate that not all reports fall
[Page 4 of 7]
in the hoax category. We will examine one such case now. It is the
Socorro, New Mexico sighting made by police Sergeant Lonnie Zamora.
Sergeant Zamora was patrolling the streets of Socorro on 24 April 1964
when he saw a shiny object drift down into an area of gullies on the edge
of town. He also heard a loud roaring noise which sounded as if an old
dynamite shed located out that way had exploded. He immediately radioed
police headquarters, and drove out toward the shed. Zamora was forced to
stop about 150 yards away from a deep gully in which there appeared to be
an overturned car. He radioed that he was investigating a possible wreck,
and then worked his car up onto the mesa and over toward the edge of the
gully. He parked short, and when he walked the final few feet to the edge,
he was amazed to see that it was not a car but instead was a weird
eggshaped object about fifteen feet long, white in color and resting on
short, metal legs. Beside it, unaware of his presence were two humanoids
dressed in silvery coveralls. They seemed to be working on a portion of
the underside of the object. Zamora was still standing there, surprised,
when they suddenly noticed him and dove out of sight around the object.
Zamora also headed the other way, back toward his car. He glanced back at
the object just as a bright blue flame shot down from the underside.
Within seconds the eggshaped thing rose out of the gully with "an ear-
-splitting roar." The object was out of sight over the nearby mountains
almost immediately, and Sergeant Zamora was moving the opposite direction
almost as fast when he met Sergeant Sam Chavez who was responding to
Zamora's
earlier radio calls. Together they investigated the gully and found the
bushes charred and still smoking where the blue flame had jetted down on
them. About the charred area were four deep marks where the metal legs
had been. Each mark was three and one half inches deep, and was circular
in shape. The sand in the gully was very hard packed so no sign of the
humanoids' footprints could be found. An official investigation was
launched that same day, and all data obtained supported the stories of
Zamora and Chavez. It is rather difficult to label this episode a hoax,
and it is also doubtful that both Zamora and Chavez shared portions of the
same hallucination.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE SEVEN
Secret Weapons
A few individuals have proposed that UFO's are actually advanced weapon
systems, and that their natures must not be revealed. Very few people
accept this as a credible suggestion.
Natural Phenomena
It has also been suggested that at least some, and possibly all, of the
UFO cases were just mis-interpreted manifestations of natural phenomena.
Undoubtedly this suggestion has some merit. People have reported, as UFO's,
objects which were conclusively proven to be balloons (weather and skyhook),
the planet Venus, man-made artificial satellites, normal aircraft, unusual
cloud formations, and lights from ceilometers (equipment projecting light
beams on cloud bases to determine the height of the aircraft visual
ceiling).
It is also suspected that people have reported mirages, optical illusions,
swamp gas and ball lightning (a poorly-understood discharge of electrical
energy in a spheroidal or ellipsoidal shape...some charges have lasted for
up to fifteen minutes but the ball is usually no bigger than a large
orange.)
But it is difficult to tell a swamp dweller that the strange, fast-moving
light he saw in the sky was swamp gas; and it is just as difficult to tell
a farmer that a bright UFO in the sky is the same ball lightning that he
has seen rolling along his fence wires in dry weather. Thus accidental
mis-identification of what might well be natural phenomena breeds mistrust
and disbelief; it leads to the hasty conclusion that the truth is
deliberatly not being told. One last suggestion of interest has been made,
that the UFO's were plasmoids from space...concentrated blobs of solar wind
that succeeded in reaching the surface of the Earth. Somehow this last
suggestion does not seem to be very plausible; perhaps because it ignores
such things as penetration of Earth's magnetic field.
Alien Visitors
The most stimulating theory for us is that the UFO's are material
objects which are either "Manned" or remote-controlled by beings who are
alien to this planet. There is some evidence supporting this viewpoint.
In addition to police Sergeant Lonnie Zamora's experience, let us consider
the case of Barney and Betty Hill. On a trip through New England they
lost two hours on the night of 19 September 1961 without even realizing it.
However, after that night both Barney and Betty began developing
psychological problems which eventually grew sufficienty severe that they
submitted themselves to psychiatric examination and treatment. During the
course of treatment hypnotherapy was used, and it yielded remarkably
detailed and similar stories from both Barney and Betty. Essentially
they had been hypnotically kidnapped, taken aboard a UFO, submitted to
two-hour physicals, and released with posthypnotic suggestions to forget
the entire incident. The evidence is rather strong that this is what the
Hills, even in their subconscious, believe happened to them. And it is of
particular importance that after the "posthypnotic block" was removed, both
of the Hills ceased having their psychological problems.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE EIGHT
The Hill's description of the aliens was similar to descriptions
provided in other cases, but this particular type of alien appears to be
[Page 5 of 7]
in the minority. The most commonly described alien is about three and one-
half feet tall, has a round head (helmet?), arms reaching to or below his
knees, and is wearing a silvery space suit or coveralls. Other aliens
appear to be essentially the same as Earthmen, while still others have
particularily wide (wrap around) eyes and mouths with very thin lips. And
there is a rare group reported as about four feet tall, weight of around
35 pounds, and covered with thick hair or fur (clothing?). Members of this
last group are described as being extremely strong. If such beings are
visiting Earth, two questions arise: 1) why haven't there been any accidents
which have revealed their presence, and 2) why haven't they attempted to
contact us officially? The answer to the first question may exist partially
in Sergeant Lonnie Zamora's experience, and may exist partially in the
Tunguska meteor discussed in Chapter XXIX. In that chapter it was suggested
that the Tonguska meteor was actually a comet which exploded in the
atmosphere, the ices melted and the dust spread out. Hence, no debris!
However, it has also been suggested that the Tunguska meteor was actually
an alien spacecraft that entered the atmosphere to rapidly, suffered
mechanical failure, and lost its power supply and/or weapons in a nuclear
explosion. While that hypothesis may seem far fetched, sample of tree
rings from around the world reveal that, immediately after the Tunguska
meteor explosion, the level of radioactivity in the world rose sharply for
a short period of time. It is difficult to find a natural explanation for
that increase in radioactivity, although the suggestion has been advanced
that enough of the meteor's great kinetic energy was converted into heat
(by atmospheric friction) that a fusion reaction occurred. This still
leaves us with no answer to the second question: why no contact? That
question is very easy to answer in several ways: 1) we may be the object
of intensive sociological and psychological study. In such studies you
usually avoid disturbing the test subjects' environment; 2) you do not
"contact" a colony of ants, and humans may seem that way to any aliens
(variation: a zoo is fun to visit, but you don't "contact" the lizards);
3) such contact may have already taken place secretly; and 4) such contact
may have already taken place on a different plane of awareness and we are
not yet sensitive to communications on such a plane. These are just a few
of the reasons. You may add to the list as you desire.
33.4 HUMAN FEAR AND HOSTILITY
Besides the foregoing reasons, contacting humans is downright dangerous.
Think about that for a moment! On the microscopic level our bodies reject
and fight (through production antibodies) any alien material; this process
helps us fight off disease but it also sometimes results in allergic
reactions to innocuous materials. On the macroscopic (psychological and
sociological) level we are antagonistic to beings that are "different".
For proof of that, just watch how an odd child is treated by other children,
or how a minority group is socially deprived, or how the Arabs feel about
the Israelis (Chinese vs Japanese, Turks vs Greeks, etc.) In case you are
hesitant to extend that concept to the treatment of aliens let me point
out that in very ancient times, possible extraterrestrials may have been
treated as Gods but in the last two thousand years, the evidence is that
any possible aliens have been ripped apart by mobs, shot and shot at,
physically assaulted, and in general treated with fear and aggression.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE NINE
In Ireland about 1,000 A.D., supposed airships were treated as "demon-
ships." In Lyons, France, "admitted" space travellers were killed. More
recently, on 24 July 1957 Russian anti-aircraft batteries on the Kouril
Islands opened fire on UFO's. Although all Soviet anti-aircraft batteries
on the Islands were in action, no hits were made. The UFO's were luminous
and moved very fast. We too have fired on UFO's. About ten o'clock one
morning, a radar site near a fighter base picked up a UFO doing 700 mph.
The UFO then slowed to 100 mph, and two F-86's were scrambled to intercept.
Eventually one F-86 closed on the UFO at about 3,000 feet altitude. The
UFO began to accelerate away but the pilot still managed to get within 500
yards of the target for a short period of time. It was definately saucer-
shaped. As the pilot pushed the F-86 at top speed, the UFO began to pull
away. When the range reached 1,000 yards, the pilot armed his guns and
fired in an attempt to down the saucer. He failed, and the UFO pulled away
rapidly, vanishing in the distance. This same basic situation may have
happened on a more personal level. On Sunday evening 21 August 1955, eight
adults and three children were on the Sutton Farm (one-half mile from Kelly,
Kentucky) when, according to them, one of the children saw a brightly
glowing UFO settle behind the barn, out of sight from where he stood.
Other witnesses on nearby farms also saw the object. However, the Suttons
dismissed it as a "shooting star," and did not investigate. Approximately
thirty minutes later (at 8 p.m.), the family dogs began barking so two of
the men went to the back door and looked out. Approximately 50 feet away
and coming toward them was a creature wearing a glowing silvery suit. It
was about three and one-half feet tall with a large round head and very
long arms. It had large webbed hands which were equipped with claws. The
two Suttons grabbed a twelve guage shotgun and a 22 caliber pistol, and
fired at close range. They could hear the pellets and bullet ricochet as
if off of metal. The creature was knocked down, but jumped up and
scrambled away. The Suttons retreated into the house, turned off all
inside lights, and turned on the porch-light. At that moment, one of the
women who was peeking out of the dining room window discovered that a
creature with some sort of helmet and wide slit eyes was peeking back at
her. She screamed, the men rushed in and started shooting. The creature
was knocked backwards but again scrambled away without apparent harm. More
shooting occurred (a total of about 50 rounds) over the next 20 minutes and
the creatures finally left (perhaps feeling unwelcome?) After about a two
[Page 6 of 7]
hour wait (for safety), the Suttons left too. By the time the police got
there, the aliens were gone but the Suttons would not move back to the farm.
They sold it and departed. This reported incident does bear out the
contention though that humans are dangerous. At no time in the story did
the supposed aliens shoot back, although one is left with the impression
that the described creatures were having fun scaring humans.
33.5 ATTEMPTS AT SCIENTIFIC APPROACHES
In any scientific endeavor, the first step is to aquire data, the
second step to clasify the data, and the third step to form hypothesis.
The hypothesis are tested by repeating the entire process, with each cycle
resulting in an increase in understanding (we hope). The UFO phenomenon
does not yield readily to this approach because the data taken so far
exhibits both excessive variety and vagueness. The vagueness is caused
in part by the lack of preparation of the observer...very few people leave
their house knowing that they are going to see a UFO that evening.
Photographs are overexposed or underexposed, and rarely in color. Hardly
anyone carries around a radiation counter or magnetometer. And, in addition
to this, there is a very high level of "noise" in the data.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE TEN
The noise consists of mistaken reports of known natural phenomena,
hoaxes, reports by unstable individuals and mistaken removal of data
regarding possible unnatural or unknown natural phenomena (by overzealous
individuals who are trying to eliminate all data due to known natural
phenomena). In addition, those data, which do appear to be valid, exhibit
an excessive amount of variety relative to the statistical samples which
are available. This has led to very clumsy classification systems, which
in turn provide quite unfertile ground for formulation of hypothesis.
One hypothesis which looked promising for a time was that of ORTHOTENY
(i.e., UFO sightings fall on "great circle" routes). At first, plots of
sightings seemed to verify the concept of orthoteny but recent use of
computers has revealed that even random numbers yield "great circle" plots
as neatly as do UFO sightings.
There is one solid advance that has been made though. Jacques and
Janine Vallee have taken a particular type of UFO - namely those that are
lower than tree-top level when sighted - and plotted the UFO's estimated
diameter versus the estimated distance from the observer. The result
yields an average diameter of 5 meters with a very characteristic drop for
short viewing distances, and rise for long viewing distances. This
behavior at the extremes of the curve is well known to astronomers and
psychologists as the "moon illusion." The illusion only occurs when the
object being viewed is a real, physical object. Because this implies that
the observers have viewed a real object, it permits us to accept also their
statement that these particular UFO's had a rotational axis of symmetry.
Another, less solid, advance made by the Vallee's was their plotting
of the total number of sightings per week versus the date. They did this
for the time span from 1947 to 1962, and then attempted to match the peaks
of the curve (every 2 years 2 months) to the times of Earth-Mars conjuction
(every 2 years 1.4 months). The match was very good between 1950 and 1956
but was poor outside those limits. Also, the peaks were not only at the
times of Earth-Mars conjunction but also roughly at the first harmonic
(very loosely, every 13 months). This raises the question why should UFO's
only visit Earth when Mars is in conjunction and when it is on the opposite
side of the sun. Obviously, the conjunction periodicity of Mars is not the
final answer. As it happens, there is an interesting possibility to
consider. Suppose Jupiter's conjunctions were used; they are every 13.1
months. That would satisfy the observed periods nicely, except for every
even data peak being of different magnitude from every odd data peak.
Perhaps a combination of Martian, Jovian, and Saturnian (and even other
planetary) conjunctions will be necessary to match the frequency plot...
if it can be matched.
Further data correlation is quite difficult. There are a large number
of different saucer shapes but this may mean little. For example, look at
the number of different types of aircraft which are in use in the U.S. Air
Force alone.
It is obvious that intensive scientific study is needed in this area;
no such study has yet been undertaken at the necessary levels of intensity
and support. One thing that must be guarded against in any such study is
the trap of implicity assuming that our knowledge of Physics (or any other
branch of science) is complete. An example of one such trap is selecting
a group of physical laws which we now accept as valid, and assume that they
will never be superceded.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE ELEVEN
Five such laws might be:
1) Every action must have an opposite and equal reaction.
2) Every particle in the univers attracts every other particle with a
force proportional to the product of the masses and inversely as the
[Page 7 of 7]
square of the distance.
3) Energy, mass and momentum are conserved.
4) No material body can have a speed as great as c, the speed of light
in free space.
5) The maximum energy, E, which can be obtained from a body at rest is
E=mc2, where m is the rest mass of the body.
Laws numbered 1 and 3 seem fairly safe, but let us hesitate and take
another look. Actually, law number 3 is only valid (now) from a
relativistic
viewpoint; and for that matter so are laws 4 and 5. But relativity
completely revised these physical concepts after 1915, before then Newtonian
mechanics were supreme. We should also note that general relativity has
not yet been verified. Thus we have the peculiar situation of five laws
which appear to deny the possibility of intelligent alien control of UFO's,
yet three of the laws are recent in concept and may not even be valid.
Also, law number 2 has not yet been tested under conditions of large
relative
speeds or accelerations. We should not deny the possibility of alien
control of UFO's on the basis of preconceived notions not established as
related or relevant to the UFO's.
33.6 CONCLUSION
From available information, the UFO phenomenon appears to have been
global in nature for almost 50,000 years. The majority of known witnesses
have been reliable people who have seen easily-explained natural phenomena,
and there appears to be no overall positive correlation with population
density. The entire phenomenon could be psychological in nature but that
is quite doubtful. However, psychological factors probably do enter the
data picture as "noise." The phenomenon could also be entirely due to
known and unknown phenomena (with some psychological "noise" added in) but
that too is questionable in view of some of the available data.
This leaves us with the unpleasant possibility of alien visitors to
our planet, or at least of alien controlled UFO's. However, the data are
not well correlated, and what questionable data there are suggest the
existence of at least three and maybe four different groups of aliens
(possibly at different stages of development). This too is difficult to
accept. It implies the existence of intelligent life on a majority of the
planets in our solar system, or a surprisingly strong interest in Earth by
members of other solar systems.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE TWELVE
A solution to the UFO problem may be obtained by the long and diligent
effort of a large group of well financed and competant scientists,
unfortunately there is no evidence suggesting that such an effort is going
to be made. However, even if such an effort were made, there is no
guarantee of success because of the isolated and sporatic nature of the
sightings. Also, there may be nothing to find, and that would mean a long
search with no proff at the end. The best thing to do is to keep an open
and skeptical mind, and not take an extreme position on any side of the
question.
This document is available through the Ufo Info Service.
This is the original Air Force Document.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

492
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2257.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,492 @@
SUBJECT: ANOTHER DON ECKER INTERVIEW ON UFOs FILE: UFO2257
Note****
======================================================
I believe this file to be fraudulent for several reasons.
1.) Although the file origination date matches that of a file by
the same name that we no WAS forwarded to UFINET by Don Ecker, the
material within the document is not the same.
2.) It occurred to us that Don Ecker did not at the time have his
popular radio program, and this file is don in the Radio interview
style of which Don was not familiar with at the time.
=====================================================
[Created by Psplit 1.03] [Page 1 of 5]
DATE OF UPLOAD: July 6, 1990
When I uploaded the CARP.UFO report several weeks ago, I mentioned
another report that I had received. The CARP.UFO report was an
unsigned document, no signature, and no return address. As I
stated in reference to that, I gave no credence to the report
because of the manner that I received it. This report is a bit
different. I did speak to the person that sent it, and am still
waiting to hear back from his group. The file is an alledged
interview between two men, the interviewer is under a pseudonym of
Bill. The interviewee is supposed to be a retired Three Star
General that undertook a favor to "Bill" to check into the UFO
question. The man I spoke to is the director of this group, and
even though he was aware of who I am, and the reason for my
questions, he refused to put me in touch with either of the other
two gentlemen "until they checked me out." I am still waiting to
hear from them.
Because of some of the subject matter in the report, I had a
feeling that there was quite a bit of information in this report
that had been deleted. According to the director I was right. He
told me that "Bill" was a still active duty Full Colonel and that 3
Star was at one time Bill and his commanding officer.
The deleted information is supposed to contain some very disturbing
information that deals with mutilations, both animal and human, and
a large number of abducted and missing children and young adults.
According to the director of this group there were about 20 to 25
pages of deleted material. Also seen but of course as is usual, a
number of photos that 3 Star was able to get at one point. I would
rate this report as highly strange, but at this point unverifiable.
At any rate here is the report and any suggestions from the
members are most certainly welcome.
I will use Bill for the interviewer and 3* for the interviewee.
Don Ecker
*****************************************************************
THE INFORMATION IN THIS REPORT HAS BEEN EDITED FOR THE REASONS AS
STATED WITHIN. MUCH INFORMATION WAS DELETED FOR THE PURPOSE OF
RELEASE TO THE PUBLIC.
Bill> Have you read the book "The Roswell Incident"?
3*> Yes I have.
Bill> What did you think of the book and just how true is it?
3*> Bill, as I promised you, I used my contacts and several
favors due me over the years and I found out extremely sensitive
information which absolutely verify the information as stated in
the Roswell Incident.
The book intrigued me as I read it. At first, I felt the facts or
should I say information in the book were there just to sell it and
make our Govt. out to be the bad guy...as so many books do today.
However, the public has abeen lied to for over 40 years. This
bothers me a great deal. But decisions were made decades ago. The
situation in my opinion, is totally out of hand.
Bill> You look concerned and sound irritated. What is wrong?
3*> Around 4 months ago I called in several favors. I was given
documents, allowed to view video tape, given photographs, base
locations and I was even asked to participate in the "Awareness
Program"...which is to disseminate Alien contact to the public.
I turned down the offer. When I did I was sort of an outcast and I
found friends of 30 years had no time for me. I soon was limited to
all forms of information. Hell, every time I requested anything
through normal channels it was either lost or delayed for "higher
approval". This was normal everyday decisions, which wer NEVER
questioned before. I gave over --30-- years of faithful and loyal
service to this great country of ours. Who in the hell do those
political bastards think they are anyway?
Bill> I don't know what to say. I feel that because I asked for
the inquiry, you got into trouble. I really feel bad. I know you
didn't get where you are today by taking it easy. Did you retire?
3*> You are not responsible! I kind-of knew what I might get
myself into. I always had my suspicionss and I to heard the rumors
about alien spacecraft that crashed, bodies found, alien craft shot
down, UFO evidence stored in special buildings on certain military
bases. I just never really took it seriously. I know it is true. I
have seen the evidence, I have seen the alien craft, the frozen
bodies from the Roswell site and I have seen on video tape, the
live alien which is a guest of the U. S. Govt. To answer your last
question, yes I did retire.
Bill> Could you give some specific information on the Aliens,
what they want, the govt. involvement, the reason why we have not
officially been told about alien involvement in our society and why
all of the many "strange" things or happenings associated with UFO
[Created by Psplit 1.03] [Page 2 of 5]
sightings and people-contact with aliens?
3*> There have been several crashes of UFOs over the years. From
all documentation and information available that I have seen with
my own eyes as well as the physical evidence, this is in answer to
your questions.
1. The aliens really do not have any sort of invasion planned for
this planet. Aliens have visited this planet off and on for
thousands of years. Our U.S. guest is over 300 years old. There are
both "good and bad" aliens just as there are good and bad humans.
They are not all that different from us. The aliens utilize around
55% of their brain capacity or ability. The aliens do have DNA,
just like we do. The alien which is the guest of the U.S. Govt. is
5 feet 3 inches tall and weights 96 pounds. Large head (no hair)
large slanted eyes. Some of the aliens' abilities include moderate
telepathy and telekinisis.
The purpose of alien visitation to this planet is one of curiosity
and scientific research. Not world domination as some would have
you believe. Cattle and humans have been used in alien and U.S.
research for various biological applications. Most humans are not
hurt in this research and experimentation. Some however, have died
due to complications and down-right carelessness.
Several cross-breed "young" have been born to both human females
and alien females. We as humans are fully biological compatible
with most visiting aliens. Some we are not. More that one type or
species of alien has visited this planet. They are listed by
category...this information I could not retrieve.
2. The U. S. Govt. and the British have made secret treaty
agreements with the aliens in exchange for technology and so-called
recon missions during times of human conflict. The aliens have
basically agreed not to concern themselves with the wars or
conflicts of humans. Not to interfere in society. Let the Govts.
rule and decide. Exactly what the aliens get in return was not
exactly made clear or available.
Also, there are special teams which eradicate, discredit, harass
and trump-up charges to control humans which experience any
visitations from aliens, or make verifiable UFO sightings. This is
one of the reasons I retired. It's too much for any govt. to impose
upon the civilian population like this.
3. Many of the strange happenings which people experience with UFO
sightings can be one of two things. First, simply an overactive and
wishful imagination. Second and foremost is the influence of the
vast mental power of the alien visitors. In the reports and
experiments conducted with live aliens, they have an incredible
power of telepathic suggestion. Combine this with their telekentic
abilities and just about anyone can be some-what directed to do or
think just about anything.
Did I cover all of your questions?
Bill> One more and you'll be done. Why all the secrecy from day
one about the alien contact, the Roswell Incident, UFOs etc.?
3*> The Roswell Incident happened at a very hectic time. World
problems and domestic matters drew priority. Make no mistake, Pres.
Truman and later Pres. Eisenhower gave specific direct orders to
keep everything and I mean everything top secret. At that time, all
alien (known as EBE) information became departmentalized and
dispersed on a need to know only basis. I as well as others heard
rumors and pursued our career with no further thought to the matter.
Also consider the fact that even with today's high technology we
still don't know all of the propulsion system, craft manufacture
and so forth. The most recent information that I did manage to
receive before I was cut off is that the alien craft has
more-or-less been copied by top scientific experts and is functional.
The "special group" assigned to oversee the alien situation and
other govt. VIPs agree to gather all of the technology possible and
put it to use for the benefit of the USA. I really wonder what
other motives are there. One very important thought about reasons
for secrecy are common religious values and beliefs. Most of the
world religions (especially in the US) would tumble. This in turn
would cause panic and chaos. Something not wanted or needed in any
time.
Look at the big lie the Federal Govt. has created, promoted swore
to and fed to the public over the past 42 years. Even the
Presidents of the US from 1947 to present day has lied about this
situation. Talk about a cover up? If this information would ever
get out, many people from the President down would be removed from
office. Many would go to jail in one form or another.
My information led me to other more graphic reasons that I really
don't want to discuss. This whole situation is fantastic enough and
the imnplications are endless.
The "awareness program" that I mentioned earlier was designed to
inform the public about alien contact, landings, crashes, the
[Created by Psplit 1.03] [Page 3 of 5]
Roswell Incident, UFOs and the govt. All of this is filtered to the
public in a systematic, logical way. This is coupled with the
increased alien--human abductions and contacts. This is a joint
govt. and alien program. If done correctly, there will be extremely
little or no panic and no resistance. The world govts. will retain
control and chaos is avoided.
Bill> Thank you very much for your time and this timely
information.
3*> Now that I have found this information out, I wonder about
everything I could not access or was prevented from learning when I
turned down the position on the "asareness program"?
Bill> I know that I am pushing it a bit here but could you go
into some of the topics that seem to be eating away at you?
3*> Lets take a break from this interview for now. Its after
11:00 PM and I'm tired. I'll give you a call in a few days and we
will go from there.
Bill> It sounds good to me too. I've got a lot of work to do in
the morning so I better call it quits for now.
=================================================================
This is the second and final installment of the purported interview
with a retired 3 Star General, being interviewed by what was
described to me as a still active duty Full Colonel interested in
the subject of UFOs. Now prior to continuing with this, allow me
to make an observation.
Since I uploaded part one of this file, and with the upload of the
previous file -- CARP.UFO-- I have received several E-Mail notes
asking me why I have put out such outlandish and paranoid files. I
will answer like this. First, I do not believe that any of us here
have a really good and solid idea of just what is happening in the
bizarre world of UFOs. Since I have started to explore this thing
several years ago, believe me when I tell you that I have
experienced most of the angles of this subject. Everything from the
Space-Brothers are here to save us from ourselves, tales of ET love
affairs with the likes of the ledgendary Semjase ( now that is one
ET I would LOVE to meet! ) to tales of "Their here eating us!!" to
the Leader of the free world selling drugs to support MJ-12!!!!
What this all boils down to is a hell of alot of rhetoric and damn
little proof. Oh, there is some proof to be sure, ie mutilated
cows, ( you ain't lived till you have been up to your elbows in one
) scars on alledged abductee's ( one gentleman told me that he
turned gay after his 16th birthday because of repeated abductions.
he was tired of being forced to copulate with alien females )
landing traces ( hard baked soil compacted inches, something damn
heavy had set down on it ) and tales from dozens of people, living
in some cases a whole continent apart ( with the same information
in uncanny detail ). OK, what does this mean? In my opinion, it
means that SOMETHING damn strange IS INDEED ONGOING..... so, that
means that the only way to find out is investigate and investigate
some more. Knowledge is power, so the reason I have uploaded this
files is that MAYBE someone out there in computer land, ( and you
would be really suprised where all ParaNet DOES GO ) will have a
missing piece of the puzzle, and better yet will contact one of we
happy little band of investigators -- with PROOF
.................... and by the way, to those good meaning folks
that have written me email, just because I put something up here,
it does not mean that I think this is what really is happening.
Always read what I have to say about the file in advance. In this
case, I stated that there is HIGH STRANGENESS in this one, BUT NO
PROOF THAT IT IS LEGITIMATE.
*****************************************************************
Part II of the 3 * interview.
JULY 14, 1989
Bill> Thank you for agreeing to a second interview on this
topic. Did you enjoy your trip to the mountains?
3* > Yes my wife and I had a wonderful time.
Bill> What is bothering you so much about the alien situation?
3* > As I mentioned before, there have been several UFO crashes,
not just the one in Roswell, New Mexico. Look at the documents I
brought with me. The photos are quite explicit to the CARGO OF SOME
OF THE UFOs.
Bill> Why are there children aboard these crafts!? My God! You
don't mean that the aliens are snaching our kids? What for??
3* > There are over a million missing children every year in the
US alone. Now, not all of them have been taken by aliens. The
aliens take about 2,200 children a year from the US and other
countries. Its all right there in the report attached to the three
photos. The rest of the missing children are the result of
mankind's dark side. You know what I mean. It's in the paper every
day.
[Created by Psplit 1.03] [Page 4 of 5]
The children are used in several ways; biological, to educate and
return, experimentation, disease study. The same as adults.
Bill> Adults are one matter, but leave the children alone. I am
very bothered by this information. According to the report,
implants are being used on the people that are taken aboard UFOs
and returned. Some of these implants are microscopic in size (and
smaller) and influence the growth, function and learning
capabilities of the individual. This is a very detailed report.
Could I have a copy?
3* > No, Sorry but you know our agreement was that you did not
get to keep or copy any paperwork. As well as the other matters we
discussed.
Bill> That you did! I will keep my word, don't worry.
3* > I would like to mention a little bit more of why the public
have not been told the truth. Lets run through the whole thing
rather quickly.
1. Security/Fear Factor; Everyone feels safe knowing that the US
is one of the dominate powers on Earth. Right? The Human race is in
control and science will solve it all. The simple fact is--if you
take away the security of people it is replaced with fear! Fear is
the first step to chaos. Just imagine what would happen if there
was an announcement that the govts. are no longer in control, we
have aliens living among us, they have kidnapped our people, used
them as guinea pigs, killed them, manipulated our culture, tampered
with our food, created new diseases to study on us, have interbred
with us and there isn't a damn thing we can do about it. Now, how
do you think the public would react?
2. The fact that the Govt. have been lying, covering up the truth,
have given permission for abductions and experiments on the public.
Keep in mind that the agencies involved are highly covert, funded
very well and have almost absolute power (life and death) over
anyone who interferes. How do you think the public will react?
3. Cures for certain diseases, free electrical power, pollution
free energy, no longer a need for fossil fuels, abundant food and
water for everyone. All of this has been possible for many years
now. What would happen if this technology was turned loose to the
public? The tech report showed that within the first year over 18
million people out of work. The monetary system would collapse and
all of the other problems that go along with it. A REAL
POSSIBILITY OF A GLOBAL NUCLEAR CONFLICT........ALL OUT OF FEAR!!
Is it really worth the chance?
Bill> What you say does make sense when you think about it.
What is going on with the sudden surge in UFOs, aliens, abductions
and the like? Is this part of the awareness program?
3* > Yes it is. The awareness program calls for the funding of
movies, series on TV, specials and books. All of the "front" money
will filter its way to fund a TV series or movie if it is deemed
worthy of friendly, helpful alien contact. An idea is passed along
to the big named producers and directors and if it takes hold,
everything will fall in place and the funding starts. It is really
unique how it all works. Now way to trace it to the govt. and the
people involved truely believe it is their own creative work.
Everyone gets into the act and no problems. After the movie hits
the public, the reaction and interest of the masses are carefully
monitored.
Abductions of humans are both random and selective. Influential
people are selected to either -- explain and guide the public or to
serve some political need or requirement.
UFO sightings increase when needed to draw the attention of the
public. You must keep in mind that the mere mention of UFOs, aliens
and the like will draw weird looks, rumors and make people believe
that you have a mental problem, not playing with a full deck of
cards and so forth. People will make fun of you and will laugh at
you! THIS IS THE MOST IMPORTANT ASPECT. AND WHO WANTS TO BE LAUGHED
AT WHEN THEY ARE SERIOUS? The result is not one will say anything
unless there are many witnesses. The unique thing about this
subject is people don't want to believe. The general feeling is
that mankind is all. There is nothing else but God and Country.
This is what most people believe. I am not disputing or disagreeing
with anything. I just find it amazing that people in general are so
damn stupid and stubborn. Let alone that many are so pompous and
self-rightous about their religion and self image. Do these people
have a rude awaking someday! It can surely be said that we are not
alone in this universe.
Bill> How large are UFOs? What type of propulsion system do the
crafts use? do you have any photographs I could look at?
3* > The alien crafts are disc, triangle, oblong cigar shaped.
The range from 30 ft in dia. for the smaller recon discs to over
730 ft in dia. for the larger "mother" discs or the flying saucer,
if you will.
The triangle shaped crafts are 210 ft. in dia. This does not seem
[Created by Psplit 1.03] [Page 5 of 5]
to change as you can see in the photos which show 3 different
triangle crafts which all measure the same and are identical in
shape and appearance.
The oblong cigar shaped craft is the real big one of the three. The
only one ever found by the military in the late 60's measured 1,100
ft. long with a circumference of 310 ft. Take a look at this photo
and read the report attached. The information gathered from this
one enabled us to copy the basics of alien technology. It took 20
yrs to do so.
The basic propulsion system or drive is a fusion reactor which
ranges in size from about the size of a medicine ball, you know the
one tossed around in gym class, to about the size of a large Van or
station wagon. It is a magnetic drive surrounded by an aura of
bright white light. This is for the disc and triangle shaped
crafts. The oblong cigar shaped craft does not have this aura of
light. All crafts are almost totally silent. There is some noise.
Bill> I can't believe the photos! This looks like something
right out of the movies. The other report information which is
stapled to the photos is very detailed. This information is both
fantastic and very scary! I wish I could share this proof that I am
now holding in my hands. I know, I won't ask again. You have to get
this evidence back where it belongs before it is noticed missing,
don't you?
3* > Yes I do. If this documentation ever got out I am sure
several individuals would be terminated. The powers to be have a
systematic method and program that deals with documentation,
verification and termination of information and personnel.
The most important asset to the Govt. on the subject of aliens,
UFOs, cover-up story and the like is simply the "OVERALL PROJECTION
OF PEOPLE THAT HAVE UFO EXPERIENCES IS ONE OF FANTASY, DELUSIONS,
MIS-CONCEPTIONS, UNRELIABLE KOOKS AND CRACK-POTS AND DOWN RIGHT
LIARS." Also keep in mind that the news reporters and the news
media in general, poke fun at individuals with their quirk smile
and light attitude about the whole thing. Matters can be
documented. The proof is out there and is available. Many people
must come down off their high horse and open their eyes. it is no
shame to admit that you are wrong. No one knows everything and no
one should be expected to.
Bill> It seems to me that you have talked to several people
about this subject and the outcome has been negative? At least as
you describe the general attitude earlier. Maybe we ought to wrap
this issue up?
3* > I really hate to be sour about this subject but the people
of this planet have a God given right to the truth. Many people
will not believe what has been stated herein. Many questions are
raised and can not be answered. Certainly not to the satisfaction
of many. Until the day comes when the big announcement and/or
experience happens to you --the individual--you will be too busy
and skeptical. Just like I was!
Bill> Thank you for everything you have done for me. As I agreed
to do earlier, I will edit out the graphic details and other
information you requested to cover you identity and prevent the
people who helped you obtain the documentation from being suspected.
3* > I am well aware that there are no guarantees when this
informatioon hits the media. I just hope that the people involved
with this whole UFO, alien, and Govt. connection will come forward
and let the world know. I feel that mankind will become mature
enough to think before acting in the coming decade of the 1990's.
************************END OF FILE****************************
END OF TRANSCRIPTION FROM MASTER TAPE--EDITED AS
PER AGREEMENT--- ( from the hard copy---- D. E. )
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

55
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2258.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
SUBJECT: CASH/LANDRUM CASE FILE: UFO2258
From: stiffhorn@aol.com (StiffHorn)
Newsgroups: alt.paranet.ufo
Subject: Re: Cash/Landrum Case
Date: 17 Aug 1994 16:47:01 -0400
In article <4908.2DF43933@paranet.FIDONET.ORG>,
Vince.Johnson@f2030.n106.z1.FIDONET.ORG (Vince Johnson) writes:
Oh Great Being of the Earth! Know that as you even doubt your worth
your race is the most advanced of the Creation and as such, Ye are
even studied by other life forms with a seemingly advanced culture.
However do not be deceived! As they have come from the heavens. Know,
Great Being OF Earth, They Seek to study You as they have traveled
through dimensions and space unimaginable as yet to you, to gaze on
you. For as Ye have little Technology compared to them Know, Ye Great
Beings of Earth, that within your structures are more capabilities
than ever possible with any life form before. Those who seem so far
advanced as they are to appear and disappear at will, can never
develop to the capacity possible and inherent in you. They Know this
and seek to integrate these seemingly benign powers to integrate them
for themselves . This is not to be however as they have violated
Creations Laws in order to bring this about. They shall meet with
limited success
Once you unlock the secretes of consciousness. This will give you your
powers in the Great as now you have in the small. You will inherit
your destiny and with the creator and will in a form govern the
heavens. These other life forms marvel and fear at your completeness
and your capacities. Our composition is the most complete visualized
as of yet by the Creation. We have simply to begin to harness the
powers given waiting dormant for thousands of years in our brains.
This is happening at an accelerated rate now.
As your science and technology and spiritual converge this will become
apparent to all. As to unlocking the key to power simply align your
experience with love and respect for the Creation As simple as this
command is It has yet to be heeded. This will take place in the
generations to come.
Never fear you have spanned the abyss and arrived triumphant. We in
the heavens salute you, though now you seem as children to yourselves.
The Creation has endowed its' most complete set of functions in your
cells. The Universe awaits your simple Recognition of this fact. Go in
Love...XED
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

408
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2259.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,408 @@
SUBJECT: A Conversation with the Pleiadians FILE: UFO2259
Excerpt from the tape:
THE MIND GAME & PATTERNS
You have heard us say that all is true according to the perception,
and [that] reality is far beyond what you can conceive of. There is
a vastness that is ever growing and expanding. There have been on
your planet quite a few humanities who have figured out the rules
and have learned a little bit better than other humanities how to
create, how to bring about what they are wanting and how to become
manipulators, rulers, and designers of the game themselves.
Your planet started off with a certain plan in mind. That plan was
to design a new world where there would be great exchanges of
information. The great computer-like mind connected a crystal
network of information that would beam out in this galaxy as a
storehouse perhaps. It was an exchange center. A world was designed
that was beautiful because this information was going to be held in
the cells of each and every creature and molecule of consciousness
that existed here. Consciousness was going to be endowed within all
things.
In the vast expansion of creation, many different forms of sentient
beings exist. They are all playing what you would call the mind
game. The Prime Creator, First Cause, was, or so it seems, the
originator of the mind game.
The Prime Creator thought itself into a reflected state and moved so
that it could see itself so that it could prove to itself it
existed. It created outside of itself. And so the game has gone.
Even the Prime Creator continuously surprises itself with the new
rules and the new possibilities of this substance that has been
endowed with consciousness.
The forms of this substance continuously mutate and change and even
the smallest portion of being has new potentials. Within this mind
game that all of existence plays, the rules constantly change. That
is part of the game.
What is occurring on the planet at this time is that you are being
instructed and given information because the rules have changed. It
is time for large numbers of humanity to call on their own innate
knowing, to bring about their own beautification of development, to
step wisely and to learn to play with all of the abilities.
You have heard us [say] to become aware of what you present to
yourselves. Every portion of the material that is outside of you
determines how you are going to feel and how you are going to set
the parameters of your experience and what you are going to allow
yourselves to put within your lives. What you see is determined by
what you believe is possible. You are in a double bind so to speak,
for you wish to change what you believe to be possible about
yourselves and yet you do not quite know how to change what you are
perceiving.
Codings are inside of each and every one of you. [They] are being
reactivated by some of those ancient creators who brought your
planet into being when they were playing with their own godhood.
There have been many struggles over the territory of this, your
Earth Sphere, Terra. Many have come here and reigned and have
utilized the rules of the game and developed societies according to
how they wished humanities to perceive.
You have been very often the product of a few individuals designing
the mass humanity experience. Once again you are involved in this.
This time, you are being told that you can be liberated through your
own thinking and through your own perceptive abilities. We wish to
push you further into this so that you can truly realize what your
boundaries are and realize that every portion is part of the game.
QUESTION: Do these creators compete against each other and have
their creations make war on each other?
PLEIADIANS: There have been competitions. There have been vast
amounts of information kept from the public for eons. There have
been humanities who have known the capabilities of mankind. You find
yourself attempting to expand your capabilities, yet you fight and
deny that you even have them.
The time has come for you to tap into this. Those greater humanities
who you have called gods, those more expanded beings, have indeed
made their own rules for the mind game. Within those rules they
designed societies where mankind was not encouraged to a state of
independence. Think about the history of your world for the last
2,000 of your years and look at the different societies. What did
these societies do? How many encouraged freedom? How many encouraged
independence? How many societies work with the idea of suppression?
You have heard us say that you live in the United States, the land
of the free, or so you think. We are not here to start a revolution,
we are here to expand what you believe to be possible and to assist
you in your own growth and to turn you ultimately to yourselves and
your own answers. There is nothing more to believe in than yourself.
When you believe in a God that is so outside of yourself you are not
acknowledging the God that is within you, that has been your
birthright. This is a major state of awareness for each and every
one of you to move into the holiness of your own being.
Each and every one of you are all that you need to believe in. When
you believe in yourself, expand what you think you are, you begin to
learn the rules of the great mind game and then you are up there
with the big guys.
QUESTION: I have been in a massive state of confusion, going back
and forth from one belief system to another.
PLEIADIANS: When you are about to make a change, in general, you
will go through a bit of disorientation so that you can come to a
greater understanding of yourself. Also the disorientation has to do
with the releasing of old behavior, with the relinquishing of
control, because wherever you are, in whatever state of development,
there is a certain amount of control.
The control forms the boundaries of what you think is safe behavior,
and safe avenues to traverse. So when you are about to make a change
you have to allow that to come down and reevaluate what you think is
okay for you as humanities to do. And you become impatient and you
cannot understand why it has taken you a long period of time to move
from one state to another. It is quite simple. You are not making
the decision.
The ideas that you are sending out to yourself are not clear. It may
seem to you that it is clear. You do not understand how intricate
your thoughts are and you think you make one statement and this is
going to create and you can forget about it and make all the other
statements that are going to uncreate it. Only you do not hear
those. Your thoughts are like fog and they seep out from you into
all forms. And they always seek to expand, to be out there in
territory. So, when you are not certain about what you are wanting,
you are not giving out a one-lined direction.
The energies at this time are becoming really very powerful, very
highly charged. You are learning that there is a certain intensity
of commitment that is going to be needed to lift yourself into
higher states of consciousness. All of your thoughts count. If all
of your thoughts are not lined up to your greatest intention, you
are not going to get there, not in completeness. You all need to
learn how to trust yourselves, how to have a greater love for
yourselves and, of course, much more joy.
Learn to utilize the greater vehicles that you have to keep you
within a balance so that you can move at these great speeds. When
you do not have balance you are not going to move forward with
acceleration. You will crash.
Many of you have bumped the heads and bumped the psyches because you
have gone after something that you thought that you wanted and have
not understood the rules of the game. Or you have sabotaged your own
rule making by thinking that you were not powerful enough, or
looking to others as being such great humanities, or thinking that
you were not worthy of what you were after.The kicks you get out of
talking about it [are more exciting] than it would be to manifest
it.
It is most interesting. What is happening on your planet at this
time really makes it an "in" place to be. If there were a People
magazine for the cosmos, the Earth Sphere Terra would be on the
cover. And you all are stars. So, live it up. Be alive because that
is what it is all about. Wherever you go and whatever state of
consciousness you are in, there is going to be stuff to learn. As
you learn how to utilize the rules here, then you would be changing
the game for all of the other players. As you all become awake, you
will be bucking the system. And you will be showing that the rules
indeed have changed and that even the most minute forms of
consciousness have figured out that they are like the gods.
QUESTION: What kind of freedom do we need to seek?
PLEIADIANS: When you are seeking freedom it is a freedom from
expectations. Many humanities, just as you, have figured that out
because word has been passed down on your planet and secret
societies have known for eons many of the rules, so to speak. Many
who learned how to play the games kept freedom as a precious food
from reach of the majority of humanity.
They called it by mysterious names and they said that humanity would
not know what to do with this if they have this. And so they kept it
for themselves. So, when we say to you to seek freedom, it is
freedom from anything that is going to define and suppress any of
your ability that would limit you.
Stay within that freedom, move outward in all that you would affect
within your life experience and your reality to extend that freedom
outward to others as well. There are no limitations.
QUESTION: How far is it possible to jump from the level we are now?
PLEIADIANS: A tremendous amount can be figured out from here. In a
very short period of time, the large majority of you will have made
a gigantic leap. Within one, perhaps two of your years, there [are]
going to be abilities to perceive in vastly different fashions.
Even now you are learning how to expand as you have seeded yourself
with light and as you begin to listen to the internal self. Many of
you are too intellectual with this. You are all "up here" and you
are all afraid to be "down here" because this is where you are going
to feel. You are going to connect your feeling and you are going to
develop a compassion. And then you would move into these realms.
They are not thinking realms. They are realms of the highest
connection of spirituality. And they would keep you tethered to
great beings of light who would communicate with you as they are
building light bridges to you at this time. You have no idea of what
is possible. Your mind cannot conceive of what is.possible for your
lifetimes.
We have recently spoken that something that is going to be and is
available for all of you is what we call the immortality of your
being the ability to extend life and to stop your nonsense of
labeling a programmed degeneration of the body. That is part of the
game.
That is a flexible rule. Why do you determine that you are getting
older? Why do you determine that the body loses with age? Because a
certain sector of society passed on a rule of the game. Someone
wanted to have power and make money and make up a portion of the
game that was called health.
Everything is the game and you buy into every portion of the game.
We [get] you very stirred up so that you won't be buying anyone's
game but your own. You can learn to work with one another for
support to make up the rules of your own game and then you will set
things flying. You are unlimited beings. That is the great joy that
you are experiencing. This is why you have all come here. To
participate in that. To remember it.
Many humanities on your planet are going through times of great
difficulty right now because energies are changing and there are
certain beliefs that are smacking them in the face. You have heard
us say that electromagnetic energy has completely changed on your
planet and all has been sped up within the cosmos because of the
movement of your universe into the new area of space.
You are being charged by new particles of existence. This is
bringing about the shift in consciousness. It is this that makes all
things different, that makes all things possible now. This is what
is ringing out within your souls to satisfy and to describe and many
who you study and who you read about are all telling you the same
thing. They may use different words.
All you need to do is have the lights begin to go off in your head.
It does not matter whose words say them to you for you have all the
information stored within you. What you are merely doing is exposing
yourself to certain triggers that you have set up in the outside
world to bring about the activation of certain patterns within you.
You do not have to get into a big sweat about the whole thing, you
know. You are working towards it. You are only a few steps away from
certain amounts of great changes. You will be awed by those and you
will be excited and then you will move into boredom once again and
you will be wishing for new abilities. You are moving quickly now.
Think about what you have done in a few of your years. Think about
when you all were at the beginning of [the 1980's] what you knew,
how you felt about yourselves, what was possible. And think about
where you were one year ago and what you know now. You are
definitely moving.
QUESTION: What's the difference between the old rules and new rules?
PLEIADIANS: There existed in what you would call biblical times,
certain entities that came to your planet that were playing. They
knew the rules were that if you created and if you sent out certain
ideas you could get masses of consciousness to follow this action.
So these entities came to your planet and they affected cultures.
They played with the alteration of your DNA and formed new men out
of the basic Earth stock that existed here at different times. These
entities sojourned and are written about in your Bible. They
affected mankind through the ways that you are presently feeling the
results of. The old rules were that this was a territory for what
you would call certain skylords.
These skylords made the rules. The rules were that humanities would
worship those that were in the sky and that they would develop all
sorts of expression of this worship. They would be given an
endowment of themselves but they would not be given the complete
information because then, who would they play with? There were other
skylords who wanted these humanities to have a decent game to be
playing in. And so there has been a challenge on your Earth Sphere
Terra as to the type of information that has come in to allow these
humanities to perceive what they can be. The old rules were that the
large majority of humanities were not given the understanding of who
they were. They were kept in ignorance. They were kept in darkness.
They were kept in submission. You were kept from ultimately
understanding who you were.
The new rules are that all is allowed. You are being blown wide open
so to speak. The gates have been opened and it is fine for you to
know your ultimate experience with creation.
Do you know who changed those rules? You did. After sojourning here
for thousands of times, you figured it out. This time was designed
for you so you could bring about what it is that you have been after
from the beginning.
One of the main rules, the one that you all are attempting to figure
out and put into being is the idea of thought manifestation that you
are a result of your thoughts. That is the one that is most
important for you to learn at this moment. Not to wait for great
beings to come from the sky to save you. You argue for your
limitations. You hold onto them. You clutch them dearly like little
dollies that you played with when you were young.
QUESTION: What about the dilemma of getting to know yourself and not
liking what you see?
PLEIADIANS: It is an excellent point the dilemma of getting to know
oneself, which comes with developing self-awareness and self-esteem,
and not liking what one sees. Change it. What you are seeing is only
your judgment anyway. You all love to call yourselves right or
wrong. "I am beautiful today," and the next day, "I am what the cat
dragged in." You do this to yourselves back and for, all the time.
Why judge it?
You are learning. You are on your journey and you are feeling that
certain expressions of behavior and experience give you
exhilarations and others make you want to turn your head. When you
are finding this within yourself you are allowing yourself to
develop along a pathway. If you are finding that there is a portion
of yourself that you do not like, allow yourself to love that
portion and to release it. If you don't like a part of yourself then
let it go.
Utilize the rules and make a new you. Change your behavior. Believe
that you can change a portion of yourself. But don't release it out
of hatred or anger. Allow yourself to realize that whatever it is
that you are perceiving that you did not particularly approve of,
you birthed it into being. Let it go. Do not tether it to yourself
any longer.
It is not that you are going to always love every portion of
yourself for you are teaching yourselves and you are bound to run
across something that is going to get your attention. It is a
message to gather more information and ultimately give you more
compassion for others. So, be more easy on yourselves.
Until you love yourself, you are not going to experience love from
anywhere else. This light energy that is being sent to you and this
light energy that permeates existence, is made up of love. It is a
substance of being that permeates all things. If your scientists
were to break down the particles of the most minute aspect of
existence to find out what makes everything go and everything tick,
it is love. It's what connects you. It is what keeps you alive.
Start with yourselves. Realize that in this game you picked
yourselves. You picked yourselves to be the player that you would
move around in this aspect of existence.
When you don't accept responsibility for the player that you picked,
you deny your participation in the game. And so you are moved across
the board of life without any control, always looking to connect
with love and never realizing that in order to connect with love you
must turn on your own light, which is turned on with self-love. When
you turn on your own light by loving yourself because you have
selected yourselves, and by not judging yourself, then the game
completely changes. Then you don't go looking for love. You are it.
When you are love, and when you move with love, all you bring back
to yourself is love because you are like a beacon and you draw it
all to yourself. When you do not love yourself and you go out
looking for love, you cannot even see it because you do not have the
electromagnetic capacity to even recognize it, to even draw it to
yourself.
Remember that you, yourselves, are your primary tools for enjoyment
and experience. It is you, yourselves, who are your greatest
teachers. So live, for you have it all within you. Everything .
else, when you discover this, will unfold before you in the most
glorious magic of being.
The Pleiadians are a collective of extraterrestrials from the star
system the Pleiades. They call themselves our ancient family because
many of us came here from the Pleiades to participate in the new
experiment of Earth. The Pleiadians are here as ambassadors to help
Earth through her transition from the third to the fourth dimension
and to assist each of us in our personal endeavors of awakening,
remembering and knowing.
The Pleiadians' first book The Bringers of the Dawn: The New
Evolution of Man will be available soon from Bear & Co. Publishers.
Barbara Marciniak is an internationally known trance channel from
North Carolina. She began channeling in 1988. Barbara has channeled
at various Expos and for groups across the United States, in Peru,
Egypt, Germany and Japan.
You may contact Barbara at Bold Connections Unlimited, P. O. Box
6521, Raleigh, NC 27628
Connecting Link Magazine 9392 Whitneyville Rd. Alto, MI. 49302-9694
Copyrighted by Barbara Marciniak Reprinted from Connecting Link
Magazine with permission.
For more information on the Pleiadian s Contact
Don Showen 408-974-9544 work 408-865-1768 Home
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

229
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2260.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
SUBJECT: ALIENS OR ANGLES FILE: UFO2260
Info-ParaNet Newsletters, Number 110
Monday, December 25th 1989
Today's Topics:
Re: Saucers or Fiery Chariots. Aliens or Angels.
Re: Saucers or Fiery Chariots. Aliens or Angels.
Re: Lazar And His Amazing Saucers
Bill Cooper?
Bill Moore video tape
Intruders Foundation
Re: Klass Of Fyffe
Re: Lazar/Area51
Saucers or Fiery Chariots. Aliens or Angels.
Lazar and the "Happening"
Bill Moore Video Tape
-!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!-
In a message to Bryon Smith <12-21-89 09:21> James Nannemann wrote:
JN> Even in the Bible it describes a UFO or two. The one example
JN> that comes to mind is EZEKIAL's machine. I
Yeah, I remember that and think there might very well have been some
connection.
JN> to be an interesting type of helicopter. There are pictures of
JN> UFOs on the walls of Medieval Monestary Churches, in the
JN> Pyramids of Egypt, in the ruins of the Maya in the Yucatan
The Pyramids of Egypt might very well be another kind of example.
Long ago there was a monument built to the Lord and it was placed in
the midst of the land of Egypt and on the boarder there of. It was
mentioned in two or three places in the bible but I can only
remember two at this time and they are Isaiah 19: 19-20, which odd
enough the scripture that talks about the alter to the Lord adds up
to almost the exact hight of the Great Pyramid in pyramid inches.
And the other one is Jeremiah 32: 18-29, "...hast set signs and
wonders in the land of Egypt, even unto this day." So this appears
to indicate that what ever it was had been there a long time even in
Jeremiah's days.
The part that bothers me is that only one Pyramid, the Great
Pyramid, is built on the exact location mentioned in the bible (so
they tell me) and it used the same measurements as they tell that
Noah did when he built the ark, as well as when Solomon built the
temple to God, and also that of the ark of the covenant. This unit
of mesure is said to be the "sacred cubit" and is almost exactly 25"
long. I understand that the Great Pyramid of Geza was the only
Pyramid that used this set of standards, and it's the only one that
has this internal design. No one was buried in it, it didn't have
all the "tresures" or the "heiroglyphics" in it as the other
pyramids did. These things lead me to believe that it was built by
different designers than who built the other pyramids. The name
"Cheops" or "Kufu" translated means "Lord of Light," I find that an
interesting name for a pharoah, don't you ?
There are several other interesting points concerning the
descriptions of the Great Pyramid in relationship to certain things
mentioned in the bible. The "Top Stone" is missing, only a legend
goes along with why and what it looked like, but no one seems to
know where it went, or even if it had ever been in place. Anyway
they tell me that the only structure that has a "Chief Corner Stone"
is a Pyramid, not to be confused with a "master corner stone." A
chief corner stone is said to be in the center and on top of the
struture and touches all sides of the structure instead of just two.
The Pyramid has 5 sockets that it set it to and that is also
interesting, and there was mention of the 144 thousand white tura
limestone casing stones that once covered the outside of the
structure.
When talking about Christ the bible makes mention of several things
that related to a structure of some kind, that structue had a "Chief
Corner Stone" and they said the stone that had been rejected by the
builders had become the "Chief of the Corner," if this is true then
they are talking about a pyramid type structure and the "top" stone
that was said to have shone like the sun. Another interesting point
is the 144 thousand that was mentioned in Revelations who were with
the Lord upon Mount Zion. Another point to consider is there is a
place in Revelations where the saints will receive a white stone
with a new name written on it. You put all of this together and you
have a structure that looks like a "mount" that has a brilliant
"Chief Corner Stone" and "144 thousand" other white stones on it. I
wouldn't dare say that the Great Pyramid was "Mount Zion" but I
would say it certanly had some interesting similarities to this
"Mount Zion."
If any of this at all can be considered then this Great Pyramid
could have had a supernatural designer. One thing is for sure they
had an understanding of the stars, and the Earth, almost as if they
were able to view the Earth from above.
The Egyptians "Book of the Dead" indicates their understanding that
this structure had supernatural design and they attributed the
design to the "gods." All the other Pyramids have the hieroglyphics
(like found on that beam in the crashed UFO in 1947) and were used
to bury their kings in because they believed he would live in the
here-after because of this structure, why ? Why did they believe
this ? Where did they get this information from if not from some
supernatural source ?
JN> I am sure there are many other places where UFOs have been
JN> recorded, which serve to "prove" that we have been under
JN> surveliance by somewhat benevolant beings for centuries.
I agree, and we are fortunate to have this forum to help research
it.
JN> But.... are these beings from another star system, another
JN> dimension, or from fabled "Atlantis"? Is the current
Another good question. I believe you could refer to them as
"aliens," "supernatural beings," "angels & demons," etc. and you
would be correct on all counts. I do not believe they are all from
the same place though and I don't believe they all get along with
each other, and there was "war in the heavens." The bible talks
about "fallen angels" who fell to Earth during a great war in the
heavens. If these "fallen angels" are still here then perhaps the
battle is still going on in another dimension and once in awhile we
may see physical effects of their conflict.
These beings are more than just "aliens" though because they have
abilities that can certanly be considered as "supernatural." They
converse using what we refer to as "telepathy." They have the
ability to appear and disappear at will which gives the impression
of a "cloaking device." They are able to accelerate instantly and to
make 90 degree turns without ill effects as a normal physical body
would. This gives the appearance that they are able to create an
anti-inertia, & anti-gravity effect. So if these "aliens" are more
than just a species simular to ourselves on a higher intellectual
level then perhaps they have powers and abilities far beyond our
understanding. Perhaps they are not affected by gravity and the laws
of physics that we are limited by.
JN> Peristoroika & Glasnost happening at the prodding of these
JN> beings, in order to avert a worldwide calamity? Why dont
I feel that if this "spiritual" and "mental" warefare continues as
it has in history then perhaps we humans are reflecting the emotions
and desires of these supernatural beings. Perhaps this is a clue as
to the reasons why such strange things are taking place now and why
the parts of the puzzle just arn't coming together. Our
understanding of supernatural beings is very limited and our
understanding of "aliens" comes from our own concepts and from
watching science fiction movies, so where does that leave us ? It
leaves us with a very faulty understanding of what we are dealing
with.
We relate things to the physical, and to our understanding of it. We
place terms and reasoning on these "beings" that we ourselves are
subject to, without stopping to consider that they are not subject
to our feelings and desires and needs. They don't think like we do,
their warfare is not like our warfare, their needs are not like our
needs. The reason we can't understand them is that we are using
facts that are known to us and relate to us and what we might expect
from humans, not from supernaturals. We play by one set of rules and
they play by another set, if we don't understand their nature then
how can we expect to put the puzzle together ? Our researchers are
looking right over the clues they need to be picking up on because
most UFO researchers are looking for that "solid evidence" and as
such they say a sighting is either a "hoax" or it is not a "hoax."
What ever it is, it certanly has effects on people and that is real,
hoax or not.
You make a good point here, why don't they ? Unless their abilities
would be limited by our understanding of who they are and what they
want here. Consider this, if one side uses deceptions as a part of
their warfare then it would be to their disadvantage to show
themselves in their actual "form" but if they did show themselves it
would be in a disguise. In other words if they did land at the Super
Bowl they would not present themselves or their desires in truth.
Perhaps that's why the "mind games" are going on with the UFO
sightings and encounters, perhaps they want to know just how much &
what we will believe.
JN> at the U.N. THAT would sure wake people up!! But if these
JN> beings have been taking a non-interference attitude all these
JN> centuries, when will they stop playing hide and seek with us
JN> humans? Since Mr. Lazar's revalations show that the
I have not heard any of Lazar's tapes so I don't really know what he
is saying, I hope to get some video of it soon though. Anyway I do
not believe they have been taking a "non-interference" attitude, I
believe that at least one side (one "alien" camp) makes it a point
to interfear while the other side waits for us to ask for help, like
the battle of Jerico when Joshua came against a city of "giants" who
certanly were not humans, but were decendants of the "son's of god"
who took to wife the daughters of men and had "giants" by them.
There are a number of records in history about these beings. This
battle of Jerico was not just a battle of humans but was more than
that and supernatural powers were involved and humans were caught in
the middle of the conflict. Joshua's army was required to have faith
that their God would deliver them, and that God would defeat the
giants in the land that had been promised to God's people. What do
you think the giants were doing in this promised land ? Could it
have been in spite ? Could it have been to prevent the other "camp"
from giving this land to their humans. Almost like playing a chess
game with live people.
Somewhere in history in stories of the "gods" there are references
to this very thing, what if there is something to it ? What if
humans are led into war because of some supernatural power having a
disagreement then what ? Sounds silly don't it ? What would we think
of our military (heads) say "MJ-12" group who is said to run the
country above the known government, if they were to come out and say
"My God, we are dealing with Supernatural beings here, Spirits, and
Demons ! OH MY !" We would laugh them right out of there we would,
there is no chance they are going to tell us what's going on, they
don't know how to tell us (even if they knew) because the truth is
stranger than fiction.
...Bryon
Bryon Smith - via FidoNet node 1:104/422
UUCP: !scicom!paranet!User_Name
INTERNET: Bryon.Smith@p0.f19.n19.z1.FIDONET.ORG
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

111
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2261.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
SUBJECT: UFO STOPS COPS IN THEIR TRACKS FILE: UFO2261
This article was on the front page of the Lincoln Journal, 1/28/94.
-=BEGIN ARTICLE=-
UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECT STOPS COPS IN THEIR TRACKS.
By Margaret Reist.
It was a weird night for Lincoln police officers Dave Munn and John
Clarke.
Strange things can happen late on a cold Saturday night, when
police officers working the night shift can be the only people out and
about.
But last weekend at about 4 a.m. Sunday, things seemed even
stranger, Munn said.
First of all, he and Clarke had a conversation about UFOs, stemming
from a discussion of a television program. Different.
That conversation was interrupted when the officers were sent to
check a report of two men running around outside in their underwear at
18th and J streets. Odd.
Then while Munn and Clarke were driving to the area, in seperate
cruisers, both saw an object high up in the sky with a tail of fire
and colored lights flickering at its base. As it passed in their
line of sight behind the state Capitol, it disintegrated in a spectrum
of colors, kind of like a fireworks display. Whoaaaa - VERY strange.
"It was so bizarre," Munn said. "We were sitting there thinking,
`What's going to happen next?'" Both got on the radio and said,
"Did you see that?"
The officers talked to a resident concerning the reported
disturbance - who also happened to see the strange flying object -
but didn't find any men running around in their underwear.
Munn was curious enough about what he saw to call the Lincoln
Municipal Airport to see if they'd picked up anything on radar. He
was told he'd have to call Omaha about that. He wasn't that curious.
But at the end of his shift, Munn returned to the department and
learned that four other officers had seen the object.
The incident was reported to Scott Colborn by the resident to whom
police talked at 18th and J streets.
Colborn, director of the Fortean Research Center which
investigates, studies and collects information on logic-defying occurances,
called Dr. John Kasher. A physics professor at the University of Nebraska
at Omaha, Kasher is the head of the state chapter of the Mutual UFO
Network. Kasher said he plans to investigate to see if there is a
plausible explanation for the sighting.
Munn is sure there is, though he believes in the concept of UFOs.
"But to describe it as a flying saucer or extraterrestrial, no," he
said. "But, who knows?"
At first, he said, he thought it was a plane crashing but it was
too high in the sky for that.
His best guess: space junk or possibly some kind of comet.
A caller to a local radio station suggested it was caused by the
recent earthquake in California. There was also a small earthquake
Monday evening in northeast Nebraska.
But Ray Burchett, professor and research geologist in the
University of Nebraska-Lincoln's conservation and survey division, ruled out
that possibility.
Although there have been reports of colored lights connected to
earthquakes, that normally happens during or immediately preceding
an earthquake and is usually seen by people close to the epicenter, he
said. An earthquake causes the atmosphere to become highly ionized,
like in a thunderstorm, which can result in lightening-like
effects, he said.
But an air traffic controller at Eppley Airfield in Omaha who saw
the object had another explanation: a satellite re-entering the atmosphere.
The controller, who asked not to be identified, said a fellow
worker also saw the object Sunday morning. He concluded it was a
falling satellite because air traffic personnel had seen similar
things in the past that were satellites burning up as they
re-entered earth's atmosphere. The object was too high to be captured on
radar, the unidentified controller said.
So there's the explanation for the strange events last Sunday
morning.
Maybe.
-=END ARTICLE=-
Would somebody call NORAD to see if one of their satellites is
missing? <g>
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

507
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2262.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
SUBJECT: The Ultradimensional Mind FILE: UFO2262
By
Michael Grosso
article from "Strange Magazine" #7
=====================================================================
Are some UFOs a type of psychic phenomenon? The link between the
phenomena that go under the misleading name of "unidentified flying
objects" and the phenomena studied by parapsychologists has been noted
by a number of writers. John Keel, Jacques Vallee, J. Allen Hynek, Dr.
Berthold Schwarz, D. Scott Rogo, Hilary Evans, and Eric Dingwall are
names that come to mind and the list could easily be extended. A
recent attempt to look more closely at the interface between the two
fields is Manfred Cassirer's stimulating monograph, "Parapsychology
and the UFO" (1988: Manfred Cassirer, 38 Christ Church Ave., London
NW6 7BE).
THE UFO-PSI INTERFACE
Cassirer, a former chairman of the Physical Phenomena Committee of the
British Society for Psychical Research (SPR) and presently council
member of both the SPR and the British UFO Research Association
(BUFORA), calls for a more "vigorous cross-fertilization and exchange
of ideas" between ufologists and parapsychologists.
Some years ago I tried to publish a paper on a UFO experience of mine
in "The Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research"; I was
politely told by the editor, Laura Dale, that it was against policy to
publish on UFOs.
Yet I soon found that several well-known experimental
parapsychologists were closet ufologists. The provincialism of some
ufologists is more aggressive, as when they use invective instead of
argument against researchers who stress the psychic side of ufology.
Fortunately, there are growing signs of discontent with this
situation. The time has come to attempt to integrate ufologists and
parapsychology into a comprehensive discipline. Cassirer's study, a
step in this direction, looks at about two dozen points of contact
between the two areas of research.
Let us begin with the obvious. Both types of phenomena go beyond what
established science considers physically possible. When, for example,
an unidentified flying object takes off from a stationary position,
travelling at an astronomical speed, then makes a right angle turn and
vanishes, we're dealing with something as baffling to known physics as
clairvoyance or psychokinesis.
SIMILARITIES IN CONTENT
Most striking is the apparitional demeanor of UFOs. UFOs sometimes act
like ghosts. When UFO lights or craft appear out of nowhere, rise
straight up from the ground, or split up and multiply, as they often
do, they appear ghostlike in their physical insubstantiality. Humanoid
UFO occupants, sometimes reminiscent of elves and fairies-as well as
ghosts-simultaneously have ordinary and extraordinary traits. For
instance, they may look solid but then glide through walls. Or, as
Euan Macpherson suggests, UFOs may be glimpses into the future, citing
their ghostly behavior in support of his view. (See his "Beyond the ET
Hypothesis: UFOs, Ghosts and Time-Slips," Strange Magazine #4, pp.
26-26.)
Despite their elusive tactics, ghosts and UFO entities sometimes
leave physical traces, suggesting their hybrid stat- us. We need to
underscore this point. A word to describe this tertium quid - this
type of object neither entirely subject or object, dream or reality -
is C. G. Jung's term, _psychoid_.
Ufology and parapsychology point to a metaphysical twilight zone we
can dub psychoid. We will come back to this, but first more on the
overlaps in UFO-psi data, detailed by Cassirer.
The annals of psychical research contain reports of materi-
alizations, which Cassirer compares to UFOs, noting that "UFOs and
their purported occupants are no less versatile in fading in and out
at the very shortest notice."
A common trait of UFO and psi-related entities is their uncommon
luminosity. Ghosts, apparitions, and visions often appear radiant,
enhaloed, or otherwise queerly incandescent; often so do the
apparitions of UFOs and their occupants. One interesting relationship
is between the beings of light reported in near-death and deathbed
encounters and the lambent space brothers and angelic luminaries of
UFO contactee fame. Here may be a positive clue to our problem. In the
psychic world, luminosity-as Jung said-is akin to numinosity, i.e. the
sense of sacred power. Both luminosity and numinosity are properties
linked to supernormal modes of consciousness. The clue? Our
phenomena may be alternate routes to some form of higher
consciousness.
Besides shared luminosities, the creatures of Ufoworld and Psiland
engage our olfactory and auditory perceptions. Poltergeists, demons,
Bigfoot, and UFO denizens are known to beset the nostrils with
acrid, sulphurous and other unpleasant odors; while, in the realm of
saintly psi, there is the well-attested odor of sanctity. Likewise,
there are direct voices of mediums, transcendental music of deathbed
visionaries, raps and footsteps of hauntings, and electronic voices of
the dead, on the one hand and various hummings, buzzings, roarings,
uncanny silences, and other auditory oddities linked to UFOs on the
other. To add to this extrasensory overload, Cassirer notes that in
both psychic and ufological experiences, people report queer breez-
es, rushes, winds, and drafts, often unnaturally cold.
The phenomenon of bodily levitation has been observed in mediumship,
diabolic possession, and saintly ecstasy. Objects are allegedly
levitated in poltergeist cases. Levitation plays a prominent part in
UFO lore and case histories. To begin with, the strange objects seen
cavorting about the heavens seem at odds with the laws of gravity, and
so suggest levitation. People who claim to have been abducted by alien
intruders sometimes say they were levitated, often on beams of light,
into space ships. Sometimes they claim to be instantaneously
catapulted miles away in space. Of course, the psychic world is full
of tales of teleportation. My favorite is the case of the medium, Mrs.
Samuel Guppy, teleported from her house at Highbury to 61 Lamb's
Conduit Street, three miles away. Mrs. Guppy, studied by A. R.
Wallace, baffled the arch-skeptic, Frank Podmore; according to
witnesses, the overweight Mrs. Guppy came crashing out of nowhere onto
the seance table, half-dressed. (See Fodor's Encyclopedia of Psychic
Science, under "Guppy.)
There are also strange distortions of time. Time is the best indicator
that the mechanistic universe is working right. When time acts funny,
our sense of reality starts to crumble. The notion of missing time has
been much- discussed in the abduction literature. Yet this is old hat
to psychologists like William James, for instance, who studied the
case of Ansel Bourne, a man who found himself in a different state,
leading a totally different life, after two months. James hypnotized
the Reverend Bourne and was able to revive the memories of his missing
time.
The loss of one's routine sense of time is typical during dreaming;
one flies around in one's dreams, shooting back to childhood scenes
and sometimes seeming to leap forward into the future. The word used
to describe this piece of weirdness is _precognition_.
Then there is the strangeness of time-sense we experience in the
presence of archetypes-those primordial images of the forces of
nature. And who could deny that the whole UFO fabric is permeated by
archetypal elements? (The "Andreasson affair" is an excellent example
of an abduction experience shot through with motifs of spiritual in-
itiation.)
Cassirer refers to the "dimension game" we find played in the UFO and
psi arenas. The German physicist, Johann Zollner, had his career
ruined on account of his interest in the hyperdimensional physics of
the medium Dr. Henry Slade. Psi phenomena tempt us to postulate other
dimensions of space and/or time. The philosopher Bob Brier has argued
that precognition forces us to postulate a fourth dimension of space
(see his "Metaphysics of Precognition" in "Philosophy and Psychical
Research", ed. S. C. Thakur). Jacques Vallee finds himself driven by
UFO data to speculate on hyper-dimensionality in his book,
"Dimensions."
Once again, as with time, so with space-psi and UFOs challenge the
rules we use to make sense of experience. We saw this with the
distinction we made-seemingly so basic-between the mental and the
physical. Here, too, we found a strange domain that straddles the two
worlds: the inner and the outer.
No, these strangers to our time and space who zip in and out of
Ufoworld and Psiland remind us of the magical and the archetypal. When
they graze us with their magic wands, our lives are disturbed, if not
transformed. Jung, to begin with, saw in the very shape of the flying
saucer a mandala or symbol of high integration.
But there is a dark as well as a bright side to all this. The entities
of the two domains of experience we are comparing have some nasty
habits; they like to attack us in various and sundry ways.
For instance, alien abduction is alien attack. Then there are those
intimidating Men in Black. On the other side, psychical research
contains data describing assaults by alien, and distinctly unpleasant,
forces. David Hufford's "The Terror That Comes in the Night," a
remarkable study of the nightmare, is a case in point. I myself have
been attacked and temporarily paralyzed by a ghost. (See my
forthcoming account in "Soulmaker", Hampton Roads, in press.)
Not only do these metaphysical strangers invade our lives, often with
apparent ill will or ill effect, but they often seem to want to help
us, sometimes by direct intervention or by bringing news or messages
or sometimes just by shattering our metaphysical complacency.
Messages of what?--asks Cassirer. G. K. Chesterton once said that the
spirits always lie. Jacques Vallee, writing a book about alien
visitation, titled it "Messengers of Deception". It is well known that
spirits st seances are often caught red-handed at fibbing and
fabulation. Their messages are pretty dumb, says Cassirer, and so he
prefers to speak of "messengers of regression." I agree that there is
a load of twaddle that comes across as a message, both in ufology and
psychical research.
But that is not all. In the first place, we have to distinguish
between the literal or overt message and the covert or symbolic. The
message may not be verbal or literal but active and transformative.
This seems clear in the old contactee cases. In unbiased accounts of
alien abductions, the archetypal, symbolic and transformative elements
are also present.
Of course, there is a thing called experimenter effect or experimenter
bias; if the investigator does not want to hear something, he or she
might just tune it out. I think the evidence shows that our visitors
from Domain X are bipolar in their intention; they like to play on our
weaknesses but they also seem programmed to play up to our strengths.
The Swedenborgian psychiatrist from Mendocino, California, Wilson van
Dusen, studied the hallucinations of mental patients and found this
polarity: there were good guys who tried to help the patients and
rotters who nagged them to distraction.
As far as psychical research, the range of "message" is rich and
complex. True, there is much inanity, pious froth, and inflated "New
Age" platitude. But entities also intervene to help people. You have,
for example, amazing cases such as that of Joan of Arc whose pro-
phetic voices led her to high historic exploits.
There are also many everyday examples of psychic first-aid; I have
collected stories of people whose lives have been saved by what looked
like external intervention from metaphysical hybrids (see the chapter
"Helping Apparitions" in my book "The Final Choice"). Sophy Burnham's
creatively confused "Book of Angels" is full of examples of psychic
first aid. Nor should we forget that great mediums like Mrs. Leonard,
Mrs. Piper and Mrs. Willet were all seeming conduits for copious
amounts of accurate information about the objective world. A close
examination of the facts shows the presence of benign intelligence as
well as malignant stupidity. (A curious reflection of ourselves!)
SIMILARITIES IN MODE OF RESPONSE
There is another set of similarities between UFO and psychic
experiences. This has to do with the way people interact with and
respond to anomalous entities. In both cases, altered states of
consciousness are involved. UFOs are seen on highways at night, while
people are in bed or sleeping or dozing or gazing; it is well known
that altered states of consciousness lead to psychic experiences.
(That is why meditators usually have increased psi experiences.) We
already mentioned missing time--a sure sign of an altered state.
Several researchers have found that the same individuals are often
likely to have a history of both UFO encounters and psychic
experiences, thus further strengthening the notion that the phenomena
are interrelated. For example, many people have told me that they have
had near-death, out-of body, and UFO experiences. Researchers on the
near-death experience have found that many subjects develop a general
sensitivity to a wide range of psychic or contactee-like experiences.
According to reports, UFO intelligences communicate telepathically.
Telepathy, of course, is a basic psychic mode of communication. This
is a very strong effect in UFO reports and we could fill pages with
examples. It is very hard to listen to so many accounts in which
people claim to get impressions from ETs via thought transference
without sensing the strong link between psychic phenomena and ufology.
Another link is the behavior of animals. Animals react strangely to
the presence of ghosts, poltergeists, and other psychic strangers;
they also, as Cassirer notes, behave oddly when UFOs and their side-
kicks are on the scene.
Under the heading of modes of response we might add the following
related observation. There is a similarity in the way people tend to
respond to the entities of ufology and parapsychology; both types of
entity, UFO- and psi-related, often evoke extreme responses.
People are apt to lapse into a debunking syndrome or into marvelling
credulity. UFOs and psi phenomena strike deep psychological chords; it
is hard to respond to them with detached rationality.
SIMILARITY IN SOCIOLOGY
There are also similarities in the sociology of our two-or is it
really one?-field(s). Cassirer points out that they elicit tricky
moral issues. Do investigators, for instance, need special moral tact
in dealing with their subjects? There are many ways one might be
tempted to exploit the victims of strange experiences.
Another parallel is the way the media come into play. They exploit
shamelessly but at the same time make it possible to spread
information, instantaneously and globally. So, sitting in my apartment
in the Bronx, I learn at once of the latest three-eyed giants spooking
kids in the Soviet Union. The problem is that the media are a poor way
to transmit controversial information. Distortion is inevitable. Thus
the data of ufology and parapsychology lend themselves to mythmaking.
The "New Age" is in part a product of this mythmaking.
A FALLACIOUS OBJECTION
Can parapsychology shed light on ufology? The objection has been made
that we cannot explain one unknown by another unknown. But this is to
mistake the nature of the explanation. All explanations are relative,
and even pure deductive systems involve primitive, unexplained
elements. The general function of an explanation is to place the
explicandum (the thing to be explained) in a larger, more familiar
framework, which is always a matter of degree and always a tentative
process open to revision.
So, it is true that there is a great deal that is unknown and
unexplained about psi, but there is also much that is known, general
correlations, and even repeatable experiments- though not repeatable
on demand. Altered states of consciousness (like dreams and hypnosis),
personality variables (like extroversion), and psychological factors
(like belief, creativity, and spontaneity) all co-relate with the
production of psi phenomena.
UFO data thus seem less isolated, less anomalous, and more familiar
when viewed in relation to parapsychology; they exhibit connections
with other areas of knowledge. This, of course, may only be a small
step forward, but not a step without value.
So let us agree that there is a substantive link between ufology and
parapsychology. How are we to interpret this link? Several
possibilities come to mind.
THREE ANGLES ON THE PSI-UFO CONNECTION
1.) The first is compatible with the ET hypothesis. Given That an ET
civilization is (say) a billion years older than ours, it may possess
a vastly developed psi technology. What appears like the "magic" of
psi to us may be a routine feature of their technology. An advanced
psi technology would account for the apparent similarities between
UFOs and ghostly psi phenomena.
Jenny Randles, for instance, suggests that UFOs are part of a
broadcast system from an alien civilization-signalling "by
'super-telepathy'-some kind of general galactic warning." My reading
of the Fatima phenomenon-and possibly some incidents in the early
history of Christianity-fits with this interpretation.
2.) Another possibility is that UFOs are manifestations from another
"dimension" of reality-not from another civilization somewhere in our
physical universe. Several writers have suggested this; however, the
notion of extra-or ultradimensionality is somewhat vague and trades
mainly on analogies. Writers like Keel and Vallee speculate in this
way because they find the ET hypothesis untenable but accept the
compelling if strange reality of UFO phenomenon.
Some ideas in recent physics embolden thinkers like Keel and Vallee to
speculate on alternate dimensions of reality being the clue to the ET
mystery. But as far as I can see, nothing in recent physics suggests
the real possibility that we inhabit a multiverse of civilizations. On
the other hand, Keel's "window" that separates us from the
ultradimensional universe is one I am curious to peer through. Instead
of physics, parapsychology might allow us to play the "dimension
game."
3.) This brings us to another way we might solve the UFO-psi
equation. Let me sketch an idea of what I call the _ultradimensional
mind_. The first step is this: There is a clear sense in which each
human mind occupies its _own_ space _different_ from the public space
of the physical universe. (For example, my thoughts, dreams, memories,
fantasies, desires, and most of my sensations occupy their own logical
and phenomenal space, topologically distinct from the space of my
brain and body). In this inner or psychic sense, then, each human mind
is "ultradimensional."
Now we can take the next step. Given the timeless, spaceless nature of
ESP and PK, perhaps some (or all) human minds form a system-a parallel
universe of mind, a distinct entity with its own properties. (Tom
Bearden calls it ZARG in his book "Excalibur Briefing".) It would be a
mind with properties distinct from its component minds, on the
assumption that the whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The
sum of human minds, united in a systematic whole, thus serves as a
model for the ultradimensional mind. Perhaps this is the entity that
holds the secret to the UFO mystery.
We can call this the _psycho-terrestrial hypothesis_. It is an idea
that is related to Jung's collective unconscious. Two intriquing books
by Gregory Little also develop a similar approach: "The Archetype
Experience" and "The People of the Web." In this view, the wild medley
of UFO phenomena are the off-shoot of collective human psi function.
One thing in its favor-it is parsimonious. We have good evidence for
psi function-very little, if any, for the objective reality of
extraterrestrial spacecraft.
So UFOs may be products of an ultradimensional psi-mediated,
psi-constituted factor. As against the ET hypothesis, I am slightly
inclined to favor it; yet I am far from convinced. By means of the
psycho-terrestrial hypothesis we can combine the dimension metaphor
with psi data and "save the phenomena." In other words, we can agree
that UFOs have objectivity, a measure of materiality, and external
agency, but not that they come from outer space. And since they are
part of our terrestrial history, we can start thinking about what they
mean.
Let me wind up with a few thoughts on the hypothesis of
ultradimensional mind.
CONCLUDING CROTCHETS
* Should it turn out that we have crashed saucers or bodies of ETs or
living ETs incarcerated on earth, it would show that at least some
types of UFO phenomena clash with our third hypothesis.
* Landing gear marks, photos of UFOs, chemical changes in soil, radar
sightings, radioactive effects, and evidence for electro-mechanical
malfunction seem at the present stage of our knowledge ambiguous with
respect to the ET and PT (psycho-terrestrial) hypotheses. It could go
either way.
It is possible to state conditions that render the latter at least
intelligible.
a). We do not know the limits of psi ability, individual or
collective. The evidence suggests that we get what we expect, what we
believe is possible, and what slips past the grid of repression. (An
ultradimensional mind would be less inhibited.)
b). We already have evidence for psychoid entities, which may account
for traces, photographs, and-at least in principle-all physical
effects.
c). There is reason to believe that human psychic capacity manifests
in ways that are culture-specific. An "angel" is said to have pierced
the heart of Teresa of Avila, evidenced in her autopsy. Stigmata are
dramatic examples of culture-specific mediations of
auto-psychokinesis. Why then couldn't a "space alien" leave its
appropriate physical marks on a modern abductee? Or why couldn't an
ultradimensional intelligence leave landing gear marks or other
physical impressions designed to _look like_ traces of spacecraft?
Something like this might be happening with Bigfoot where we get
footprints but no feet. Indeed, Janet and Colin Bord's "Alien Animals"
suggests the family resemblance between a host of anomalies that may
emanate from the same ultradimensional mind.
* This leads to my next point. To flesh out this hypothesis, that is,
to help us realize the range, plasticity, and potential immensity of
collective human psychic power, we need to place before our minds not
only the data of experimental parapsychology and the spontaneous case
collections of forteana and psychical research but also the
well-documented phenomena of saints, adepts, and gurus. For instance,
material meticulously studied by Herbert Thurston, Bollandists, and
recently Michael Murphy (in his forthcoming "The Future of the Body")
indicate a startling range of powers latent in human function.
Erlendur Haraldsson's recent study of Sai Baba ("Modern Miracles" )
is another contemporary source of alleged astonishing human abilities
that may need to be figured into our hypothesis of an ultradimensional
mind.
* Recent work on earthlights, brain physiology, and genetics suggest
new perspectives on UFO and psi manifestations. All this also needs to
be worked into the equation. The ultradimensional entity we are
hypothesizing would not only enjoy a life of its own, but it may also
function in a symbiotic relationship with the physical and historical
dynamics of the planet. Paul Devereux and Rupert Sheldrake have been
speculating along these lines, developing enriched models of the Gaia
hypothesis.
* If there is an ultradimensional mind, related symbiotically to the
history of our species on earth, then we are entitled to ask what it
might mean for our spiritual history as well as for our evolutionary
future. Writers have already noted the relations between alien
humanoids and creatures of folklore, angels, fairies, and elementals.
Indeed, we may throw our net out further and catch a variety of
phantom-psychoid creatures as well as a clutch of gods and goddesses.
The link between Mary-goddess epiphanies and UFOs has been noted, of
course. The history of magic and religion may thus be seen as a
product of interactions with our shapeshifting, polymorphous
ultradimensional mind.
* An interesting line of research in recent parapsy- chology shows
that psi is need-based and operates unconsciously. Our psi "organs"
sometimes unconsciously scan the environment, detecting aversive or
potentially useful stimuli, and direct our behavior accordingly. Rex
Stanford has developed what he calls the PMIR model-the notion of
psi-mediated instrumental response.
Clinical studies by Montague Ullman and Jule Eisenbud show how this
sort of unconscious psi-mediated intentionality works. Now, if we
extrapolate the notion of unconscious intentionality from the
individual to the ultradimensional mind, it is easy to see how we as
individuals may be involved in curious interplay with this bewildering
entity.
The important thing to remember is that the ultra-dimensional mind
probably has its own agenda; it may also be confused, hesitant, or
contrarian; it may have helpful, destructive, playful, or just
wasteful impulses and intentions.
Since the ultradimensional mind at bottom is an expression of the
totality-plus of individual human minds, a thing of awful diversity,
glorious heights and hideous depths, we should not be surprised if it
displays both a dark and a bright side .
So, sometimes it appears like a control system, sometimes like a
warning system, sometimes like a fiendish hoax; it seems to be
prodding us to evolve one day and self destruct the next; then again
it may seem to just want To amuse and divert us, like a capricious
artist doodling on a piece of scrap paper.
The fact that we keep changing our minds about strange phenomena, that
inconsistency, ambiguity and uncertainty seem built into them, and for
that matter into all things religious, spiritual and meta-physical may
signify the inconsistency, ambiguity and uncertainty of our existence.
** End of article **
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

77
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2263.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
SUBJECT: THE E.T. CONNECTION FILE: UFO2263
GS> Another view!
(From): JAL_KAE@GATE.NET
(To) : ALL
System: SNET
Conf. : 0026 - CONSHUS.MYSTICS
THE ET CONNECTION
or "How is it done?"
How do "wake-ups," "walk-ins," "crash-ins," and humans get to planet
earth? When we [malenchen and maruna] arrived, we defined ourselves as
Walk-Ins; the previous inhabitants of these bodies walked out and we
took the wheel. But it didn't feel like we "walked" in. And we still
don't feel like it. what seems more accurate is to say that we
projected our consciousness into them [the bodies]. We are
Project-Ins. Right now, we can "see" ourselves in our energetic form
in the seventh dimension. So, for us, we're here (on third-dimensional
earth) and we're there (in the seventh dimension), as well. Indeed, we
define "there" as our true home. Part of our Mission is to manifest
the reality-base of home, here. Crash-ins, those beings who enter a
human body after the body has a near-death experience, are
Project-Ins. So are wake-ups (a.k.a., crawl-ins), masters who project
into a baby body during the birth process. Because wake-ups bear the
full brunt of socialization, it is they who have the most intense
identification with the body. But regardless of their intensity, these
identification - attachments - are hallucinations.
There are millions of masters here, all sourcing from the fifth
dimension and above, shining their Light of Consciousness through
human eyes. To round out this picture, how do humans get here? As we
have said, ETs project their consciousness into human forms from their
Light Bodies. Their Light Bodies exist in another dimension: they are
*sourcing* from another plane of reality. The human experience is more
straightforward: Spirit projects it's consciousness directly into a
fetus - there is no middleman. this doesn't imply that humans are not
multidimensional beings; like everyone else, their spirit can
simultaneously manifest a multitude of different bodies in as many
different worlds. But the one that is projected directly into the
human form is "human."
when ETs project themselves into human forms, they become human, as
well: they acquire "dual citizenship." this can cause great distress;
they've just left a dimension where Limitation was not even a concept
and victims no more than a myth. and now they are here, suffering.
*but they wanted to be here.*; they really did. they knew how really
exciting it would be to participate in this planetary awakening. (it
becomes cool after they wake up [to their true identity]). and once
they begin living as masters, they realize that *accepting the human
aspect of self is of incredible importance to the Mission.* by
integrating their humanity with their divinity, they elevate the
former and serve the latter.
from the book, "Live the Impossible" by starbuilders
available for $8 + $2.50 s&h to: Starbuilders, p.o.box 22-0964,
hollywood, fl 33022-0964.
for a free copy of Starbuilders' newsletter, "The Federation Flash" -
Exploring the Frontiers of Miraculous Probability, e-mail:
jal_kae@gate.net say: "subscribe"
We Are One Mission!
jal kae
starbuilders
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

961
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2264.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,961 @@
SUBJECT: THE MAURY POVICH SHOW - ALIEN ABDUCTIONS SEP/13/94 FILE: UFO2264
HOST: Maury Povich
EXECUTIVE PROCUCER: Maury Povich
MAURY POVICH: POVICH: All right. Thank you. Thank you very much. Thank you.
My--thank you, everyone.
My first guests today are a Harvard psychiatrist, a marketing director and a
therapist. So now you might be asking, what do these three have in common?
Jone Victoria, the marketing director, and Sharon King, the therapist, say
they have been abducted by aliens. And Dr. John Mack is the Pulitzer Prize-
winning Harvard psychiatrist who has interviewed them and who believes them.
He has written a book called "Abduction."
Now before we go crazy, before we go off our rocker, before we start thingking
about, 'Ooh,' let's confess. In the four years that we have been on the air,
we have never done a show about aliens. quite frankly, the reason is because a
lot of us are skeptical. But more and more people are relating incredibly
believable experiences. In fact, a recent poll says three million Americans--
three million--believe that they have been abducted. I guess there is
something going on here, and that's why we're doing this show.
We've also invited Sal Amendola, a professional illustrator, to sketch what
our guests are describing today to help us get a picture of their experiences.
So let's start with June. June, when--Jone, when was the last time that you
had an experience, Jone?
Ms. JONE VICTORIA (Says She Has Been Abducted By Aliens Throughout Her Life):
It was August 9th of this year. And I live in a very small town. And what
happened was, it got to be about 9:00, and I said to my son and a friend of
his that was staying overnight, Let's --let's get in the car. Let's go out for
ice cream. And what's so unusual about that particular thing is because
usually I'm in bed by 8:00, because we get up very early, at 4:00, in the
morning. But it was just like, go out, take the kids, let's go.
POVICH: You had this urge to go out?
Ms. VICTORIA: Just to go out.
POVICH: And you had your son...
Ms. VICTORIA: And a friend...
POVICH: ...and his friend in the car?
Ms. VICTORIA: Mm-hmm. About 16 years old.
POVICH: And you've told this story to our production staff.
Ms. VICTORIA: Yes.
POVICH: And based on your story, we kind of recreated this trip you had in
your car, and this is how it went.
Ms. VICTORIA: Two weeks ago, I was--took the kids out for ice cream. And we
were driving down this main road, and we looked up over the treetops and we
saw very close to the treetops this huge, like 600 feet long huge, triangular
ship with lights on all three points of the ship. You know, everthing in my
mind was saying, Is it--is it a plane? is it something the government did? Is
it a weather ballon? You know, what could it be? Because you're trying to make
sense out of it. You want to make sense out of it because you don't want to
believe what you're really seeing.
POVICH: Now how did you know it was a ship?
Ms. VICTORIA: Well, the first thing that struck me was, something was really
low to the tree line, and that particular sighting was over an overpass of an
expressway. We were on a main road at that point. And I looked up, the first
thing I did was I did this like Rolladex checlist in my mind. Is that a
helicopter, is that plane? It's too low. Because, you know, you're thinking
it's going to crash. And then I thought, 'No, it's--is that a balloon? Is it a
dirigible? You know, you go through everthing in you mind. At the same time,
my son, who was in the passenger seat, the front passenger seat...
POVICH: How old is your son?
Ms. VICTORIA: Almost 16--started--I can't repeat his language. He started
really swearing, like, 'What the hell is that?' And we realized that we put
the windows down, and it was totally silent. Now by this time, we are almost
directly underneath it. And I pulled over to the right, and the car behind me
pulled over to the right. So both of us were seeing the same--you know, he saw
something, I saw something.
POVICH: And as I understand it, afterwards you had your son and his friend...
Ms. VICTORIA: We followed it.
POVICH: And they sketched what they saw?
Ms. VICTORIA: They did. I took them home after the sighting, and--because I
wanted to see if they saw what I saw. So when we went home, I gave them paper,
and I said, 'I want both of you to sketch what you think you saw.'
POVICH: And this is what they sketched. Independently they sketched the same
shape of a ship.
Ms. VICTORIA: Same shape, with lights on all points.
POVICH: Now let's go back. This isn't new to you, is it, Jone?
Ms. VICTORIA: No.
POVICH: Not at all?
Ms. VICTORIA: No.
POVICH: How long have you been seeing...
Ms. VICTORIA: Over...
POVICH: ...and being contacted by and basically in the company of what we
would consider aliens?
Ms. VICTORIA: Over 40 years. That's a long time.
POVICH: You have memories of childhood?
Ms. VICTORIA: Yes.
POVICH: And we have recreated one of your memories. So let's take a look at
that and see how you describe that.
Ms. VICTORIA: My most vivide recollections I have is when I was six years old
playing in this backyard. And when I was playing, I was seeing five dogs two
yards down, kind of jumping over each other, and then they started immediately
to fight, and it got very nasty. And when I was playing here, I stopped and I
looked down at them, and I thought, 'I can read their mind. They are going to
attack me.' And I started running to the back door to get to my mother, and I
never got to the door, and the dogs were immediately on me and they were
attacking me. I remember at the time thinking, 'They're biting me, they're
hurting me,' and just screaming. I found out they weren't dogs at all. they
were very short aliens, very ugly type looking life forms. Just to be standing
here and looking at it all is emotionally--it's an overwhelming felling for me
right now.
POVICH: Now let me ask you about this. This memory of yours, have you held
since childhood, or did you have to go under hypnosis to remember it?
Ms. VICTORIA: I just--this year I went through regress-regression therapy with
Dr. Mack. Up until that point, I always thought, you know, oh, that was an
experience that happened to me. I could feel them...
POVICH: Which you always throught you were around dogs and dogs were biting
you?
Ms. VICTORIA: But, you know, when you--when yu say something like, 'Oh, I
could read dogs' minds,' I mean, think about that. That's totally illogical.
But I believed that, and I was afraid of dogs my whole life.
POVICH: How did you know they were aliens?
Ms. VICTORIA: When I went under regression therapy, I--Dr. Mack said somehting
very important to me. He said,'Look at the dogs, and are they dogs in your
neighborhood?' As soon as he said that to me, it was--I can't explain it, but
it was like a veil came off the masked memory, and I realized, 'Oh, my God,
those aren't dogs at all.'
POVICH: Were these aliens that looked like dogs?
Ms. VICTORIA: No.
POVICH: What did they look like?
Ms. VICTORIA: They were short. They were approximately three feet high, baybe
a little taller. It's hard to say because I was so little.
POVICH: What did their faces look like?
Ms. VICTORIA: Ugly. It just...
POVICH: Were they like--was there one eye, two eyes?
Ms. VICTORIA: Ugly like--it's almost as if--like I have on that particular
intelligence, I don't have any distinguishing features on their faces. I just
knew that they were very dark and very short. And I knew I closed my eyes.
POVICH: With hair? Without hair?
Ms VICTORIA: I can't say that they had hair, no.
POVICH: There was one other recreation that we did of an experience that you
had. And as I--is this the one in the field?
Ms. VICTORIA: Yes.
POVICH: What happened there? Well, let's take a look and then we'll ask you
about it.
Ms. VICTORIA: About four years ago, my partner Steve and I always would take
walks at night in the woods, you know, just before it got really dark. And it
was a way of unwinding after work. And we were coming back from the path to
the house, and we got to about here, and I became really disoriented to the
part that I had like this anxiety attack. I was very, very nervous, very
frightened. And it was then that I realized that I had been out here at night
looking up, and I realized I had either been left here or taken from here.
Something had happened her, and it had happened to me.
POVICH: What do you remember happened then?
Ms. VICTORIA: When I had the anxiety attack, I was only a few yards from my
house. And when it happened, I realized I couldn't evern find the path that
I'd known so well. And I got really like just almost in a fetal position. It
was really frightening for me. And I kept looking up like I was supposed to
see something. You know when you try to remember a dream and you get flashes
of it during the day? It was just like that. And I thought, 'Oh, my God. I
have been out here at night, taken from my home, from my bedroom. I've been
here in the middle of the night,' and that whole incident--I mean, it was just
terrifying for me.
POVICH: You told all these to Dr. Mack, right?
Ms. VICTORIA: Yeah.
POVICH: What did you think about them in the beginning, Doctor?
Dr. JOHN MACK (MD, Harvard Psychiatrist, Believes Alien Abduction Happens):
Well, I had worked with many people before I met Jone and was very familiar
with these accounts. And one of the things--points I want to make really clear
is that the people themselves are highly skeptical of their own experiences.
They--the last thing they want to know or hear is that the've had some
encounter that is mysterious with some sort of intelligence that--before which
the're helpless. And they, like myself, are highly skeptical about what this
is. But it's only when you hear these complex, detailed accounts from person
after person after person, people who are not in touch with each other,
reporting details that are not in the media, troubled by their experiences,
wanting to find any other explanation...
POVICH: Right.
Dr. MACK: ...after a while you begin to realize that there's a pattern here
that as a psychiatrist I can't explain.
POVICH: OK. When we come back, Sharon shares with us the terror she feels when
she's had an encounter with an alien.
(Announcements)
POVICH: OK. We're back, and we want to hear Sharon's experiences.
Maybe-by the way, you work as what , Sharon?
Ms. SHARON KING (Says She Has Been Abducted By Aliens Throughout Her Life):
I'm a counselor. I work with recovering adult children from alcoholic and
dysfunctional families and sexual abuse survivors.
POVICH: Good work.
Ms. KING: Yes, it is.
POVICH: Tell me about your experiences. Ongoing?
Ms. KING: Ongoing since the age of perhaps five. Quite honestly, if someone
had said to me five years ago that I would be here today and I would be
dealing with this phenomenon, I would have said that they were crazy.
POVICH: When did you realize finally that you had had these encounters?
Ms. KING: Three years ago.
POVICH: How many?
Ms. KING: Three years ago. The memories started coming to me, not through
hypnosis, but through a therapeutic technique where it's very meditative and
you breathe into your experience. And then one day as I was going through a
process, the visions started to come to me. And when I was in where I was--the
three alien beigns coming toward me.
POVICH: what did they look like?
Ms. KING: They were very much like what Jone was describing. They were about
three feet tall, a grayish hue to them with fairly large heads and very big
penetrating eyes.
POVICH: Let me interrrupt here. Gray is an experience--is a name, as I
understand it, the many...
Ms. KING: Right.
POVICH: ...not only of your patients, Doctor, but many why have had this
experience use. Gray. Gray--is that the color? Is that the felling you get or
what?
Ms. KING: For me, it's the color. I also see some bluish ones where they are
gray, but they also have a bluish tint and they are a little bit taller.
POVICH: We have an audio tape.
Ms. KING: Right.
POVICH: You are under hypnosis at this point?
Ms. KING: Right.
POVICH: Let's listen to this audio tape.
Unidentified Woman #1: (From audio tape) Who is touching you?
Ms. KING: ...(unintelligible)
Woman #1: Have they experimented?
Ms. KING: I don't know what they've done. I think they've taken more ovum. I'm
not sure. It hurts. The pain.
POVICH: They've--and you're saying they've taken more what?
Ms. KING: More ovum. Part of my memory involves memories of them having taken
ovum from me. Also...
POVICH: Ovum--get--what is it? I don't know. Refreshy my...
Dr. Mack: Eggs.
POVICH: Eggs--eggs from the ovary.
POVICH: Oh, eggs. Ok. If you would have said eggs, I would have known. Ovum.
My mom didn't teach me that word.
Ms. KING: And I also have memory of having a fetus taken from me, and that was
part them, part us--is what I refer to it as.
POVICH: Didn't you have a memory also of a son being abducted?
Ms. KING: Yes. That was probably one of the most painful things that I did
remember. Again, that was not under hypnosis that I got the memory. And I know
that my son and I have been taken together on several different times. I'm not
really sure. My son is now 18. He has no memory of that.
POVICH: Same beings?
Ms. KING: Same beings.
POVICH: Why would she have a memory, her son doesn't?
Dr. Mack: Well, memory is a very complex process. I mean, one of the reasons
people don't remember--it's protective not to remember those kind of
terrifying experiences. You can't go around carrying that kind of terror with
you on a day-to-day basis. A child, for example, that's been through the
terror of bing taken up on to a ship or whatever this is--it would afflict
that child's whole childhood if they were--if they were not protected in some
way from recalling the experience.
POVICH: When we come back, Dianne will join us and we'll hear her experiences.
Dianne believes she's had sex with an alien.
(Announcements)
POVICH: We're taling with people who say they have had encounters with aliens,
they've been abducted at times. My guests today are very convincing.
Dianne is an executive in the computer industry. She's had visitations for the
past five years. How often?
DIANNE (Says She Has Yearly Encounters With Alien Beings): They were once a
year until last fall. Now they are every couple of weeks.
POVICH: Now let's get to my teasing out of the last segment and getting us to
here. You've had sex with them?
DIANNE: Let's get it over with.
POVICH: Yeah. Let's talk about it.
DIANNE: It's true. It was terrorizing experience that I had last December. It
was my fifth yearly experience, the secound which I had the courgage to turn
around and take a look at what was going on. The--it was waking up in the
middle of an experience that was already occurring, and it was in my room in
my home in Massachusetts. And there were some movements of an arm over my
chest really fast. And I had had, you know, many years of experiences, and the
year before, I had seen something else. So I kept quiet.
POVICH: Were you able to see a shape?
DIANNE: I just saw an arm, and I kept quiet, making like I wan't going to open
my eyes totally, because I felt that if I opened my eyes and they found out I
was awake, they would black me out, which they do. And I wanted to see what
was going on. And I sure did. A face came right on to mine within inches of a
small, dark gray being, and we stared at each other for three seconds.
POVICH: A dark gray being?
DIANNE: Yes. I very clearly saw the face.
POVICH: Eyes?
DIANNE: Yes.
POVICH: Two eyes?
DIANNE: It had almond-shaped eyes that were not from here to here. They were
not as slanted as other ones I've drawn. They were slightly slanted,
oversized. There was two holes where the nose would be and a little bone that
stuck out and a mouth that seemed in a grim, 'I do not like you,' position. I
felt tlike I --like that face didn't care whether I lived or died. It was
very, very frightening. It then came away, realizing I was awake, got out of
my sight to the right. I realized there was a second one of the same size and
color there, but I couldn't move my head. They started screeching. I think it
had upset them that I was conscious.
POVICH: An audible screech?
DIANNE: Screeching.
POVICH: Words...
DIANNE: Like mice. It sounded like mice. It was--it was like animals. It was--
just added to the terror of the experience. So I'm not--I'm not with humans.
This thing was really ugly. I have never seen anything like this before. It's
not human. Now all of a sudden, through the doorway of my room, comes a white
being that was slightly taller. It comes in and crawls to the foot of my bed,
crouches down and looks at me, right down the top of me. And all that went
through my mind was to take in the face as much as I could, and what the heck
is this thing going to do to me? I thought--I knew I was going to get
attacked. I have never been in the presence of anyone--any man who has meant
me harm, and for that split second, I fell that I may have experienced the
real terror of going to get abused. And he tilted his head. When he saw my--
you know, the horror on my face--tilted his head, crawled up the bed and
touched his face to my cheek. And as soon as he did that, I wasn't afraid
anymore. I am not saying I didn't--I'm not saying I wanted those things in my
room, but it was like I was immediately in lala-land. And not liking it, but
just being totally like drugged out and--and like going along. And it was--the
rest of the experience was a length one, which I really don't wasnt to
discuss.
POVICH: It was sexual?
DIANNE: It was definitely sexual. It was almost like what kept happening was,
he was--he was playing little reels of past experiences I had had with my ex-
husband, a sexual encounter with my husband--like playing it back. And then
I'd said, 'No,no.' I know that what I just saw, some people in my room So I'd
snap out of it and see this thing--he was laying on me. And he kept trying to
get me to like relive another sexual encounter. So I can't be sure if he was
having sex with me. All I know was that he was definitely lying on top of me,
and he felt featherlight, which was even more creepy. He couldn't have weighed
30 pounds.
POVICH: Questions? Yes.
Unidentified Woman #2: For the woman in the blue, is it difficult to be
intimate with you boyfriend after this experience?
Ms. VICTORIA: Sure. Yeah.
POVICH: Well, let's move...
Ms VICTORIA: It's not something--I mean, it's not something I really--I really
discuss because...
POVICH: Let's move to Dianne, because your experiences did have an effect on--
on your life, didn't they?
DIANNE: My life is--someone just did this. I mean, my parents told me...
POVICH: Your marrigage broke up?
DIANNE: My marriage is over.
POVICH: And now you have, as I understand it, a fiance who is supportive--
doesn't believe it, but is supportive?
DIANNE: Yes. He's wonderful. He doesn't believe it. He doesn't really--he
doesn't like it when I come down the stairs the next mornign--you know, he
comes out of the shower...
POVICH: What's he going to think if you come on national television and talk
about it?
DIANNE: He--he's one of those incrediable people that --I think he's an angel
because I don't think that there's anyone out htere who doesn't believe that
would be as supportive. But he--he thinks I may have repercussions. He is more
concerned over--I'm going to get ridiculed like crazy fro doing this, but why
I'm talking about it? I'm not holding this in. Some nasty stuff is going on,
and I'm not going to keep quiet about it. And I'm hoping that I don't lose
friends or job over this. I don't think I will, because I've done some things-
-so far so good, but I don't know about now.
Dr. MACK: One of the points I want to emphasize, each of these women--and I
admire enormously their courage for being willing to go--speak publicly about
this, because I think that the American people and people around the world
need to realize that something--even though we don't understand it, that we--
somehting that we can't explain is going on here that needs to be looked at
realistically and not sort of ridiculed or try to reduce to some conventional
explanation.
POVICH: When we come back, a woman who has proof of an alien encounter. She
caught it on videotape, she claims.
Ms. DEBBIE JORDAN (Says An Alien Encounter Changed Her Life): (From videotape)
What's that--what's that light? What is that in the road? What is that?
Unidentified Man #1: I don't know.
(Announcements)
POVICH: These days more and more people are coming forward admitting that
they've had encounters with aliens. Debbie Jordan is one of these people.
She's written a book about her experiences called "Abducted," although she
admits that she is sometimes a little skeptical herself. Also joining us is
Dr. William Cone. He is a clinical psychologist. Hes says that there is a
rational explanaiton for everything that we've heard so far. Your last
experience was--was when, Debbie?
Ms. DEBBIE JORDAN: September of '93.
POVICH: OK. What happened?
Ms. JORDAN: Well, we were watching TV one night, my late husband and a couple
house guests, and I saw a light outside the front of the house. We live on a
farm. And we all went running out to see what it was. At first I thought it
had to be a helicopter that had a spotlight on that was just coming towards me
and made it look brighter. But I kept watching it, and it was doing funny
things, so I hollered for everybody. We all went outside. My husband went back
in and tot the video camera, and the videotape--you know, it's not too
terribly impressive, I didn't think. But at least it was there. We saw it. And
at some points it looked like my husband got it brighter by using the zoom on
the camera, but he wasn't.
POVICH: OK. Let's take a look at it and we'll see what happened on the tape.
In other words, as it gets brighter, he didn't do anything to the camera?
Ms. JORDAN: No.
POVICH: OK.
(The following is from Jordan's videotape)
Unidentified Girl: Mama, what's that?
Ms. JORDAN: What's that--what's that light in the d--what's that in the road?
What is that?
Man #1: I don't know.
Girl: Is that a doggy?
Man#1: Got a--got something in the road here standing in the raod. Do you
think that's real?
Ms. JORDAN: It's something.
Unidentified Woman #3: Ther ain't no damn way--this is weird. There is an
airplane above it. See the airplane above it just...
Ms. JORDAN: Yes.
Woman #3: ...a little bit to the west of it?
Ms. JORDAN: Yes.
Woman #3: Look at it.
(End of excerpt from videotape)
POVICH: We don't see much there.
Ms. JORDAN: You don't--it--the--the tape is quite long. In the beginning there
is more where it gets really bright. But at one point we saw something coming
down the road toward us walking on the road out in the country.
POVICH: Do you remember what that looked like?
Ms. JORDAN: It was about a head taller than the fence post, however tall that
is. The head was shaped like a lightbulb, and it was real thin. And I though--
I told myself, 'That's got to be an animal. That's a deer or something.'
POVICH: You don't want to believe these things?
Ms. JORDAN: Well, I got to live here. I got--you know, I got kids to raise. I
got responsibilities. It doesn't fit in with what I know is our kind of
reality.
POVICH: And yet you've had experiences?
Ms. JORDAN: I've had a bunch, and I've always tried to...
POVICH: Not just seeing them?
Ms. JORDAN: No. I've always tried to rationalize everything away. You know,
after this happened, I had a hysterectomy. I had a hysterectomy six days after
this happened. Before this happened, I had an ultrasound and tow other doctors
examined me, and they said I had a tumor. After the hysterectomy was
performed, I had all kinds of horrible things wrong with me. They couldn't
save anything. The doctor's exact words were, my female organs were trashed.
But the tumor wasn't there.
POVICH: And you can't explain it?
Ms. JORDAN: I can't explain it. I know what it seems like, and I don't want to
believe that.
POVICH: What you want to believe is that these beings had an effect on that?
Ms. JORDAN: I want to--I don't want to believe that, but it seems that way to
me, you know.
POVICH: All right, Dr. Cone. Here you are.
Dr. WILLIAM CONE (Ph.D., Believes Abductees Are Mistaken About Their
Experiences): OK.
POVICH: Convincing? To some people. To many people, these stories are very
convincing.
Dr. CONE: Absolutely. Well, let me say a couple things aobut what's going on
right now in this country and something that I think is really dangerous.
Right now we have thousands of people who are coming to therapy, going to a
therapist who does regressive hypnosis and recovering memories, either satanic
ritual abuse memories, alien abduction memories or memories of multiple
personality. The people come with the same kind of symptoms, the same kind of
stories, sexual problems, sexual dysfunctions, sleep disorders, creatures that
come in the night. If you got to a satanic ritual abuse therapist and get
regressed hypnotically, what you're going to get is satanic ritual abuse
memories. If you go to an alien abduction therapist, you're going to get alien
abduction memories. What comes out is highly function of the belief system of
the doctor that's working on the patient. I think this is dangerous.
POVICH: So is it the doc--is it the doctor that's doing this to you or is it
you who is seeking comfort with the doctor?
Dr. CONE: It's not--it's not really the doctor that's doing it to you. And by
the way, I'm not saying this is true in all cases.
Ms. JORDAN: It's not true in my case at all.
Dr. CONE: And I don't want to dispute that, but...
Dr. MACK: I can't speak for all doctors. I know that this was the furthest
thing from my belief system when I--this--it was the power of the data that
changed the way I looked at this, not any belief system I had.
POVICH: And the data to you are the stories. I mean, because your friend--for
instance, Carl Sagan in--The New York--New York Times Magazine did a story on
Dr. Mack, and it quoted Carl Sagan, who we know is the famous astronomer, and
Carl Sagan, who's a friend of his, says the problem is all this information
is, quote, 'anecdotal.' It's stories. Ther is no solid...
Dr. MACK: Yeah. You've got to watch the buzz words here in the resistance to
this phenomenon. Anecdotal is translated as human experience.
Ms. JORDAN: But what about physical evidence?
Dr. MACK: But we have--there is physical evidence.
Ms. JORDAN: I have...
Dr. MACK: We don't have anything but human experience to go on. If we're going
to call that anecdotal, we're nothing but anecdotes. Thats all we are.
Ms. KING: If I can't trust my human experience, what can I trust?
Dr. CONE: Well, the difficulty with that is a lot of us can't trust our human
experiences. And I'm--I'm not saying all these people are msitaken. And, by
the way, I didn't have any investment, any belief system, when I started
working with this. I think one of the things that I have been able to
experience is--being a clinical psychologist, I've worked with satanic abuse
people and alien abductees, and I find a great deal of parallel in the
populations. They're very similar. The work is very similar. The way the
memories are recovered is very simailar. And--and I can't help but think that
at least in part a lot of these people are coming--are being led to believe
this is happening to them when, in fact, it isn't.
Ms. JORDAN: Nobody leads me to believe what happened to me.
Ms. VICTORIA: And I resent this inference of satanic ritual with our
experience. You know, with all due respect, Doctor, you've never seen me,
we've never spoken, you know nothing of me, you know nothing of these people.
Dr. CONE: Absolutely not. And I'm not disputing your experience.
Ms. VICTORIA: For you to bring up something so--I mean, absolutely
diametrically opposingly different thing with UFO experiences and satanic
rituals...
Dr. CONE: The only thing that's different is the memories that come out from
your unconscious.
Dr. MACK: Also, let me make a point here. Dr. Cone is trying to find a
psychological explanation here. And even if the psychological explanation had
some plausibility, you have to keep in mind that this phenomenon occurs in
children as young as two and three years old who have not had the opportunity
to develop these psychological structures. It also is related to physical
findings on people's bodies--cuts, scoop marks, lesions, which are highly
detailed.
Dr. CONE: Which is also ...(unintelligible) to satanic abuse victims.
Dr. MACK: Well-- but then you're--that doesn't make it not true if it's
similar to somehting else. And also the tight association with UFOs, which are
observed independently by neighbors, and, in one case of my own, a woman had
the experience, did notsee the UFO, and then there was--followed in the media
by all the televison channels a UFO that was following the same course of
where she had been. And that occurs in case after case after case where you
have the community, the television media, spotting, following tracking a UFO.
The person themselves doesn't know about the UFO being seen, and they're
having the experience. A psychological explanaiton simply won't hold up when
you have this independent kind of witnessing.
POVICH: Recently another word has come into our life. It is called Roswell.
What happened in Roswell, New Mexico--how many years ago--in 1947? Was that
real? We have the man who wrote the book about it, after this.
(Announcements)
POVICH: Yeah.
Unidentified Woman#4: I have a question for the psychiatrist. I would like to
know why do they keep visiting the same people over and over? A second
question is, are there male and female aliens?
Dr. MACK: What they do is establish a relationship with somebody, and this
goes on from--sometimes people have memories from their earliest childhood
throughout their entire lives. Some kind of connection, some kind of
relationship between this energy, these beings, this species, whatever this
is. We don't have words for it. But it goes on throughout the person's life,
and what they tell us and what the beings communicate, and it's--all the
communication is telepathic. It's not in English or French or German.
POVICH: Let's clear that up.
Dr. MACK: Yeah.
POVICH: You don't hear English being spoken to you, do you?
Ms. KING: What do you mean? Verbally?
POVICH: Yeah.
Ms. KING: I hear what they're saying, and the only way, of course, I can hear
it is in English.
POVICH: Oh, I see.
Ms. KING: So I do hear, but it's all telepathic. You don't...
POVICH: So they communicate with you and then you kind of filter it through
and it comes out in English?
Dr. MACK: It's mind direct. Mind to mind. What they say is...
POVICH: Male and female?
Dr. MACK: And the --the people--it's very interesting.
POVICH: That's a yes?
Dr. MACK: The experiencers know male and female, but not in the conventional
way, becasue they have, you know, long hair or short hair or--you know, the
know because they sense that a being is female or male.
POVICH: OK. Now what role does the government play when it comes to alien
encounters? This is why Kevin Randall is here, a special investigator with the
Center for UFO Studies. He's just written a book called "The Truth About the
UFO Crash at Roswell." It was an entire show in itself, by the way, your
investigation--not only a book but on Showtime. And I watched it and
fascinated by it. But this goes to something else, because Roswell was a
nuclear facility, correct?
Mr. KEVIN RANDALL (Investigated UFO Crash in Roswell, New Mexico): It was the
only atomic strike force in the world at the time. When this event took place,
the 518 bomb group was the only atomic strike force in the world.
POVICH: And there was a crash of a UFO?
Mr. RANDALL: A crash of an alien spacecraft.
POVICH: In 1947?
Mr. RANDALL: We have no idea. All we know is there's an alien spacecraft, they
crashed, the bodies were recovered by the government and the whole thing was
covered up. We can prove there was a crash at Roswell by the preponderance of
the evidence. We can prove there was a cover-up.
POVICH: And by the way, you believe, A, the remains of that craft are still
being hidden by the government?
Mr. RANDALL: Absolutely.
POVICH: And the remains of the beings?
Mr. RANDALL: Absolutely. You don't destroy a unique biological sample.
POVICH: And that they were taken, placed somewhere, and to this day could be
retrieved?
Mr. RANDALL: They were taken from the crash site in Roswell, transferred to
the base at Roswell. One airplane went to Andrews Army Air Field, later
Andrews Air Force Base, so that the top level of the government could see it.
Eventually it all ended up at Wright Paterson Air Force Base.
POVICH: And what is the officail explanation of the government?
Mr. RANDALL: The offical explanation, it was a weather balloon, although now
there's a new...
POVICH: A weather balloon?
Mr. RANDALL: A weather balloon, a raw-wind target balloon if you want to be
precise, although there's a new explanation coming out. It was really a top-
secret project mogul balloon. All they've done is reinvent the balloon.
POVICH: We'll be back right after this.
(Announcements)
Unidentified Woman#5: I wanted--I wanted to know from Sharon, you said
something about a fetus being taken from you? Were you in--I don't want to say
in real life, to separate the two, but from your knowledge were you pregnant
or had you taken a pregnancy test and then you maybe had a miscarriage or
something of that sort?
Ms. KING: That's really great. I'm glad you asked the question because I had
had a miscarriage previous to that. So I knew what a real miscarriage was
like. And I was probably about two and a half months pregnant when my husband
and I went to a farm in New Hampshire. And what happened was night--one night
was that the room became filled withlight. And then I was taken out, and what
I remember is the fetus being taken from me. And I have always said whenever I
went to a doctor, you know, they say, 'How many times pregnant?' I've always
said I lost tow babies.
POVICH: And when you wentto the doctor after this experience, what did they
say?
Ms. KING: I was just bleeding very heavily. My period didn't come at its
normal time or anything like that.
Unidentified Man #2: We have been hearing all bad things. Have there ever been
any dood or pleasant experiences?
Ms. KING: Absolutely. Absolutely.
POVICH: There have been?
Ms. KING: Yeah. I've had some very wonderful--as John was talking about, the
relationship you can develop through some of the memory. I know I have a
special relationship with one who I all Blue, who's taught me a great deal
about fear, aobut energy and about the situation that they are in, the
situation that we are in, and why they, in fact, are trying to combine the two
races. We have things they don't have, and they have things that we don't
have.
POVICH: Let's talk about this Kevin, Dr. Mack. They are not of this world,
obviously, these beings. Are they of this solar system? Probably not.
Dr. MACK: I mean, that's the sort of the biggest question, is what is the
source of this experience? We don't know.
POVICH: And as we go farther out in our solar system and we see that
they're...
Dr. MACK: We don't know. We dont know. They don't operate according to the
physical laws as--as we have know them. They enter into our space-time
universe in ways that we don't understand. We don't--Jack Lalay has decided
they come from some other dimension. The experiencers will say, 'You don't
understand this, Doctor, but I am--this is not happening in our space-time
universe,' when they are describing what's going on.
POVICH: You believe they are from this galaxy?
Mr. RANDALL: They're from this galaxy outside this solar system. Clearly there
is no place in this solar system where they could have developed.
POVICH: Yeah.
Unidentified Man #3: When I was younger, I had a fever of 103. My brother
appeared to be a frog. And I really thought, you know, he moved like a frog.
He didn't speak to me, but now...
POVICH: In your delirium that's what you thought?
Man #3: Delirium. Now I think that--that waht all you witnesses are--are
seeing and felling and talking to is just a void in your own lives.
DIANNE: One isolated--one isolated case...
Ms. JORDAN: What about he marks in my yard? How did a void cause a mark in my
yard that lasted five years and kill my dog and make me sick?
DIANNE: One isolated case. I agree. I have had over the last eight months
experiences that do not get separated by more than two weeks, and even myself-
-even after the December incident last year, I still--I broke down crying
about it at a support group, and I went back to the work the next day and I
said--I didn't want to push that out of my mind. But they came after me and
they continued to come to my house to the point where I am so saturated with
visitations that I have no choice anymore. It's not an isolated case. It's
eight months.
Dr. MACK: See, this young man is illustrating what we try to do. We try to
find a conventional explanation for a mystery. It doesn't make any sense. I
mean, sure, there is such a thing as what he's describing, which is a delirium
when you have a high fever and you see things and you hallucinate. This is
nothing like that. These people are in a--they're not in a fever state. They
are of sound mind. They are not in some kind of altered mindset. They are not
on drugs. This happens to sound, healthy people under ordinary circumstances
of life. It is an authentic mystery.
I think one of the reasons we're so terrified of this thing and why we resist
it so much is it shows we are not in control, we are not the snartest guys in
the cosmos. We are helpless, and we need to surrender to something we don't
understand that can enter our world in ways that we can't explain. And I think
we can grow a lot if we could at least take it in and accept that there is a
mystery here.
DIANNE: Don't you wnat to know--the reason I'm on here today, don't--wouldn't
you want to know that some funny stuff is going on? I have nothing to gain.
POVICH: Yeah. I think the most you can expect is that, 'Wait a second. Maybe
this--maybe we do move in mysterious ways. Maybe there is a mystery out here
that is unexplained.
Dr. CONE: The difficulty is there is not that much funny stuff going on, and a
good proportion of the people that think they've had this experience, haven't
had the experience.
DIANNE: Baloney. There's plenty of funny stuff going on. Have you had
experience...
POVICH: We'll be back righ after this.
(Announcements)
POVICH: Those are the sketches that Sal Amandel--Amandella has been doing
throughout the show of the experiences that our guests have been taling aobut.
As we leave, show of hands of all those people who the door never opened for
you. You're still--you're still as much of a disbeliever, doesn't happen, as
you were when you first came in?
OK. Those hands of those who maybe the door opened a crack--not that you're a
believer, but now you're open to the possibility. Hands.
OK. Well, you have a majority and a rather attractive minority when it comes
to people who believe and not believe or the possibility thereof.
I want to thank all of our guests. Kevin, thank you so much. Appreciate your
coming. Dr. Cone, Debbie, thanks. You're not going to change your mind, right?
Ms. JORDAN: No.
POVICH: You saw what you saw, experienced what you experienced.
Ms. JORDAN: That's right. My dog is dead, I've been changed forever.
POVICH: Dianne, I thank you very much. And Sharon and Jone, thank you very
much. And especially Dr. Mack for bringing not only some of our guests, but
your experience and your expertise. I thank you very much. Appreciate it.
Dr. MACK: Thank you.
POVICH: Thank you out there, everyone. Until next time, America.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

155
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2265.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
SUBJECT: Electromagnetic and Gravity Fields. FILE: UFO2265
Hello UFO-Fans out there!
I think you heared about the "Philadelpia-Experiment"? If not, a short
description: in 1943 the U.S.Navy made an experiment in Philadelphia / USA
under the leadership of Albert Eintein. They used Einsteins "Unified field
theory". This theory unifies electric, magnetic and gravity (!!!) fields.
School physics till today denie a relationship between electromagnetic and
gravity-fields. During this experiment a ship was made unvisible AND it
was teleported too. It ended absolutely terrible for the men on this ship.
U.S.Navy public-affairs-office denies the experiment at all. School physics
denies Eintein's unified-field-theory, because Einstein took it back himself.
He sayed, that it would be "unfinished"... Bud it may be, that Einstein did
it, because he saw the great danger for the whole world, if military would
use it without scruple. Imagine what would happen, if we would transform
gravity-energy into elecric-energy in a great style... For instance earth-
rotation would slow down!!!
Mr. Brown used this unified-field-theory too. It started, when he did ex-
periments with his coolidge-tube (an early x-ray-tube). He saw, that the
tube was moving, when he turned on the high-voltage-supply. Bud this couldn't
be, because after school-physics, there are only forces between both conden-
ser-plates, bud NOT between a whole condenser and the gravity-field of the
earth. Later, when he was studying, he made experiments with his Professor,
Mr. Bifeld. Their work was known as "BIFELD-BROWN-EFFECT". They discovered,
that a condenser moves to the positive pole, if you connect it to a high-
voltage DC-supply...
In the early 50ths they made a demonstration at the US-defense-ministry with
60cm diametre - condensers, that could carry more then their own wight at
a speed of 180 m/s!!! They used a 50000 Volt power-supply and needed only
50 Watts! After this demonstration their work became the status of a No.1
military-secret. Mr. Bifeld is still alife,bud he can't leave his home,
because he's under permanent observation ofdifferent US - intelligence -
agencies... Mr. Brown died under unknown circumstances...
Imagine, if this would be the force, UFOs are using... If they would make
a complement gravity-field, they could fly manoeuvres, a jet-fighter could
never make, because of the very high gravity-forces. A humanoid inside of
such an UFO wouldn't register anything of these forces, because he is in
his own gravity-field!
And now remember the reports of those people, who saw UFOs. Everyone tells
you, that they can stop at once from very high speed. Normally a humanoid
couldn't survive this - only if he would have it's own gravity-field...
Me and some friends of mine made one of Brown's early experiments. We took
a PCB-board and made a condenser on one side. Then we rested it vertically
on two wires and connected it to the power-supply of a PC-Monitor...
Believe me, the condenser moves to the positive pole. Two of my friends
are physicans and they computed the forces on the condenser. It is a fact,
that this macroscopic effect is not to be explain with our known physics!
Try it yourself!!!!!
And tell it everyone who is interested in. Because if it would be true, that
this effect is one of the best cept secrets of the world (for over 50 years!)
the only way to save your health and maybe life is to report your experiences
to as much people as you can... I do so.
Live long and prosper!
ALTERNATIVE SCIENCES REPLY.
HI saw your bull asking about antigravity,free energy ect,
It was 15 years ago when I used to go down to the town of mortimer in the
county of berkshire I was introduced to a one Mr John.R.R.SEARL.What mr
searl had invented was a "ether-vortex-tubine generator" and he had in fact
develope a saucershaped commercial aircraft.
The principal of it is allegedly that,when a metal annulus is rotated at
sufficent speed,the conduction electrons are displaced outwards by
centrifugal force,so producing a very intense negative charge on the outside
perimeter and a positive charge on the inside.
The rotating electric field so obtained can be tapped by indution coils
around the annulus to provide current for electromagnets placed in a electric
motor arrangement around the annulus so as to drive the annulus,thus producing
a feedback effect resulting in very intense electric and magnetic fields.
when the electric potential is about 10 14 volts, this being conducted to a
metal hull around around the annulus,shielding from both gravity and inertia
is obtained. because of the shape of the rotor and the need to maximize the
charge on the hull, the best shape of hull is like two saucers clamped
together at very sharp edge.Directional control is obtained by use of flight
coils to produce assymetry in the (force field)".
From a private letter of Mr C.B. Wynniatt
Professional Engineer
25 commins street Onerahi,Whangarei,
New zealand.
The Ether Vortex Turbine by j.r.r. searl,england.
The Barret Report
issued by P.L. Barret Bsc.
In 1949, Mr J.R.R. Searl was employed by the midlands electricity board as a
electronic and electrical fitter. He was enthutsiastic about the subject of
electricity,though he had no formal education on the subject other than what
i required by the job.Unhindered by conventional ideas about electricity, he
carried out his own investigation into the subject. during work on electrical
motors and generators,he noticed that asmall EMF electo magnetic field,was
produced by spinning metal parts-the negative towards the outside and positive
towards the rotatioal axis.In 1950 he experimented with rotating slip rings
and mesured a small EMF on a conventional meter.
He also noticed that when the rings were spinning freely and no current was
taken,his hair bristled.
His conclusions were that free electrons in the metal were spun out by
centrifugal force, a centripetal force being produced by the static field in
the metal.He decided to build a generator based on the principal. It had a
segmented rotor disc,passing through electromagnets at its periphery. the
electromagnets were energized from the rotor,and were intended to boost the
EMF. By 1952 the first generator had been contructed and was about three feet
in diameter. It was tested in the open by searl and a friend, The armature
was set in motion by a small engine.The device produced the expected
electricalpower, but at a unexpectedly high potential. at relativly low
armature speeds a potential of the order of 10 5 (ten to the power of five)
was produced, as indicated by the static effects on near objects. A
characteristic crackling and the smell of ozone supported his conclusion.
The relly unxpected then occured.While still speeding up the generator lifted
and rose to a hight of fifty feet,breaking the union between itself and the
engine. Here it stayed for a while still speeding up and surrounding itself
with a pink halo,this indicated ionization of the air at a much reduced
pressure of about 1-3 mm Hg.More interesting was the side effect,causing
local radio recivers to go on on their own accord! This could have been due
to ionizing disharge electromagnetic induction.Finally and perhaps thankfully
the whole generator accelerated at a fantastic rate and is thought to have
gone off into space.Since that day Searl had made some 10 or more small
flying craft some of whitch have been similary lost,and developed a form of
control.Larger craft have also been built - some 12 ft and two 30ft in dia.
The antics of his machines have given rise to much speculation as to the
origin of so called "flying saucers" specially in the area of warminster in
wilshire.
One wonders why searl has not come to the notice of scientists and the public
at large. The fact is that "he has;but for fear of being ridiculed,people
keep the knowlege or interest to themselves. the public has been educated
to scoff at the subject of flying saucers and the reported behavior of the
things cannot be explained on current scientific theory.
Such " difficult to explain" topics( as with telepathy,dowsing,homeopathic
healing,ect) must be given the "no comment" treatment so not to upset the
uncertain structure of present scientific theory. Searl"s records do show
however that his efforts have not gone unnoticed. Goverment departments
and people of all classes and education know about him. Some have attempted
to steal the idea, but their thinking along the lines electromagetic theory
and the law of conservation of mass and energy,has misled themor confused
them.This narrow thinking has made many to conclude that searl is a crank or
imposter. Also some are prejudiced in their attitude that new ideas are the
prerogative of a hierarchy of intellectuals.
It is suppected that searl is to come up with something more momentous than
his games with power lines and the unsupecting motorist. In that event, the
covensional thinker must br ready to adapt the searl effect into existing
theory. or chance the alternative fate of a compleat disruption revisal of
physical theory-from ampere,galvani,and volta onwards. Any theory must
explain these verious phenomena,some of whitch have been observed by searl
himself and some by the general public.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

310
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2266.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
SUBJECT: UFO Organisations Galore. FILE: UFO2266
<20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>Ŀ
<20> UFO ORGANIZATIONS <20>
<20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
UNITED KINGDOM
<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
BM BUFORA Contact lnternational (UK)
London 11 Ouseley Close
WC1N 3XX New Marston
(Address for UFO Newsfile as Well) Oxford
OX3 0JS.
East Midlands UFO Research Association Essex UFO Research Group
8 Roosa Close 95 Chilburn Road
sHempshill Vale Great Clacton
Bulwell Essex
Nottingham CO15 4PE.
NG6 7BL.
London UFO Studies Group Plymouth UFO Research Group
c/o Roy Lake 40 Albert Road
10A Tudor Road Stoke
Barking Plymouth
Essex Devon
IG11 9RX PL2 1AE.
Quest International Rochdale UFO Research Group
18 Hardy Meadows c/o Mike Jones
Grassington 5 Croft Square
N. Yorkshire Smallbridge
BD23 5LR. Rochdale
Lancashire.
Surrey Investigation Group on Northampton UFO Research Centre
Aerial Phenomena 30 Stonebridge Court
126 Grange Road Lings
Guildford Northampton
Surrey NN3
GU2 6QP.
AUSTRALIA
<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
Australian Centre for UFO Studies UFO Data Collection Centre/UFORUM
PO Box 728 36 Loris Way
36 Loris Way Kardinya
Lane Cove W. Australia 6163.
NSW 2066.
UFO Research Australia UFO Research & Investigation Canberra
PO Box 229 PO Box 382
Prospect Woden
S. Australia 5082. ACT 2606.
UFO Research Queensland UFO Research New South Wales
PO Box 222 PO Box Q95
50 Albert Street Queen Victoria Building
Brisbane Sydney
Queensland 4002. NSW 2000.
Victorian UFO Research Society
PO Box 43
Moorabbin
Victoria 3189.
CANADA
<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
Canadian UFO Research Network Centrale de Compilation Ufologique de Quebec
PO Box 77547 CP 103
592 Sheppard Avenue W. Drummondville
Downsview Quebec
Ontario J2B 2V6.
M3H 6A7.
UFO Research Institute of Canada Ufology Research of Manitoba
Dept. 25 PO Box 1918
1665 Robson Street Winnipeg
Vancouver Manitoba
British Columbia R3C 3R2.
V6G 3C2.
RUSSIA
<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>-
Russian Ufology Research Center
c/o Paul Stonehill
Coordinator
5700 Etiwanda Avenue
Suite 215
Tarzana
California 91356
USA (Yes USA)
USA
<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
Citizens Against UFO Secrecy Fund for UFO Research
PO Box 218 PO Box 277
Coventry Mount Rainier
Connecticut 06238. Maryland 20712.
J. Allen Hynek Center for UFO Studies Mutual UFO Network
2457 W. Peterson Avenue 103 Oldtowne Road
Chicago Seguin
Illinois 60659. Texas 78155-4099.
The International UFO Museum & Operation Right to Know
Research Center PO Box 2911
400 North Main Hyattsville
Roswell MD 20784
New Mexico 88202.
Pennsylvania Association for the UFO Reporting & Information Service
Study of the Unexplained PO Box 832
6 Oak Hill Avenue Mercer Island
Greensburg Washington 98040.
Pennsylvania 15601.
CROP CIRCLES ORGANIZATIONS
<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
Centre for Crop Circle Studies Circles Phenomenon Research
SKS PO Box 3378
20 Paul Street Branford
Frome Connecticut 06405
Somerset USA.
BA11 1DX.
U.K.
Circles Research Phenomenon Research Association
1 Louvain Road 12 Tilton Grove
Greenhithe Kirk Hallam
Kent Ilkeston
DA9 9DY. Derbyshire
U.K. DE7 4GR.
UFO JOURNALS
<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
AURA-Z AUSTRALIAN UFO BULLETIN
OVNI PRESENCE, c/o Paul Norman
C/O 'AURA-Z', P.O. Box 43
B.P. 57, Moorabbin
13 244 MARSEILLE-LA PLAINE CEDEX 01, Victoria 3189
FRANCE Australia
COMMUNIQUE FLYING SAUCER REVIEW
PO Box 382 FSR Publications Ltd.
Woden PO Box 162
ACT 2606 High Wycombe
Australia. Buckinghamshire
HP13 5DZ.
U.K.
INTERNATIONAL UFO MAGAZINE INTERNATIONAL UFO REPORTER
11684 Ventura Blvd. 2457 W. Peterson Avenue
#708 Studio City Chicago
CA 91604. Illinois 60659.
USA USA.
MUFON UFO JOURNAL NORTHERN UFO NEWS
103 Oldtowne Road 37 Heathbank Road
Seguin Cheadle Heath
Texas 78155-4099. Stockport
USA. Cheshire
SK3 0UP.
U.K.
PEGASUS SKYLINK
c/o Gordon Millington c/o Roy Lake
126 Grange Road 10A Tudor Road
Guildford Barking
Surrey Essex
GU2 6QP. IG11 9RX
U.K. U.K.
UFO UFO MAGAZINE
PO Box 1053 18 Hardy Meadows
Sunland Grassington
California 91041-1053. Skipton
USA N. Yorkshire
BD23 5LR.
U.K.
UFO TIMES
Suite 1
The Leys
2c Leyton Road
Harpenden
Hertfordshire
AL5 2TL.
U.K.
SERVICES
<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
BOOKS ON UFOs
<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
Susanne Stebbing Arcturus Books
41 Terminus Drive 1443 SE Port St Lucie Blvd.
Herne Bay Port St Lucie
Kent Florida 34952.
CT6 6PR. USA.
UK.
OTHER DEALERS
<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
Millenium Books Fax/Phone: 0273 671967
9 Chesham Road (Second-hand books dealer)
Brighton
Sussek
BN2 1 NB.
UK.
NBS Phone: 0691 828969
Stone House (Write or phone for catalogue)
Quarry Lane
Nantmawr
Oswestry
Shrops.
SY10 9HL.
UK.
UFO NEWS-CLIPPINGS
<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
British UFO Newsclipping Service UFO Newsclipping Service
CETI Route 1
247 High Street Box 220
Beckenham Plumerville
Kent Arkansas 72127
BR3 1AB. USA.
UK.
BUFORA UFO Newsfile
BM BUFORA
London
WC1N 3XX
VIDEO TAPES, AUDIO TAPES & OFFICIAL UFO DOCUMENTS
<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
QUEST PUBLICATIONS International Ltd.
42 Carr Manor Drive
Leeds
LS17 5AU
U.K.
PHONE SERVICES
<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
BUFORA UFO Call, (0898) 121886
Scottish UFO Report Line, (0426) 983401
M.o.D - Secretariat (Air Staff) Room 2a (071) 218 9000
COMPUTER UFO NETWORKS (USA)
<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
COMPUTER UFO NETWORK: connect at 300/1200/2400 bps, eight data bits,
no parity, one stop bit: USA (206) 776 0382.
Address: Box 832,
Mercer Island,
Washington 98040
USA
PARANET INFORMATION SERVICE up to 9600bps: USA (303) 431 8797.
Address: PO Box 928,
Wheatridge,
Colorado 80034
USA
<<EOF>>
73's Nathan G7KUJ
Landline Modem Access Weekend Nights only on 0293 527623 2400,n,8,1
Bufora Investigator West Sussex
Mobile 0374 137062
Email nathan.hull@abacus.org
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

65
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2267.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
SUBJECT: UFO Spotters Beware! FILE: UFO2267
I have been asked to resend this under debate. Thank you.
Hello, I have been reading the UFO info that has been put on the
my local bbs. I would like to make a few observations if I may.
I have heard that the US has a hanger full of UFO's or at least one UFO.
(1) I have great scepticism about UFO reportings. However, I have read
enough and heard enough reports from truly credible witnesses, that I must
confess to a certain respect for the possibility that they do exist.
(2) From a totally different perspective, I wonder why people should find
the idea of extra terrestrial beings so hard to accept? I believe that it is
totally unreasonable to believe that beings do not or could not exist on
other solar systems.
(2) First off, the statistics would guarantee that there would be millions of
suitable planets for life in our Galaxy alone.
(3) Of all the scientific theories I have heard about the origin of man, the
least "scientific" conclusion is that it all happened as an accident of
Nature. Then things started to get a little complicated and beautifully
integrated... all by accident! Mr Darwin was an astute in his observation
of a grand organisation in nature. The whole idea of his origins of species,
however, is so devoid of any shred of proof. He certainly provided none,
that i can hardly believe the scientific community ever seriously considered
it. That it is currently popularly accepted is a telling comment on the
ability of people to believe the absurd in place of any original thought.
This is, unfortunately, common in popular scientific thought (ie. it has been
"proven" that the bumble bee cannot fly.)
(4) Things are so beautifully integrated and complicated in the biological
world alone; That any appeal to other than intelligent creation begs reason.
If, then, man were placed on Earth intentionally by a benevolent man, being,
God, or what ever, then why would he stop at Ear
th?
I firmly believe there are people that re-define the meaning of distant
relatives. Could they possibly visit the Earth? Why not? Some say God did.
That is assuming that God does exist of course.
Why would they be benevolent? Why not? Would they mess with our human
civilisation? I doubt it. Could they make mistakes and crash here?
Why not, we do!
Now let me say this about these UFO's that are supposed to be in this hangar
in the US. Nothing has been said by any one, except the guesses made, and the
stories that fly about mean nothing. There is nothing that can be kept so
secret as a so called space craft from another world. Some one some where
would leak this information to the world some how. It is too big a story for
Christ sake! And sure as eggs is eggs these intelligent beings aint going to
knock on the door of the White House or 10 Downing street, the Kremlin or
what ever, and say "Would you look after us old man, our space craft has gone
and broken down?" Being intelligent beings, would YOU trust a politician?
I thank you for you're time in reading this, and would welcome you're views.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

73
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2268.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
SUBJECT: UFO FLEET TERRORIZES CITY FOR 20 DAYS! FILE: UFO2268
BY KEVIN CREED for WWN.
SAO PAULO, BRAZIL - A swarm of UFOs invaded a city on August 13 and terrorized
its 30,000 residents for 20 incredible days!
Witnesses say the bright, strangely shaped space objects flew through the city
of Tres Coroas in the dead of night and in broad daylight, sending residents
scurrying up hillsides to watch the display of extraterrestrial lights.
During the 20-day period, one of the strangest ever recorded in the annals of
UFO watchers:
* People were chased by balls of light.
* A man watched in horror as a hideous creature approached with its arms
extended, whining like a dog.
* Fire erupted from the ground and weird flashes of light exploded in
the tree tops.
* Bottles suddenly broke and chairs began flying through homes.
* Scores of UFOs were sighted, ranging in form from upside-down saucers
to glowing balls of light to tuning fork-shaped objects.
And whle the experience terrified almost everone in the Brazilian city, many
residents felt they were dealing with an intellignet life source.
Josefino de carvalho, an attorney, was one of the many people living in Tres
Coroas who told this reporter of his harrowing ordeals.
He was driving late at night when he saw a fire-like object at the side of the
car following him.
I was afraid it wanted to captureme, he said.
He rushed home where his son Vicente also saw the UFO.
It was like fire in the sky turning around. It had small lights which changed
colors - orange to green to blue, said Vicente. It was onion shaped.
Real estate broker Roberto Francisco Santana was so unnerved by the flying
saucers hovering over his car that he had an accident.
My wife and children were in the car. I saw the shadow of a saucer and got
scared, he said. It was very fast.
We saw two flying saucers. They disappeared very rapidly. But while I was
looking up I hit the car in front of me.
Antonio das Gacas Santos, the city's military police commander, rushed over to
a neighbor's house when he saw its backyard strangely illuminated.
I get goose bumps just talking about it, said Santos. I saw very clearly a
creature about the height of a human being with its arms extended.
It was night so I couldn't see any details. It made a low whining noise like a
puppy - then vanished.
Dr. Gloria Machado, a psychiatrist in Rio de Janeiro, was stunned by what she
saw.
There was a fire which didn't burn anything, said Dr. Machado. Therre were
flashes of light that exploded in the tree tops. And indoors I saw a box of
matches floating in midair. There were bottles breaking and chairs flying
around.
I'm sure we were dealing with intellignet beings.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

42
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2269.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
SUBJECT: A VICTORIAN HUMANOID ? FILE: UFO2269
The attacker was tall and thin, had pointed ears and fiery eyes, and wore a
cloak. He tore at his female victims' clothes and ripped their flesh with
hands that felt like iron. When he escaped, he did not run; he bounced away.
Those woh saw his feet swore he had springs in his boot heels.
At first, the authorities had a hard time believing what victims were telling
them. But by January 1838 so many Londoners had seen the figure that the Lord
Mayor formed a vigilance committee to capture "Spring Heeled Jack."
In one expecially notorious incident, he tried to snatch 18-year-old Jane
Alsop right out of her own house. According to the London Times(February 22,
1838), he "presented a most hideous and frightful appearance, and vomited
forth a quantity of blue and white flame from his mouth, and his eyes
resembled red balls of fire...[H]e wore a large helmet, and his dress, which
appeared to fit him very tight, seemed to her to resemble white oil skin." The
young woman was saved by family members.
Ond day in 1845, in full view of frightened onlookers, Jack tossed a
prostitute off a bridge; she drowned in the open sewer below. Sightings of a
comparable figure were recorded elsewhere in England in 1877. In 1904 more
than 100 residents of Everton saw a man in a flowing cloak and black boots
making great leaps over streets and rooftops.
Who or what was Spring heel Jack? Some suspected that hes was a rowdy
nobleman, Henry, Marquis of Waterford, who died in 1859. Doubters countered
that Jack-like leaps are physically impossible.
During World War II German paratroopers swho put springs in their boot heels
got broken ankles for their efforts. Was Jack an extraterrestrial being? In
July 1953, three Houston residnets reported seeing a tall, bounding figure
"wearing a black cape, skintight pants, and quarter length boots." For a few
minutes he remained visible in the pecan tree into which he had jumped. He
disappeared shortly before a rocket-shaped UFO shot upward from across the
street.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

101
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2270.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
SUBJECT: Reference Report on MJ-12 FILE: UFO2270
NATIONAL ARCHIVES
Washington, DC 20408
Date: July 22, 1987
Reply to
attn of: Military Reference Branch
Subject: Reference Report on MJ-12
To: The Record
The National Archives has received many requests for
documentation and information about "Project MJ-12". Many of
the inquiries concern a memorandum from Robert Cutler to
General Nathan Twining, dated July 14, 1954. This particular
document poses problems for the following reasons:
1. The document was located in Record Group 341, entry
267. The series is filed by a Top Secret register number. This
document does not bear such a number.
2. The document is in the folder T4-1846. There are no
other documents in the folder regarding "NSC/MJ-12".
3. The Military Reference Branch (Edward Reese) has
conducted a search in the records of the Secretary of Defense,
the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Headquarters US Air Force, and in
other related files. No further information has been found on
this subject.
4. Inquiries to the US Air Force, the Joint Chiefs of
Staff, and the National Security Council failed to produce
further information.
5. The Acting Director of the Freedom of Information
Office of the National Security Council informed us that "Top
Secret Restricted Information" is a marking which did not come
into use at the National Security Council until the Nixon
Administration. The Eisenhower Presidental Library also
confirms that this particular marking was not used during the
Eisenhower Administration.
6. The document in question does not bear an official
government letterhead or watermark. The NARA conservation
specialist (Mary Ritzenthaler) examined the paper and
determined it was a ribbon copy prepared on "dictation
onionskin". The Eisenhower Library has examined its collection
of the Cutler papers. All documents created by Mr. Cutler while
he served on the NSC staff have an eagle watermark in the
onionskin carbon paper. Most documents sent out by the NSC were
prepared on White House letterhead paper. For the brief period
when Mr. Cutler left the NSC, his carbon copies were prepared
on "prestige onionskin".
7. The Judicial, Fiscal, and Social Branch searched the
Official Meeting Minute Files of the National Security Council
and found no record of a NSC meeting on July 16, 1954. A search
of all NSC Meeting Minutes fro July 1954 found no mention of MJ-
12 nor Majestic.
8. The Judicial, Fiscal and Social Branch (Mary Ronan)
searched the indicies [sic] of the NSC records and found no
listing for: MJ-12, Majestic, unidentified flying objects, UFO,
flying saucers, or flying discs.
9. The Judicial, Fiscal, and Social Branch (Mary Ronan)
found a memo in a folder titled "Special Meeting July 16, 1954"
which indicated that NSC members would be called to a civil
defense exercise on July 16, 1954.
10. The Eisenhower Library states, in a letter to NNMR,
dated July 16, 1987:
"President Eisenhower's Appointment Books contain no entry
for a special meeting on July 16, 1954 which might have
included a briefing on MJ-12. Even when the President had `off
the record' meetings, the Appointment Books contain entries
indicating the time of the meeting and the participants....
The Declassification Office of the National Security
Council has informed us that it has no record of any
declassification action having been taken on this memorandum or
any other documents on this alleged project....
Robert Cutler, at the direction of President Eisenhower,
was visiting overseas military installations on the day he
supposedly issued this memorandum -- July 14, 1954. The
Administration Series in Eisenhower's Papers as President
contains Cutler's memorandum and report to the President upon
his return from the trip. The memorandum is dated July 20, 1954
and refers to Cutler's visits to installations in Europe and
North Africa between July 3 and 15. Also, within the NSC Staff
Papers is a memorandum dated July 3, 1954, from Cutler to his
two subordinates, James S. Lay and J. Patrick Coyne, explaining
how they should handle NSC administrative matters during his
absence; one would assume that if the memorandum, to Twining
were genuine, Lay or Coyne would have signed it."
JO ANNE WILLIAMSON
Chief, Military Reference Branch
Military Archives Division
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

127
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2271.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
SUBJECT: Abduction Research FILE: UFO2271
PART 1
"Alien Abductions in the Gingerbread House"; by Dr. Karla Turner.
(UFO Universe, Vol. 3 No. 1 Spring 1993. Copyright 1993 by Charlotte
Magazine Corp., Inc. 1700 Broadway, New York, NY 10019. Published
quarterly with a subscription rate of $14/yr. 815-734-1103.)
World renowned UFO researcher Jacques Vallee has repeatedly
referred to the similarities between UFO and abduction reports and the
stories of folklore and fairy tales. I disagree with Dr. Vallee on
many, many points of UFOlogy, but here I will grant that there is one
fairy tale which does have something important to tell us about the
alien abduction phenomenon. It is not, however, what Dr. Vallee might
think.
The story of Hansel and Gretel presents a lesson that every
abductee should heed. These innocent children, wandering lost and
frightened in the forest, came upon a gingerbread house that seemed to
offer them shelter and sustenance. The owner of the house, a wizened
old woman, was frightening to them at first, but their hunger pushed the
children to accept her offer to come inside and be fed.
And so they entered the gingerbread house and promptly became the
old woman's captives. Kept in cages, the two children were abundantly
fed. It was not for their benefit, though. In fact, they were being
fattened up for the oven! The deceptive nature of the gingerbread house
and of the old woman's offer of food worked quite well.
It is the deceptive quality of this story that holds a warning for
humans who are abducted by aliens. Like Hansel and Gretel, we are
initially terrified by our encounter with aliens, but in too many cases,
our fear is overcome by the words of our abductors and by the thoughts
and experiences they present to us.
I, too, am an abductee, and my quest to discover the nature of my
own experiences led me into abduction research over the past four years.
Working with many other abduction cases, I have learned just how basic
the deception of alien actions can be.
My family and I also delved into our own experiences, both past and
present. Barbara Bartholic, a dedicated UFO investigator from Tulsa,
Oklahoma, worked closely with us and helped us fill in the gaps in our
recollections of strange encounters through hypnotic regression. Ms.
Bartholic, by the way, began her own research as an assistant to Jacques
Vallee in cattle mutilation investigations, so her expertise in ufology
is wide-ranging. I have recently written a book, Into the Fringe, about
the startling and often disturbing results of our personal
investigations, and it will be published by the Berkley Publishing Group
in November 1992.
But my interest soon expanded past the merely personal, and for the
past several years I have worked as Ms. Bartholic's research associate,
exploring literally hundreds of sighting and encounter cases with her.
And what I've learned through this work has raised far more questions
than answers. In fact, it has taught me to be wary of those researchers
who do claim to have answers. I have yet to hear of a single theory or
explanation that accounts for all of the data.
Some researchers have pointed out patterns of events in the
abduction experience, such as the physical examination, the taking of
sperm and ova, and the later presentation of a hybrid baby to the
abductee. Other patterns include the training of the abductee in some
way and the delivery of a warning of some upcoming global disaster.
Yes, these events are frequently reported, as one researcher has said in
boringly repetitious accounts, and it is tempting to think that the
explanation for alien abductions may lie in these patterns.
So the researchers announce that the problem is solved. The aliens
are doing cross-breeding experiments, UFOlogists tell us. Never mind the
overwhelming evidence against the viable commingling of different
species. Or, we are told, the aliens are here to save us from
destroying ourselves and our planet through violence, drug use, epidemic
disease, pollution, and resource depletion. Never mind that these
problems have grown worse, not better, since the ETs began visiting us.
Or, most infuriating of all, we are assured that there are no
actual aliens, that our experiences spring from our own subconscious
turmoil or from our need for fantasy fulfillment. Never mind that many
abductees are young children, too young to be suffering from such
psychological disturbances. Well, then, the resourceful researcher
counters, the imagined aliens must spring from some collective human
super-psyche that is mirroring our failures and dangers back to us.
This particular theory adores the archetypal gray ET, because it
resembles some sickly fetal form of humanity and must therefore be an
objectified warning of what our species is in danger of becoming if we
don't mend our ways. Never mind that many, many abductees have no
dealing with grays, but instead are victimized by robust reptoids and
insectoids. Not to mention the totally human-looking blond beauties and
black-headed, black-robed clan with the widow's peak hairline.
No, too many researchers seem to find a theory and cling to it in
spite of data that contradict it. And it is the ideas of these
researchers that dominate ufology. But if the public had access to the
raw data, to the first-hand reports of abductees, especially those
unfamiliar with UFO-oriented books, magazines, and lecturers, they would
find a much less neatly organized set of patterns. These "virgin"
cases--people uncontaminated by ufological literature--supply a
staggering picture of human-alien contact events.
What follows here is an overview of these "virgin" reports, a list
of recurrent experiences that taken together gives us a close-up view of
what the aliens are doing here on earth. This data doesn't tell us for
certain just what sort of creatures the aliens are, or what their
purpose here may be. But it does tell us what humans are experiencing
and what they are observing in the actions and capabilities of the
aliens. Every detail in the following list has been reported by more
than one abductee, and in many cases the details have turned up quite
frequently.
ABDUCTION "CHECKLIST".
If these reports can be believed--and there is no reason to doubt
the honesty of the reporters--the abduction phenomenon includes the
following details.
-- Aliens can alter our perception of our surroundings.
-- Aliens can control what we think we see. They can appear to
us in any number of guises, and shapes.
-- Aliens can take us--our consciousness--out of our physical
bodies, disable our control of our bodies, install one of their own
entities, and use our bodies as vehicles for their own activities before
returning our consciousness to our bodies.
End of part 1
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

128
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2272.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
SUBJECT: Abduction Research FILE: UFO2272
PART 2
-- Aliens can be present with us in an invisible state and can
make themselves only partially visible.
-- Abductees receive marks on their bodies other than the
well-known scoops and straight-line scars. These other marks include
single punctures, multiple punctures, large bruises, three- and
four-fingered claw marks, and triangles of every possible sort.
-- Females abductees often suffer serious gynecological problems
after their alien encounters, and sometimes these problems lead to
cysts, tumors, cancer of the breasts and uterus, and to hysterectomies.
-- Aliens take body fluids from our necks, spines, blood veins,
joints such as knees and wrists, and other places. They also inject
unknown fluids into various parts of our bodies.
-- A surprising number of abductees suffer from serious illnesses
they didn't have before their encounters. These have led to surgery,
debilitation, and even death from causes the doctors can't identify.
-- Some abductees experience a degeneration of their mental,
social, and spiritual well-being. Excessive behavior frequently erupts,
such as drug abuse, alcoholism, overeating, and promiscuity. Strange
obsessions develop and cause the disruption of normal life and the
destruction of personal relationships.
-- Aliens show a great interest in adult sexuality, child
sexuality, and in inflicting physical pain on abductees.
-- Abductees recall being instructed and trained by aliens. This
training may be in the form of verbal or telepathic lessons, slide
shows, or actual hands-on instruction in the operation of alien
technology.
-- Abductees report being taken to facilities in which they
encounter not only aliens but also normal-looking humans, sometimes in
military uniforms, working with the alien captors.
-- Abductees often encounter more than one sort of alien during
an experience, not just the grays. Every possible combination of gray,
reptoid, insectoid, blond, and widow's peak have been seen during single
abductions, aboard the same craft or in the same facility.
-- Abductees--"virgin" cases--report being taken to underground
facilities where they see grotesque hybrid creatures, nurseries of
hybrid humanoid fetuses, and vats of colored liquid filled with parts of
human bodies.
-- Abductees report seeing other humans in these facilities being
drained of blood, being mutilated, flayed, and dismembered, and being
stacked, lifeless, like cords of wood. Some abductees have been
threatened that they, too, will end up in this condition if they don't
cooperate with their alien captors.
-- Aliens come into homes and temporarily remove young children,
leaving their distraught parents paralyzed and helpless. In cases where
a parent has been able to protest, the aliens insist that "The children
belong to us."
-- Aliens have forced their human abductees to have sexual
intercourse with aliens and even with other abductees while groups of
aliens observe these performances. In such encounters, the aliens have
sometimes disguised themselves in order to gain the cooperation of the
abductee, appearing in such forms as Jesus, the Pope, certain
celebrities, and even the dead spouses of the abductees.
-- Children abductees sometimes show a new and obsessive interest
in their own genitalia after alien encounters, saying that their
abductors who come at night have been touching these parts of their
bodies.
-- Aliens perform extremely painful experiments or procedures on
abductees, saying that these acts are necessary but giving no
explanation why. Abductees' eyes are painfully removed from the
sockets, allowing the aliens to scrape the area or implant devices into
the area before the eyeballs are replaced, for instance. Some abductees
are subjected to painful constrictions, often around the head, chest and
extremities. Painful genitalia and anal probes are performed, on
children as well as adults.
-- Aliens make predictions of an imminent period of global chaos
and destruction. They say that a certain number of humans- -and the
number varies dramatically from case to case--will be "rescued" from the
planet in order to continue the species, either on another planet or
back on earth after the destruction is over. Many abductees report that
they don't believe their alien captors and foresee instead a much more
sinister use of the "rescued" humans.
In every instance from this list, there are multiple reports from
unrelated cases, confirming that such bizarre details are not the
product of a single deranged mind. These details are convincing
evidence that, contrary to the claims of many UFO researchers, the
abduction experience isn't limited to a uniform pattern of events. This
phenomenon simply can't be explained in terms of cross-breeding
experiments or scientific research into the human physiology.
SPIRITUALLY ENLIGHTENED?
And it becomes clear from these details that the beings who are
doing such things can't be seen as spiritually enlightened, with the
best interest of the human race in mind. Something else is going on,
something far more painful and frightening, in many, many abduction
encounters.
There is a theory current in ufological research that says
abductees who perceive their experiences in a negative way only do so
because they themselves aren't spiritually or psychically advanced.
Persons with higher cosmic development have positive alien encounters,
so the theory goes, and those who have painful or frightening
experiences are merely spiritual Neanderthals. This is a pet theory of
researchers who claim that aliens, whether objectively real or not,
serve as "mirrors" of our spiritual nature, on an individual or a
species-wide basis. Strieber has voiced this theory, for instance, in
Majestic, where he says, "In the eyes of the others [the aliens], we who
met them saw ourselves. And there were demons there."
End of part 2.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

128
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2273.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
SUBJECT: Abduction Research FILE: UFO2273
PART 3
Having worked with so many decent, honest, positively oriented
abductees, however, I believe this theory is wrong. It is worse than
wrong--it is despicable, as despicable as blaming a rape victim for the
violence committed against her. This attitude leaves many abductees
feeling doubly violated, first by the aliens who took them and then by
the UFO researchers to whom they turn for explanations and help.
But it is easy to understand why such a theory would be so popular.
Humans have a deep need to believe in the power of good. We need for
the aliens to be a good force, since we feel so helpless in their
presence. And we need for some superior force to offer us a hope of
salvation, both personally and globally, when we consider the sorry
state of the world.
I think the aliens know this about us--they know that we want and
hope for them to be benevolent creatures--and they use our desire for
goodness to manipulate us. What better way to gain our cooperation than
to tell us that the things they are doing are for our own good? But
looking at the actions, the results of alien interference such as the
long list above. There is a great discrepancy between what we desire
from them and what they are doing to us.
Not all abduction reports are filled with frightening or painful
events, of course. Many people say that their alien encounters felt
benevolent, that their abductors treated them kindly or at least with a
scientific detachment. Some abductees recall being told that they were
"special," that they were "chosen," and that they have an important task
to perform for the benefit of humanity.
Given such a positive message, the abductees may ignore the fear
and the pain of their encounters and insist to themselves and to others
that a higher motive underlies the abduction experience. And, in some
cases, all that an abductee remembers is a benevolent encounter and so
has no reason to assume any negative action has occurred.
But intensive research shows that at the core of the human- alien
interaction there is a clear pattern of deception. We know, for
instance, that "screen memories" are often used to mask an alien
abduction. Such accounts abound, in which a person sees a familiar yet
out-of-place animal, like a deer or owl, a monkey or a rabbit, and then
experiences a period of missing time. The person often awakens later to
find a new, unexplained scar on his body.
Uneasiness about the encounter will persist, however, and far
different memories may start to surface in dreams or flashbacks, and
then the person seeks help to explain the uneasiness. Quite often,
hypnotic regression is used to uncover the events behind the "screen
memory," and that is when a typical alien abduction surfaces.
The most recent research in which I've been involved has turned up
yet a second sort of screening process. If it turns out to be accurate,
then thousands of abduction cases are in urgent need of re-examination.
The typical scenario of undergoing the regressive hypnosis usually
results in penetration of the initial blocked memories.
The abductee then recalls an encounter, hitherto unremembered, such
as undergoing a physical examination of some sort, perhaps having body
tissues removed or having a gynecological exam. Other typical reports
include the taking of sperm and ova, of being told of an important task
to be carried out, or of receiving a warning of upcoming disaster.
And in most cases, both the abductee and the investigator come away
from the hypnosis session feeling that they have discovered the truth
about the experience. Rationalization leads them to believe that the
aliens' purposes must be scientifically objective or benevolent. The
less threatening and more benevolent the hypnotically recalled event
seems, the more satisfied are the investigator and the abductee. "That
wasn't so bad, now, was it? These beings are our friends, or at least
they are not our enemies." And everyone goes away with a sense of
relief. I have yet to hear of a researcher who actually questions the
uncovered scenario.
But from several recent cases, it is apparent that these recovered
memories may well also be yet another screen, masking events that are
much more reprehensible. I will explain one such case, to make the
point clear.
A STRANGE REPORT.
A man in his late 40's came to us to explore several alien- related
events in his life, and in the interview he told of a strange, although
not apparently alien-oriented, episode that had haunted him since
childhood. When he was ten years old, his grandmother came to visit in
his home, and since the house was small, she shared his bed on the first
night of her visit.
During the night, the boy was awakened by a loud male voice. He
couldn't understand what the voice was saying, but it sounded angry and
was addressing the grandmother lying beside him.
The next morning, he asked his grandmother, "What was that voice in
the bedroom last night?"
His grandmother, with tears in her eyes, pulled him tightly to her
and said, "That was the devil." She said nothing more about the
episode, but she did insist that her son take her back to her own home
immediately. It was an unreasonable request, and her son tried to talk
her out of it. But the grandmother was adamant, and finally her son
agreed to take her home the following day.
The entire family made the trip of over a hundred miles back to the
grandmother's farm, and within an hour of their arrival, the grandmother
suffered a massive stroke and died. Ever since that event, the man had
felt a heavy burden of guilt associated with his grandmother's death.
Yet there was no conscious reason for him to have felt that way. The
entire event was poignant and mystifying, but in all the alien
encounters he had subsequently undergone, he had felt that the aliens
were his friends and were helping him by expanding his psychic
abilities.
A regression session was arranged, and in the course of the
hypnosis, he was asked to look at that childhood experience. What he
recalled was an abduction in which he and his grandmother were taken to
a spacecraft in the company of reptilian aliens. He remembered the
aliens telling his grandmother that they were interested in learning
about her knowledge of medicinal herbs.
And they offered to exchange medical information of their own.
They gave the boy and the grandmother a liquid to drink, explaining
that it was beneficial and would make the grandmother feel young and
attractive again. So both of them drank the liquid, and the man
remembered seeing his grandmother indeed looking much younger. That was
the extent of his recollection.
Both he and Ms. Bartholic, who was conducting the regression, were
puzzled by this, because there was nothing in the episode to account for
the guilt he had felt about the grandmother's death. So Ms. Bartholic
deepened the man's trance level and asked him to look at it again, with
much clearer vision. And what he then recalled was much more
disturbing.
End of part 3.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

58
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2274.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
SUBJECT: Abduction Research FILE: UFO2274
PART 4
The abduction, at first, followed his initial recollection. But
when the liquid was drunk, he now remembered a very strong feeling of
change in his body. And he saw that the grandmother didn't actually
look younger. Instead, she was placed on a table and approached by one
of the reptilian aliens who wanted to have intercourse with her. The
liquid had acted as an aphrodisiac, yet the grandmother resisted and
said that since her husband's death she would not have sex with anyone.
The reptilian laughed and disappeared from the room momentarily. When
he returned, he was accompanied by a man who looked exactly like the
dead husband.
At this point, the grandmother agreed to have sex, but as the act
was in progress, she suddenly realized that the image of her dead
husband was a cruel illusion.
*****Paragraph removed as unsuitable for transmission over air*****
"By Jesus,"
she shouted, "you will not touch this boy!"
That must have been the wrong thing to say, because the reptilian
became very angry and threatened her. "You will die for that!" he told
her, and the two people were returned to the bedroom from which they'd
been taken. The next morning, the grandmother told the little boy that
the devil had been there the night before, and that was when she
insisted upon being taken home. And, as it turned out, she did die
immediately thereafter.
This, then, was the cause of the man's lifelong sense of guilt
about her death. He had been forced to have sex with her, and her death
had followed shortly after. But none of this story would have emerged
if Ms. Bartholic had done as most investigators do and stopped the
regression after uncovering the story about the exchange of medicinal
knowledge.
There are other cases in our files that show a similar deception at
work in the initial hypnotic recall. We cannot trust that first memory,
it is clear, for like so much else in the abduction experience, there
may well be further maskings of events.
Before we allow ourselves to believe in the benevolence of the
alien interaction, we should ask, do enlightened beings need to use the
cover of night to perform good deeds? Do they need to paralyze us and
render us helpless to resist? Do angels need to steal our fetuses? Do
they need to manipulate our children's genitals and probe our rectums?
Are fear, pain and deception consistent with high spiritual motives?
End of part 4.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

26
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2275.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
SUBJECT: Dermatoligist Abductee FILE: UFO2275
Tonight's "Inside Sedition" had a story about a Dr. Steven Kurzweil, a
dermatologist in NYC, who believes he has been abducted by aliens. For this
reason, it seems, the State Medical Board tried to lift his license. The
implication of the story was that he believed himself to have contacted
aliens, therefore he was crazy, therefore he shouldn't be allowed to
practice medicine.
In all fairness, the man did seem to be unstable, and even Budd Hopkins
(according to the story) said that Dr. Kurzweil used to call him at all
hours of the night with paranoid fantasies, but one got the impression from
the story that ANYONE claiming to be an abductee would be automatically
unfit to practice medicine, almost as if it went without saying.
Does anyone know any more about this Kurzweil story? Is this the start of a
dangerous trend?
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

102
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2276.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
SUBJECT: Dreams that chill ! FILE: UFO2276
PART 1
CLOSE ENCOUNTERS OF THE CHILLING KIND. By Tom Keyser. The
Baltimore Sun, SUN Magazine; April 4, 1993.
The nightmares wouldn't stop -- the sudden, bizarre, unsettling
nightmares. They were always the same; they seemed almost real: Lea
was sitting in a booth in a small, empty room with gray walls. A
monotonic voice behind her said: "Don't move, or you might be hurt."
She felt paralyzed. She heard clicking noises, like an X- ray
machine. Suddenly she was lying on a table. A bright light shone in
her eyes. She sensed people moving around, examining her.
Then she was sitting up, facing a short creature so hideous she
could not look at its face. From a box the strange being removed a
shiny needle. At the tip was a silver marble. The creature moved
closer to Lea.
At that point Lea would jerk awake in her bed, terrified and
drenched with sweat. Her screams would awaken her parents. But her
mother, Lea recalls, would always admonish her: "It's just a nightmare.
Everybody has them. You shouldn't watch all that scary stuff on TV."
Lea now believes it wasn't just a nightmare. She believes it was
real. She is one of the people whose stories you might expect to see in
a supermarket tabloid under the heading "Humans Who Believe They've Been
Abducted by Aliens."
Lea is 25, lives in Prince George's County, works at a bank and is
engaged to be married. She is thin and has blue eyes. She is, in her
words, average-looking and average in every way. Knowing that most
people react with scorn and ridicule at the mention of UFOs and
extraterrestrial life, she asked that her last name not appear in this
story.
"I used to think I belonged in a mental institution, to be honest
with you," she says. "But I don't think anymore that I'm crazy. I go
to school. I work full-time. I pay my bills like anybody else... I
think other people think I'm crazy."
The subject of abductions by space aliens is so far-out, so utterly
fantastic that most people, even with their wildest imaginations, cannot
begin to fathom it. Many will not take it seriously. It is
unbelievable, unthinkable. The subject is also deeply disturbing.
These are not pleasant stories of people out raking leaves suddenly
beamed into a UFO, subjected to a little cosmos comedy and sent back to
their yards chuckling.
These are chilling accounts of people who say they've been
kidnapped, confined in spaceship examination rooms, probed, prodded and
examined by aliens who seem primarily interested in sexually related
activities. Their stories more resemble reports of rape than they do a
heartwarming visit by "E.T."
Around these alien abduction stories, an industry has been
launched. It soars far beyond the tabloids. There are best-selling
books, popular films and prime-time television shows. Mental health
professionals gathered at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology last
summer for a conference on abductions. In Maryland and across the
country have blossomed support groups, where people who believe they've
been abducted can share their stories -- away from the ears of those who
might mock, exploit or be titillated by their anguish.
And, of course, there are the scientists -- from the
internationally known astronomer Carl Sagan to a Navy physicist from
Maryland -- and a plethora of researchers, lining up on either side of
the highly charged issue.
What's really happening? No one knows for sure. But one thing is
clear: Something has shattered Lea's and others' calm, secure existence
on planet Earth. Whether the rest of us accept or reject their stories
is irrelevant. We cannot assuage their fear: It is palpable. The
torment is real.
Lea's began while she was in the fourth grade. She remembers
clearly: She was outside her apartment in Prince George's County
playing with her sister and other children. It was dusk. They heard a
hum, or a buzz, like a swarm of bees. They saw a disk-like object --
wingless, silver-gray, a row of lights along the edge -- creep at
treetop level over the apartment complex. It hovered above a parking
lot between buildings, and then drifted away.
Lea and her sister ran inside to tell their parents. The girls
even drew pictures.
"My father wanted to call somebody," Lea says. "But my mother said
no, we'd made it up. But all of us saw it. We talked about it for days
at school."
Shortly after that, Lea says, the recurring nightmare began. She
dreamed it on and off for a decade, from when she was 10 until about 20.
Dreams are only part of her story. When she was 12 or 13, she and
her sister, who is two years younger, were staying at their
grandparents' house in St. Mary's County. They were in separate beds in
the same room when a ball of lighting, as Lea describes it, passed
through a window and curtain into the room.
About the size of a tennis ball, it glided between the beds,
bounced off a door and vanished. A couple of seconds later another
lightning ball did the same thing, and then another. Lea says there
might have been 20 in all.
She and her sister screamed. Five other people were in the house,
but no one heard them. Lea finally escaped into the hallway. Her next
memory is of waking up in bed the next morning.
End of part 1
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

103
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2277.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
SUBJECT: Dreams that chill ! FILE: UFO2277
PART 2
None of this made sense. She says her sister remembers the balls
of light, as well as the UFO over their apartment building years before.
But her sister, Lea says, won't talk about it with strangers.
For a long time afterward, Lea feared she was losing her mind. But
then, five years ago, she and a friend were at a mall outside a
bookstore. Lea spotted a display of books, the covers of which featured
a drawing of a grotesque creature with big, black, almond-shaped eyes.
The book was "Communion," the writer Whitley Strieber's account of
his abductions by aliens. Lea pointed at the drawing and screamed:
"Oh, my God! Oh, my God! That's them! That's them!"
They were the creatures in her nightmare.
"That's when it registered," Lea says. "That's when I said: 'Wait
a minute. Something's going on here.'"
It was the first she had heard of abductions by space creatures.
She read the book, and then a couple of others on the subject. She
became convinced that the terrifying events -- the nightmares, the night
of the lights, perhaps other unexplained events as well -- had been
abductions.
Lea's not alone. Some researchers estimate that thousands -- if
not millions -- of humans have been abducted and studied by aliens.
They base that estimate on a 1991 survey of 5,947 Americans by the Roper
polling organization. The survey was commissioned by believers in the
abduction phenomenon.
The survey asked 11 questions, including: Have you ever woke up
paralyzed and sensing a strange presence in the room? Have you ever
"lost" an hour or more you can't account for? Have you ever felt as if
you were flying? Have you ever seen balls of light in your room? Have
you ever found scars on your body you could not explain?
Two percent of the respondents answered yes to at least four of
those questions. From these results, the poll sponsors concluded at 2
percent of adult Americans may have been abducted by aliens.
David M. Jacobs was a sponsor of the poll. The author of "The UFO
Controversy in America," published in 1975, is an associate professor of
history at Temple University. In recent years he interviewed 60 people
who believe they've been abducted, and last year his book about them,
"Secret Life," was published. From his office in Philadelphia, Mr.
Jacobs says:
"This subject is as far-out as it gets. It just seems too crazy,
too out of the question. The skeptics say: 'This could not be
happening; therefore it is not happening.' But you have to go where the
evidence takes you, even though kicking and screaming while en route."
Evidence? Budd Hopkins, another of the poll sponsors, says he has
interviewed witnesses and has found physical evidence, such as
unexplained body scars and mysterious burn marks on lawns where
spaceships may have landed. But primarily, he and other researchers
rely on the abduction stories -- stories told by people of different
races, all ages, both sexes; police officers, psychiatrists, scientists,
lawyers, entertainers, nurses, journalists, farmers, an Army colonel, a
golf pro.
Mr. Hopkins, who is a painter and sculptor in New York City, became
interested in aliens after seeing a UFO in 1964. Eleven years later, a
72-year old friend told him of watching a spaceship land in a New York
park, and of watching about 10 alien passengers take soil samples. Mr.
Hopkins found others willing to tell their stories, and since the
mid-1970s he has been at the forefront of abduction research. He has
studied more than 400 cases and written two popular books, "Missing
Time" and "Intruders," from his interviews with people who claim,
sometimes while under hypnosis, to have been abducted.
"The overall patterns in these cases are so remarkably consistent,
often down to tiny details, and people reporting these experiences are
often so inherently credible that the phenomenon simply cannot be
dismissed," he wrote in "Intruders."
Most abductees report being taken first as children, when a small
implant, which could be remembered as a marble at the tip of a needle,
is placed deep into the ear or nose, the researchers say. The implant's
function is unknown, but these researchers say it might serve as a
locator so the person can be abducted again later.
The aliens described in the stories are small, no more than 4 feet
tall, and extremely thin. They are light-colored, often gray. Their
heads are oversized, yet their mouths and noses are tiny; they have no
ears or hair. Their eyes are large and black.
Nearly all the stories involve spaceships parked on the ground or
floating in the air. The victims are examined in a room resembling a
hospital operating room. The methodical creatures use a variety of
devices to examine humans from head to toe, occasionally leaving scars.
But the aliens, it seems, reserve special interest for the human sexual
organs.
Here is where the story, if it hasn't already, "will almost
certainly strain your credulity to the breaking point," Mr. Hopkins
wrote in "Intruders."
Through interviews with people who report abduction stories, Mr.
Hopkins and Mr. Jacobs came to believe that these aliens are -- and have
been for several decades -- conducting some sort of breeding experiment
with human beings.
This involves the taking of sperm and egg samples; the implanting
of a genetically altered embryo into women; the extraction of the fetus;
and, finally, the external incubation of the fetus. Women have
sometimes reported they were presented hybrid babies and expected to
nurture, even breast-feed, them.
End of part 2.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

102
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2278.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
SUBJECT: Dreams that chill ! FILE: UFO2278
PART 3
"It's very hard to think of this as some wonderful, new adventure,"
Mr. Hopkins says.
Maybe an extraterrestrial species is introducing a desirable human
characteristic into its own evolutionary cycle, say the researchers.
Maybe it is reducing the difference between its species and ours. Maybe
it is seeding another planet, or maybe it has a plan completely beyond
the comprehension and imagination of the human brain.
Yeah, right, say the skeptics. The astronomer Carl Sagan says that
he is open-minded to the prospect of intelligent beings living in space,
but he doesn't believe they're sneaking into bedrooms and tormenting
Earthlings.
"Tell me," he says, "which is more plausible: We're victims of a
massive invasion of alien sexual abusers, or people are seeing things
that just aren't there?"
Although abduction claims began surfacing nearly half a century
ago, not one shred of indisputable physical evidence has surfaced, say
Mr. Sagan, who recently wrote an article for "Parade" magazine debunking
those claims.
"Extraordinary claims require extraordinary evidence," he says.
"Somebody telling a story is not evidence, even many people telling the
same story isn't good enough. They're people that's the point, and
people intrinsically have certain fallibilities."
Abduction accounts may say something about how the brain works, or
how people can be deluded, or even how religions begin, he says from his
office at Cornell University. But they say nothing, he says, about
skinny, large-eyed aliens kidnapping humans.
"There's a better chance of your getting hit on the head by one of
Santa's reindeer than of you being abducted," says Philip J. Klass, a
retired senior editor and now contributing editor at "Aviation Week &
Space Technology" magazine. "I will say, slightly tongue-in-cheek,
there is better evidence of the existence of mermaids and Irish
leprechauns."
Mr. Klass, who lives in Washington, says he has tried to verify UFO
cases for nearly 30 years and has not found a credible one. In his 1989
book, "UFO Abductions: A Dangerous Game," Mr. Klass contended that
people who believe they've been abducted by aliens need treatment by
qualified psychotherapists, not UFO "cult gurus."
Robert A. Baker, a retired professor of psychology at the
University of Kentucky, has written derisively about abduction stories.
He says some are simply fabrications or the recounting of stories
gleaned from books or movies, while others are products of psychological
disorders.
The stories may be repressed memories of childhood sexual or
physical abuse surfacing in disguised form, he says. Or they may be the
type of vivid, realistic dreams occurring as a person falls asleep or
wakes up -- hypnagogic or hypnopompic hallucinations. And, he says,
some people who believe they've been abducted may be fantasy-prone or
psychologically disturbed.
"Anyway," Dr. Baker says, "if this phenomena were as common as
Hopkins and Jacobs would have us believe, the sky would be filled with
spacecraft abducting people back and forth. UFOs would be stacked up
like aircraft coming in at O'Hare."
The believers and skeptics counter each other point by point. Both
sides publish newsletters buttressing their claims. And both produce
mental-health specialists who pronounce judgment on the sanity of the
victims.
But in the end, what are we left with? The stories.
Lea started out thinking she was dreaming or hallucinating. After
coming to believe she had been abducted, she contacted a representative
of the Mutual UFO Network, an international group interested in UFOs.
She was referred to Bob Oechsler, a former National Aeronautics and
Space Administration mission specialist who lives in Edgewater in Anne
Arundel County.
Mr. Oechsler, who became interested in UFOs as a boy, is intrigued
with the technology of crafts from outer space: How do they get here
from there? For the past two years he has researched UFO sightings full
time. On his front door is a brass plaque that reads: UFOs _are real_!!!
Mr. Oechsler is starting a support group for abductees, one of
dozens forming across the country, he says. About 30 people, including
Lea, have signed up.
Bruce S. Maccabee, a research physicist for the Navy, will also
attend. The Frederick County resident has researched UFOs on his own
for years, and is a longtime leader in UFO research groups, one of
which, the Fund for UFO Research, in Mount Rainier, Md., sponsored the
abduction conference at MIT.
At the organizational meeting of Mr. Oechsler's support group, Dr.
Maccabee told the participants:
"This subject is so weird, so misunderstood. All we can do is hold
your hand and make you realize you're not alone."
That would be a relief to Lea.
Strange things continue to happen to her. Not long ago, she says,
while visiting friends in the West Virginia mountains, she was floated
out of the house, taken aboard a spaceship and handed a baby.
It was a boy, with leathery skin, a thin neck and an oversized head
with patches of red hair. It had huge eyes, she says, but they weren't
coal black like those of the adult aliens. They were blue.
"I don't know why, and I know this sounds strange," Lea says in a
voice trembling with emotion, "but as soon as I held him in my arms, I
knew he was mine. I felt like I was his mother."
End of part 3.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

89
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2279.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
SUBJECT: Dreams that chill ! FILE: UFO2279
PART 4
She rocked him and talked quietly to him, she says, as several
aliens watched. Suddenly one stepped forward and snatched him back. She
wanted to hold him longer, she says, but the next thing she remembered
she was back in bed in West Virginia. She longs for him sometimes, she
says, "like a piece of me's missing." She believes she'll see him
again.
Lea hesitates and says, almost apologetically: "I know this
doesn't make any sense."
Even though she has trouble sleeping and often feels as if she's
being watched, she says she has "kind of gotten used to the idea" of
being abducted.
"I don't like it, but there's nothing I can do about it, as far as
I can see," she says. "If they were going to hurt me, I think they
would have done it a long time ago."
She knows what the skeptics say. But, she says, they don't give
people enough credit for knowing the difference between what's actually
happened to them and what they might have imagined. Lea says she was
never abused as a child. She says she has no reason to make up a story
so crazy and bizarre.
Why does she think the aliens chose her?
"I have no idea," she says. "I don't know who they are, where they
come from, what they're doing, nothing."
"I just want people to understand that this is real, this is
happening. It's out there, and you're going to have to accept it sooner
or later."
Is she absolutely sure that her torment has been caused by aliens?
"There's no doubt in my mind," she says. "And I know they'll be
back."
===========================
[Sidebar of above article.]
===========================
"A NIGHTTIME VISITOR THAT HAUNTS HER STILL".
Leslie is not her real name. She does not want to be identified
except by these facts: She is 35, lives in Southern Maryland, has two
children and owns a business.
She has seen strange, moving lights in the night sky. She has lain
in bed terrified while an "electrical light" the size of a grapefruit
passed over her repeatedly, she says. And she has had a dream in which
she grabs frantically at a spaceship holding one of her children
captive.
To this day Leslie resists believing she and her children have been
visited or abducted by aliens.
"I have to do that to keep from losing it," she says. "I've got to
be reality-based. I've got two kids to raise. I've got a business to
run. I can't be worrying about little aliens flying around my bedroom."
Little aliens, however, populate the story she tells to the few
people willing to listen. And even to them, she says, "it's the
craziest story I've ever heard -- my own story."
"I did all the logical rationalizations I could do," she says.
"For a long time I thought I was seeing things...hallucinating, or
dreaming. I even came to doubt my own sanity."
Leslie knows that her story parallels those of people who believe
they've been taken aboard spaceships and examined by small beings with
large heads and huge eyes.
What bothers Leslie most is her sense that both her children have
been affected as well. They've described the strange beings and the
spaceship she saw in her dream. They've described undergoing
examinations by aliens.
One night, one of her boys, who was 8 or 9 at the time, appeared in
her bedroom doorway and told her he'd awakened to see a little man
kneeling over him in the air. The man had a big head and big eyes.
"Then he got small, real little,": the boy said, "and flew down the
hallway into your room."
Leslie says she had seen the same mysterious creature, floating
above her, a few minutes before her son saw it.
"I can't tell you the feeling that went through me," she says.
The experiences have left Leslie with more questions than answers.
"You peek under the skirt of God when you talk about this," she
says. "Who created us? Why are we here? What are we supposed to be
doing here?
"Whatever is happening is far beyond our ability to understand it
at this time," she says. "We're infants as far as all the things there
are to know."
End of paret 4.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

48
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2280.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
SUBJECT: Implants in Australia. FILE: UFO2280
You may recall that I wrote a review article on the subject of abduction
"implants" for the Jan/Feb 1992 International UFO Reporter.
I was recently advised advised of details of an
abduction case complete with recovered and analysed artifact. Details will
appear in the next UFORA Research Digest (Available from UFORA PO Box 2435,
Cairns, Queensland 4870, Australia. 6 issues for US$20 includes air mail
postage). However, for your information is a potted summary of the relevant
bits.
Seems a man they called "Ron" had an abduction experience in Feb 1992. On
March 4 1992 Ron woke up and saw his aged 10 son in a half sitting position
being floated past his bedroom door. Guiding the boy was a misty alien form.
Ron jumped out of bed, to grab his son. There was a sudden flash and Ron
found himself back in bed. Later that day his son is said to have related
a "nightmare" about the event.
At breakfast the son had a coughing fit, and coughed up a piece of metal
about a centimeter long. This was analysed recently by Curtin University,
and found to be a very unusual combination of nickel, silver, zinc, copper,
cobalt and ytterbium. The initial analysis indicated an artifact from an
unknown source, possibly alien. However, re-assessment has gauged it to be
terrestrial, perhaps part of an electronic probe.
The family, consisting of husband, wife, ex-defacto wife, a thirteen year
old daughter and son and a third younger son, plus a lodger, have all had
UFO sightings and seen apparitions within the house on a regular basis.
Investigations are continuing."
Like you, I have a zillion questions and have asked Brian for more details,
and urged him to ensure the case is reported widely. More when I have it.
--- FD 1.99c
* Origin: UFO Research Australia, Research Director, Adelaide-Aust
(9:1040/12)
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

90
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2281.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
SUBJECT: Kathy Davis, Ozark UFO Conference FILE: UFO2281
Debbie Jordan-Learner (Alias Kathy Davis).
OZARK UFO CONFERENCE
Hi. My name is Debbie Jordan-Learner. I'm Kathie Davis, in Budd Hopkin's
book, INTRUDERS. I just got on P, and I think I will really like this stuff.
I noticed that there was a reference to me in B. Mullins conference report.
I really learned alot while I was in Eureka Springs. I want to make a
public apology for how crummy I was on the panel, Saturday night. I had no
idea that I was going to have to "speak" that night. I thought all I had
to do was answer questions. I am very self-conscious in front of large groups
of people.
I mainly wanted to tell people about how I seem to be going thru some kind
of changes. Intellectually, and spiritually. I don't know for sure if it
is all related to UFO, but, I don't have any other explaination for it. By
the way. I found the high school transcripts that I spoke of at the
conference, and I found that my I.Q. test score was actually 111, at that
time. That's a 30 point jump. I also believe, that fron the breakdown on
my transcsripts, the test that I took in school. was probably one of the
same ones that I had taken for the proctored MENSA tests. I think that either
the tests that we use to determine who gets the best jobs, and the
scholorships, is screwd up, or something is happening to people like me, who
have had these experiences. Neither one will be easily swallowed by the
"experts."
I am trying to write a book about the new stuff that has been happening to me
and to my family. I've got about 6 chapters done, so far. I hope that I can
sell it when I am done, so that I can get this info out to all who need it,
or just want to know. Wish me luck. I'm not any better writer than I am a
speaker. I'm just doing the best I can. I hope to meet more people like me,
on this b.b. And bear with me. I'm still pretty green. See ya later.
"K.D." Debbie
Daryl:
HI.
Several people in my family have been having little visits by little (marble
sized) ball of white light. They whizz thru the house, and whip right past
our heads. The strangest thing about these lights, for me, is that I seem
to be able to feel them coming before, anyone actually sees them.. I get this
kind of static elcetricity feeling, and I get real dizzy. Now, one would
wonder if there was something wrong with me, except that when they appear,
I'm not the only one to see them. (Sometimes I wish it was that easy, to
just be crazy, or ill.)
Even my computer has started acting up, since I began this book. One night,
as I was typing the word "light" , My 'puter started to beep, and make oodles
of exclamation points. I tried everything I could think of to stop it. I
even tried shutting the damn thing off, at the power source. I could'nt
even turn it off! I just crossed my arms, and sat back. After about
three minute, I started to loose my patience with the thing, and gave it a
good cussing. Immediately, it backed itself up, deleted each exclaimation
point, took me back to where I needed to be, and acted normal again. Then,
one night, while my boyfriend was transfering some of my chapters from
one disk to another, my book dissapeared, and in its place where some
programs that we didn't even recognize. Now, I'm certainly no pro at
computers, but my boyfriend has been an electrical engineer for GM for 25
years. Computers were his life. He just about had a cow. He says there's
virtually no way that this could happen, as it would take a variety of
commands that he would remember doing, if he had done this himself.
Whatever. I know that this all might not sound too exciting, but the
experiences that we are having now seemed to have jumped to some other kind
of level. Nothing as spectacular as the mark in the yard incident of 1983,
but freaky in their own right. I have about 250 pages in less than 5
chapters, and I'm not even half done.
We've been having alot of black helichopter activity around here, things
have been missing from our home, strangers have come up to the house to talk
to me about specific details of what my family has been thru, and We've
gotten some mighty strange phone calls, too. In the book, we'll have lots
of photos of artwork that me and my sister have done, photos of black
helichopters, etc.... I want this book to be as full of info, as I can get
it. Thanks for asking.
Debbie
=== Originally posted by Debbie. Thought it might be interesting for
background and personality. ===
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

21
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2282.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
SUBJECT: SAUCERS FROM WITHIN ? FILE: UFO2282
In the early 19th century an American eccentric, John Cleves Symmes (1779-
1829), sought funding for an expedition to enter the Earth through one of two
4,000-mile wide polar holes. Inside the Earth, he was convinced, a benevolent
advanced civilization existed. Though an object of derision to most people,
some took him seriously, and the idea of a hollow Earth was championed in a
number of books throughout the rest of the century and right into the next.
Today, hollow-earthers believe flying saucers zip in and out of the polar
holes. The people inside are descendants of Atlantis and its Pacific
equivalent, Lemuria. There is even a strong Nazi wing of the movement.
According to Canadian neo-Nazi Ernst Zundel, the principal advocate of this
theory, Hitler and his elite troops escaped with their saucer technology into
the hole at the South Pole.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

31
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2283.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
SUBJECT: CLOSE ENCOUNTER, 1897 STYLE FILE: UFO2283
Late on the evening of April 13, 1897, as they were passing through Lake Elmo,
Minnesota, on their way to Hudson, Wisconsin, Frederick Chamberlain and O.L.
Jones spotted a shadowy figure in a clearing two blocks away. The figure
carried a lantern and seemed to be looking for something. Thinking there might
be some emergency, Chamberlain and Jones turned toward the clearing, but the
figure and lantern disappeared into the trees. Moments later they heard the
crackling of twigs and branches, followed by a "rushing noice...like the wind
blowing around the eaves of a house," Chamberlain told the St. Paul Pioneer
Press (April 15). "A second later and we distinguished a long, high object of
a gray white color.
Although the two men could not get a clear view of it in the darkness, the
object, which had two rows of red, green, and white lights on each side,
looked like "most of the top of a 'prairie schooner,'" Chamberlian said. It
rose at a sharp angle, then headed south just above the treetops.
At the clearing, the two witnesses found, impressed in the wet ground, 14 two-
foot-long prints, six inches wide, and arranged in an oblong pattern seven on
a side. Apparently, these were traces left by the craft.
Around that same time Adam Thielen, a farmer in the Lake Elmo area, heard a
buzzing sound above him. When he looked up, he saw a dark object with red and
green lights sailing overhead.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

37
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2284.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
SUBJECT: RUSTLERS FROM MARS FILE: UFO2284
On April 23, 1897, Kansas newspaper, the Yates Center Farmer's Advocate,
reported an incredible story. On the evening of April 19, local rancer
Alexander Hamilton, his son, and a hired man saw a giant cigar-shaped ship
hovering above a corral lnear the house. Hamilton claimed that in a carriage
underneath the structure were "six of the stranest beings I ever saw." Just
then, the three men heard a calf bawling and found it trapped in the fence, a
rope around its neck extending upward. "We tried to get it off but could not,"
Hamilton said, "so we cut the wire loose to see the ship, heifer and all, rise
slowly, disappearing in the northwest."
The next day, Hamilton went looking for the animal. He learned that a neighbor
had found the butchered remains in his pasture. The neighbor, according to
Hamilton, "was greatly mystified in not being able to find any tracks in the
soft ground."
Hamilton's statement was followed by an affidavit signed by a dozen prominent
citizens who swore that "for truth and veractiy we have never heard
[Hamilton's] word questioned." In the following days, his story was published
in newspapers through out the United States and even in Europe.
Ufologists rediscovered the account in the early 1960s, and the story
rebounded to life through books and magazines. In 1976, however, an elderly
Kansas woman came forward to say that shorly before the tale was reported in
the Farmer's Advocate, she had heard Hamilton boast to his wife about the
story he had made up. Hamilton belonged to a local liars' club that delighted
in the concoction of outrageous tall tales. According to the woman, "The club
soon broke up after the 'airship and cow' story. I guess that one had topped
them all."
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

38
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2285.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
SUBJECT: FOO FIGHTERS FILE: UFO2285
A little remembered cartoon character named Smokey Stover used to declare,
"Where there's foo, ther's fire." So when enigmatic aerial phenomena kept pace
with airplanes and ships in both the European and Pacific theaters during
World War II, someone called them "foo fighters." The name stuck. Nobody knew
for sure what the foo fighters were, but it was usually assumed that the other
side-either the Allies or the Axis powers-had developed a secret weapon. After
the war's conclusion, it soon became clear that this was not the explanation.
With the arrival of "flying saucers" in the summer of 1947, memories of foo
fighters were revived. Like UFOs after them, foo fighters came in assorted
shapes and descriptions, from amorphous nocturnal lights-which gave them their
name-to silvery discs.
A typical sighting of foos took place in December 1942 over France. A Royal
Air Force pilot in a Hurricane interceptor saw tow light shooting from near
the ground toward his 7,000-foot cruising altitude. At first he took the
lights to be tracer fire. But when they ceased ascenidng and followed him,
mimicking every exasive maneuver he made, the pilot realized they were under
someone's intelligent control. The lights, which kept an even distance from
each other all the while, pursued him for some miles.
In August of that same year, Marines in the Solomon Islands were startled to
see a formation of 150 "roaring" silvery objects. Thier color, one witness
said, was "like highly polished silver." They had neither wings nor tails and
moved (as later ufo witnesses would often remark) with a slight wobble.
Official censorship kept reports of these phenomena out of the newspapers
until December 1944. All during the war, however, similar objects were
sightied by both military and civilain observers in the United States.
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

102
textfiles.com/ufo/UFOBBS/2000/2286.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
SUBJECT: LUCID DREAMING AND UFO CONTACTS FILE: UFO2286
In "Transformation" (Beech Tree Books 1988) Whitley Streiber
mentions that during one of the incidents where he was encountered
by other beings he found himself wearing a paper gown. He quotes
a story from fairy lore about a child returning from a long visit
with "the fairies" He was also wearing a paper gown.
Some people enjoy or suffer from lucid dreams, either at will or
involuntarily. These are dreams that are every bit as solid and real
and controllable as in waking life. Modern science has yet to even
dimly comprehend what is actually going on.
Novelist cum multiple-contactee Whitley Streiber has had many
"visits" with a variety of beings some of which had large
almond-shaped eyes. Perhaps he is having lucid dreams, and
perhaps lucid dreams are part of a process that occurs outside
the brain's limits, perhaps in an adjoining dimension.
Another person we can call "Joseph" has described regular "visits"
to what seems to be another world:
" ...I am recalling my first lucid dream about a world with two
suns that is very green and very forestey. It is incredibly green, and
there are plenty of trees, really big trees, bigger than I have ever
seen. They are giants.
The buildings are about twenty in number and are really big,
ten or twenty stories high. They are square or rectangular. There are
also three storey buildings of triangular plan, they stand in threes
with their corners touching.
Everything has two shadows, one a bit lighter than the other.
The light comes from two suns, each a bit smaller than ours, and a
sort of golden amber colour. There are puffy white clouds in the sky,
really white and fluffy. It looks like if you landed on them they
would feel like pillows.
In some places I can see lots of people wandering around
looking lost. Except it seems they were like from another time, a
time before now. The middle age period. Their teeth look unhealthy
and they have weird gowns that are pure white. I am wearing normal
clothes. The other people all had a look of bewilderment on their
faces, they dont seem to notice each other or say anything.....
I feel fine, it seems a really nice place. It is lovely
here, perfect, and some people were sitting on the short grass. It
is beautifuly green, with fine narrow blades, soft like turf. I
look around and see waterfalls that blend in with the rest of
the scenery, they are maybe 2 or 3 meters high. They make sparkling
beautiful steams. I stop and have a drink from one and the water
is pure and fresh. You can see right through it. There are little
fish swimming around. The creek has a pebble bottom. They are
assorted in modest colours. The creek curves through the
landscape like a snake and it looks really natural."
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
I asked this person to take a closer look at the gowns on his
next visit. This he remembered to do and wrote & asciidrew this:
_______________________________
The white gowns felt like paper and had a v shaped collar at the
neck. The arms came down to the ellbow. The actual gown covered
right down to the the shins. Each time I visit there the people
wandering around in white gowns are a different lot.
The paper is of really fine texture and snowy white.
. .
********************* *********************
********************** **********************
*********************** ***********************
********* *********
********************
********************
*********************
*********************
***********************
***********************
*************************
*************************
***************************
***************************
*****************************
*****************************
*****************************
Does anyone else know anything about white gowns?
Are these the same as Mr Streiber saw?
Is it possible humans are being selectively cloned?
Do we have a moronic backup body waiting?
**********************************************
* THE U.F.O. BBS - http://www.ufobbs.com/ufo *
**********************************************

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More